G R A MMA R

O F THE

SI NDHI LA NGUA GE .

C O M PA R E D

W I TH T HE S A N SKRI T P RA KRIT A ND T HE
-

C O GNA TE I ND IA N VERNA CUL A RS ,

DR~
ERNEST TRUMPP .

PRINTED BY ORDER OF HER MA JEST S GOVERNMENT FOR INDIA

Y ’
.

T RU BNE R A N D C O .
,
6 0 , PA TE RN O S TE R RO W , L OND ON .

F . A . BROCKHA U S ,
L E IPZ IG .
 D E DI C A TE D

SI R B A R T LE FR E R E , K C B
. . .

AS A T O K EN

O F HI G HE S T RE G A R D A N D E STE E M

B Y HI S O BEDIE NT HUMB L E S E RVA NT

E TRUMPP
. .
 P R E FA C E .

TH E G rammar w h ic h is now o ffered t o th e l earned

,

Pub li c h as been compil ed al ready y ears ago b u t as

, ,

th ere were no means of printing i t it was l ai d asi de

,

h opel essly T hat it has finally been rescued from 0 i

.

vi on i s owing t o th e enlig ht ened patronage of H er M a

j
’
e s ty s G ove rnmen t for I nd i a
,
w h i c h l ib erally gran t ed
th e prin ting expenses .

I am afra i d ,
th a t I h ave given rath er t oo much
th an t oo littl e by endeavouring t o render th e Grammar
as compl e t e as possib l e ; I t rus t h owever th at thi s obj ect
, ,

may h ave been attained t o some ext ent at l eas t .

A beginner will do we ll aft er h e h as acquaint ed

,

himself with th e Sindhi sys t em of sounds t o commence ,

at once with th e decl ensi ons and t o t urn b y e and

b y e t o th e formati on of themes aft er h e h as go t a fair
i ns i ght i nt o th e fabri c of th e l anguage T h e I n tr o
.

du c tion i s int ended for th ose only wh o wi s h t o p e

,

n e tr a te mer e deep ly in t o th e origi n and nature of th e

Sindhi .
8 P RE FA CE .

Th equo t ations whi ch I h ave added I he pe may

,
“

prove useful t o i ntroduce th e beginner int o th e study ”

of th e Sindhi lite rature ; mos t o f th e quo t ati ons a re

t aken from my edition of th e Shah a j o B i s alo but
many o th ers al so from manuscrip t s in my possess ion ,

whic h I coll ect ed during my former stay in Sindh .

Wh at we need now mos t i s a criti call y sift ed editi on

of th e popul ar Sind hi t al es and songs whi ch are very ,

numerous an d from whi ch a g o o d coll ecti on mi ght be

~

made . Th e next des i deratum i s an en l arged S indhi

D i cti onary as th e l at e C ap t G e o St ack s Di c ti onary
,
. .
’
,

which is very good as far as it goes i s no t suffici ent ,

for re ading o l der or more di fficul t p i eces W e may .

fai rly expect th at th ese d efic 1e n 0 1e s will soon be r e

,

m e die d b y Mr P eil e th e present energeti c and e n

.
,

lightened D irect or o f Public Ins tructi on m th e B ombay

Presi dency for whi ch th e th anks of th e l earned Publi c
,

wil l be due t o h im .

‘
Th eSindh i i s b y no means an eas y l anguage it ‘

i s on th e con trar y bese t wi th more i ntri ca ci es and dif

fic u lti es than any of its Pr akrit s i s t ers B ut o n th e .
-

o th er hand it amply repays t o th e phi lo l ogis t th e

'

l abours h e best ows on it ; for th e Sin dh i has preserved

a gr eat many forms for wh i ch we look in vai n in th e ,

1) P bli h d with
u s e th e title

S in d hi L i t t er a ure . Th e Di v an of A bd -
ul - L ti f k w
a ,
no n by th e

na m f Sh ah a j
e o :
‘
c) Ris al o
' ‘
, 739 pa g es . P r in t e d b y F A Br o c k . . h aus ,

L ip ig 1 8 6 6
e z ,
.

I n th e qu o ta ti o n s Sh . s ta n d s as an a bb r e vi a t o n i fo r it .
 P REFA CE . 9

cognat e i di oms For th e purpose of int ercomparing th e

.
,

modern A ri an di al ect s th e Sindhi i s th erefore in v a lu

ab l e For thi s reason we h ave poi nt ed out in th e
.
,

form of a nn o ta ti ons th e rela ti on Of th e Sindhi wi th

,

th e S anskrit Pr akrit on th e one h and a n d wi th th e

-

modern cognat e i dio m s on th e o th er h and , t o gi ve

some impul se t o a compara tive s tudy of th e N orth
I ndi an Vernacul ars whi ch as y et h as been t o t ally
,

negl ected .

Th e Sindhi Grammar of th e l at e C ap t Stack is .

an a ccurat e and merit ori ous wo rk bu t a s a ll first ,

-

att emp t s (for th e Sindhi G rammar of W athen does

no t deserve th e name ) i ncompl e t e and des titut e of a
“

Synt ax I s in cerely wi s h
. th at th e defici enci e s of ,

hi s work from th e emenda ti on and enl argement of

,

whi ch h e was prevent ed b y an untimely death m a y ,

h ave been made up b y th e Grammar now offered t o

th e Pub li c .

T h e E ngli s h reader will no doub t mee t in th i s

G rammar w ith man y an expressi on whi ch h e will con ,

si der as erroneous or ill ch osen For all such and si

~
-
.

milar mi st akes I mus t beg hi s pardon whi ch th e ki nd ,

reader surely wi ll no t withh ol d when h e i s to l d th at , ,

th e i di om int o whi ch I endeavoured t o cl o th e my

,

th ought s i s no t my mo th er t ongue
,
-
.

W hi l s t this
was passing th rough th e
G rammar
press I h ad gone t o Indi a for th e purpose of trans
,

l ating th e Sikh G ran th I n order no t t o del ay t oo .

l ong th e printing of it I coul d on ly see and correct ,

a proof sh ee t once T h e unavoidabl e consequence was

.

,
10 P REFA CE .

th at owi ng t o th e l e tt ers of thi s Grammar being

l o aded with so many do t s and distin g m shi n g marks a ,

number o f ml sp r in ts has crep t in which th e student ,

i s request ed t o correct firs t aft er th e affix ed li s t of

mi sprint s.

RE U T L I N G E N ,
4 th
J une , 1 8 7 2 .

E TRUMPP
. .
 C O NTENT S .

O n th e relati on of th e Sindhi
I N TR O D U C T I O N .

to th e Sanskrit and Prakrit 1 L

T h e Sindhi A l p h abet l . .

I T h S i dh i c s
. t l s y st m
e 2 n on o n an a e . .

II T h S i dhi v w l s yst m
. e 4 n o e e . .

O th th g p hi s ig s er 5 or o ra e n . .

Section I Th e Formation of Th emes in Sindh i

. .

Ch ap ter I Th e t ermination of S indhi nouns

. . .
—
6 3 1 44

Ch ap t er II Primary th emes
. 7 . . 45
I F m ti
. f b st c t
or s 8
a on o a ra n o un . .
—
46 5 1
II F m ti
. f pp ll ti s
or d tt ib tiv s
a on o a e a ve an a r u e . 9 . 51 — 57
Ch ap ter I II S econdary th emes. 10 . .

I F m ti
. f b stort s a on o a ra c n o un 57— 62

I I F m ti
. f pp ll tiv s tt ib tiv s
or a on o a e a e ,
a r u e and

p o s s e s sive s 63 77 —

C hapter IV Formati on of diminutives

. 11 —
77 80 . .

Chap t er V C ompo und nouns

. 12 —
80 8 8 . .

Chap t er VI G ender of nouns

. 13 —
88 9 8 . .

Ch ap t er VI I Formati on of th e Femini ne fro m

.

ma sc b ases 14 —
9 8 10 3
. . .
12 CONTEN T S .

Section II . Th e Infl ex m
n of Nouns.
Ch ap ter V III . I Formation
. of th e P lural . 15 .
—
104 1 1 1
II . Form ati on of cases ; case af

fixes 16 . .

III . T h e Formative 17 . .

S u r ve y “

o f th e S in dhi d e c le n s io n a l p r d c e s s .

D ec l en s i o n o f th e G e n itive af fix 5 > 4 an d
18
I D . l
e c e n sio n

II . D ec l e n s io n

II I . D e c le n s i o n
IV . D ec le n s io n

V . D ec l en s i o n

VI . D ec l en sio n

VII . D e c le n s w n

Ch apt er IX . A djectives . 19 .

P o s i io n t o f a j tiv
d ec es

F o r ma tio n of e n de r 20
g .

Ad j ti ec ves e n din g i n
°
u
’

A dj c tiv e es e n din g in o

A dj ti ec ves e n di n
g in ii , a

A dj c tiv e es e n din g in i , e

C o mp a r is o n
'
of j c tiv s
Ad e e . 21 15 6 -
15 7

Ch apter X adjectives
I

. N um er a l . 22 .

I . C a r din a l n u mb er s

I n fl e xio n o f c a r di n a l nu mb er s . 23
II . O r din a l nu mb e r s . 24
"

o o o o o

I n fle xi o n o f th e o r din a s l . 25
I II . A r ith m e i c a t l fig ur es ; 26
IV . Co ll e c tiv e n u mb e r s . 27
V . P r o p o r io n a t l nu mb e r s . 28
d p li tiv
_

‘ VI . Re u ca e nu mb e r s . 29
VI I F r a c . ti l o na nu mber s . 30
Chapt er XI . Pron ouns .

I . P r o n o u n s o f th e I a n d I I P ers o n . 31
. II . D e mo n str a tive p r o n o u n s . 32
I II . T he r ela tive pro n o u n . 33
 CONTENTS . 13

l v
“

I V Th e . c o r r e a ti e p r o n o un . 34
V . I n ter r o g a tiv pe ro n o uns . 35
VI . I n de fi it p
n e ro n o uns . 36
VI I . The reci p lp
ro c a 37ro n o un .
.

V III . P r o n o min a l dj ti
a 38
ec v es .

IX . P r o n o min a l ffixsu 39 es .

I . Pro n o mi l s ffix na tt u es a ac hed to

—
2 2 7 2 42
n o un s . 40
II . P r o n o min a l su f fix es a tta c hed to
p o stp o sitio n s and a dv er b s . 41 .
—
2 42 2 49

Section III . Th e Verb .

Ch apt er X II . Formati on of th e verba l th emes .

42 .

T h e I mp er a tiv e . 43
p a tic iple p r e s e t
The r 44 n .

T h e p a tic ip l e p a st 45 r .

T h e p a ti c ipl e o f th e F utu r e p a s si e
r 46 v . .

I n de clin a bl e p a st p a rtic ip l e s 47 .

Chapt er XI II Formati on of th e t enses and

.

persons 48 . .

I S imp l e t e n s e s
.

1) T h e P o t en tia l
2) T h e A o r is t .

3 ) T h e F u tu r e
II . C o mp o u n d t en s es .

1) T h e co m p o u n d P o ten tia l
2) T h e p r e s ent ten s e
3 ) T h e h a b itu a l A o r is t
4) T h e I mp e r fe c t
5 ) Th e P e r fe c t
6 ) Th e P l p u e r fe c t

7) T h e co m p o un d fu tu r e ten s es
C h ap t er X IV . Th e auxili ary V erbs .

A ) The a u xi li ar
y ver b U)
” 49

B ) T he au xili ar
y ve r b n -a
e 50
v a

Chap t er XV . I n fiexio n of th e regul ar verb

.
.

A ) I n fl e xi o n of th e neu ter v erb 51 . 3 12 —

322
 CONTENTS .

B ) I n fiexi o n of th e t ra n si tiv V e erb . 52 .

V o ic e
1) A c tl v e
2 ) P a s sive V o ic e

C h ap t er X V I C ompound Verb s . 53 . .

Ch apt er XV II Th e V erb with th e pronomi nal

.

1) T h e p r o n o min a l su f fix s tt e a ache d t o th e
y
‘
5
—
a u xili a r
y ve r b s L9 )
” an d
u
- S
t -
g . 55 . 3 46 36 0

2) T h e p r o n o min a l suf fix s tt
e a ach ed to th e
r e u l a r ve b 56 —
3 60 3 79
g r .

Section IV A dverbs Postpositions , Conj unctions

.
,

and Interj ections .

Ch ap t er XV III Adverbs . . 57 .

Ch apt er X IX Postpositi ons . . 58 .

Ch ap t er XX C onjuncti ons . . 59 .

Ch ap t er X X I I nterjections . . 60 .

S Y N T A X .

I . THE A N A L YT I CA L PA RT .

Section I . Th e Noun .

Ch apt er I . O n th e absence of t h e arti cle . 61 .

Chapt er II . O n th e gender of N ouns ~

. 62 .

Ch ap ter III . N umber . 63

Chap t er IV . C ases of th e N oun .

I . T h e N o min a tive . 64
II . The V o c ative . 65
I II . T h e I n s tr u m en tl
a . 66
IV . T h e G en itive . 67
V . T h e D a ive t . 68
VI . The A c c u s a ti ve .
69
VI I . T h e L o c a i ve t . 70
V I II . Th e A bla tive . 71

Ch ap ter V . Pronouns .

I . P ers o n a l Pro n o uns . 72 —

4 6 6 46 9
 CONTENT S . 15

P ag e .

—
II . D e mo n s t r a ti ve p r o n o u n s . 73 4 70 4 72
III . Th e l v
r e a ti e a n d c o r r e la tiv p e r o n o un .
—
472 4 7 6
—
IV . T h e in te rr o g a tive p r o n o un s . 75 47 6 4 77
V . T h e in de fi npro n o u s
ite n . 76 —
4 77 4 78
—
VI . T he r e fl exive p ro n o un . 77 4 78 4 8 1

Section II . Th e Verb .

Ch apt er VI . T h e I nfinitive . 78
Ch ap t er V II . Th e G erundi ve . 79
Chap t er V I II . Th e Parti cip l es 80 . .

Ch ap t er IX . Th e t enses of th e verb .

I . . T h e P r e s en t . 83
II . T h e I mp e rfec t . 84
I II . The A o ris t . 85 .

1) T h e s im ple A o ri s t
2 ) T h e h a b itu a l A o r is t
IV . T h e P e r fe c t . 86
V . The P l p f tu e r ec . 87
VI . T he F t d
u u re an Fu t ur e p a st . 88

Ch ap t er X . Th e M oods .

I . T h e I n dic a tive . 89
II . T h e P o te n tia l . 90
I II . T h e I m p er a tive . 91

II . THE SYN THE TI CA L PA R T .

Section III Th e simple Sentence . .

Ch apt er XI . Subject and Predi cat e 61 . . 50 7 5 08

Ch ap ter X II . C oncord of th e S ubj ect and Pre
di c a te . 93 .

Ch apt er XIII E nl arg ement of th e sent ence b y

.

a near and remo t e obj ec t 94 . 5 10 — 5 13

Ch apt er X I V Enlargemen t of th e sent ence b y
.

a nearer definiti on of th e verb as pre

di c a te . 95 . 513 — 5 14
Chapter XV O mi ssi on of th e verb as pred i
.

cat e .
16 CONTENTS .

Section I V Th e compound Sentence . .

Ch ap t er X V I 1 C oo rdi na tion of sent ences

. . 97 . .
—
5 1 6 5 17
Chap t er XV I I C ontracti on o f coord inat e sen
.

ten c es i nt o one ; concord of t wo and

more subj ect s and predi cat es 98 . .
—
5 1 7 5 19
Chap t er XV III 11 Subordina tion of sent ences
. . .

99 .

1) S u b o r din a i o n t of a s en ten c e by s u bju n c tive

p a rticl e s . 100 52 0 —
52 5
2 ) S u b o r din a ti o n o f a t
s en en c e by th e l v
r e a ti e

and l tiv
re a e ad verb s . 10 1 —
52 5 5 2 6
-

3 ) Sub o r di ti na on o f a t
s en en c e by an in te r
ro
g a tiv pr e o n o un or p ti l
ar c e . 102

C h ap t er X IX . Abb reviation of sub ordinat e sen

t en o es .

Ch ap t er XX . O n th e indirect orati on . 1 04

A ppendix I O n th e
. Sindhi C al endar .
—
5 29 53 3
A ppendix II S urvey of th e different Sindhi
.

Arab i c Alph ab et s .
 I NTR O DU CT I ON .

THE RELA TIONSHIP or THE SINDHI TO THE

SA NSKRIT A ND PRA KRIT .

Th e Sindhi
a pure S a n skr itic a l l anguage more
is ,

free from fo r ei gn e l ements th an any o ther of the N orth

I ndi an vernacul ars Th e o l d P 1 a kr it g rammarians m a y
.

have h ad th eir good rea son t o desig nate th e A p a b h r a n ,

s h a di al ect from whi ch th e modern Sindhi i s 1m m e dia

,

tely der ived as th e l owes t of all th e Pr akrit d i al ec t s ; b ut

x

i f w e compare now th e Sindhi with i ts s i s t er t ongues we -

,

mus t assign t o it in a g r a m m a t i c a l point of V i ew

'

.
, ,
‘
th e firs t pl ace among th em It i s much more cl osely
.
.

rel at ed t o th e ol d Prakrit t h an th e M a r a t h i H i n d i , , ,

P a nj a b i and B a n g a l i of our day s and it h as pre ,

served a n exuberance of g rammati cal forms for which ,

all its si s ters may well envy i t For while all th e _

.
,

modern vernaculars of I n di a ) are already i n a s t at e of 1

complet e decompositi on th e o l d venerabl e mo th er t ongue ,

-

being h ardly recogni sab l e i n her degenerat e daught ers ,

the Sindhi h as on th e contrary p reser ved mos t important

, ,

fragment s of it and erect ed for it sel f a gramma ti cal s true

ture whi ch surpasses i n beauty o f execution and internal
,
‘
.

h armony b y far th e l o o se and levelling cons truc tion of

its s i s t ers .

T h e S indhi h as remained s t eady in t h e firs t s tage

o f decompos i ti on aft er th e o l d Prakr it wh eras a ll th e ,

1 ) In s p e akin g of th e _
mo er n d v
e r n a cu la r s of I din a
“

we e xc l u d e

tr o u g h o u t th e _ _
D r avi d i a d
n i io ms o f th e S o ut h ,
wh i ch be lo n g to qui te
a diff e r en t s to c k f l g
o an ua g es .

T ru mp p , S i n d h i -G r a mm ar .
II N RODUCTION
I T .

o th er cognat e dial ect s h ave sunk some degre es d eeper ;

we shall see i n th e cours e of our introduct ory rema rks
"

th at th e rul es which th e Pr akrit grammarian Krama

,

di sh v a r a h as lai d down in reference t o th e A pa bh r a n sh a

'

are s till r ec og m s a b l e in th e presen t S indhi whi ch b y

.

no means can b e s t at ed of th e o th er di al ects Th e Sindhi

.

h as thus b ecome an independant language whi ch th ough '

, ,

s h aring a common ori gin with i ts si ste r to ng u es 1 s very ~

, )

mat erially di ffering from them .

T h e Si ndhi whi ch i s spoken within th e boundari es

,

of Sindh proper i s divi ded int o t h r e e dial ect s whi ch

, ,

g ramma t i ca lly d i ffer ver y l i tt l e from eac h o th er b u t o ffer ,

consi derabl e di screpancies i n po i nt of pronunc i ation T h e

” )
‘
.

dial ect of lower S ind h , compr1 e1ng th e Indus D elt a an d -

‘
t h e sea c oas t i s c all ed E T Tl ari fro m a ]?
-
,
g b y ,

wh i ch l ower Si ndh i s desi gna t ed Th e di al ect w

_

hi c h i s .
,

spoken north o f H ai derab ad i s call ed M T G } s i ra

,
i k i ,

from IIIa Siro b y whi ch U ppe r Sindh is designate d ;

-
,

th e d i al ec t l n vo gue i n th e T h a r or deser t of Si n d h i s , ,

call ed fi g ? tharel i from we th aru th e de ser t

“

, ,
.

Th e dial ect of L ar th ough emp l o y ed in mo s t Sindhi ,

co mpositi ons is no t th e pures t ; th e vowels a r e freque ntly

‘

contract e d a n d th e con s onant s t oo much s oftened do wn

b y ass imil ation Th e north ern o r S i ra i k 1 d iale ct h a s
W

.
_

remained fa r more original and has preser ved th e purity

of pronunci ati on with more tenaci ousness th an th e south ern ,

one W ith referen ce t o this superi ority of th e north er n

.

di al ect t o th e south ern th e Sin dhi s like t o quo t e th e

l ara j o p a r h yo sire j o dh ago .

Th e l earned man of La r i s an ox i n U pper Si ndh .

p r o p er but pp ellatio n sig n ifying

“

(J [g-

00
t
is n ot a e
n o un ,
3 an a ,

sl o p in g g r o un d ; th e “
s ame is th e ca s e wi th
th e u p p er c o u n tr y .
V N RO D UCTION
I T .

THE SINDHI voweL SY STEM .

g 0
. 1

W e c onsi der firs t the s i ng l e vowe l s 1 th eir ch ange, ,

subs titution contractio n or elisi on i n S indhi

,
.

1) w (y) an d i ts p er m u ta ti o n s .

Th e Sindhi , o l d Prakrit h as cut off Q like th e ,

fro m its sy s tem of sounds ; for i t i s eithe r treated a s a “

v o w e l m whi ch case i t i s ch anged t o i a e tc or a s

, ,
.

a c o n s o n a n t , i n whi ch l atter case i t coinci des wi th

A t th e beginni ng of a word fl if s t andi ng b y ,

it sel f i s ch anged to fit (r i) ju s t as i n Pr aki it e g Sindhi

, , ,
. .

fig r i c h u b ear Prak fig

,
S ansk S EQ ,
.
,
.

B ut i f elt be jo ined t o a consonan t th e follow ing

F
,

rul es h ol d good
a ) r 1 s usua lly di sso l ved i nt o i as di s arm, ,

to see S ansk , ( bu t Pr ak (a rt
.
-
E)
T , H
m
l d fi g ?“ F a g ? .
t

V i chfi scorpi on Prak

m
, ,

T fifl fii
a ki d , d one Pr fin ,
,

r i s di ssolved int o u i f th e consonant t o which

b) , ,

it i s jo ined h appens t o be a l a b i a l as fl bud ho

,
a , ,

o l d Pra krit o n th e o th er h and

, y
S ansk
i s ; g fi
‘
m .
“

mu o dead Prak
, or already , (b y e l i s.i on of a) ,

S ansk 313 I h . 1n s ta n c e s
. sun an u to , ,

1 ) In f ilit t th i t mp i n f th Si dhi with

or d er to ac a e e n er c o a r so o e n

th e S k it a d P akrit w h
an s r d i th i t d t y r m k
n r e av e u se n es e n ro uc o r e ar s

a m difi d S
o k it lph b t the p ti l
e ans f whi h s
r afu th n a e , ar cu a r s o c ee r er o

un d th S i d h i l p h b t Th
er e m i d t
n sc ipti
a whi h a e s . e ro a n ze r an r on ,
c

w e h v dd d e y wh r i i
a e a e d c w th th S t n d d
-
v er - e e, s n a cco r an e
i
e a ar

A l p h b e t by P o f D L p sius
a diti r . r . e , e o n.
 I NTROD U CTION . V
h ear Pr ak ,
. th e ori ginal r oo t vowel (Sansk a) has -
.

been preserved .

c) I n mo st inst ances th ough r i s di ssolved into

/
ar irrespective of th e consonant t o whi ch it may be
'

j o m e d as ,

m m m aranu t o d i e Prak FR S ansk. 11 , ,

.
,

bh a r a n u to fil l Prak “I S ansk
W 3
1
-
. .
, , , .

“W T dh ar a n u t o pl ace Prak “I S ansk , ,

.
,

Hm saranu t o move Prak HI S ansk H , , .

,
. .

In such li ke i ns t ances th e Sindhi as we ll as a ll th e ,

o th er cognat e di al ect s i s quit e i n accordance wi th P r a ,

kri t usage th e S anskri t v e r b a l n o u n being t aken as

,

th e base of th e infinitive in th e modern i di o ms In

~

o th er ins tances th ough th e S indhi i s no t so li beral i n

di sso lvi ng r as th e Pr akri t ; it h as managed on th e con
, ,

tr a ry i n many cases t o preserve r b y ch an ing i t t o ir

, g
‘
or tr a n sp o sm g th e same as fiilé m ir da n g u (or : fi-TXTTT
j
'
,

m i r dh a n g u ) a t abor Prak af f} S ansk

g “ a ,
.
,
.

taurus (pl ane t) S ansk a n ; in hi r dh 6 ) he ar t

b
v i r kh u
“
1
.
, , , ,

Prak f . S ansk m b u t th e more P r a kri ti ca l

,
.

m
form fg sffi 16 i s al so in use in Sin dh i
’

, .

I n a few cases r h as be en preserved b y being ch anged

to simpl e r (subscribed) in conj uncti on with a dental t , ,

d or a cerebra l t d ; as 5 ”e j atr 6 son in la w Prak

, ,
.
,
- -
,
.

in thi s form 1? h as been

el ided whi ch i s rath er of rare occurrence and th e dental
, ,

has passed int o a cerebral th e affix Eli b eing dropped ,

alt ogeth er ; simil arly HE matre and its derivatives as : “

, ,
-

mafl s m a tr éj W
6 m atr et6 e t c correspond
,
i ng t o .
,

the Prakrit form W W } S ansk m ,

.

1) The a spir atio n of q is c au s e d by th e f ll wi g

o wh i h
o n r, c v er y
f
re
que n tl y as pir a te s a p r e c e di n g co n s o n a n t , as w hall h
e ft
s av e o en W e

ca s io n to n o tic e .
VI

Th e n fi
N
'
2) q D ip h th o n g s ai a d i

Properly spea king th ere are no dip hth ongs i n S indhi ,

as littl e as i n Prakrit ; a i i s generally pronounce d

loo sely as a i and a u as a u Th e S indhi h ow ever , i s
‘

.
, ,

somewh at tight er in its pronunciati on an d no t qui te s o

e ffeminat e as the Prakrit so th at it w ill dep end m ore ,

or l ess o n th e op ti on of th e speaker if h e will contract ,

a i or a n i n t o a real d i hth ong th

p or pronounce em se ,

p a r a tely a s t wo d i st i n c t vowe l s From th e m anner of .

writing no safe c onclusi on can b e dra wn as a fixed

s y s t e mof orth ograp hy i s s till a d esi der atum I t may
, ,
i
.

h owever b e laid down as a g eneral rule th at t h e S indhi ,

i gnore s dip hth ongs and pronounce s them as t wo d i s t i n ct

vowels .

) a Th e d i p h th o n g ai .

I n such words as a r e b orrowed from th e Ara b i c

a
) ,

or Persi an th e original di p hth ong i s genera e ta in e d

’

, ,

a n d writte n a nd pronounced a ccordi ngl y as sai ru ,

j ourne y ; Arab M ; 5 1 pai da creat ed , Pers 1M

; 3 . like
wi se i n such nouns a s h ave b een t aken fro m th eH
.
,

, in du
s t ani as : q ffi pai s 6 a pic e O n th e res t it is quit e
, ,
.

t o writ e and pronoun ce fo r ins tan ce fiT-Tsa in a

'

O p ti o nal ,

or H3?! s e in a hint ; th e H i n dus pr efer: th e l oos e P r a

-
,
-
a

krit pronunci ati on (a i a u) t h e Muh ammedan s mor e -

,
t

,
,

th e Arab i c or Persi an m eth od (ai a u ) ,

.

B) B u t genera l ly th e d iphth ong a i i s c on t r ac t ed i n t o .

e in Sind hi whi ch is alway s l o n g and n ever a n c e p s

, , ,

as in Prakrit ; e g as veru enmi ty prak . .

(L a S s e n , ,
.

m
quo tes a l s o a form an S an sk a ; fi ,
.

g
l
( i t erally , S i nd h s
a l t) from th e S
-
a n sk ,
.
w ,
Sindhi ,
an d

"
In a similar manner al so 3 1 ! a y whi ch in Sin ,

dhi is treated in th e s ame way as a i i s fre quen tly ,

 I T N RO DU CTIO N . V II

contract ed i nto 6 as fim n enu , ey e P r ak m 7 ‘

, .
,

S ansk W ; a? ” s eja b ed Pr ak : am S ansk W T

,

, .
.
, ,

y) T h e ori g i na l d i p hth ong a i may al so b e co n t ra c t ed

to i as ,
dh i rj u firmness S ansk w Prak { fit , ,
.
,
.

Thi s Sindh i form i s so far a proof for th e corr ect ness of

th e Prakrit rul e as zfia can only be deri ved from W
,

‘
and no t from Tfl t it self ; s imil arly Hindi xi};

6) T h e d i p ht h o n g a u .

same th at h as been remarked on th e di p hth ong

Th e ,

ai may al so be st at ed of t h e diphth ong a n ; it may b e

,

op ti onally pronounced a s a di phthong , but i s mo re com

m o n ly separat ed i nto its compone nt vowel s .

e
a ) T hi s d i p hth ong i s
. g enerally preserved i n words
borrowed from th e A r abi c or Persi an as $5 daur a , ,

a peri od arab ”0 ; 5mm aurat a woman Arab

Q
“

,
.
, , .

al so i n pure S indhi words it is used and writt en as ,

W ‘
aukh6 dif ficult ; fifg b h a u r u a l arge b l ack bee
, , ,

S ansk 311111; 8 111 l augu a cl ove S ansk E a § I n such

.
, ,
.

pure Sin dhi words though th e diphth ong m ay al so after ,

th e an al ogy o f th e Prakrit be separat ed int o a u as : , ,

am v a —
u r a nu t o seek o r z BT , ,
W
b ha unanu t o wander about 0 HT
-
, nanu , .

A t th e e n d of a w ord n o i d ip h th o n g i s admi ssib l e and ,

i t m u s t a l wa y s be pronounced 5 3 3 a u for th e sa ke of in fie -
,

xi on as : {13 sa u hundred (P rak H3SI) 3 3 j a u , barl ey

,
-
,
.
-
,

W
—

Pers . Sansk .
1 13 ; a ? ca u-
,
sa y imperative of ,

6) B u t v e r y frequen tly th i s di p hth ong i s con t rac t ed

‘‘
t o 6 as : T fifi g 6 r 6 fair S ansk THE;
’

, , h anu , .

time of you th Pr ak Sam S ansk , an .

,
.

m 6 r u a cre st Prak 3- ‘ ‘
1 3 (
3 S ansk
ag e ) ; f fi fi b h 6 u 6

m
, ,
. .
,

or H b h a u h 6 a vaga b o n d
-
T h e same rul e al so i s
,
.
V I II I NTROD UC TION .

mn a lly appli ed t o Arabi c or Pers ian words , a fin

‘

o c cas s:

y) Th e di phth ong au m ay a l so be contract e d t o ii ,

a Ifi n u ,
s alt Prak ,
.
‘
é Tm , m ( 33 3 being
tre ate d like an ) .

3) Th e v o w el s a , a ; i , i ; u , u ; 6; 6 .

consi dered th e dip hth ongs a i and a n i n th eir

H avi ng
re lative posi ti on t o th e S anskrit a n d Prakrit we subm it ,

now th e common Sindhi vowe l s t o a ne arer examination .

a ) T he v o w el s a ,
a. .

Th e sh ort vowel 551 a , i s more t enaci ous ly kep t fas t

in S in dhi than in th e Pr akrit and th e Sindhi very fr e
, ,

quently recurs directly agai n t o th o rig ina l S anskrit

'

fl
,
‘‘ ‘
nfiE pak 6 cooked S ansk 113 i b u t Prak F tlfi ;

m
S ,
.
,
.
,

W E angaru coa l S,
ansk 3
: 3
-
5 11 ,
bu t Pr a k .
; , .

‘
CFT T su p a n o dr eam ,
S ansk a n bu t ,
Prak WW ; .
,
.

vale a creeper S ansk Erg fi b u t Prak W

,
‘
,
. B ut ,
.
.

th ere i s no l ack of examp l es on th e o th er h and in which ,

ori gi nal a h as b ee n likewi se sh or t ened t o 1 as : F J '

Q TF T k h i ma , ,

pati ence Prak W T S ansk “ I ; fiqg l mi na marr o w ) , ,

S ansk W .

m
I n thi s way a h as been s h ort ened t o i i n a ll th o s e
for s , whi ch are al ready all eged b y th e Prakri t gram
m ari an Kr a m a di s h v a r a in th e A p a b h r a nsh a d i a l ec t com ~

pare : L assen I n s tit L ing ua e Prak p 4

,
. . .

fi sjg i a t 1 a A
( p
-
a b h r a n s h a : fi u fifl T i ns t ead o f ERI ,

E T) firfi
X i fi fil j i t e t i t e w h ere th e r e A
( p
- a b h r,
an s h a

1) e is in P akr r it befo r e a d o u bl e c o n s o n an t 5: 6 z
U

t .
“
 N RO D UCTION
I T . IX

b h r a n sh a from an ori gin al form 65 i ns tead of

“

3 : 65 ,
3 ,

EE
'
i ,
th ence th e commo n S ansk form EF T) T h e S i n dh i .

adverb { 33 i a or £33 i a thus corresponds t o th e Prak , , .

3 a n d i s reg ul ar ly deri ved from th e S ansk adve b

E 3
, r .

from { fit whi ch L assen h as already d o ub t ed)

wi th th e eli s1 on o f h (i a ih a ) .

Sh ort a i s occasi onally but rarely ch anged t o u as , , ,

:

(THE r a n r u tax S ansk m -

m (but no t i n th e exampl es
, ,
.

quo ted by L assen 17 3

_
,

L ong a i s in Sindhi fre quently preser v e d in su ch

forms wh ere in Prakrit it h as been already sh or t ened
,

(o w in g t o th e con t r a c t i on or ass i m i l a ti on of th e fo ll ow i n g
compound consonant) : as : T I T ba i r ag i a re l i g i ous ,

‘
asceti c P r a k Ef f “ S ans Tfi
i
,
. FT E m a r
,
ik h a ,

way ,
pil grimage ,

Prak G ET S ansk W ET; ETE v a g h u tiger Prak ET ET

.
,
.
, , ,
.
,

Sansk QTTET L ong a h as b een sh ortened in Efig fi k6

.
“ ’

dare spade S ansk

, ,
.

L ong a i s weakened t o i in th e foll owi ng adver bs ,

aft er th e anal ogy of th e Prakri t as : G fifi Hfifg j a ‘

,

de h 6 ta deh 6 wh en th en ; ETF g f
,
ka d e h 6 w h en ? w h i c h é ,

are derived from th e S ansk adverbs : E QT R T 3 531 .

,
L ong a as a femi ni ne t ermi nati on of Prakri t nouns
is i n Sindhi occas i onally permut ed for i or even i (e) as : ,

va i s ee c k Pr ak ET
p
-
, ET T S ansk W E flfi
, ; d h ure .
,
.
,

ori gi n Prak g “ S ansk E ll T h e o nl y examp l e of

"
,
.
,
.

final 35 of a masc th eme being ch anged t o i i s (Ti

"
.

ra -
f
e p r i n c e Pr ak “ gm S ansk, U s nom .
,
. .

In a cer tain num ber of words ending in th e S ansk ,

.

crude s t at e in H (b ut nom s in g FIT) fin a l a h as been . .

,

ch anged in Sindhi (as now and th en already in Prakrit)

to u as : firs fath er Pr ak TEE“ (bf) el isi on of H)
, , ,
.
7
,

S ansk nom F .
"
EE T HTS; b h
. a u bro th er P r ak H , ,
.

S ansk a m ; and b y th e same l evelling process

.
X INTRODUCTIONL

m au , moth er , Pr ak 1113511 S ansk mi“ ; (T3 r au prince .

-
,
.
,
‘
bes
( i des (TE) fig
; pand ha j ourne y S ansk E W 111 , , ,
'

A s re g ards th e vo wel ch anges in th e m i d s t of a

word th e S indhi adh eres on th e ave r age t o Prakri t usage
, ,

s e i dent i cal w
W if t th l t '
)
,
d fe ren from e e or d EE
E s one ,

compassi on S ansk WW (Hindi likewi se 11W ) ; EEG}

,
.

d 6 Va li t empl e (in Sindhi with th e fe m t erminati on i )

,
.
,

Pr ak g m S ansk g ang q (Hindi likewise 23 3 )

.
-
,
.

b) T h wels i, i
'

e v o .

Sh ort 1 i s i n Sindhi pronounced like s h or t e11 wh en ,

preceded or foll owed b y g h and r egul arly so w h en , ,

.

endi ng a word as : alg a 6 h a r6 such a o ne fiilfg fii ,

“
, ,

‘
m 6 h 6t6 a mos que ; 31 n gal e word Sh ort 1 corresponds
, , .

th erefore often t o th e Pr akrit 1! e whi ch is co nsidered ,

s h ort wh en foll owe d b y a c o m p o u i id consonan t whe reas

, ,

‘ 6 i s i n Si ndhi alway s l o n g e g Pr ak 1 S i nd hi
Q ; 11 g . . .
,

fi Qg ( fig fi
T fiT l t ake ; fi g n i n
/dr a s l eep Pr ak fig , ,
.

ffig S k c i nh u
_
S i gn P r ak E ]R or , ,
.

uri ous p h enomenon in Si ndhi th a t o c c a sie n

It
'

is a c ,
_

a lly a sh or t i is i nt erpol at ed in a s yll ab l e whi ch th e ,

e ffemi nat e pronunci ati on finds t oo h ars h for th e ear

‘

T hi s i s par ti cul arly th e case w h en a s yll ab l e c l o s ei w ith ,

a d oubl e 11 or 11 fo ll owed b y ano th er consonan t (especiall y

a li qui da) T h e conseque nce of thi s effeminat e pronunciati on
.
‘
i s th a t th e 11 thus separ at ed b y th e int erpol ati on of 1
, ,

becomes nasalize d as : HE sai na sign hi nt in st e ad , , , ,

O f FI E from Fifi ; , s a i s ar u wor "m

l d i ns t e ad of ’

, ,

E EK ; G m aij a l a a day sm journe y i n s t ead o f,

11GB
’
,

heard at
f
b

freque n tly
a ,

and is no l onger all , es pecially

 X II I N TRO DU CT I ON .

but in some speci al cases it h as remained more o r ig in al ,

f

than th e P r akri t as E g p ur u su man Pra k q fiffi

g
.
, , ,
.

‘
S ansk g q ; nfi fl mukhir1 a b ud Prak m
g .
S ansk , , ,
.
, .

U is
if g changed
a ro h eav y Pr ak 1 to
15 53 a in : “ , , .

Sansk IE ; g m da balu weak (Pr ak s till

T . S ansk ,
.

g ag ; or i t ma y be dro pped a l t oge th er as : q

fi pare , ,

‘
on upon Prak “ fl S ansk G Clfi
, , ,
.

U i s cha nged t o 6 only in th e fo ll o wi n g i ns t ances ,

th a ? m 6 ti pearl Prak {fig (m6 tta ) San sk

“
t

,
.
.

‘
ffli fi p 6 th i book Pr ak ffiF afi S ansk
g
’

, ,
.
,
.

k6 da r e a spade S ansk
gm
“

, .
,

L ong 11 is preserved more t enaci ously in Sindhi ,

than in Pr akri t e g n a nuro a h oll ow ring on th e ,

. .
,

ankl e Prak mm S ansk m I n such cases wh er e

mo
.
,
. _
,

original 11 h as been depressed t o 6 in Prakrit th e ori ginal ,

vowe l generall y reappears in Sindhi as : W u khir i , ,

a mortar P rak fl w S ansk W ; U fa p u th e

“

‘
.
,
.
, ,

‘
power Pr ak tfif g Sa nsk t iff whi ch i s th ough
,
g .
,
.
, ,

i denti cal i n form no t t o be confounded wi th Wfi p u th e , ,

th e back S ansk in Hindi Lflg ‘ '

, ,
.
,

vowel s
i

d) T h e 6 an d 6 .

Sindhi as well as in Prakrit 6 and 6 are no

In , ,

l onger l ook ed upon as G una vow e l s but a s s i m p l e r ,

sounds I n S indhi e an d 0 are always l o n g neve r

.

anceps as i n Prakrit ; for th e sh ort P r a kr iti c a l 6 s h ort

,

subs titut ed in Si ndhi as fg hiku one Prak

1 is
fi , , ,
.

Q3 ; and for th e s h or t P r akr i ti c a l 6 s h or t 11 as s t a t ed ,

al ready .

B o th vowels keep th eir place very s t eadfastly and

fr equen tly in such cases wh ere th ey have b een
w ear ,
 I T N RO D UC TION . X III

l
a re a d y sh o rt ened Prakri t o w m g to th e a s s imil a ti o n
in ,

of c o n s o n a n ts as : fin premu l ove Prak fim (p e m ma ) ;

, , ,
.

fifi m (j
‘
fi na j 6
o b h anu t,
i me of y ou th Prak E o v v a .

n am ;
) j g
6 fi t Pr k
$ 1 7 1 S ansk
a n
“

u ,
a ,
.
; ,
.

Q u i t e e xcep t i ona l i s th e s h or t en in
g o f 6 t o u i n

l r u , b l acksmith i ns tead of : (731n , (S ansk “

.

wh ere a h as b een lik ewi se sh ortened t o a ; and

th e ch ange o f 6 to i i n
‘
t fiS l p ij u draug ht S ansk fin
- .
, ,

fifi
c k h i w,
ellfa r e S
,
ansk 3 57 n i h u l o v e p m k
‘
fig S ansk F fi m h u ra i n Prak fig } S ansk
“

,
.
fig ; i
g , ,
.
,
.

W h en en ding noun 6 and 6 are frequently sh ort ened

a

t o e and fi re s pectively especially i n po etry ; b u t these

-

ch anges being p ecu li ar t o Sindhi we s h all c o n s ide r th em ,

here after separat ely Th e peculiarity of th e A p abh r a n sh a

.

dial ect as no ted b y th e grammari an Kr a m a di sh v a r a 1 s

, ,

fully borne out b y th e modern Sindhi ; it uses likewi se i n

th e l ocative s ingul ar e (i) i ns tead of e as fi é fg p a ,

ra dé h e in a fore i gn country nfi gh ar e in a h ouse e t c

, , ,
.

I n th e same way as th e A p a b h r a n sh a th e S indhi al so

“

, ,

ch anges t o a great ext ent th e Prakrit t ermination 6 t o

u as : 3511 kamu b u s1n e s s Prak Efitf fi et c T h e same
, , ,
.
’
.

may al so be s ai d of th e abl ati ve s ing ter ml n a tio n 3 1a .

“

s 6 with e li s i on of a) whi ch i s common ly s h o rt ened

a —

to adu in th e A p a bh r an sh a dialect and in Sindhi furth er ,

t o a u : as “ I? gh ara u from a h ouse T hi s o l d

-
,
.

Sindhi ablative t ermin ation i s now a days generally con - -

tract ed to 33 3 an (a bein g likewise sh ortened t o a and ,

t o avoi d th e h i atus b o th vowel s being nasaliz ed) b u t a u

,
-

i s still very frequently u sed in po etry .

 I N TRO DU C TI ON .

Th e e li s i o n , c o n tr a c ti o n ; an d i n s e r ti o n o f v o w el s .

T h ese three p o m ts , s o i mport ant in th e o ld P r akr it,

we may as far as th e S indhi i s co nce rne d s u m u p
,
:
,

under th e follo win g bri ef remarks

a ) A n eli s i on of vowel s t ake s far more rar el y l ac
p e

i n Sindhi th a n in th e Prakri t
,
because th e consonant s ,

d o no t so eas ily gi ve way ; th ere i s h owever no l ack of

ins tances i n whi ch th e Sind hi a ccedes t o Pr akri t usag e
R “

, ,

as
S ansk g m S ansk (E ra n w h er e e h as been eli ded ;
m m
.
,
.
,

si ar 6 th e col d s e ason Prak

,
S ansk ,
.
,
.

91 W ;
a “ k u m b h aru po tt er S ansk w ; , , _

i r of l ea th er b ags S s
W p a k h a la a pa ,
an k fi n : W ; -
,
.

fig ri nn th e deser t
, ( th e R i n
) S ansk fi n ; fi a ;
t d h i a ,
.
,

daugh t er (pr akrit already sfi m see L assen p 1 7 2 no t e) ;

-
, .
,

‘
fi b i a l so Pr ak fi S
,
ansk i affi .
,
.

b) A s regards th e c o n t r a c ti on of vowe l s th e
Sindhi c o m c ide s more full y w ith th e Prakrit th oug h i n ,

some i ns t ances I h ave no ticed a d evi ati on from P r akri t

,

nan fin m
; E
l o r n , peacock , Prak fin . S ansk W . ;

3 g lunu s alt , P rak (a ,

S ansk E ng .
w .
; a:
"
sonu ,

0 ) W i theference t o th e i n s e r t i o n of vowe l s t h e
r

Sindhi agr e es o n the wh ol e wi th th e Prakrit .

a ) A n or i g inal compou n d c onsonan t i s separa t ed b y

.

th e insertion o f a vowel t o re nder its pronunci ati on ,

more easy for a Sindhi o rgan T he insertion of a respec tiv e .

vowel depends on th e sequence of vowel s or th e varga

of th e consona nt whi ch i s t o be separated fro m th e ,

preceding one th oug h thi s rul e is by no means s tri ctly

,

a dh ered t o .
 I N TRO DUC TI ON . XV
a is i n s ert ed in cases li ke th e fo llowing : {mg s a
rah a prai se Pr ak GETg T S ansk m
‘
; fi éfl
fi sa

m m
,
. .

, ,

16 ku a s l6 ka Prak
, , a . S ansk ; ,

1 1 s i nsert ed as : {g } is tri w oman Prak { i f}

, , ,
.
,
‘
S an sk fi fig v ar e h u y ear Prak fi fiffi S ansk
m
. .
.
, , ,

nfi ; m il a nu t o b e o,
b t a i ned Prak . ,

Sansk roo t.

‘
as : fi ffi su p a n o dream Prak F
11 i s i nser t ed H
“

g, , , .

Su m a r a n u to rememb er Pr ak , ,
.

g m S ansk m 1
.
(roo t 11
1 )
()
3 O n th e o th er h and th e S i nd h i ver y frequen tly
h as g one a step farth er and di spensed wi th th e i n ser tion
a vowel by pushing th e roo t vowe l b ew een th e
m
of

co pound cons o nant and dro pping th e final consonant ,

s ag sen u fr i end
,
Prak mg ,
S a n sk .
fig ; or m ore ,
.

co mmonly it drops snn ply one of th e compound consonant s ,

W sa g h an u , to be ab l e , Pr ak .
H m ,
S ansk “

i
S a n dh i , H a tu s an d Eu h ony p .

Th eSindhi as well as th e P rakrit dispenses to t ally

, ,

with th e rul es of S a n d h i an d vowel s ma y th erefore ,

mee t with out being subj ect t o th e laws of eup h o ny

, .

T o s eparat e h owever i n some measu re concurri ng v o we l s ,

the S indhi ver y lib erally empl oys th e u s e Of A nu s v a r a ,

wh ereb y a cert ain nasaliz ing pronuncia ti on h as been

i mparted to th e la n g u a g e
;
Whi ch i s i n s o me measure ,
w
XVI I NT RO DU CTI ON .

vo ,
w él m i
~
h u ra
as : in S ansk fin; th i s i s parti cularly , , .

'‘
th e case wh e a noun ends in a l o n g vo w el as fil
, ,

p ri fr
, i end 34 b h u ear th e t c , ,
.

O n th e o th er h and th ere ar e also examp l es t o be

m e t wi th wh ere o riginal Anusvara h as been dropp ed
,

in S in dhi as : m 141 ahu t

,

g m asu or
,
3 m mea S ansk , , ,
.

11 THE SINDHI CONSONA NTA L S Y STEM

. .

g . 5 .

compari ng th e Si n dh i l ett ers (see bel ow th e S indhi

In
i

alphabets) wi th th e Prakrit alph abe t we see at th e firs t ,

gl anc e th at th e S in dhi h as re t ai ned th e l etters 93 s

, ,

singl e l e tt ers whi ch h ave

‘

3 n a fl : and; 1
"
,
7- 11
as ,
7
,

di sappeared already from th e Pr akrit alp h abe t excep t ,

wh en preceding a conso nant of th eir respective varga s .

51 s i s i n S in d hi b y no means a al a t a l s i b i lan t
, p ,

m S a n skr it but a s imp l e d e n t a l sound ,

equa lly ,

unknown in S anskri t and Pr akri t whi ch h as bec ome ,

naturaliz ed in a ll th e modern i di oms (with th e excepti on

of th e G ujar ati ) and whi ch corresponds to our common ,

d e n t a l s h It i s derived from vari ous Sources

“

a ) from th e S a n skri t pal at al s ibil ant 5 1 as : 513

_

g ,
,

sa b du word Sansk W ; {RTE sar1ru body (bes i des

’

.
, , ,

fi fin sa ri r u ) S ans k will ; sukr a fr i da y S a n.sk

gig , ,
.

from th e S anskrit d e nt al sibil ant H s as :

0
-

b)
s ihu lio n S ansk fi g m s ahu ri ch (by th e M usal
,
g ,
.
,

man s generally pronounced m3 s a ii ) Sansk m ; th e

'

-
.

s of P ersi an words i s al so now and th en changed t o s ,

) fr omcth e S a nskri t cerebra l s i b il an t Q s

ka san u t o pull S ansk H
( i nd n ifi T)
,
fin i ;
,
.
 INTRODU CTI ON . X V II

Kr i s hna , S ansk .

fim ; F3 4 5 Vi su world (besi des Fa )

,
g
S ansk fan .

T h e l e tt er U of Arab i c a n d Pers i an w ords i s al ways

s
;

rendered b y 91 as m sah aru t own Pers j g ; 9113 ,

: , ,
.

sah u kin g Pers c

’

. c .
, ,

T hi s i s a ver y remarkabl e devi a ti on from th e prin

c ip e s
l of th e Pr a k r i t w h ere th e l e tt er 5 1 h as been ch ang ed ,

to H a n d furth er t o 55
,
h im .

In S ind h i th e use of th e l e tt er 5 1 i s confined t o a

limi t ed number of in di genous vocab l es (those whi ch ,

have been borrowed from foreign source s not being t aken ,

int o account) bu t th at i t i s s till t o be consi dered more

,

or l ess excep ti onal may be concluded from th e circums tance , ,

th at the Pr akr i t r u l es concern i ng i ts p e rmu t a t i ons 5

(1 r:

a :
a) are s t ill i n full force in S indhi

S ansk W } W
e
nanu t o h ear Prak
, ,
.
,
.

p h asi or W ph a h i a noose S ansk 11191 ;

, d esu , ,
.
,

country S ansk i n ; g g dah a ten Prak g g S ansk

,
.
, ,
.
, .

same l aw h ol ds good with reference t o th e

Th e
cereb ral fl ss whi ch like 5 3 passes i nt o E or g as :
, , ,

fi
g nuhu daught er in l aw S ansk ,
fi n } ; ffi fi v i su -
,
.
,

worl d S ansk fi nn ; fi vesu di sgui se fi

,
g .
n , ,

91 a n d H are in S indhi al so frequently ch anged t o 5

ch as : firing } ki c h a r i ri se a n d pul se bo il ed toge th er (Hindi

, ,

W fi) S ansk W I;
,

S ansk M y 5 ch a or a g chah a si x Prak a ]

0
c
c h a n c h a r u S a
. t urda y m , ,

, , ,
. .
,

S ansk fig Thi s permutati on seems in Sindhi t o be so

.

deeply roo t ed th at even th e U ; of Arab i c a n d Persi an

,
s

words i s occasionally ch anged t o a as : W ch al a

m
,

(bes i de s W ) ,
woul d t o G o d , A rab . a b lc t
;

ch ab a s e , bravo ! F GI S '
.
u
r
ea ; m g p ach ah u ,
king ,

Pers . s wa g .

T r m pp
u S i n dh i - G r mm r
a a .
X VI I I I NTRODU C TI ON .

cerebral “I is occas ionally writt en in Sin dhi

Th e
,

but only by B rahmans and eve n with th em its use ,

depends on th eir rel a tive knowl edge of S anskrit W e .

may th erefore as well l eave ou t thi s l e tt er from t h e

consonant al s ys t em of th e Sindhi , as its act ual pro n u n z

c i a ti o n i s comp l e t e ly i gnored I n C ap t Stack s Sindhi ’

. .

D i ctionary s ome words a re given with th e cerebral H ,

such as : ffi nfi vi sai volup tuary 3 dus t u bad fi '

g ,
ig , , ,

kas tu Wr e t ch edness e t c but th e l ett er it self as w ell as

, .
,

th ose words are only known to th e Brahmans .

T h e guttural 3 n as well as th e pal at al 3 fl kee p

:
, ,
“

th eir p l ace n S indhi as singl e l ett ers e g 53 513 a nu

i , . .
,

body (Hi ndi 1 11 or win S ansk ng ; Hm m a na n u

9
‘ t
“

. »
,

t o ask (Hi ndi HIQHT) , S ansk HTfim (r L

“ T Er a! . .
-

m na u t o h eed (H ind i mm) S ansk 111212

a n , I th e ,
. . n

kindre d di alect s bo th these n asal s are only used i c o n n

juncti on With a l e tt er of th e ir varg a and never as s i n g l e ,

consonant s (th e Panj ab i al o n e be ing excep t ed) .

T h e cerebral E n h as no t supp l ant ed the dent al

31 i n Sindhi as i Prakrit but bo th are sh arply ke p t
,
n ,

asunder ; Q n i al so used as a s i g l e consonant i

s n ,
n

th e same way as 3 n and 5 7 and i s of ver y frequent :

o ccurr ence i w hi ch respect th e Panj abi al one agrees

,
n

With th e Sindhi th e o th er dial ect s using m 1 O nly before

,
1

l e tte rs of th e cereb ral cl ass with th e excep tion o f th e ,

H ind us t ani w hi ch i des tit ut e o f a c e r e b r a l n a s a l

,
s .

6 .

1) S in g l e c on s o n a n t s at th e b e g i n n i n g of a w o rd .

A t t h e begin ning of a wor d th e foll owi ng consonant s

o ccur i n S i ndhi
1 1g a gh; g ; h
“

6 i
1) Guttura1s : 11 k ( t
_
, ,

2) Palata s : l H y;
"
3) Cerebra s : l 3t , 3 th ; g d h ; 3 r ; 5 d .

'

Ht “I th : 2 1 3 I E 1 H
4) Rentals : 3 d d b ; n ; r ; ; s ;
m
, ,

5) Labials : H p, h
p ; b , m
t ; H ; a v ;
XX IN TRO DU CTI ON .

2) g is asp irat ed in th e s ingl e ins t ance of S TE

TI

gh aru a h ouse Prak m (ins t ead of N i ) S ansk i g

l
.
, , , .

3 ) H t i s very frequently ch anged t o th e cor

responding cereb ral t Th e t endency of th e dental s .
,

t o surrender th eir pl ace t o th e corresponding cerebral s ,

h as so much go t th e upper h and i n Sindhi th at its ,

consonant al s y s t em differs th erei n quit e m at erially and

-
s igni ficantly from th e o l d Prakrit ; e g { FFfl t ramo . .
,

‘
copper Prak Hin S ansk Hm (H 1n d1 a m ) ; a tre '

m
.
,
.
, ,

th 1 e e P r
,
ak fi .S an sk H H
( i nd i Ffla ) ; th e sa me .

may also be st at ed of th e a sp irat e “I th as : mg th anu , ,

s t ab l e P rak mm S ansk mm
,
.
,
.

T h e cerebral 3 (3 ) with i ts m e di a 3 ( 3 ) compri ses

th e mos t n o n A r i a n el ement s of th e l anguage ; nearly
-

of th e words whi ch commence with a cereb ral are , ,

taken from some ab orig inal non A ri an i di om whi ch in ,

-
,

recen t times h as be en t ermed S c y t h i a n ”

b u t whi ch “
“

we woul d prefer t o call T a t a r Thi s seams to be a .

very strong proof th at th e cerebral s h ave been b orrowed ,

from some i dio m ant eri or t o th e introducti on of th e

Arian family of l an guage s ; th e S anskrit uses th e cereb ral s
very sparingly but in Pr akrit whi ch i s alre ady con
, ,

s i de r a b ly ti nged w i th s o call ed
”
r o vm c ia l i e non
(
“
p
-
. .

A ri an) el ement s th e y s truggl e already h ard t o suppl ant

,

th e dent al s .

'
4 ) 3 d a s we ll as i ts t enu 1 s Fl t i s very frequen tly
, ,

ch anged to th e corresponding cerebra l 3 d and as even , ,

d di d no t seem h ard enough at th e beginning of a word ,

it was ch anged i n m os t cases t o th e peculi ar Si ndhi 3 d

(th e pronunc i a t i on of w h i c h see under th e S i nd hi al

p h a b e ts) as : ,
do l i a kind of sedan ch ai r Prakri t , ,

al ready fi m Sansk $13 1 ; $ dandu a s ti ck Prak

5
.

,
.
, ,

h h h d C ldw an d Mr Ed N o r ri s ,
°

1 ) T is ter m , t o ug u se by Dr . a e ll . .

We fin d t o o va g ; T a
ue t a r i s m o re s p e c ific ,
—
as we un d e r s ta n d by t i sh
te r m a c e r ta in a mil f y
o f la n g u a g e s .
 IN TRO DU CTIO N . XXI

31 3 7
S ansk m g ; . di anu
S ansk roo t QT; fl ag ] di san u to see Pr ak {BBQ
.
tmo g i ve Pr ak i fi q
,
’
,
”

,
,

.
.

S ansk m B u t if r be j o m e d t o th e cerebral medi a

‘

.
,

th e simpl e Cerebral (3 ) mus t be used as 3 d i s al ready

b y i ts own nature a doub l e cerebral e g g m"
,

d akh a ,
. . r
,

grape S ansk fil m (H i ndi El li ) T h e simpl e cerebral

,
. .

3 d i s very sel dom t o be met wi th at th e beginning of

a word and must b e careful ly di s tingui s h ed from 3: d
, ,

‘ i th o obstinat e but ‘
fia d , E
ga d i th o,
see n par , ,

ti c ip l e pas t of F
‘ ‘
t o see
g g gl .

d s ch anged t o i ts asp ira t e a dh i n th e s ing l e

3 i ,

i nstance of fi rss dh ia daught er after th e precedent of, ,

th e Prakri t 2 113 1 or
‘
5) I nitial CI i s a sp irat ed in some ins tances as ,

‘
t fifi fi ph as i or m f g} p S
'
h a h i a noose ansk 111 : (
, 5 H i nd i , .

W ); now and th en i t passes a l so

‘ ‘
t o th e sem i vowe l -

21 (b y th e medium of n b) as : fi lJ i v aj h o a H ind u
‘

sch oolmast er S ansk E nTW Tfi (initial u h avi ng firs t

,
.

been dropped) .

6 ) T h e semi vowe l a y h as become now very

“

scarce in Sindhi at th e beginning of a word as : ni-Tm ,

y a bh a nu co i re ;,
I ra y a t o s t ou t ; mt g y ara b a e l,even “

, .

After th e anal ogy of th e Prakri t initial 75! is generally

changed t o a as : Sfi j o wh o S ansk ffl ; fi ‘ j asu
,
g , , .
,

fame S ansk 1 m
,
. .

I n words b orrowed from th e Arab i c or Pers i an

, ,

y is alway s preserved as : m5 y aru friend Pers , , ,

.

L e tc
A
)
.

T h e o nl y i ns tance wh ere initi al Tl h as been ch anged

,

t o E l in Sindhi i s (s f? l ath e a walking sti ck ; th e ,

-

same is th e case in Prakrit a z S ansk Elf?

g
“

,
.
,
XX II IN TR ODU CTI ON .

2 ) S in g le on a n t s i n the mi d s t of a w o rd
“

cons .

Accordi ng t o a common Pr akr i t rul e th e foll owin g

cons onan t s :

35 k 7 1 1 3 12 3 5; fl u H P; a h ,
, 11 1 i d ;
wh en st an di ng s i n g l e 1 n th e mi ds t of a word may eith er ,

be r et a i n e d or e l i d e d T hi s r ul e we fin d corroborat ed .

b y th e Sindhi but n o t with out some essenti al res tri cti ons
, ,

th e consonants being on th e wh ol e m or e ji r equ e ntly r e

“

‘
fi

t a ill é L I—bfi fl e li ded as th e effemi nac y of pronunci at i on

fl

h as n o t y e t reach ed th at degree of in di stinctne ss in Sindhi ,

whi ch so pecu li arly ch aract eriz es th e Pr akri t W e sh all ,

.

th erefore fin d th at in many instances th e Sindhi has

,

fo ll o w e d th e already beat en track but h a s mo re fr e ,

quently preserved th e o l d h arder form or ch osen i ts own ,

way of eli si on and contracti on Th e s e mi vowel s are .

-

b u t rarely t o tally el i ded i n Sindhi ; th e y e i th er k eep ,

th eir p lace o r are dissol ved int o th eir correspondi ng

'

vowel s .

E xa m p l e s o f e l i s i o n : su i needl e g § , ,

"
S ansk .
fag ; I da do n e Pr a k fang } S k 3 57; , ,
.
,

‘-
S {
h
'

pr i ce Pr k ansk “
“

(TE r au n ,
a (1 3 1
3 s
(T n ; ,
.
,
.

Q
c a u ma so
-
th e ram y season S ansk
, HI ? sara u ,
.
-
,

autumn Pr ak ,

‘
.

Pr ak W S ansk F CIHT
“

. ;
,

T hi s process of e li si on 1 s ext ended eve n t o foreign

words as : mtg 3T ? t i g ship

”

,
n a kh u f) a mas er Pers-
h h ,
-
,
. .

B u t more frequently th e consonant s keep th eir pl ace

m
,

{11 15
1 1 s a garu th e sea Pr ak H S ansk W ; , ,
.
,
.

t W fi S ansk ‘

R TE g
I n a a r u own Pr ak fifi a
m
. .

, , ,

va ca n u pro mi se Pr ak
,
S ansk fi fi fi ,
.
,
.

I t i s quit e c h aracte ri s ti cal th at th e Pr akrit d o e s

“

n o t e l i d e th e c e r e b r a l s fo r whi ch i t s h ows already ,

s uch a predil ecti on bu t W h erever possibl e i t ch anges , , ,

 INTRO DU CTION . XX III

th e dent al s into cereb ral s t o guard them th us agains t ,

.

eli s i on Thi s proces s we fin d in full O peration i n th e

.

modern di al ect s Whi ch ha ve sprung from th e Pr akri t ;

,
«

th e common d ent al s h ave become too weak f o r th e mouth

of th e p e o ple a circumst ance whi ch rece ives a parti cul ar
‘

, ,

light from th e mann er in whi ch th e modern I ndi ans ,

writ e and pronounce E uropean words ; every d en t a l is

withou t mercy ch anged b y th e m int o a cerebr al whi ch ,

proves at l eas t so much th at th e cerebral s a r e more ,

familiar t o th em than th e dent al s ,

.

L e t us now b ri efly glance over th e excepti ons which ,

h ave been no t ed d own b y th e Prakrit grammarians .

1 ) Accordi ng t o th e rul e , l ai d down a t th e h ead

"
of thi s paragrap h t h e l e tters ll k T g a c i f j
a
,
7
, , ,

are wh en n o t e lided r etained T h e excep ti ons fro m thi s

, ,
.

rul e in Pr akrit are no t b orne o u t by th e Sin dhi a nd ,

seem th erefore to h ave been more of a l ocal ch aracter .

Th e only excep ti on whi ch is corroborated by th e modern

m
,

i di oms i s th e Pr akrit form

,
, ,

s is te r S ansk 3 ,
.
,

whi ch must be expl ained b y an ori ginal form fi fnm ‘ ‘

fl
m
from whi ch fi r } h as sprung ; Hindi fi fg a and Sindhi ,

b y transpositi on of th e asp iration Hm bh e n u ,

.

35 k may pass nt o ts c o r i es p o n din g media I

, i i T
‘
,

z fi l m bh a a tu h S 13 5 ; W
'
g a wors i pper
,
ansk 37
,
.

sag at e strength S ansk i nfi O n the contrary th ere

, ,
.

i s a t ransiti on of Tt o all (and b y th e influence of foll owing

7
‘
r tc kh ) in E 3 kha da a p it Prak 313 S ansk T lfi
, ,
.
, .

2 ) Th e cerebral 3 t and i ts asp i ra t e 3 th frequen tly ,

pass int o th ei r corresponding med ia sz fiié } kan dh i , ,

a neckl ace (be si des S ansk T hi s i s fully .

borne out b y th e modern dial ect s especially th e Si ndhi , ,

whi ch goes al ready a s t ep furth er i n thi s downward

co urse and ch anges 3 d t o 3 r and 3 dh t o 3 r h ;
, ,

e g fi g baru th e I ndi an fig —tree , S ansk fi g ;

a m
'
“
. .
, .

w
tr o r a n u to b r eak S ansk na n: h t o
, , p a r . a n u ,
XXI V IN TRO DU CTI ON .

rea d S ansk
, .
fié } th r ot ne ,
'
S ansk W ;
p i r h i ,
.

3 33 l ur h a n u t o ro l l do w n
,
S ansk 3
33 ,
. .

T o thi s per mu t ation al s o th e original S a n skriti ca l

3 d i s subj ect in man y ins t ances as
be J o m e d S ansk ‘ ‘ t
jurarla t o
S
, m ,

; lfl o press ansk
'
i
fig gg r p r an u .
, .
, ,
o

3 3 jaru i nan i ma t e bod

,
y S ansk 5 13 I n a s i m i l ar ,
.
.

manner al so th e S ansk 3 db may be ch anged t o 3 r h . ,

as : “ 3 murhu i gnoran t S ansk £13 , ,

. .

B ut b y far th e great es t number of words in wh ich ,

r or r h i s t o b e found i s of non Ari an ori gi n ,

- .

3) a v ery oft en passes i n t o its medi a 3

m
,

kh ande pa ti ence S ansk , mTfiT - T h e S ansk

,
par . .
.

ti c ip i a l t ermi nati on 33 1W 31TH) 1 s al way s ch ange d in Sind hi

‘ ‘
( \
t o i fia and o as g é a h al and6 going Ella do ing ;
'
,
: , ,

a i s even ch anged t o an aspirat ed cerebral but o nl y ,

i n such cases wh ere th e aspirati on h as been c a used b y

,

an eli ded r as 3 3 v a th u t aking S ansk

, H,
is ,
.

0
preser ved 111 many i nst ances wh ere 111 Prakri t i t h as
.

,
‘ ‘ rut e s e ason Prak
passed int o th e medi a a as EF fl , , ,
.

S ansk fl i fl In‘ ‘ words borrowed from th e A ab i

g
g
r c
fi , .

‘
m
.
O
lly t f 1 m
0

occas ona asp ra ed as q

O

(or Pers i an ) 7; i s i i
g 1 1
,
:

math a Arab xi s ; mm h u
,

,
t . sea a th a our Arab m , ,
. .

as fit
‘

l only r are ly passes i nt o i i a b i

“

4) C ts med a ,
a
,

al so S ansk saffi ; W a Rajput S ansk t l

“

, . r aj b utu , ,
.

‘
31 3 ;
3 Pr a k W fi upon
. bu t S i nd h i tl fi , .

O n th e o th er hand there is a transiti on of th e medl a

t o th e t enui s in th e abs tract affix q fl WE I e t c (H i nd i , ,
.

from th e S ansk affix Fa a n ( v b p ) as “

. , ,

313 1: wdah a p a
i sdom ,
.

F i n a l CI i s now and th en ch anged t o u (p

“

b
u) as : ma tau h eat S ansk Hm
‘
H E!
“

v z :
H i ndi I t at
, ,
.
,
.

h
I

5) Th e sub s tit uti on of E3 i n l i eu of 3 as b

e
en
preserved in t h e case of : 3 6 1 3 t al au a t ank Prak , ,
.
 INTRO DU CTI ON . XV

m ,
S ansk o th er exampl es h owever th e
.
113 1 1
“
1

co u rse t aken b y th e Pr akrit h as agai n b een abandoned

In

m
, , ,

and a n ew one s truck out ; e g th e Prakr it m pome

m
. .
,

granat e sprung from th e S anskrit a (b y th e sub

m
,

s ti tu ti o n of a for 3 ) becomes i n S indhi an na (H indi

m
a n d th en
) th e i n,
i t i a l den t a l 3 be i ng firs
h ardened t o 3 dd and 3 d passing int o
t c h anged t o 3 d
,

3 r wi th a n a dditi onal asp irati on (whi ch i s rath er

0
.

unusual) .

T h e modern i di oms devi a t e in thi s respec t from th e

Pr akrit th at th ey ch ange 3 d t o 3 r ins t ead of subs tit uting
, ,

a for 3 ; b u t th erein al so li es a hint h o w th e sub ,

s titu ti o n of E for 3 h as been poss ib l e Th e ch an ge mus t .

h ave been effected by t h e medium of 3 r (no t Of I as ,

L assen supposes) whi ch approach es 36 ver y cl osely in

,
3
sound T hi s explains sufficiently such like cases as : 1113 1
.

yellow S ansk ,
th e change mus t h av e passed
.

through th e following s t ages as : cfifi ‘ '

tfl
‘ —
1;fig
-
a ,

6 ) Th e Sub s i 3 t tuti on of
th ose numera l s I r for in ,

whi ch are compounded with 3 53 has been re t ained in ,

“

Sindhi , as well as in th e co g nat e di al ects e g Prak ,

. . .

m S indhi w
a y e l even ; Pr a k 3 11g S i nd h i

m
, .
,

ig t l S h fi ig
’

arr b ar ah a we ve Pr k i nd t h
; a
g , i e r a a .
, ,

thi rt een ; 3 h owever mus t be s t anding b y it sel f for ,

Prak 3 3 3g S indhi 6 1g? é o aah a four t een

'

,
.
,
.

g . 8 .

3 ) S in g l e A s p ir a te s i n th e mi d s t of a w o rd .

O n th e average th e aspirat es are in S indhi more

frequently preserved th an eli ded th ough th e Pr akrit , ,

‘
l aws concerning th eir el is i on are al so i n force
‘
, ,
.

a ) T h e l e tt ers 13 kh El h 1 th 4 d h H bh
g , , , ,

may be elided in thi s wise th at only th e sp iri tus 3 ,

XXV I I N TRO DU C TI ON .

remains Thi s ph enomenon i s so far of great importance

.
,

as th e Pr akrit s eems t o i ndi cat e th ereb y th at it c onsi ders ,

th e aspi rat es a s c o m p o u n d consonant s li ke g h b h etc , ,

.
,

th e base of whi ch i s dropped and th e sp irit us 3 al one

ret ained Th e aversi on of th e Pr akrit agains t t h e asp irates
.
,

seems t o point t o a T at ar under ground current i n th e -

mouth of th e common p eb pl e th e D ravi di an l anguages , ,

Again st this
,

o f th e south being des ti t ut e o f aspir at es

tendency o f cl eari ng aw a y th e asp i ra t es th e m
.

odern i di oms
react far more s trongly th an th e ol d Prakri t th eir pro ,

n u n c i a ti o n
p r o v 1n g 1n th i s respec t m uc h t i ght e r th an ,

th at of th eir i mm ediat e common moth er t0 n g u e -

.

E x a m p l e s o f e l i s i o n : fi muhu face Prak g

g 3 , , ,

S ansk 1113 ; b u t HE mukhu i s al s o i n use in S indhi ; “

rain i n S indhi al so

Hg sa h i fr i end Pr
,
ak Hg} S ansk a fii ; Efig m
,
.
,
. c

kah anu t o say Pr ak 3 5g S ansk GH

, , Q ; 83 . l a h a n u ,
.

m ,

t o ob tain Pr ak E33 Sansk 3331

,
7 .
,
. .

I n some i ns t ances th e S indhi advances bey on d th e

Pr akrit b y droppi ng g whi ch h as been severed fr om ,

i ts b ase as ; m3 s au upri ght

,
_ S ansk mg
, ,
. .

6) B u t more commonly th e a s p irat es in ques ti o n are

‘
re t ai ned
33 suk hu pl easure Prak 3 W tfi fi
’
as: ,

‘
5 3 , ,
.

a dh l r o Pr ak 53 sfifig '
a h r s h r ewd
,
s u
g . a u
g g s
, ,

) c asp iTh e
ra t es a ch T ij h 3 t h 3 dh W . p h , , , ,

are retained unalt ered ; e g {

‘
i ch a wi s h S ansk . .
m , ,
.

fi }
e

{ E U aH
- w hi t e S ans k 1 3 25 W
3 3 kan th i a ,
.

h fl d O f neckl ace S d Il Sk
g e
, m d h fi n dh a fi u. t o
s eek Sansk 3 m; Em
, a .s a
3p h a l u fru i t fu l S ansk 1
{1 53
1 , ,
.

aspirat e 3
d) T h e th may al so pass int o its cor
responding media s , ,
dh e gi nger S ansk S t , ,
.

11111111 ifig ; dh i a 11 11111 of necklace (b e

,
XXVIII IN TRO D UCTI ON .

the n eli ded as Eng s ai l ord S ansk E 115}

,
:
ET , ,
.
“

fia )
t-I ; bu t th e form E m}
l sami h as l i kew i se been
preserved .

1? m is furth er e li ded in th e affixes “

a( W ) and z

m ,
as :
W m a c h ane w h i t eness fro m sg fi a ch 6 , , ,

wh it e 1(3 313311 l6 h a o made of iron fur th er in th e

, , ,

affix HE as : ,
b h a r ya tu a carri er of burden from , ,

‘ a oad T h ese forms we sh all exp l ai n furth er on

Hfl
'
,
l .

in th e formati on of th e mes .

mi
“

5) T h e -v
o w els a y, an d E!
“

se v .

1) I n Pr akr i t
y h as l os t its h o l d in th e mi ds t
If

of a word ; it i s eith er di sso lv ed i nt o th e vowe l 1 or ,

ch anged to a j or dropped alt oge th er In Sindhi on ,

.

th e contrary a may keep its p l ace 111 th e mi ds t of

“

a word ; it i s even frequently i nsert ed t o avoi d a hiatus

m
, ,

f
S
as : ay 6 come
”

b h a r y 6 fi
,
ll ed th oug h th ese
, , ,

forms may al so be wri tt en and pronounced :

m }
a 1 o
-
b h ar i o whi ch i s fr equently done in po etry t o
,
- -
, ,

gai n a syll ab l e T h e cases wh ere l l h as been dropped

.
,

alt oge th er i n Sindhi are rare as a m v a u wind Prak , ,

: -
, ,
.

al ready 3 13 3 S ansk ng ; 71 1 s frequently contract ed as

“

E
,
.
,

Hg ] nenu e y e Prak, m S ansk R FI

I -
, ; a t th e end .
,
.

of a word th e eli si on of I I i s more common as ,

:

vi su worl d S an sk fa i n] Aft er th e precedent

, ,
. h .

Prakr it 75! 1s exch an g ed for El in cases like th e fo ll owi ng

fl n S fia p j '
R IS s ej a bed Prak
, a ansk , t i u .
,
.
,

‘
i

draught S ansk IZIJJ etc

,
.
'
.

I I as a s i gn of th e passi ve verb i s in Si ndhi as

already in Prakrit alway s changed t o 5 Tj a meth od , ,

b y whi ch th e Sindhi h as gained a regul ar passive vo i ce ,

wh ereas all th e kindred di al e ct s are compe ll ed t o make

 IN TRO DU CTI ON . XXI X
up th e p a s s1v e b y compositions ; e g fif fiifi ml di suanu . .
,

t o be seen active f ,
disar m t o see H indi
g m m , ,

t th l y t eith er preserved
“

2) a v i s af er e ana og of i ”

, ,
.

or d i sso lve d int o u ; bu t if th e l aws of euph ony requi re

i t it i s agai n reins t at ed be tween two vowe l s and very
, ,

rarely dropped altoge th er ; e g a}? j i u life formative . .

, ,

sfia j i va ( i ns t ead of s fi q j i a ) Pr ak s fiaj S ansk sfiq ;

' “

. .
, ,

a } de v i ,
goddess ; on th e o th er h and a ? d e n a demon , ,

formative ( a deva ; W w i nd Prak

W
“

3 p a v a n u , ,
.

S ansk W . It i s al so now and th en t o t ally e lided ; as

. .

‘
j ianu t o 11v e ,
dihu day Prak ,
fi a q , ,
.

S ansk figaq especi ally wh en compounded with ano th er

.
,

consonant as we sh all see h ereaft er It may al so be

m
.
,

contract ed as : a m punu t o fall ins t ead of m m

, ,
0
; ,

c unu ,
t o say ins tead of W ,
In th e prefix »1 13 i t .

may al so be contract ed t o 3 1 a u as : W “

a us aru ,

or W a v a sa r u wan t of rain ; sfi m , m a u ta r u or
“

33 3 15 a v a tar u an Ava t ar
,
.

A euph oni c i nser ti on of 3 t akes pl ace i n th e word

g ig ch a va s h ade t o keep th e t wo vowe l s a a asunder :

-
,

i n Pr akri t al ready for simil ar reasons g h as been i ii

, ,

s e r te d , n T (comp V arar II . S a n sk g rn i
.
,
.
“

11 .

6 ) T h e l i qu i d a e I r an d 1 ; th e s i b il a n t H s an d th e
s p i r i tu s
g h
’

1) I r and a l are not eli ded

Sindh i but keep in
th eir respective p l aces ; F6 i s frequently exch anged for I
i n Sindhi as ,
ké l 6 or Sfifi ker 6 name of a fl ower ;
: ,

W burbuli a nightingal e from th e Persi an ( L113;

, ,
1

m
‘
fiESUE s i aru a j acka l H i nd i fa S ansk
, 5 1
1133 ; , , .

3
 IN TRO DU C TI ON .

g Fafi
'
dubir 6 , weak ,
ins t ead of : m dubil6 , whi ch
i s al so use S an sk
in Htn s ar a h a p r a 1 s e Pra k
"
r
. .
, , .

HE TQT S ansk, g l t T h e o nl y examp l e in whi c h I

.
i

h as been ch anged to S I S I is
gs m p u a nu
j t o b e ,

accomp li shed (Hi ndi like wi se WE IT) from th e S an sk

T-
.

sibilant H (be it ori ginal or a derivative

’

2 ) Th e
“

fr om 31 and B I) eith er keeps its pl ace or i s changed to

g t y ll
‘

,
as de su , coun r more gen e ra y deh u , ,

S ansk . l n
i m asu fl esh or 111 m ahu , S ansk
g
'

, ,
5
’

th e case of
In h anj u or g ig h a nj h u a wi l d ,

goose o r 1g 1n a l H h as been exch anged for a or 51 (in

,

H indi g q or g “; S ansk g t ; Similarly g a h anja .

or g h a nj h a t ear S ansk 33 W Prak g i (initial h

g
>
.
, , ,

being i n S indhi of a euph oni c nature i n th i s case) ; in

th e same way th e Sindhi demons trative pronoun {is}
ij h 6 seems t o h a ve sprung from E H EH a n d ,

uj h 6 from th e remo t e demo ns trative base u , an d S 6

(
'
2

g h
3)rema i ns un alt ered i n S in dh 1 ; 1n som e i n

s tances h owever it is dropped for eup h ony s sake as ’

,

{i }t
ma) —
sa fi or En s ahu th e sam e
g , as

mg or HQ h ones t .

Remark Th e f i n a l consonan t s th e i r respective

.
,

cha nges and permut ati ons we ma y h ere as well pass o ve r ,

as th e modern Ind1 an vernacul ar s h ave already so much

receded from th e o ld Pr akrit th a t partly qui te new ,

fo rma ti ons h a ve been i ntroduced which preclude any ,

nearer compa ri son with th e Prakrit T h e parti cul a r

“

ch anges or eli sions to whi ch th e final c onsonants are

,

subject i n S indhi w e sh all supp ly in their pro per places

,
.
 IN TRO DU CTION . X XX I

g . 12 .

7 ) C omp o u n d c on s o n a n ts .

For a th orough insight int o th e nature of th e N orth

In di an vernacul ars thi s po in t i s of th e great est import ance ;
for th us o nly we can trace out th e ch anges whi ch th e ,

S ans krit h as undergone 1n th e mouth of th e common

peop l e i f we fo ll ow up th e l aws according t o whi ch
, ,

th e S anskrit sounds h ave been decomposed int o th e P r a

krit and its modern daught ers or weakened at l eas t ,

to such a degree that th ey are now scarcely recogni sab l e

,
.

W e can percei ve a princip l e pervading thi s p rocess of

decomposi ti on simil ar t o th at b y whi ch out of th e ol d ,

L atin th e modern R omani c t ongues h ave been derived ,

and th e mutual congrui ty i s oft en surpri s ing .

W e meet h ere agai n wi th th e s ame princip l e whi ch ,

we h ave seen operating in th e decompositi on of th e vowel s

and th e s ingl e conso nan ts T h e effemi nacy of p r o n u n
.

c i a ti o n
,
whi ch absorbs every h ard and 1 ough sound and ,

whi ch consequently rath er bears up with vowel s th ough ,

th ey may form a di spl easing hi atus th an with consonants , ,

whi ch are e li ded wh erever poss ib l e can in a far l ess ,

degree endure c o m p o u n d c o n s o n a n t s
~

A ll means .

are th erefore emp l o y ed ei th er t o smoo th th em down or

,

to assimil at e th em in order t o adjus t th em for a Pra

,

kri t mouth a consonant compounded of l ett ers of dif

,

fer e n t vargas be ing i ncompatibl e with Pr akri t rul es of

eup hony I t i s underst ood th at i n such an i di om a
.
,

conjuncti on of t h r ee l ett ers i s quit e out of ques ti on ;

th e utmos t whi ch th e Pr akri t can endur e is th e same ,
“

l etter doubl ed as 3 5 kk fl tt e t c ; I and 3 al one

, ,
.

cann o t b e doubl ed .

Ano th er means t o do a w ay wi th a compound c 6 n

,

son ant i s t o disso lve th e same int o its comp onen t par t s
,

by th e inserti on of a vowe l a me th od t o wh i ch recourse

, ,

i s h ad v ery frequ ently i n Pr akr i t and th e modern v er

’

n a c ula r s .
 XXXII INTRO DU CTI ON .

B u t even such a doubled consonant i s as y et thought

too h ard ; we perceive th erefore already a t endency a s ,

well in th e o ld Pr akrit as i n its daug ht ers t o cl ear ,

awa y th e doubli n g of a consonan t b y p r 0 l o n i n g th e

g
p r e c e d i n g v o W e l to res t ore th ereb y agai n th e qua n
‘
tity o f th e syll able as qIfiT a g e fire P k,
.
'
, ,

.
‘
S ansk j TfiJ Hin di
‘
’

, ; H i ndi S
m
:
‘
fiTi
- w a ll S i nd hi
‘
filfil
- -
,

S ansk fi-Tfi
.

g . 13 .

A ) A s sim il a ti o n of th e fi r s t f o u r c o n s o n a n ts of th e
fiv e v arg a s .

Th ese are th e fo llowing

‘‘
35k (fl kh ; ’T g 2! h
, , g .

-
'

a 6 7 § é h § 3 51 5 513
3 19, 3 i h ; 3 d , 3 db .

a ,
t E l th ; ( d , fl dh .

n y mph ;
Th e ground l aw of th e Prakrit i s thi s when two
-
.

I c o n s o n a n ts form a compound th e fo r m e r mus t give ,

! way t o th e l a t t e r b y be ing ass imi lat e d t o th e s ame ;

,

th ereb y originat es th e only conjunction of con sonant s ,

whi ch i s suffere d in Prakri t th e d o u b l i n g of t h e ,

s a m e c o n s o n a n t In th e dental class thi s d oub ling of

.

a consonant does no t prevent it from pass ing over int o

th e c e r e b r a l cl ass ; i n th e o th er vargas th e t rans itio n
“

of a so doub l ed consonant t o ano the r varga i s rare ,

as th e consonant g ains more s trength b y b eing dou bled .

T h e o nly exampl e of such a transiti on t o ano th er varga

Q
m Prak W S ansk
o

1s s a r va u o n 1s 0 1 e n t
g , ,
.
,
.

ere th e doub l ed pal at al h as been changed int o

a doubl e guttural (I! H T) a transiti on whi ch i s , ,

nat ural enough in a singl e consonant but whi ch is ver y ,

se l do m t o b e me t W ith in a doub l ed consonant W

m
.

sa g h a n u ,
t o be abl e Prak ,
S ansk .
a
.
 IN TRO DU CTI ON .
XXX II I

(H i nd i Hi m ) and per h aps a few o th ers w hi c h ma y ,

h ave escaped my no ti ce .

O n th e wh ol e th e Sin dhi as well as th e kindred ,

di al ects agrees with thi s ground l aw of th e Prakrit

,
-

with out makin g it an i mmut ab l e rul e of its proceedings :

for it may al so a ssimil at e th e foll owing co nsonan t t o
th e preceding In many i nst ances th e Sindhi is mo re
g

"

o r i g i na l th an th e Pr akrit by preserving such like con

, , “ 4 .4 5 m

junctions of consonant s as are usual in S anskrit ,

.

E x ampl e s o f a s simil ati o n .

fi sut o asl eep Pr ak S a nsk “ W f fl

'

g i ,
g ; ,
. .

upano creat ed Pr ak m m S ansk G E 3 ; Hg b h atu

, ,
T- .
,
.
,

S Lrai (H indi mfl y
boil ed ri ce Pr a H3 k ,
ans k i -
i .b pro ,
.
,

l onging th e preceding vowel) ; ladh o received Pr ak , ,

.

S ansk B u t on th e th h d a ku bo
l

(3 3 o e r a n
fi l :
‘

i ,
.
,

hump backed Pr ak g a a S ansk Eg a

- l “

‘
. .
, ,

B ut an o r g m a l compound con sonan t may al so be 1

p reserved una lt ered i n S i nd h i as 3 g3 sa b d u word ,

:
, ,
‘ ‘
Prak Hg S ansk W ; efi m u kt o free Pr ak Eli
.
,
g .
, , ,
.
,

S ansk 5 3 . .

I t depends h owever more or l ess on th e O p ti on of

th e speaker if h e will pronounce a compound con
,

sonan t as such or separat e th e same b y th e inserti on ,

of a vowel as or “fl a sa b i du th e m
W sa b du ,
g : , ,

s e r te d i bei ng pronounced so rapi dly that i t i s scarcely ,

percep tibl e T h e M u sa lm an s therefore wh en writing with

.
,

Arab i c l ett ers never pl ace th e s ign j a z m ( ) above a con

,
L

sonant destitute of a vowel bu t alway s add th e kasr whi ch

, , ,

i s nearly equal t o j a z m it being scarcely h eard a t a ll in ,

1 ) It mu st b e s ta te d h th t di g t th mm m th d
er e , a a cc o r n o e co on e o

of w iti
r ng th e Sin dhi ,
a d bl o u t i t xp
e dg ll y
co n so n a n s no e r es s e en e r a ,

bu t o nl y in su c hi n s ta n c es wh tw w d w itt l i th m
,
er e o or s, r en e se n e sa e
9 3

w ay, a re to b e di ti g s n u s i h d a
a
e i by him
,
s d
v
i w l un a , ,
an unn a ,
oo .

T r m u p p S 1n dh i - G r mm r a a . 3
 XXXI V N RO DU C TI ON
I T .

p ronunciati on Th e next vowel thus in s e r te d i s usually i

"

.
, ,

(kasr ) bu t a,
or u ma y a l so be e mp l o y ed a ccord i ng t o ,

e up h ony or th e sequence of vowel s

'

as : b h a g a tu , ,

W
0

a wors h ipper S ansk 313 5; , E sa g a t e power . S an sk “

, ,
.

g 14. .

B) A s sim il a ti o n Of th e n a s als
’

) A
a nasa l p r e c e d i n g
,
a consonan t genera lly k eeps ,

its p l ace a s : g i antu end S ansk 53 7W A preceding

g
.
, , .

n asal may b e d ro ped al toge th er i f th e preceding vowel

.

p ,

h appen t o b e a l o n g o n e m asu fl esh S ansk ,

.
, ,
.

with mg } d “a ? (
t
g a o a car t S ansk ,
H i nd i ,
.

th e doubled consonant being cl eared away 111 th e l atter

i ns t ance b y th e prol ongati on of th e p r e c e dm g v owel .

Th e compound W I n m is severed b y th e 1n s er ti o n
of a vowel as : 3 5 13 j a n a m u birth Sa nsk a “
, , ,
. .

b) In a compound consonant th e f o l l o w m g nasal

is assi mil at ed t o th e preceding conso n an t as : smfi] ag e , ,

Pr ak . S ansk .
E l l; Hffi b h ag o ,
broken ,
S an sk .

compound consonan t h o wever may al so remam

Th e
un altered or be t aken asunder b y th e 1n s e r ti o n of a v owel
, , ,

as : ( ra tnu or (H r a ta n u j ewel ; 3 1 j uj an u , vv1s e

g g
“

a
“

g , ,

P k S ansk i t; q i fi s u p a n o dream S ansk;

.

g g , ,

Th e asal may al so b e push ed forward t o es cape

n , ,
‘
b e ing a s si milat ed : as : fii fi nang o naked Pr ak T , ,
.

S ansk a “ . .

O n th e reverse a f o l l o w m g nasa l may al s o as

similat e a p r e c e d i n g consonant as : Hi ? sa hi n t ,

"
,

S ansk fig ; (Tm
.
? r an i queen S ansk (Ti ll Th e nasa l , ,
.

may al so assimilat e a preceding consonan t in such a w i se ,

XXXV I IN TRO DU C TI ON .

s hl j
il ogu fi t Pr ak fi r, S ansk ,
.
" ,
.
‘
ffil q , Hindi Sfi ;
g
Bu v aghn a tiger S ansk si ng ; Eg v a isu a v ai
g g
-
, ,
.
,

S an sk ai l ] (Hindi Hg ) It may h o wever al so

‘

sh ya ,
. .
, ,

h o d i ts p l ac e as : 3 13
g v akyu a sen t ence S ansk W
3 , , ,
.

th ough thi s i s very rarely th e case .

I I wh en compounded with a preceding I

6) , i s ,

elided a s : Fifi t ur1 a small trumpe t Prak

,
S ansk ,

é
.
,
.

Ha ; fil d h ra fi rmness Pr ak X fi I S ans fifi; 3 15

“

i , 5 ,
.
,
‘
ar u ,
sense of h onor S an sk 1 12 1 Hindi qfia ,
Bu t .
,
'
.

2 I may also be preserved b y b e m c h anged t o a as

g :

‘
,
' ‘
Lfi
i dh i rj u th e same as : 2 1 11 ; g fia
,
s u r ij u th e sun , ,

S ans 33 a c u rj u wonder ,

ful Prak
,
.

El j o i ned t o a precedi ng d e n t a l i s eith er si mp ly

“

y)
dropped as : F nitu alway s Pr ak fi g S ansk film;
“

T-l
g , , ,
.
,
.

sm fig a adi ta th e su n S ansk mfi” or it may also

"
.
, , ? ,

th ough rarely b e preserved a s z 113 2 m a th ya fal sely ,

-
“ 6 ? “ , , ,

Pr ak fiqg r S ansk n
.
,
B u t th e more usual way .

i s th a t a bei ng firs t ass i mil at ed t o a precedi ng de nt al

, ,
‘

draws th e same over t o i ts own (i e pal at al) cl ass so . .

,

t hat a i s ch anged t o 5 w to 3 3 t o a and 9 1 , ,

to (for w h i c h doub l e consonan t s as remarked al

,

ready th e simpl e bases are only writt en i n Si ndhi ) e

, ,
.

r ak fi sh n Sansk fi
fig — V ij a P -
]
.

sc i ence (J
S ,
.
,
. fi

an s 1 31 a j u t o da y S ansk WEI (
,
H i nd i ,mg .
“

.
kh aj u food S ansk W ; 1i 3i manj hu th e mi ds t
, ,
.
, , ,

Pr ak Iii . S ansk fl a t; El baj h a n u t o be boun d

.

m , ,

S ansk an y ?E ra v aj h o a H indu sch oolmas t er Sansk

.
, , .

3 m ; { QT h a é a murder S ansk r
g ni , ,
.

‘
3) I l jo ined t o a prece di ng g i s ch anged to Ti j h ,

31a n c ea l e d P r ak
'- "
m S ansk
'

j h e s J 3 13
g u o c
E i ,
{1 5 ,
.
,
.

a) I I i s a ss im ila t ed t o a preced ing 8 bu t f i n a l a , ,

1 n st e a d of bein g doubled in consequence th ereof i s ,

 INTRO DU CTI ON . XXXVI I
as pirat ed e g 5 3g kalh a yerte r da y P r ak W S ansk
,
. .
, ,
.
,
.

EE EI (
Z H i nd i Elia ) ; E m ulh u
p ri ce S a n sk m , ,
.

th e mi dst of a word a i s simp ly a s s1 mi l a te d t o 33 (th e

.

doubli ng no t bei ng expres sed m Sin dh i ) as : W p a l an u

g , ,

a beds tead S ansk f rag (r being exch anged fo r l) ; u

,
.

8 11 ] p a l an u a pack sad dl e Pr a k um ,
S a n sk m -
,
.
,
.

b) T h e s emi -
vowel I r .

a ) I i s ass i mil a t ed t o a p r e c e d i n g or fo l l o w i n g
cons onant as 33 1 a g u th e front Prak S ansk
1 : .
, , .
,

H l; 13 i} g j a r name of a R g i i S ansk 3 i }
“

i a
11 1
i l 1 u 1
n ;
.

,
.
,

STE] g j a a n u t o th under
,
S ansk 1 13 ; (
7 bu t H i nd ,
i 1 113 1 .
2

H) $ 1 kamu ka m m u ) bus i ess Pr a k 5m S ansk “

7- 1 n 6 , ,
.
,
.

am: (H i nd i 3 5 m ); m u n dh i h ea d S ansk 1 13 3 ; .

‘‘
S Fifi; fi lu l gh 6 qui ck S ansk
'
H sapu snake an k i s i
E s .
, , , ,
.

51151 ( Hin di a n? ( a b a m i ll S ansk as ;

m
.

ni b h a u
g m i sfor t une S ansk
, fig m ,
.
.

O n th e o th er h and it precedi ng or foll o wi ng a con ,

sonant may jus t as e asily —h ol d i ts p l a c e m th o u t being

, k

‘
m ‘ M
1

assimil at ed as a m c a r c 6 sill y t alk S ansk

fl
t M

,
: Ifi , , .

p ri ,
fri end S an s k ,a u; g ¥ f p a r b h
. u a fes t i va l S ansk , ,
.

‘
fi Cq u : and u asp ,
ir a t ed b y th e in fluence of
I);
11
3 1 garbu pri de S ansk T IE ; { l s u kr u Fri day Sansk
,
g
,
.
, ,
.

h S
é
'
”
513 5; 1 surgu eave n ansk u l dh m
3 a r u r e .
, , ,

li g i o n Pr ak W
,
S ansk ug
.
:
.

V ery frequently such a compound i s a gai n dissolved

i nt o i ts cons tituen t par t s b y th e i nserti on of a vowe l ,
‘ ‘ ‘
filfi fl p f ufig fi p t
'
s z i p i r i fr i end or I
,
r i ; ,
ir i b h a e ,

break of day S ansk mm; or r i s transposed for eup h ony s ’

m
, .

sake as ,
:
p a r tap u sp l endour S ansk m u ; ufi , ,
.
'

p ar t u l,
eaf a book ) S ansk 113 ; fi d r i g
,
h 6 l ong .
, ,

Prak fif u S ansk flu; fi ffl kirt e trade firm kir tu

.
,
.
“ '
, , ,
X X X V III I NTRO D UCTI ON .

acti on k and traku a spinning

,
$3 ; gg a ,

wh ee l S ,

very rarel y h appe n s th at r i s t o t ally eli ded i n

It ,

a compound agh u t i ger S ansk m u ; (lfil ‘ ‘ .

, ,

}
s
r ate ni ght S ansk
, , (Pr a k {a b y . ej ec ti on of a); .

RT? bh au bro th er Sansk ; mm T h e ejecti on of r i n

, ,
.

th ese and such like exampl es i s caused b y th e preceding

l ong vo wel whi ch precludes th e possibility of assimi lating
,

the compound consonant or b y th e consonant wi th , ,

whi ch r forms a conjuncti on bein g i n i t i a l In such ,

.

cases as {i } th e Pr akr it h as preferre d t o drop th e l ong

f

, ,

vowel in order t o make room for assimilati o n

,
.

()
3 W h en compounded w i th a p r e c e d i n g den t al r ,
-

i s i n mos t cases assimi l at ed t o th e same in Pr akr it ,

th ough it may al so keep its p l ace ; in Sindhi on th e

o ther h and r i s wh en foll owi ng a dental mos tly pre
~

, ,

served and th e assimil ati on takes pl ace on ly i n th e di al ect

,

of L ar (L ower Sindh) wh e reas in th e di al ec t of th e U pper,

.

country (Sir 6 ) th e ori ginal compound i s preserved th e den 5

,
-

t al only being commonl y ch anged t o a c e r e b r a l (or even

t o an aspirated cerebral b y th e influence of r) ; e g 112 ,
. .

p a tru son Prak S ansk 3 ( i L

g tt
3
3 a
3 3
“

r
, ,
n . :
p u ,
u .
,

according t o th e anal og y of th e P r ah it) ; fiqz m i t ru ,

‘
fri end ,
Pr ak fi-Ta S ansk fiirg (in L ar
.
,
. mittu) ;
‘
fig c a n dr u th e moon Prak a fl S ansk
, ,
.
’

,
.
i i ; a?
kh e tr u , a fiel d S ansk Fifi i m a n tr u or
( w i th t ran
“

; F
g
.
,

sit o n t o th e me di a) Hg m a n dr u “

,
an incantati on Sa n sk ,

three S ansk fit , da dh r u , or da
g
g g
.
,

dh u a cut aneous di sease Sansk QQ; E

, H W h
d p r a a n u ,
.
,

to be sati at ed S ansk m b
(y t ran s
,
i t i on of th e t e n n i s

i nt o th e medi a) In those adverbs wh i ch are compo u

. nded ,

with th e adverb i al affix after th e precedent

 1 111 u u r i u i ‘

of th e Prakrit ch anged i n Si ndhi t o u as : fail ] ki th e

, ,

‘ ‘ t th e
wh ere ; fai } l j i th é in whi ch p l ace ; F , fiu i i n th a t ,

pl ace e t c .

R wh en p r e c e d i n g a den t al may lik ewi se be as

, ,

s imil a te d t o th e same as : ka ta n u t o sp m S ansk

, , ,
.

‘
- k t i rs S qfi va t e
“

3 53 74; GE T[I a a 1 a s c s s

m
,

a w i g S ansk, ; (a !
. ? k h a d a a p i t Pr a k 1 1g} , ,
.

S ansk ITl O n th e o th er h and th e compound may al so

.T - “

be re tained unalt ered as : sqffin a r dh a n g u p a l s e y S ansk

, , ,
.

‘
311313 5 q ar th u objec t S ansk '
qq ; F fié t i th
“ “

59 , ,
r u .
,

‘‘
a h oly bathing pl ace S ansk Ffiu ; or th e compound may ,
.

again be di ssol ved b y th e inserti on of a vowel as : I R F '

H ,

‘ ' - ‘
mur ate image S ansk
, , qfit fi f k .i r a t e g l or y S ans k , , .

‘
afiffl Pra k ti r a th u

m
,

y) u r v 1 s e i th er ass i il a t ed as : a n s a bh u
0
a ll , , ,

Sansk Ha Hindi W (th e asp iration of b being caused

.
,

in S indhi b y th e influence of eli ded r) ; or th e compoun d

may be re t ained unalt ered as T“ s ar v a s a g a te
, ,
W ,

omnipo t en t ; or th e compound may be di sso lved agai n

b y th e i nserti on of a vowel as :
S ansk t ra
.
p u r abu ,
th e eas t
m , ,

B) I n th e compound a sr th e sem i vowel r may -

"
e ither be assimi l at ed as
g m ; 6 h eard Prak
g a
’
su , , , ,
.

S ansk WE ; H sasu moth er in l aw S ansk

g
-
,
. .
,
e
9 33 ; or
3 th e compound
,
ma y be re t a i ned as : w} s r i , ,

prosperity : or more common ly th e compound i s dis ,

solved b y th e i nserti on of a vowel as fan s 1 r a dhu

g , ,

funeral obsequi es S ansk $ 13 (Hi ndi m ) Th e S an ,

. .

s kr it 3 1
3 t ear Pr ak already » 1 “
(i ns t ead of s n )
3 g
, ,
.
: i
‘
has become m Hi ndi -atng ; th e Sindhi form i s { i t h anja
or { a h a nj h a (with initi al euph oni c h) s being ch anged ,

i n thi s ins ta nce t o 3 T or IE; Panj ab i l ikewi se a nj h u .

Th e same h o l ds good w ith reference t o th e compou nd

 L IN TRO DUCTI ON .

E sr as Eg g sa h a su th ousand Pr ak K G Sansk
“

.
, , ,
.

‘‘
Th e c o mpoun d 5 and fi r s are ass
5 i m i l a t ed i n rs

Sindhi as well as in Pr akrit as 0 rai n S ansk

m
, ,
.

c fi u a n! ) fin ;
} p S k "
s i d ans 111 3 ( H nd
“

r ; as 6 e ,
7 i i ,
.

‘
s i si h ead and neck S ansk Sfl fi (Hindi Ffin ) ; or th e y
,
.
,

a re preserved (of course with transitio n of 53 and q t o

H) a : §H: l da r s a n u in t ervi ew S ansk Hfig
m
, , , .

ta r s a n u t o wai t S ansk
, ; th e compo
,
rs ma y .

also be di sso lved i nt o I F a n d this agai n i nt o IQ as : ' '

, ,

El i } sar a h 6 h app y ,
S ansk Hg fi (compare ,
1 1 e nd) .
,
.

) s e m
0 i v o w
Th e e l -

01) I3 form ing a c o m p o u n d with ano th er consonan t

‘
.

at th e beginning of a word i s severed from th e s ame ,

b y th e i nsertion of a vowel as : HIE sar ah a prai se , , ,

m
‘ ‘
Prak W .
T, S ansk mu i ( r l i n S i.nd h i ) F ,
“

kil e su fa ti gue S a n sk 3 53 1 (Hi ndi

, ,
.
“Eh sa
1
l 6 ku a Sl6 ka S ansk $ 13 5
, ,
.

6) I n th e m i d s t of a word 33 i s ass im il a t ed t o an y

con so n ant save I I and t as : bakaru veget ab l es

“

I a
,
, , , ,

Prak um S ansk 3 5 53 ; or it i s severed again from

,
.

th e compound b y th e inser ti on of a vowe l as : 3 3 5 h o t

3 , ,

wind Prak W ,
. S ansk G E T th e initial v owe l u
,
.
,

b e m g th ro w n back t o serve i n p l ace of an in sert ed

'

vowel .

d) T h e s e m i v o w e l a v -
.

2
a) 3 jo ned t o a p r e c e n g co sonan t a t th b ;
”

i ,
d i n e e

m nm of a word i s e i th er di sso l ved int o u as

g g ,
:
n ,
fi
urgu h eaven S ansk a fi ; du a r u door P r ak
m
“

s , , .

a S ansk 1 3 1 13 su a u t as t e S ansk E
3 1 ; $ 13;
“

.
, , .

t o tally elided (i e assimilat ed t o th e prece di ng

m
. .

consonant) as : j a la n u t o b u rn S ansk , , .

e h eaven S ansk a n; g fi
’

HTI bes
( i d s n) 5
a
$ i
s ar g u , ,
. ,
 I N TRO DU C TI ON . X LI

or Hm? s ami Prak mfi q a n sk w

“
lo r d , H
,
“ ; . .

—
g fi sa b ur o fa th er
,
i n l a w S ansk -
$ 33
1 ; 8 3 sasu ,
mo th er .
,

in l a w S ansk W
-
,
.
a v m ay a l so
,
be severed from th e
x5
compound by t h e 1n s er t10 n of a vowel (a or u) a s ,

(r ng sa v adu tas t e fl avour (b esi des g m ) S ansk E R ;

a
‘
.
, , ,
‘
g H T Q d u var u door ( b es i d e s
, W E ) E I ver y rare ly as .

s im
_

i la te s a preceding co ns onan t as : T fl b a t wo S ansk , , ,

.

3 ( vy a2
_
bba
~
b) .

3 ! v be ing j o ined t o a p r e c e d i n consonan t i

B) g n

th e m i d s t Of a word i s assimil ated t o th e same , as : ,

q ifia pak o ( pakk z o ) cooked Pr ak f rfi

t S ansk W ; ,
..
,
. .

H?” sat u strength Prak H3 S ansk F a

, ,
.
,
. .

I n th e ab s tract affix i t a n th e dental o n th e , , ,

o th er h and i s assimil at ed t o th e semi vowel a whi ch -

,

l atter i s firs t ch ange d t o th e lab ial a and th en t o ,

th e corresponding t enuis W so th at we h ave in Sindhi ,

‘ ‘
th e forms 1: pa lfl p o 117mpanu or Qfi pano as ,
‘‘
, ,

‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘
a r g t ; ba n h a p a
r-
a T g ffi ban h a p o e t c
,
v- s l avery from .
,

a r g} banh o a s l ave
’

, .

T h e regul ar fo rm of assimil ati on h owever i s al so i n

u se ,
but only in a few examp l es ; a i s in thi s way as
S 1m ila te d t o a tt and th e doub l e consonant
tt
g ,

agai n cl eared away b y th e prol ongati on of th e pre ceding

vowe l as 333W ]? c h o kir a tu time of y outh from
,
.
, ,

3 55 c h o ka r u a bo y ,
.

T h e semi vowel may a l so be di sso l ved int o u as ,

p a r a m e s u r u supreme l o r d —
G
,
od Prak a l read y r
,
.

‘
Sansk 113 1 931 ; or 1t may be retained as : 31
.
,

d an é s v an liberal b e si des : ,
a fi fi d a n e s u r,
1.
g
16 .

D) A s si m il a ti o n f th e s ib il a n t s
“

o .

a ) Th e
“
‘

53 s , wh en preceded b y a c a n d fi ch i s as
“

a
) .
,

3?
i

si mila te d t o th em as : 551 a é u rj u
,
wonderful Pr ak , ,
.
XLII IN TRO DUC TI O N .

m Sansk W ,
l(ong a being sh ort ene d in .

Pr akrit and Sindhi a n d in compensati on the reof th e {6 1 , 7

l owing consonant do ubl ed t o rest ore a gai n th e quantity ,

of th e s yll abl e) ; Q s-[HE sa n i c a ru S aturday S ansk fi

'
, ,
.

6) Th e
compound 3 6 6 w
( hi c h h owever i s render ed
i n S indhi as all doub l e conso nant s b y its s i mp l e bas e)
, ,

ari sing from th e assimil ati on of a i s after th e anal ogy , ,

of th e Pr akrit frequently a s p i r a t e d in Sindhi on , ,

accoun t of th e i nh erent t endency o f th e si b il an t t owards

aspirati on (H g ) as : F ag v i2ch i , scorp i on Pr
, a k ,
.

‘
fifi g fi
- S ansk ,
f
a w fi; a a t
s
g e p a ch u ta
. u repen t ance , , ,

S ansk W W “ final fl being ch anged (by b

.
,
v) in
Sindhi t o u .

Y)
9 1 fo ll o w ed b y VFI ass i m il a t es th e same as (En , ,

rasi rassi ) a rope Prak U fa S ansk ( F

, 531 bu t no t ,
.
,
.
,
‘ ‘
necessarily ; for : Efii lfl g ka smi r u Kashmi r ,
.

6) T h e c e r eb r al s i bil an t q s .

3 3 1 s k of W
"
h h th t t
i

) oncompound
Th e ( I ave i er o no
me t any inst ances) i s assimi l at ed i S ndh t o li
n i i E Q)
and no t t o W kkh as in Pr akr t ; e g 3 m
i 3
g du kalu ,
. .

fami ne S ansk 13 6 573 ; fi q afizfi

- n ika mi use
“

l ess S ansk
59 , ,
. .
,

fi fifi;
t a sh suk o
fi
dr y S ansk 1 8 3 5 ( H i nd i as i,
n
,
.

34 ,

()
3 T h compounds 9 st and 9 sth are ass imil at ed
e ,

i n Si ndhi t o tth as : fg a seen Pr ak fi S ansk;

g ,
.

, ,

“ 3 fig g{ o t h u ,
a v ill age P r
ak S ansk fi g } ; ,
. .

FREE n i th a r u obs t i na t e Pr
,
ak S ansk fi g ] ; ,
. .

fi lfi
i
'
m i th o swe e t ,
S ansk FEE ,
.
“

‘
T h e co mpo u nd i s al so re t ained unalt ered as : 3 s
“

du stu , bad ; but thi s i s only done by B r ahmans ,

unders t and S anskrit ; th e comm on peopl e i gnore i t co m

p l e tely .
XLI V IN TRODUCTI ON .

‘‘
thi ng Sansk
EIEI v at h u
W
“

thu h and Pr ak. , ,

W ET th an o p l ace S ansk , W ; 3 1 5 2 a th a
, i s P r a k .
, , .

aslfiq S ansk sj fia ; HF ‘ va c h e a b u fia l o calf Pr k

, fi . a , ,
.

fl il
a S ans,
k a re .

T h e compound H s t h owever may al so i ns t ead of ,

being assimil at ed be di s so lved int o its cons tit uent part s ,

by th e i ns er ti on o f a vowe l and wh en th e comp ound ,

h appens t o b e i n i t i a l by p r efixin g a vowel as 33

"

, ,
:

‘‘
ffl as t u t e pra i se Pr k i S ansk F i l i st i
,
a
H ,
{ a . r i .
,

woman S ansk a } ,
.

y) W s p i s ass i m il a t e d t o t r ( pp ) 55
3 s p h t o 2 :
,

Hi ( pp h) W p s t o q ( pp ) respecti vely a s
p h
2

u t an u t o be
,
broke
,

n S ansk ;
‘
Elia g gj fl p
‘ h u r ti ,
z

.
:
m ,
‘
acti vity S ans , E fi t l ap i , a d i s h of coarse W h ea t e n
fl our S ansk
,
but w m ay al so remain u n
.

ass imil at ed as : W }
e

, ,

In compound words E sp may be p rg s er v e d as F a i

,
:
"
-

(Uf a v i,
s p a t e T h ursda y S ansk,
i g w ffl ; or th e com ,
.

pound e speci ally a t th e beginni ng of a word ma y be

, ,

di ssolved int o its constituent part s as HTtg p arasu th e , ,

(Hfm w
‘
phi l osopher s s t one S ansk ’

) ,
H i nd i lik e i se .

compound a s n wh en beginning a word 1s

8) Th e , ,

eith er di sso lved i nt o its c o n si s tu en t part s b y th e i nserti on

of a vowel as : G a l a s a n an u bathing S ansk E T“ ;
, , ,
.

E
R E} san é h 6 a message of l ove S ansk
, _
fig ; or th e ,
,
.

precedi ng H i s cas t o ff alt ogeth er as ni hu lo ve '

, , ,

Sa nsk fig (Hindi
. P ak al so
fig nuhu .
,

daug ht er i n —
l aw Pr -
m ,

e) T h e comp ound 3 ? sin i s ass i mil at ed t o H s ( s s) z

fi a fi v i s ai s t upor S ansk W “ ; or d i s,
s o l ved ,
.

again b y th e inserti o n of a vowel as : m s u ma r a n u

g g , ,

S ansk E ; W IR ! v is ama n u to be
'

to rememb er
E
“

,
.

l ,
 I N TRO DU CTI ON . XL V
‘
s tunned S ansk fa F
,
lt P
Q ( aw . Pr a k Fng ffi)
a s ; or s ,
.

i s chang ed t o h and p la c e d after a (s imi l arly t o

‘
f

as Prakrit t g wT in th e pronominal forms at ?

E ,

sx fi ( cf L assen
. p 3 3 1 4 ; p 3 2.9 I n
,
S i n dh i th e .
,

H of th e conjun ct 1 3 a l so c h anged t o v as fl g? t a yb i
“

1s o , ,

y ou i nst ead of E
, Ng} tu m h i - .

g) T h e com p ound E l s y i s ass i m i l a t ed t o H s ( s s ) 2

and th ence farth er t o g h as H f? m uhi i f? tuhi e t c

,
.
, .

\9
whi ch mus t h ave sprung from an original form W ,

HE ! et c Prak already Hg Hg (th ence a l so th e o th er

. .
,
—
Prakrit forms Fl 5 , H H a W )
“

a F IE
fi :
“ ’
r :

mfé t a h e of th,
a t (nom si n
g HI so ) Prak .
m7 . .

S ansk T IE. .

d) T h e c o m p o u n d Q ks .

T hi s compound l e tt er assi m i l at ed in Sindhi is

‘
) T (q k h k k h ) as g flq a kh e e y e S ansk
m
a o ,
.
, ,
.

; ( fig
E k h i ru m i lk S ansk , g i t ; {m i} ,
k h aro .

brackish S ansk Q R ; (QTl kb e tu fiel d S ansk -

; m
m
, ,

"
. .
,

khima pati ence S ansk a t ; {i } kh i w ellfa r e

, ,
.
, ,

S ansk a n ; (15m! r a kh a n u t o keep S ansk

.

' - ‘
, ; ( ri
a ,
.

m
fl k h ande pa t i ence
,
S ansk Q T F r fl ,
.
.

All th ese instances are agains t Prakrit usage a o ,

cording t o whi ch Q ought t o h ave been assimil at ed t o !

Q c h th oug h El i s a l so adm i ss i b l e i n Pr a k r i t and ,

prove di stinctly th at th e Sindhi has foll owe d its own

,

course i ndependently of th e Pr akrit

,
.

B) a i s a l s o ass i m i l a t ed to Q c h aft er th e pre ,

cedent of th e Prakrit as : fig ri chu a bear S ansk , , ,

W ;
g fi c h ur i a kn i fe S ansk , E lf } ; fi q m , ch l n a n u .

t o p luck S ansk {a ny m la c h a n u s ign Sa nsk E

,
.
, ,
.

m b ut {am l akh anu i s al so i n use in Sindhi

,
.

According t o Prakri t rul e every consonant (th e nasal

n excep t ed) whi ch i s j oined t o a mus t be dropped ;
, ,
XLV I I NTRO DU C TI ON .

bu t th e Sindhi so far devi at e s from th e Prakrit th at i t ,

s e a r a te s a n y s uch c o nsonant b y th e 1 n s e r ti o n of a v owel

p ,

as : Prak m }, but Sind hi a t“ ? la é h im

fi

e
i the wi fe
m
.
,

of Vi shnu Hindi likewi se ,

S ansk magi } O n ,
. .

th e o th er h and th e Sindhi as similat es th e nasal in th e

compound ksn t o {if (kh ks) wh ereas th e Pr akri t ,

‘
ch anges th e same t o ( g as : Sindhi fi-ltqfi tikh o tikkho)

m
, ,

qui ck Pr ak fa ng S ansk a
,
.
; ,
.

A ch ange of (it kh ks) t o th e spi rit us g h i s

«

found in Hindi aft er th e anal og y of th e Pr akri t as : , ,

Hi ndi fi g ? “ ri g ht (o p pose d t o l e f t) i ns tead of th e ,

‘‘
more common afif fi m p bu t no t i n S i nd h i w h i c h s i mp l y ,

cl ears away th e doubling of th e l e tt er in Pr akrit b y th e

pro longati on of th e preceding vowel as :
kh in o right so u th er m
{15 , m .

, ,
.

17

g F) Th e s p i r i tu s h .

T h e spi rit us g cann o t be assimil at ed to a n y o th er

consonant If th erefore Q be J o m ed to an y o th er con

.

sonant th e compound i s agai n separat ed into its com

,

ponent part s in th e fo ll owing way : y

a ) I n th e compounds h n E1 h m g i s pu t after
“

, ,

th e nasal a euph onic transpositi o n whi ch i s already

i

, ,

common i n Pr akrit as : Ej lfg bah e fire (i nst ead of Tfifg ,

''
,
s
'

b ab e) Pr ak
,
S ansk .
fi g
,
ci n h u mark .
, ,

S ansk fi g ; th e h ard ened Prak form ra w or QR ]

.
.
“

i s no t used in Sindhi .

Th e compound E (i ns t ead of El hm) i s i n Sin dhi on ,

account of th e preponderance of th e l a b i a l already ex ,

‘
ch anged for n-i mb h as : bambh a n u a B r ah man , , ,

Prak 3 1 . S ansk m
m ,
.
,

17) El h y i s assimil at ed t o Q j h (b y transpos i ti on

by :
y h h
j ) as :
g uj h o concea‘

l ed Pr,
ak
5 0
, ,
.

W
o
S ansk ,
.

W
 INTRO DU CTI ON . XLV II
c)g h v is assimilat ed t o W in Sindh i (h v v h bh ) ,

wh ereas in Prakr it th e fo ll owing semi vo w el i s s imply -

‘
fig t 13 3 1
5
eli ded as , j i b h a t ongue Pr a
,
k S S ansk , .
, .
,

E) A s si m il a ti o n o f th r e e j
c o n u n ct c o n s on a n ts .

InS indhi as well as i n Pr akrit a compound con

, , ,

si s ting of three consonant s c a n only th en be tol erat ed , ,

if th e firs t conso n an t h appen t o be a n a s a l a s

0

ag t
“

: :
l \
0

c a n dr u moon HZ m a n tr u 1n c a n ta t1o n
v

.
, , ,

As regards the assimil ati on o f three conj unct con

sonant s th e pre ceding rul es come i nto operati on If no .

a s simil a tl o n takes pl ace th e one or t h e o th er of th e ,

conson ant s th us j o ined toge ther i s severed from th e res t

m
,

b y th e inser ti on of a vowel as : Sl i sa s tir i a Sh as tri , , ,

l earned in th e Sh as tra s (a u sual titl e of a B rahman) ,

from th e S ansk ma I n reference t o th e assimil ati on

. .
,

i t sel f th e foll owing rul es are t o be o b served .

a ) I f one of th e consonan t s h appen t o be a s e m i

v o w e l it i s dropped and th e assimi l ati on of th e r e

, ,

m a mm g two consonant s i s effect ed accordi ng t o th e us ua l

meth od as W } mar athi a M ar athi man (or adj
e
.
, ,
.

R um
Q
11TH } p as o s i de,
r ak S,
ansk EN .
,
.
.

T h e semi vowe l 71 a l one wh en p r e c e d e d b y a

-
,

de n t a l forms an excep ti on t o thi s rul e thi s compound

, ,

being ch anged t o th e corresponding p a l a t a l (see 1 5 ,

S
W sa nj h o e v e n 1n
g Pr,
ak W S a n sk W ,
.
,
.

b) W h en of three conjunct consonant s th e two

former or th e two l att er can be ass imil at ed preference
’

i s given t o th e s t r o n g e r assimil ati on as “a m achu , ,

fish Pr ak
,
. S ansk W ; in thi s ins tance W t s .

i s ass imil ated t o a (55h ) th e assimilation of it being ,

s tro n ger th an th at of E ! t o E .
XLVIII I NTRO DU C TI ON .

s . 19 :

Ct) E li s i o n of a d o u b le c o n s o n an t .

Th edoubling of a con sonant renders th e same so

much s tronger th at even a l o n g vo w el pre ceding it
, , ,

mus t giv e way and i s weakened t o i ts correspo n ding

s h ort o n e O n th e oth er h and a doub l e consonant a s
.
,

no ticed alre ady may a gain be rendered s i m p l e ; but in

,

thi s case th e prece ding vowel to make up for th e ,

‘ -'
quantity of th e syll ab l e mus t be prolonged as : (Tfil , ,
“

rat e ni ght Pr ak {a} S ansk Ufa ; 3 511 kamu (i kam

“

,
.
,
.
,
O

mu) bus i ness Prak

,
Hindi on th e o th er h and
,
.

quit e against th e gen1 us o f th e l anguage to

It i s ,

eli de tot ally a doubl e consona nt ; no twiths t andin g thi s

some few examp les of thi s kind are t o b e me t with in
‘
Sindhi as g mfi duare illness g fi adj duari ill
,
.
, , ,
.
, ,

Prak .

g ag S ansk
,
g a g ; fi r j fi m i o fr
. i end ( cor '
,

r o bo r a te d a l ready b y th e Pr akri t whi ch h owever pre ,

serves al so th e Or igina l from fi r _ I n t h ese and such

like exampl es th e process canno t h ave been such t h a t
"

a doubl e co n sonant is eli ded a t once but it mus t firs t .

,
“

h ave been reduced t o its s i m p l e b ase b y th e prolon “

‘
a s z I ifif
a ti o n of th e prece ding vowel fi i n s tead
’

g
-

, ,

‘
o f fiTfi ; from thi s base h as s prung again a c c o r din ,

t o th e 11 8118 1 l aws o f elisi on th e form fl fiafij mm in

.
<

, ,

whi ch against the ordin ary process long i has been

, ,

forms “ fl and Smfi original doubl e b

In th e
§ y

mu st have been ch ange d t o v v (bo th l ett ers b and v , ,

be ing alr eady i dentical 1n Pr akrit) previ ous t o i ts e li si on ;

but it i s quite a n extr aordinary p h enomenon that th e ,

fo ll o wing vowel h as been l ength ened ins t ead of th e

p rec ed i n g one .
 INT RODU CT I ON . XLIX
Far more easily may one of th e co mpound con
s o nan t s be e l ided wh en preceded b y a l o n g vowel whi ch
, ,

renders th e assi mi l at i on impossib l e especially if one of ,

the compo und con sonant s be a s e m i —v o w e l as : 3 13

m
,

va hu
g a t i
,
ger S ansk Etna ; ( ra m
,
queen S an sk .
”

, , .

T hus even t w o s e m i v o w e l s may d i sa ppear as -

,

QT”
‘ ’

QTHT p a s o s id e S ansk , ! ,
.
”

g . 20 .

/
d o u b l e c o n s o n a n t a t th e b e g i n n i n g of a
H) A w o rd .

compound co nso nant at th e b eg m n m g of a word

A
i s subject t o th e same l aws of ass imi l ati on as in th e
i

mi ds t (or end) of a word B ut a s a doub l e consonant .

“

woul d no t be utt erab l e at th e beginning of a word one ,

of th e assimi lat ed i e doub l ed consonan t s i s simply ,

. .

c as t so th at o nl y the s 1m pl e base of th e con

I

ofi ,

sonant remains as j a la nu t o b u
,
rn i ns t ead
m of : , ,

W l S ansk h t i ger i ns t ead ”

23 3 En a
jj a a n u 3 ; g v
g
,
u .
, , ,

g
of 3 1 v v ag h u ; sa ka n dh u s h oul der i nst ead of fi
3 g , ,

kka n dh u B ut if a word be co mpo unded th e common

.
,

l aws of ass imilati on are app lied (to th e seco nd) as ,

m du bal u weak Pr ak , ,
.

W
T h ose
co mpounds whi ch are no t susceptibl e of ,

ass imil ati on are di sso lved in t o th eir component part s

w
,

b y th e 1n s er t10 n of a vowel as : k1l e s u w ea r m ess

“

m
, , ,

Pr ak .
, S ansk $1 g
5 ; su m a r a n u t o r e .

m ,
.

member Prak ,
S ansk .

m
or th e firs t
l ett er of th e compound i s cas t o ff which is parti cul arly
,
.

m
,

th e case if thi s h appen to be a s i b i l a n t a s

'

, ,

ni hu l ove Prak Hfig sa n é h a S ansk fig ; but if th e

, ,
.
,
.

sibilan t b e followed b y a s e m i V o w e l th e l att er as -

, ,

th e weaker i s dropped as : {Hg s ah u breath S ansk

, , , , .

T r mp p
u , S i n dh i - G r mm r
a a .
4
L I N TRO DU C TI ON .

wife s bro th er RTE} s alé

’
, ,

Sa nsk .

tr and Q dr whi ch in Sindhi are commonly

“

a ,

ch an g ed t o th e corresponding cerebral s keep th e ir place

,

as we ll at th e beg inning as in th e mi ds t (or end) of a

word as 2 tr e three ; §I§ dr akh a grape b u t Hi ndi
,
.
, , ,

QQ
T
‘
,
S ansk .
g m ];
 2 T HE S I N D HI A LPHA BE T .

so compl e t ely swep t away from its borders that i t is ,

now as h as been s t at ed
,
a country with out cast es and
,
“

B rahmins ”
.

T h e Muh ammadans of Si ndh as soon as th ey tri ed ,

t o empl o y th eir native i di om for li t erary purposes de ,

te c te d that th e Arabi c sy st em whi ch h ad been for ced

, ,

upon th em as a necessa ry consequence of th e I sl am w a s ,

defici ent i n man y sounds a n d th ey endeavoured to m ake ,

up for thi s defici ency by do tting th e neares t corresponding

Arab i c l ett ers T h e manner , in whi ch th e y h ave done
.
“

thi s h as no t been very sati sfac tory Th ey were no t l ed

,
.

by any sy s t em and th erefore th e emendati on th ey a t ,

t emp ted a t s t opped h al f way,

.

I n th e g u t t u r a l cl ass th e Arab i c base J (k) was

i ndi scrimi nat ely used t o express th e sounds k kh ; g ,
.

g h g ,; th e asp i ra ti on ( kh h
g ) was l eft unno t i,
ced and ,

fo r th e medi a g no t even th e corresponding Persi an

l etter (K) was supplied ; th e guttural n w a s expre ssed
b y th e co mpound «X S (n k)
:

I n th e p a l a t a l class th e aspi rat e ch was h app ily di s ti n

ui s h ed b y an ad di ti o n a l d o t a n d j h marked like
'

g
W I S8 ; a l so th e pecu li ar S i nd hi j (dy) was no t f o rgo tt en :

5
and marked b y ; th e pal at al (n y) was agai n expressed
C
by th e compound so th at in thi s class a ll so unds
were provi ded with di s tinguishi ng marks .

I n th e c e r e b r a l cl ass whi ch i s comp l e t e ly wanting ,

i n th e Arabi c s y s t em th e bases of th e d e n t a l s were

,

re t ained and th e do t s di s tribut ed in such a way as ,

t o dis tin gui sh the m from th e correspondi ng dent al s ,

v iz
:

ga z th ; o 2 d, o z dh , 3 2d ,
a m e th o d ,

whi ch i s n o t with ou t ingenuity ; but th e cere b ral r and

th e cerebral n were again compl e t ely fo r g o tten (i e the y s

. .

were e xpressed b y th e corresponding dent al s r and

n) and l eft t o th e knowl edge of th e reader .

T h e d e n t a l cl ass di d no t offer many difficul ti es ;

only th e aspir at es h ad to be provi ded with dia criti cal
 T HE S IN D H I AL PHA BE T . 3

marks ,
whi ch was done in .
th e following wa y: cg, 2 . th ,
3 dh .

same was th e case with th e l a b i a l cl ass wh ere

Th e ,

th e a spirates only were t o be p o m ted out by peculiar

marks ; but h ere th eir skill s eems t o h ave l eft th em
“

In order to e xpre ss p h refuge was t aken t o th e p e

-

,
'

c u li a r Arab i c and Pers i an l e tt er a ()

f w h i c h was pro
v i d e d w i th two additi onal do t s b h h aving been
expressed already b y 9 ; th e p eculi ar S indhi b was .

dext erously rendered b y

Th e Sin dhi s h ad i n thi s undertaking apparently th e
S a n s k r i t alph abe t before their eyes wh ere th e a s p i
( , -

r a t e s are writt en and treat ed as o n e s o u n d A c .

cordi ngly th ey tr i ed t o express th e aspirati on of a l ett er

b y addi ti o n al do t s w hi ch over l oad ed th e few Arab i c
,

bases w ith diacriti cal si gns .

“
Th e necess ity furth er to provi de marks for t h e ,

cerebral cl ass compelled th em t o dis tribut e a fres h th e

, ,

do t s for th e den ta l aspirat es so th a t th e ey e fin ds only ,

wi th difficulty a res tin g p l ace i n th e confu se mass and -

position of diacriti cal marks as : e Q9 t ;

w 2 th ; 52; 1 th .

T hi s
att emp t t o adap t th e Arab i c ch aract ers t o th e
s o unds of a Prakri t l anguage i s very i nt eres ting th oug h ,

th e meth od app li ed h as fo ll owed a wrong t rack and h as

no t been e xt ended t o all th e sounds of th e la nguage .

Th e wa y i n wh i ch thi s h as been done in H indus t ani

‘

, ,

i s far more co rrect i n fac t th e only course whi c h can , , ,

b e t aken i n adap ting th e Arab i c l e tt ers t o an I ndi an

la nguage Th e A r a b i c sy stem knows no a s p i r a t e s
.
,

and consequently th e aspiration mus t b e expressed by

'

a n additi ona l m b i f th e ori gina l ch ara ct er o f th e

.
,

Arabi c a lphabet i s to be preserved ln any way ; el se a ‘

quodlibe t w ill be made out of it whi c h may be de ,

s i n a ted b y a n name bu t Arab i c

g y .

It was th erefore soon found wh en E uropean s ch o ,

l ars began t o pay att ention t o th e Sin dhi th at th e ,

A 2
4 T HE S IN DHI A LPHABET .

common Sind h i ch aracte rs wo ul d n o t do for sci entific .

p urpos e
. s N ew c h arac t ers were i n consequence com
posed b y a B ombay civilian and unfortunat ely introduced
~

int o th e gove rnmen t sch ool s of S indh without being ,

firs t s ubmitt ed t o th e examinati on of compe tent sch o l ars .

T hi s n e w s y s t em i ns t ead of s triking a t th e ro o t o f
,

th e pr evi ous confusi on merel y endeavoured t o make u p

“

,
.

some deficienci es of th e o l d whil e re tai ni ng a ll it s errors , ,

so th at i t canno t even bo as t of th e compa c tness of th e

o l d sy st em .

T h e a lt eratio ns a n d emendati ons were th e fo ll ow ing

I n th e g u t t u r a l cl a s s wh ere th e ol d s ys t em wa si
“

,
‘
mos t defici ent as we h ave seen th e Persi an l ett er f g
, ,

h as been j ustly t ake n i n and from th e Hin dustan i th e

"
,
’

aspirat e g? g h of Whi ch we fully approve W e s h ould

“

.
A
,

n o w reason ab ly expe ct t o find t h e compound 4 kh

,

corresponding t o ~€f g h ; but t o our utter surpri se we

‘

find th e o l d error repeat ed and kh a gain r en d er e d b y ,

“ ’
,

th e simpl e base J k So it h as h appened that a ll the

.
,

pri nt s publi sh ed in this ch aract er are disfigured b y

th e l e tt er é . whi ch i s n o w used through o ut a s t h e
p ,

s impl e base for k wh er e as it i s well known that $

, ,
1

i s o nly us ed a t th e beginning of a wor d wh e n connected ,

with a fo ll owing l e tt er and in th e mi ds t of a word only ,

wh en u nconnected with th e preceding and connected with

th e p fo ll o w i n g l e tt er , and tha t it i s i n no w a y differing ,
.

as regards its pro n unci ati on fro m J ; as a fi n a l l ett er ,

‘

th e sh ape o f h as never been seen before .

Th e guttural n whi ch in th e o l d s y s t em w a s c o n
, “

s equen t l y re n dered b y h i s ik
( )
r h as been expres sed i n ,

th e n e w sys t em b y whi ch i s quit e inappropriat e ;

for th e base i s no t g but n pronounced with th e ’ ’

, ,

guttural organ and i n th e A r a b ic consonant al s y st em

,
l

i t can only b e rendered b y a compound l e tter (o f n g )

~
”

; .

T h e peculi ar S ind hi g i s marked J ; we h ave only t o

po i nt o u t th e inapplicability of tw o do ts beneath K
and th e fre quen t confusions to which it w ill give ris e ,
.
 THE S IN DHI A L PHABE T .
5

In th e p a l a t a l cl ass we mee t with th e same in

consequence ; th e aspirat e ch h as been taken over from
th e ol d sys tem wh ereas for j h th e H industani com
pound h as been borrowed I n th e o th er l ett ers of .
.

thi s cl ass only th e do t s h ave b een differently di strib ut ed ;

5 (i n th e o l d s y s t em marked h as bee n expressed b y

and th e pal atal n b y i c h i s l ess t o th e po int

th an th e o ld whi ch was as correct as i t coul d be
rendered .
6 ’

In th e c e r e b r a l cl ass only th e do t s h ave been dif -

fer e n tly arranged as t e :

( o l d szy s
.
t em t h
_, c ;

(o l d s y s t e m as ) ; d a (o l d s y s t em th e same ) d h 0 ,

(o l d s y s t e m th e same ) d 0 ,(o l d s y s t em
2 th e c e

r eb r a l r ,
which had no t been m arked at all i th e o l d n

s y s tem h as been borr owed from th e Hi ndus t ani

,
and
the cerebral n is marked b y th e antiquat ed meth od of
’

pl acing a l above it (a a r
e,
w hi c h i s h i ghl y i nconven i en t

in writing and h as th erefore been jus tly di scarded i n

,

Hindus tani wh ere formerly th e cerebral s used t o be

,

marked b y th e same l etter .

In th e d e n t a l cl ass th e o l d s y s t em h as been r é
ta in e d unalt er ed .

I n th e l a b i a l cl ass th e base d was re t ai ned for p h ,

with addi tional do t s ( ; o l d s y s t em b h was

~

2 u

rendered b y cg as in th e o l d s y st em
,
.

W e ful ly all ow th a t th e o l d Sindhi s y st em of writing

,

d i d n o t answer its purposes quit e ab s t ract ed from i ts ,

defici ency ; but instead of emendating th e o l d s ys tem b y

a different di s tributi on of do t s and inserting a few Hi n
dus t ani l ett ers we consi der it far mor e advisab l e t o
, ,

a d o p t th e w h o l e H i n d u s t a n i c o n s o n a n t a l s y s t e m ,

and t o mark those sounds whi ch are peculiar t o th e ,

Sindhi b y c o n v em en t do t s
,
.

T h e S indh i l anguage i s res tri ct ed t o th e; com

p a r a ti v e ly sma ll prov i nce of S i nd h ; we canno t th ere
fore see a n y reason why th e Hindus t ani alph abe t Which
, ,
6 THE S IN D HI AL PHABE T .

is known through out th e l eng th and breadth of India ,

and whi ch i s a compact sys t em i n it self sh oul d no t be ,

preferred t o such a mo tl ey composi tion ?

"

Th e number of th e I n di an alph abe t s s h o ul d no t b e

augment ed but rath er wh erever possib l e b e res tri ct ed
, , ,

as th e y only serve as barri ers t o mutual int ercour se .

If th erefore th e o l d s y s t em of writing proves unfit for

li t erary purposes we consi der i t for th e bes t t o su b
, ,

s titu te one uni versall y known i ns t ead of emendating 1m

,

perfectly a local alph abe t whi ch h as no ch ance t o spread

,

b ey ond i ts narrow borders .

As under th e pre s ent circums t ances it i s no t l ikely ,

that th e H indu porti on of th e community will adop t th e

Hi ndust ani alp h abe t ow ing t o re li gi ous scrup l es on th ei r
,

s i de we h ave ch osen fo r th em th e H i n d i c h a r a c t e r s
, ,

wi th some sli ght devi ati ons from th e s ystem empl o y ed

b y C ap t St ack whi ch were i mperatively necessary and
.
, ,

whi ch will be no ti ced further on W e ma y say th e

.

same of th e Hindi alp h abet wha t h as been remarked

,
-

on th e Hi n dus t ani ; it i s well known throughout I ndia ,

and th e common ve hi cl e of li t erature amongs t th e wh ol e

Hindu popul ati on An emendati on of th e o ld B anya
.

ch aract ers woul d h ave been far more use l ess th an that ,

of th e Arab i c s ys tem curren t amo ng s t the M o slim s .

 T HE S I N DHI A LPHABET .
Z

I . T h e S i n dh i con s on a n t a l s y s te m ) .
1

I
S NDH I . ARABIC LETTERS .

4 5
l
Guttura s : G 1T
; a
k ,
g; g h

f ?
o
a 5 T; 5
(3 , sh j h

$ 3 4)

l
Cerebra s : 3 3
(1; db

0 , A DO
U
J “
U

H a H ; H I; H
t ; th d ; dh n r ; l s ES B Z
Q)

"G
-
9 r 9
l
Labia s m a; H q a
b; bh m

W e subj oin
h ere th e common alph abeti cal order of
th e Arabic Sindhi Alp h ab et-
:

1 ) In th e R o m a n iz e d tr a n scrip tio n w e h a v e f o llo w d th

e e S ta n d d
ar

Alph a b e t , by P fLp
ro e i
s us
(2 01
e diti on
) .
THE S IN D HI A LP HABET .
10 T HE S INDHI AL PHABET .

(p y tt l
"

Th e ure l ) Ara bi c l e ers are a so used as nu

meral valu es in recording (b y brief s ent ences , in whi ch
,

the su m of all t h e l e tt ers mus t be ad ded

his torical events .

up 40 0

Thi s me th od o f comp utati on i s call ed a bj a d from ,

th e first four l ett ers whi ch a r e pronounced as a group

“

, .

Th e foll owing t ech ni cal groups are

Th e Arab s have borrowed thi s whol e sy stem from

th e H ebrews and h ave th erefore al so foll owed th e order
of th e H ebrew a lph abe t ; th e firs t ni ne l etters r e
,

present th e u nit s 1 9 ; th e ni n e fo llo w m g th e t ens ,

th e nine followi ng th e hundreds and th e las t é a ,

th ousand .

T h e order of th e H eb rew al ph ab et goes only as

far as up from th ence th e Arabs h ave gone th e ir
own way b y using th ose l ett ers which are peculiar to
, ,

th eir own language .

 THE S IN D HI AL PHABET . 11

1) T h G utt u r als
"

- e .

Th e guttural s k g are pronounced i n th e commo n ,

manner ; th eir aspirat es kh g h as a ll o th er aspirat es , , , ,

form a ccor ding t o th e S anskrit sy s tem O n e s o u n d

, , ,

and mus t th erefore be pron ounced by a s trong breathin g

of th e respective simp l e base Pecul i ar t o th e Si ndhi .

i s th e gutt ural 151 whi ch i s through ou t used as an in

,

dependen t sound (lik e th e en gli sh ng in

'

and ‘

n e v e r precedes th e l ett ers of its own varga or cl ass ,

in whi ch case Anusv ara or si mpl e n i s emp l o y ed (see

‘
I nt roducti on I n th e H i ndi alph abe t i t i s ex
pressed b y it being an or igin al S anskr it sound bu t ,

th e Arab i c sy stem whi ch kn ows only one dental n (u )

, ,

o ffers great difficulti es in thi s as in o th er respect s In , .

Hin dus tani an indep endent guttural n i s no t to be m e t

wi th ; we h ave th erefore been compell ed t o ci rcumscrib e
i t b y th e compound K5 n g whi ch comes neares t t o it , ,

fo ll owing th erein th e track of th e o l d S indhi alph abet .

B u t one di fficul ty still will remain th at th e guttural ,

simpl e n can thus no t be di s tingui sh ed from th e guttural

n prece di ng a l e tt er o f its o wn varga as : KJ,
anu ,

body and fi st
,
or more p r O p er ly : 351g ) angu (angu)
a limb In th e alph abet now in use
. att emp t has , ,

been made as h a s been a dv er te d to t o obvi at e thi s di f

, ,

fic ul ty (vi z : but we cann o t agree th at th e

.
,

probl em h as been solved sati sfact oril y a fal se base h avin g ,

been ch osen for th e g uttural nasal Practi cally th e di f4 .

ficu lty wi ll be e a sil v surmount ed b y any careful s t udent ,

as th ere are only a few nouns in th e l anguage i n whi ch ,

s impl e gutt ura l n i s found .

W e subjo in h ere an alph abeti cal l i s t of all th ose ”

words in whi ch th e simp l e (unconnect ed) guttural nasal

,

i s t o be found :

i
,

r a l m . body ; ”Li st m anaru T uesday

a nu ,
.
,
.
6 ) Lf »l
f anari
.
,
a disease of th e gums et c 59) Lfai m . . a n a ryo ,
 THE SIN DHI ALPH AB ET .

a brui se in th e sole of th e foo t ; ‘

n anaru
.
,
c Oa l ;

f 31 m ah uru , a finger s bread th ’

anu e, r a finger ;
)
. .

to e;
v i al m . a na n u ,
courtyard ,
m . a n u th 5 ,
th e
thumb ; 6 4 n f 51111 49111, a th umb r . . m . bh ai i 5 ,
'

s h ar e and its derivatives as 5x3Lfi Lé

, : » adj bh a n a it5 ;
,
. .

ph ena n5
,
th e orbi cular excrement of c amel s (LS i f xag . . ) f
.

p h eni ni th e orbi cular excrement of sh eep et c ) ”fl u

,
.

m j af ur 5 th e wil d B eru frui t ; 6 f L; f j anuri th e

”

z 1 g
zj
.
, ,
,

wil d B eru tre e ; fl ; adj can5 good and its derivatives .

, ,
.

m o m dh in a 1 a manufact urer of saltpetre ; (Ef fie

f ”
.
,

!a dan5 r a n u t o fl og ; adj du nit5 s t o u t ; 6 <3 0

Z
. . .
, ,

f dumri
. a s tick t o beat clo th es with (in washing) ;
,
.

5 1 . m f
m: dh u n i n o name of a fis h K3) m ranu col our ; ,
. .
,

I
t o dye and i ts deri vati ves ; 5K}, m
w

v a ranah u
. .
, ,
.

r a n5 ,
a carpent er s ch alk s tring mLs L f s anah a or ’
-
. . .
,

g i st; f s ana h a care and its derivatives (as : fi g Lfi L;

.
, ,

adj . s anah it5 ,

careful , y
i
sb s
L w adj s anahu ditt o ) ;
.
, u s
L sa w
x

v . n t o be careful £ 1 m sanu connex1on

. s af1ah an u ,
. 1 “ .

b y marri age and its deri vatives ; m sm u b orn and ,

.
, ,

7
1ts deri vati ves ; f s1nar1 name of a fish (or .
,
:

the seed pod of th e th orn KA M m sauar u ,

I

-
.

tre e; o f t ; v a s ana n u t o po int out ; Kal f.si na . .

,
a
,

bow i i i ? m g ano or S S A? f g ani name of a fruit

.
“
.
,
“
.
,

a n d s h rub ( Grewi a b etulo e fo li a ) Kai m lanu l ameness . .

,

(K ai adj l a no l ame ); K c m 1111

.11 l i m b ; Kc f 1 1113
,
.
,
.
,
 T HE S I NDHI A LP HABE T . 3

a tr i pcarrying ; j i g m li n5 time turn (b esi des

in .
, ,

Li " ditt o) CC ; f mana a betro th ed girl ; K 4

» »
,
. .

a
m munu a grai n of mun g ; m m manaru fire ;
y

)
.
,
.
,
.

m muni r 5
. a mall e t (used b y wash ermen) ;
,
v a . .

m a na n u , to ask t o beg and its derivatives ;

, ,
£ 5» adj .

m 5 no , h aving th e col our of mung ; g i g adj . adv .

n i nu n 5 entirely wh olly 5) ?s m v ana n u th e egg

, ,
. . .
,

pl ant and its derivatives ; Km f hinu Assafoe ti da ;

,
.
,

m hihi r 5 name of a frui t of an aquati c pl ant

.
,
.

Ano th er l ett er peculiar t o th e Sindhi i s g;

i t i s no t found in H indi or Hi ndust ani nor in any of ,

th e cognat e di al ects a n d we h ave th erefore been com ,

p e l l e d t o prov i de i t w i th a mark of i t s own Af t er th e .

precedent of th e Pa st 5 we h ave added a h ook bel o w th e

under parall e l line whi ch marks off thi s l e tt er strongly ,

enough wi thou t giving rise t o any confusi on or m i s

,
‘

concep ti on Th e pronuncia ti on of g i s quit e peculi ar ;

.

i t i s th at of th e l e tt er g utt ered wi th a cer tai n s tress

in pro l onging and somewh a t s t rength e ni ng th e con ta c t
of th e cl osed organ as if one tri ed t o doub l e th e sound
-

i n th e beginning of a word as g g a Th e pro nunci a ti on ,

.

i s so far quit e i n accordance w i th th e origi n of thi s and

th e o th er three l ett ers peculi ar t o th e Sindhi th ough ,
"

th ey are now treated t o a ll int ent s and purposes as

s i m p l e l ett ers ; e g fi t ag u th e fr o n t P r ak . .
( , , ,
.

S ansk 31m (compare I ntroducti on

. 15 la g 5 , ,
"
appli ed Pr ak W T S ansk EST ! (see Introducti on
,
’ .
,
.

fie
“
3 b
-
.
h a g 5 broken , Pr
,
a k “H T S a n sk 3m I n o t h er .
,
. .

i ns tances wh ere an ori gin al doub ling of g canno t be

,

proved e tymol ogicall y th e use of thi s h arsh g mus t be ,

expl ained by th e influence of th e fo ll owi ng l e tters as ,

:
’

43 g. K 5 th u a vi ll age ,
Pr ak r
fig S ansk firs ; i
,
n th i s .
,
. .
.
,

as in similar cases th e weight of the doub l e tth whi ch , ,

14 THE SIN D HI AL P HABE T .

in Sindhi h as been redu ced t o its simpl e base b y th e

prol ongation of th e prece di n g vowel seems to have b een
—
,

thrown forward on g Sli ch an influence i s e sp e c 1ally .

exer ci sed b y a fo ll owing r as gar 5 h eavy Pr ak , , ,

.

B oth l ett ers g and g mus t be carefully di stingui sh ed

, ,

in pronunci ati on as th e s ignificati o n of a word vari es

,

consi derably a ccordin g t o t h e use of one or th e other

l etter as : ,
gar 5 mangy but g ar5 h eav y e t c , , ,
.

2 ) Th e pala tal s .

Th e pal at al s j and c ,
and th eir respective
C
asp irat es g j h and Ach are pronounced in th e
. » , ,

common I n di an way as s i m p l e s o u n d s and are gram ,

m a ti c a lly treat ed as s uch th oug h they are accor di ng , ,

t o th eir present pronunci ation c o m p o u n d so u n d s ,

.

O riginall y th ey canno t have be en pronounced as they ,

are at presen t for e l se th e grammati cal rul es of Pamni

,
-

woul d be i ncompreh ensibl e In our day s 1s pro .

6
n o un ced as engli sh j and as engli s h o h th at i s t o
C
, ,

say as dz and t s respective ly ; h ow th ese sounds if th e y

, ,

are to be trea t ed as simpl e ones sh oul d be aspirat ed ,

o r doub l ed b y an y h uman organ i s pas t our concep ti on ,

.

T h e o l d pronunci ati on of th ese l e tt ers ) mus t h ave gone

1

through great vari ati ons till th ey h ave become th e com ,

poun d sounds o f th e mod ern I n di an i di oms ) In th e

2
.

R oma n t ranscrip ti on th ey h ave therefore no t been marked

b y th e pal a tal s troke but b y th e same sign wi th ,

1 ) S ee S tan
-
'

d d
ar p h a b et p
al ,
. 93 .

2 ) Th e p r o n un ci a tio n of th e Ma r ath i a an d a as ts an d dz
r es p ectiv ely be f
o re th e vo wl e s a ,
a ,
u ,
u ,
ai ,
5 , d o es not f lla un d er

h
t is h d
ea ,
as thi s is o wi n
g to D avi dir an in fl u en ce s an d o nl y o c cu r s

in w d or s o f no n A
— r ia n or ig in .
 THE S INDH I AL P HAB ET .
15

whi ch th e sib ilant sh s) i s provi ded t o po in t ou t -

their modern pronunciati on .

Th e Sindhi h a s preserved th e pal at al nasal 3

( )
as an independent sound wh i c h n ev er precedes th e l e t ,
f ‘
—

t ers of its o wn varga for whi ch purpose anusvara (and ,

i n Hi ndus t ani wr iting s impl e 6 ) i s used Th e H indu .

s t ani being des titut e of a pal at al nasal We h ad to ,

provi de a new ch aract er Fo ll owing th e an al og y of .

th e ol d Sindhi alp h abe t we ch ose for it th e compound

whi ch comes nearest to it for th e palat al ii of th e
"

Sindhi properly a c o m p o u n d sound and i s pro

is ,

n o u n c ed n y Th e proper circumscrip ti on b y
. 3 wo ul d
6

no t do for thi s reason th at th e pal at al ii i s still con ,

s id e r e d b y th e S ind hi as a simp l e sou nd and rendered _

i n S anskri t wri tin g b y a ; it ought th erefore t o be po int ed

out as near as possib l e as such for whi ch purpose th e
, , ,

compound answers much be tt er th an 6 3 whi ch l att er

5
, ,
.

woul d gi ve ri se t o many mi sconcep tions In th e R e .

m a niz e d transcrip ti on i t h as s imp ly been furni s h ed w ith

th e pal at al line ii .

T h e si gn chosen for i t i n th e alph ab e t at presen t

i n use v i z i s no t t o th e purpose as th e base i s no t
C
,

’
but th e nasal U with aa s u b s o u n din g y .

6
?

T h e s ibil ant U 53 s whi ch we h ave i nsert ed in

3
, ,

our sch eme in th e pal at al row i s no l onger a pal at al ,

sound at all b u t a pure d e n t a l s h

,
s T h e ori g inal .

pronunciati on of 91 i s more th an doub t ful ; now a day s - -

it i s i n no way differin g from our common s h a nd ,

mi ght t h erefore be as we ll cl assed under th e dent al s .

T h e Arab i c Persi an -
i s alway s rendered in S anskri t

writing b y i t; but it i s also found in pur e Sindhi words ,

3 o

as : W sihu h o n e t c compare ; I ntroducti on 5

v _

.
,
.

Peculi ar t o th e Sindhi i s f j s now trea t ed

i I t i , ,
.

C
as a simpl e sound but it h as in mos t cases as e tymo l ogy
, ,

proves sprung from a doubl e j j

, a ) and i s s till pro ,
 6 T HE S IND HI AL PHA BE T .

n o un c ed as a compo und sound dy ; e .

g . : aju
C
z a d yu ) , t o day Prak
-
,
. w
s a t, Sansk .
S EE]
( on th e a s

s imil a tin
g .
pro ce ss see I n trod . h}, V ij a sci en ce, ,

Ha S ansk Ha,
. . o th er nouns though an orig inal
In

do ub ling of canno t b e traced etymo l o g i cally as : GSA ,

;

C
j a t u a
,
J at H indi 5 12 ; an d is in such i nst ances fr e
C
quently exch g df as : 6 L; jatri or : 3
6 j a tri
2
, ,
.

a pil gr im S ansk ,
.

3) T h e Cer e br a l sl
‘
Th e cereb ra l s
d and th eir re sp ective Q t an d o ,
)

aspirat e s th a n d 3 3 3 dh are comm o n t o a ll th e

,

N orth Indi an vernacul ars ; th e y ar e pronounced b y turning

-

the; tip o f th e t ongue towards th e roof of th e mo uth

‘ ‘
,

whil st s ounding th e dent al bases t d e t c respe cti vely , , ,

. .

T he S indhi h as likewi se preserved an i nd ependen t

cerebral 6 m, n whi ch i s no t bo und t o th e l etter s o f
, ,

own varga as 6 5 vanu a tree (S ansk H ) 6 6 5

1

i ts ,
IT-
l
-

thanu th e t e at of an animal Hindi Q R S an sk H i?

m
,
.
, ,

I t i s pro nounced very h a rd and resemb l es uch th e c o m

pound n r (in Pa st5 it i s therefore very frequently ren .

dered b y n r ) '
.

I n Sindhi it exch anges th erefore occasi onally its p l ace

with th e c ere bral r as : m a n h u man or : , , ,

ma r h u Th e cerebral o d whi c h in Pr akrit already fr e

.
,

quently suppl ant s th e d en tal d h as i n Sindhi g i ven birth ,

to two o th er c er eb i a l sounds v iz : 3 3 d ” and 3 r ,

.
, , , ,

and thi s agai n aspirat ed 3 rh ,

.

‘
3 3 d i s pr onounced i n a simi l ar way as g ; th e
,

cerebral d (o ) i s u ttei ed with a cer tain s tress i n pro

l onging and somewhat s trength ening th e cont act of th e
cl osed organ as if a doub l e d was t o be pronounced
,
.
 18 T HE S IN DHI ALPHABET .

t ake n from some aboriginal t ongue wh ich is now lost :

an d w i ch m us t h ave h ad a great pre dilection for cereb ral

sounds (as th e D ravidi an i di oms o f th e south) and t o
th e influence of whi ch th e preponderan ce of th e cereb ral s
1 n th e n o r th Indian vernaculars mus t b e as crib ed .

T h e two p e culi ar l e tters 3 (tr) and 3 (dr ) which ,

C apt St ack in h is S indhi Grammar h as advocat ed fo r

.

th e Sindh i und e r th e cereb ra l cla ss ar e fo und on n earer , ,

investi gatio n to b e compound sounds (see I ntroducti on ,

§ 5 and ma y th ere for e b e safe l y d i scarded f r o m th e

alph ab e t as th ey o ught to be writt en 3 tr and 3 qr

,
"
respective ly as : 33 p u tr u son Prak 53 S ansk 53 ;
, , ,
.

5 , .

3 1 3 dr a kh a grap e , S a nsk ,W A
. : su b scr ib e d r i s

al so fo und in some n ouns with th e aspirate 3 dh a s ,

m
V

3 m h
d p r a a n u to b e sa
,
ti a t ed a n d i ts de r i va ti v
,
e s a s

T
3 3 d
'
m h r a in u to sa ti,
a t e 3 m d h r a u sa ti e ty a ll of , ,

whi ch ar e sprung from th e S ansk roo t 7 11 -

1 .

da dh r u (al so wr itte n : 3 da dh u ) a cut aneou s di s eas e

3 , ,

S an sk 3 3 Hindi 313 (compare I ntroductio n 1 5 b B)

.
, . . .

W e h ave no t in ser t ed th e cereb ral s 3 i n th e Sindhi

alph ab e t th ough in C ap t St ack s Sindhi Di ctio n ary a
, .
’

few word s are writt en wi th 3 This le tter is c o m .

p l e tel y g1 n o r e d b y th e comm o n peop l e and l ef t unno t i ced

in th e o ld Sindh i alp h ab e t ; dill y a B rahman now a n d
th en uses i t t o sh ow h s knowledge of S anskrit (com
,
i

par e In troduction
4) T h e dent als .

Thede nt al row offers no thing particular ; I r whi ch ,

is consi dered a c e r e b r a l in S anskri t h a s b e co me a pure

dent al in th e modern idioms .

5) T h e l a b i a l s .

It is to b e no te d that 4 3 3 ph i s t o b e pro
, .
4 , ,

n o u n c ed as th e a spirat e o f ‘u 3 p a n d n ever a s f , , 1
,

whi ch is o f Arab i c o r P er sia n origin wh erever fo und ,

.
 THE SINDHI A L P HA BE T . 19

P ec uli ar to th e Sin dh i i s th e letter 9 ,

b ; it is
'

r o n o u n c ed in th e me w a y an d d, b e in g o ri
'

sa
p as g

g i n a lly a do u ble b , Sa n sk 3 ( v y a
as : 3 ba ,
tw o ,
.
z

b b a ; se e In tr o du c tio n 1 5 d a ) ; 5 3 ku bo h u mp b a c ke d . . 4 ,
-

£
5 3 d b ea k r ak
“

l 3
(se e I n tr o d
5
. a a u w P i5 , 8 , ,
.

S a n sk I h h w i i l d b l i
.

5 5 5 n o t e r n o u n s o ev e r a n o r
g n a o u n
g
o f b c a n n o t b e tr a c e d o u t a n d th e l a n g u a g e s ee m s to u se ,

u b a n d u b qu ite a r b itr ar ily a s : 3 5 b ab o fa th e r , 4 , ,

L} b a b o , fa th er b r o th er , b o th b ein g
’
bu t , s n o un s de
53 .

i
r v ed fro m th e Tu r kish 313 fa th er
L .

Th e n a sa l of th i s l
c a ss is m ; b u t w h en pr e c e din g
a le tte r of its o wn v ar g a it i s su p p l a n te d by s imp l e n

( or a n u sv ar a ) ,
as in a ll th e o th e r r o w s ; e .
g . : C (113 )
5 5 4

W (fl w
o

a mb u , a ma n g o ;
S kumbh ar u , a p o tter .

3 .

O n th e p ur e l y A rab ic l e tte r s .

Th e Sin dh i ,
as w ell as th e Hin dusta n l , h a s , ln co n

qu e n c e of th e fo r c e d in tr o du c tio n of th e I sl am , b een
"

se

c o n s id er a b ly m ixe d up w ith Ar a b ic e leme n ts ,

an d th o u g h
th e vu lg a r p y
a no a tte n t o n i to th e p ar t c u a r i l p r o

n u n c i a tio n f th e g en u in e Ar a b i c s o u n ds , th e o r ig in a l
o

Ar a b ic o r th o g r a p h y h a s b e en g e n er a lly a dh er e d to .

U n der th e g u t t u r a l c la s s w e fin d th e lette r s :
8 C
’ ’

th R m t i ti f w h i h w h
t ,
8, L3 ?
e o a n r a n s c r p o n o c e a v e

c o n fo r me d to th e Sta n da r d a lph ab et , th o u g h th e se l etter s

are so me w h a t differ en tly p r o n o u n c e d in Si n dh i w h i c h
8 ’ .

i s in Ar a b ic tr ea ted a s a c o n s o n a n t is g en er a lly ig n o r e d ,

3 / )

a n d o n ly its a c co mp a n yin o w e l r ti c u l a te d M
g v a a s : ,
s

za qu lu in tellig en ce is s o u n d ed : a kulu
, ,
I n th e mi ds t .

o f a wo r d i s e ith er p a s se d u n n o ti c e d (i e o nly th e
E . .

r es ec tiv e v o w el i s u tter e d m ly
p ) a s : M n i a a ta (p p
r o e r :
 20 THE SI ND HI A L PH A B E T .

n iza ma ta ) ,
or
6
w ith its a c co mp a n yl n g v o we l is p r o

n o u n ce d as a lo n g s ylla b le ,
as : A121: a ferr 1er , 1s

s o u n d ed li k e : n a lb a n du (p r o p e r ly : n a zlb a n d u
) an d by
ig n o r a n t p p l e a l s o w r i tten a c c o r di n ly ; o r th e
eo
g 6
w i t h
its r es pec tiv e v o w e l is dr o pp ed a lto g eth er ; a s : ub fo o d
r
( ta za m u
) i s c o mm o n ly
p r o n o u n c e d : t a m u T h e s a m e i s .

th e c a s e a t th e e n d of a w o r d w h er e w i th its v o w el
8 ,

i s c o n tr a c te d b y th e v ul g a r to a l o n g s ylla b l e a s ?
C
“
,

l k
"

r e c e ip t a c c o u n t ( j a m a za ) i s p r o n o u n c e d i e J a m a a n d ,

m o s tly Wr itten a c c o r din g ly ; o n ly th e M u ll as w h o p r e tend ,

to a kn o w l e dg e o f Ar ab i c a ffe c t th e d e e p
g u ttur a l a r ,

tic u la tio n o f th e A r ab i c I n S a n s kr i t w r itin g is th er e

6
.

fo r e simply r en der ed a c c o r din g to its a cc o m p a nying .

v o w el a n d n o t din s ti n g u ish e d by a n y p ar ti c ula r m a r k

,

or do t .

h i s tr e a ted in th e sa m e
“

Th e de e p A ra b c i w ay
C
and p ro n o u n c ed as s im p l e h ,
as .
3L; h alu , s ta te ,
is
s o u n de d : h a l u . Th e A r a b i c an d Pe r s i a n x 1 s c o m
C
m o n ly p r on o u n c e d b y th e vulg a r es p e c i a lly th e Hi n dus
( ,

Q l a r ti c u l a te x
I

wh o are itue u n ab e to ) as kh as :
A
3
.

it is s o u n de d s i kh a ( Per s
si xa a Sp )
fi g
. . “
, ,

Th e A ra b c i or P er sia n 8 y i s p r o n o un c e d in S in dh 1
as s im p l e g ,
a nd v er y fr e qu en tly e xc h a n g ed fo r J in
' ‘

w r itin g ,
as :
g LS b ayu , g a r den ,
is s o u n de d as : bag u ;
é m u , g r ie f , a s : g a m u
a e tc
P
'
y
.
.

Th e d e ep g u ttu r a l q of th e Ar a bic i s artic ul a te d

in S in dh i like “

s i mp l e k ,
as :
[15
3 g o m a, a tr ib e , c anl
’
:
g
0

A
( r ab ic
fi ) ,
is p r o n o u n c ed like : koma ; d) :
Q l au u ,

w o rd, like: k a u lu etc Th e Hin dus ig n o r e a ll the se

mby
.

fo r e i g n l etters in th ei r w ritin g s an d r en der th e

th e S an skr it c o n s o n ants a s h a s b een a dv erted to
n e a r e st ,
.

Th e l i n g u a l letter s w h i c h a r e p e c u lia r to th e A r a b i c
, ,

n o t di stin u i sh e d in Sin dh i p ro n u n c i a ti o n fr om th e
"

are
g
 ‘
HE SIND HI A LPHA BET
fl . 21

c o rr e sp o n d n g i de n tal s ; ls t i s s o un de d lik e co mm o n t,
an d
U s s li ke z ; i s 5 a n d U s z li ke w is e a s z T h e .

Hin du s on th e o th e r h a n d p r o n o u n c e i s a n d
U s li k e j,

a n d r e n de r th es e letter s p r o mi sc u o u sly a c c o r di n
g to th ei r
a ct ua l p r o n u n c ia tio n whi c h is fr e qu e ntly do n e b y th e
,

Mu s a lman s li kew i s e e sp e cia ll y th e u n le a r n e d

,
.

Th e Ara b ic le tter s w h i c h fig u re u n der th e d e n t a l

,

ro w ,
v 1z : w . 3 o B an d ,
)
z
(th e,
t w o l a tte r o f w h i c h

a r e a l s o c o mm o n to th e Pe r s i a n a r e p r o n o u n c e d l n Si n dh
)
a n d I n di a r a lly s fo ll o w s : u l i k d l i k
( g e n e ) a e s 5
) a n e ,

z ,
w h er e a s th e Hin dus p r o n o u n c e th es e tw o l a tte r c o n

s o n a n ts like J j a n d r en de r th e m a l s o a c c o r di n
g ly b y a ,

w h ic h is not u n fr e qu en tly d o n e b y th e M 0 slims l

a so .

Th e Ar abic and Per sia n f is s o u n de d b y th e Mu

h a mm a da n s
de r e d i n th ei r
as f, b u t b y th e
wr iti n s b
g y TI ‘ .
Hin du s as ph ,
an d r en

II . T h e S i n dh i v o w el s y s te m .

We n e xt j i
sub o n a ta b u la r sur ve y of th e Sin dh i
s ys te m .

1) S im p l e vo we ls

2 ) D i p h th o n
g s
 2 THE SINDHI A L PHA BET .

3) Na s a li z e d vo w e ls .

1) Simple Th e Si n dh i u s es all th e
v o we s l co mm o n to th e Sa ns kr it and Pr ak r it ; b u t it is (

to b e n o te d , th a t i , w h en p r e c e de d fo llo w e d b y h ,
or

or wh en l i
c os n
g a w o rd , h a s th e s o un d o f sh o r t e
(s ee

I n tr o du c ti o n 2 . b) . Sin dh i a s a lr e a dy
E an d 6 are in ,

in Pr akr it ,
simp le ( a n d n o t G u n a ) v o w el s
(s e e I n tr o

d u c tio n 2 . d) a n d co n se qu en tly a l w ays l o n g (a n d n o t

,

a nce
p s , as i n Pr akr it) .

A s th e A r a b i c i s de stitu te of th e so u n ds e ,
and o ,

d
reati ffi u l ty a r i ses i n S i n dh i a s w e ll a s i n H in dii
’

a
g c

s tan i , h o w to dis ti n g u i sh i fr o m e , a n d 11 fr o m f) Th e .

I n dia n g ra mma r ia n s h av e th er efo r e in ve n te d th e ter m

, 0

e nkno w n
1

of J "L; m j h l th e fo r th e
Q

y a fi or u
fi S
’
a -

15 6

so un d 6, an d s i, é}?
s
j
ig va ve m aj h fi l , or th e un kn o w n
fo r th e so un d 6 ; but at th e me tim e t l i m ea
’

sa no
p ra c c a

s u r es w er e ta ke n , to m a r k . o ff é and o by any d ia
cr itic a l s ig n ,
an d th e r ea de r was le ft to h e lp h im s el f,

1) A s We s h a ll furth er on e mpl o y on ly th e Hi n d u s t a ni ch a

r a c te r s , we ca n n o t e n ter h e r e mo r e min u t ly
e on th e S a n skr it vo we l
s y s te m, and we r e fe r th e r e fo r e th e s tu de n t fo r n ea r e r in fo r ma tio n to
any S a nskr it g r a mma r . We sh a ll on ly ma ke u se o f th e S a n s kr it
c h a r a cte rs in th e c o ur s e o f th is g r a mmar , a s o cca sio n may ca ll fo r .
 THE SIND HI A L PHA B ET . 23

as b e st h e cou ld . B ut as th e di stin c ti o n of i fr o m e
an d u fr o m a is so mew h a t diffic u lt fo r a b e g in n e r ,
e sp e c a i lly a E ur o p e a n , an d fo r th e r ig h t un d e r s ta n d n
g i
of th e la n g u a g e v er y imp o rtan t ,
w e h av e c o n tr v e d i to dis
tin g ui s h e fr o m i by a p er
p en d i c u la r lin e , as . !
as

ke , so me , f ki , so m ewh a t ; an d o fr o m u b y p la c in g th e
s

fr o m i
si
g n abo ve as : to -
on ; tu , th o u In
v}
: s
3, ,
)
.

p ri n ts ,
d e s tin e d f o r th e u s e o f n a t v es i ,
th e s e di stin c tio n s
ma y be di sp e n s e d w ith as mo re or les s su
p e r flu o u s ;
b u t in p r in ts , i n te n d e d fo r th e u s e o f E u r o p ea n s I h a v e
no do u b t th ey w ill p r o v e v e r y ser vi c ea b l e a n d c l ear
awa y man y a s tu m b l in g b l o c k .

In Ar a b ic w ri tin g th e sh o r t vo we ls a ,
i ,
u are

not e xp r e s s e d in th e b o dy of th e co n s o n a n ts bu t b y
”

m er e m a rks , p l a c e d a b o v e or b en e a th th e c o n so n a n t,

a ft e r w h ic h th ey a r e to b e s o un de d ; i f th e c o n so n a n t

h a p p en to b e an as
p i ra te ,
th e vo we l
m a r k i s p la c e d
on th e a c c esso r y se . Th e m a r k fo r a is a n d is c al

fa tli a h m a r k fo r
3
le d i
( n P er s i a n
O
"
) ; z ab a r ) ; th e i is

ll e d ka sr a h (in Pe r sia n r )
a

an d is ca s zir ,
p r o

n o u n ce d i n I n di a : z er) ; th e ma r k fo r u i s an d is

ca ll e d i s
za mm a h i
(n P er s ia n W . ) i s
p , p r o n o u n c e d in
’

I n di a :
p )
é s e .
g .

U s fa n a ,
U
s finj
U
s fu n n . B ut if -
a

n o un co m m e n c e w ith a sh o rt vo we l , l l
( )
a if mu st s er v e

as b a s e fo r th e th e se vo l s th e
we ,
v o we s l th em s el v e s b ein g
co ns i d er e d on ly as a u xili a r y s i g n s fo r th e c o n so n a n ts , as :

GI an a , U l in i ,
’ é l unu . In A r a bic in iti a l 5 i s i n th es e
)
fi
c a s es a lw a y s p ro v id e d w ith h a mz a h ,
as :
u
l ,
l
u ,
i
v ,
b u t in Hin dustan i it i s di sp e n s e d w ith ,
to w h i c h p r a c ti c e
we sh a ll a ls o a dh e r e i n S in dh i .

T h e th r ee lo n g vo w e ls . a ,
1 ,
u are e xp r e ss e d in
th e b o dy of th e c o n s o n a n ts b y th e l etter s l, (5
w i th
,
3,
th e a dd itio n of th e r es
p e c t v e i vo w e l p o i n ts ; in th i s case
 THE SINDHI A LPHABET .

t, 5 ,
5
are ca lle d Ug
h; sa ki n ,
or qu i e s c en t ,
b ec a u se

th ey ,
are no t mo v ed by a vo w e l of th eir o wn ; e .
g
a 3 f )

h b an t be ma r u , b ea ter ; 6
k

"
pe 3
: a a s a n ; a
6 5 ,
” ,
10 11111 fl 5

whic h are no t i
( g
or in a lly) distin g u sh e d
i in w r itin g fr o m

Lo n g i ti a l xpr es s e d
I

a w h en i n ,
is e b y v a n d th e

as
si
g n
p l a c e d a b o v e i t
5 5 ! a d a r u
c o u r te s y
,
T h
. i s ,
.

s1 n i s c a ll e d wi f m a dda h i x t n sio n n d is pr o
g e e e a -
e .
I

,
.
,

r ly a n al i f l d b o h i z t lly L n i d
p e p a c e a v e o r o n a o g a n u .
,

w h e n i n i t i a l mu st b e p r e c e d e d b y al if to s u p po rt th e
,
:

,
,

r e s ec ti v e
p v o w e l p o, i nt as a nd
5
t h e m ,
s e l v es a r e

q u i e s c e n t ; e
g :
5g g t i h
. o t h i
. s v e r
. y p
. e r s o n ; m
5 5 , i u h d ,

th a t very p e r s o n . T h e s a me i s th e c a se w ith e a n d 6
as :
5g di i ge o s o l a r
g e
5 5>, l o d o n e a r , g ,
.

and w h e n q u i e s c e n t s h o u l d b e p r o v i d e d w i th
6 5
t h e s ig n j a zm to in di c a te th er eb y th a t th ey a r e ,

n o t mo v e d b
y a v o w e l o f the i r o wn as :
5 5
m i , ,

5
“ p m ; b u t thi s p ra c t i c e i s
g e n e r al ly n e g l e c te d in Hi n d u
s tan i a s s u per fl u o u s I f o n th e oth e r h a n a rid b e mov ed
5
.
,

b y a v o w el p u t a b o v e o r ben eath th em a r e n o lo n er
g
u t r e u l a r c o n so n a n ts
z

q u i esc e n t b g as : L g y a r u fr 1e n d ;
,
5 , ,

tr e e
é n 1y a n u a ta nk ;
a

h 13 3 n iv ai w a nt
05
g v an u
, 5 , ,

1 ) In _
so me A r a bi c no un s fina l (5 (g en er a lly W i tho u t do ts ) is u sed

w ith t h e p o w er of a lif , as : 515 5 ,

J e su s ; (5
3 59 Sikr a re me m

‘ l the l ; g al at, pr a y e r
b ra n ce . No te a so ,
a n tiqu a e d t w r itin g u
g
y
, W
U)
:

‘ Which is fa l sely pr o n o unc ed in In dia

i

ta u r at , th e T h o r ah
ft a u r et .
 26 T HE SIND HI A LPHA B T E .

S if '
é , j i be; .
éii
a m uh u m outh ; ,
in a fe w

w o r ds , w h ere fu ll n
p r e c e de s b , it mu s t b e r e n de r e d in
Sa n s kr it w r itin g by a, no t b y A n u sv ar a , as fig o i nh u ,

a s ig n ; m th a n h a n u , to co mp r e s s . In Hin dustan i
w r iti n g no su c h distin c tio n c an b e made , as th er e i s
on ly o n e (u ) a t h a n d wh ic h mu st s er ve a s fu ll n a sa l ,

o r A n u s v ar a a s th e c a s e ma y b e ;
,
n o thi n
g i s th e r e fo r e

l e ft to th e stude n t b u t to c o mmit th e se f ew w o r ds to
,

m em o r y W e mu st r e p ea t h er e w h a t h a s b een r e m a r ke d
.
,

a lr e a dy th a t th e u se o f th e Ar a b i c c h a r a c ter s o ffer s g r e a t
,

d iffic ul tie s w h e n a pp li e d to a P r akr i t l an g u a g e o f I n dia .

17) A n u s v ar a p r e c e din g a c o n s o n a n t in a l o n g sy l
'
lab le is to be pr o n o u n c e d a s a fu l l n a s a l a s : Tr e , s

b an th e , ra v en o u sn e s s ; t fifl ,
fgf ug i
p gn h a ,
a sw n i g ;

i s7 mos ; kun dh u , a yo u n g ma n ; W5i ig v en d6 ,

m
g
, 5

g i
o ng
,
l 6 mb a r u , a ma l e fo x . B u t if th e
o
lo n g v o we s l , p r o v ide d w ith A n u sv ar a ,
b e fo ll o w e d b y h ,

s or v, th ey ar e to be p r o n o un c e d w i th a n a s a li z in
g
to u c h on ly133 , ,
th ah a r a s tea din es s ; R i
as : 91
g, ,

3
G i h?
s m as u m e a t w a s , 53 e
,
L s th a v r
a u F
,
r i da y ; Tfl
-
'

g ,

~é-¢ f mi h u r a i n ; “i t , m eh e b u ffa lo e tc W h er e , .

fu ll n pr ec e de s h in a l o n g s yll a b l e it m u st b e r e n ,

fu r th er dis tinc tio n

‘
d er e d b y a (i n Hin dus tan i w r itin g a

is impo ss ible) ,
as :
fi él l .
6 9
. ;
L banh i , a s ave- l g i rl , but

1 f
$ 3, e g
é L bah a , ar m .

0 ) A t th e en d o f a w o r d An u s v ara a l w a ys r e ta n si
its p r o p e r n a sa l iz in g to u c h ,
be th e fin a l v o w e l sh o r t
i

or lo n g ,
as : nl , p r i , fr ie n d ; 3
1 ,
bh u, e a r th ;

BF? muh e (Fo r m a tiv e of th e I .

p r o n o u n s n i g ) ; l
a so in

co mp o u n d w o r ds , as : 34“
c\c\7 u 7
'-
3 6 53 é ; bh u bh u, b u z z i n g
(
.

Th is ru el i s b a se d on th e fac t , th a t in Si n dh i e ve r y
 THE SIND HI A L PHA BET . 27

w o rd mu s t n e e ds en d in a v ow e l (wh ic h h o w ev er ma y
be liz ed)
n a sa .

d) An u sv ar a p la c e d b etw e en two v o w e l s b e th ey , ,

s h o r t o r lo n a l w a y s r e ta in s i ts p r o p e r n a sa liz in so un d
g , g ,

mm
0 0 0

3
f

ho ma i n u , to m ea su r e
f -
g

1
o

3 3 i an d ,
p 9 -0

w
.

as ai
.

, G
i
g , ,

~ o
/
I

0 0 ¢

3
W k s 3 3

I, L
OW f
h as b e en d o n e b y
.

it
.

au i au ,
,
,
!

the m ( pm aco
r e : I n tr o d u c ti on

Th e sa m e h o l ds g o o d w ith (

“
r e fe r en c e to An u s v ar a ,

fo llo w in g a ,
d i p h th o n g ( se e : In tr o du c ti on 1, as

ma i th a , ma dde r ( maith a ) z : .

I n th e R o ma n iz e d t r a n s c r i p t i o n , w h i ch w e sh a ll
“

a dd th r o u h o u t th i s
g g ra m a r , t h e tw o d i ffe r e n t s o u n d s m
of A n u sv ar a are r en d er e d i n th is w a y , th a t th e s o u n d
of fu ll 11 is a lwa ys exp r e s se d b y n, w h er e a s th e n a
sa liz in
g to u c h ,
w h ich is c o m m u n c a te d i to a vo we l by
An u sv ar a ,
i s ma r ke d by th e s ig n p l a c e d a bo v e it , as :

_ _ a u

W e h av e l
a re a d y a dv e r te d th e g r ea t di ffic u lti e s ,
to
u n der w h ic h th e Hin dustan i lab o u r s to ma r k th e o r i
g i n al so u nd o f An u sv ara ,
as it h a s on ly one 11
(an d th is
th e d en ta l ) i ts d i s p o sa l
n T h e d i ffic u l ty i s a lr e a d y
at .

r e a t in Hin dus t an i , a n d s till r ea te r i n S in dh i , w h i c h

g g
is s o m u c h a ddi c te d to th e u s e o f n a sa liz e d v o w el s In .

a dd itio n to wh a t h a s b een s ta te d l
a r ea d y , we b eg to
tu rn th e a tten tio n o f th e s tu d e n t , a s fa r as th e H in du
st a n i c h a r a c t er s ar e c o n c ern e d , to th e fo llo w in g
p o in ts

Fin a l h as a lways th e so un d o f An u sv ar a p r o p e r
19
s e e u n de r 0 ) an d n ee d th e r e fo r e r l e x th e s tu d e n t
( not
p p
e

mar b u , ma n ; 3
6 5 5
6 za u l ,
w o men ;
5
L ! i a,
“

fr o m th is p la c e , O LE
; ti a,
fr o m th a t p l a c e .

An u s v ar a ,
se
p a r a ti n
g tw o sh o r t or lo n g . v o we s l (s ee
de r d) is r en d e r e d by an d be i
n z ed
“

un
U ,
c an r ec o
g as
28 T HE SIND HI A L PHAB ET .

ch by i ts p o s i ti o n ; in th i s c a s e , to o b vi ate a ll mis
’

su .

c o n c e p ti o n s , w e h a v e fu r n i sh e d th e s e c o n d v o w e l wi th

h a m z a h , to p o in t ou t th er eb y, th a t th e fo llo w in g v o w e l
i s n o t to be r e a d to g eth er w ith th e pr ec e din g , b u t tha t
lo s e s th e fir st yllab le t (y a) thu s ;
g g
g?
c s as . 1 a , a

(fir ? ) t1 - a , in tha t ma n n e r ,
r
t g au ,
co w .
. If
th e sec on d vo w e l c h an c e to b e a lo ng one, 5 (
w i th o ut
"
do ts) p r o v i de d w ith h a m z a h mu st p r e c e de th e s a me, to
ser v e a s b a si s fo r th e v o w e l i t f th n un der :
p o n (
s ee u r e r o

mi n d ; i t h a s b ee n b y th em
.

id
v

c 1 au ,
sa .

In uc h like in sta n c es e xh i bite d un d e r an d b,

“

s ,
as a

th e Hin dustan i a lph a b et o ffer s n o m ea n s of di s tin g u i sh in g

th e fu ll n a sa l fro m An u sv ar a p p
r o e r ,
as :
65 5 ban h i , a
6

l
s av e g 1r l , 4 55 bah a , m a n d th ese
ar ,
diffic u lties c an

on ly be o v er c o m e by p r a c ti c e I n th e o ld
7
Sin dh i a l
p h a b e t an d in th at no w m u se no no t ce i w h a tev er 1s

ta ken of th e s e an d su c h
/
”

likei ntrl c a c 1es .

ic s ig
'
o u th e o th e r o r th o g r a p h ns .

1 ) T h e si g n ma dda h , p r o lo n g a tio n ) is pla ce d

on 1n 1 ti a l a l if ,
to r e n der it lo n g ,
as :
E T a th a r u
S pa ck ,

s a dd le . I n th e mi d s t an d at th e en d of a w o rd ma dda h
1s not
p l a c e d on a li f if ,
th e p r e c e d i n
g c o n so n an t be

m o v e d b y fa tli a h ,
in w h ic h
"

c a se a li f is ca lle d $ 5
5 .

sa kin o r qu i e sc e n t a s : Lé i)
, , 3L; m a 1a ra -
j ,
a p r ncei ; ,

a r l a n d ; b u t if th e p r e c e di n g c o n s on a n t i s p r o v i de d w i th
g
jaz m i
(. e . no t m o v e d b y a v o w el ) a l i f m u s t h a v e {
,

th e s ig n of m a d da h as c o mm e n c i n a s yll a b l e
, g e
g ,
.

i ; qu r a n u , Qo r a n , not qu r an u
v }
.

2 ) Th e s ig s ; j az m, i i
a b s c ss o n
) p l
,
a c e d abo v e
 THE SINDHI A L PHA B T E . 29

a c o n so n a n t de n o te s , th a t th e c o n so n a n t th u s m a r ke d
) C /
is not m o v e d by a vo we l ,
as . v el ho ,
i dl e ,

ma r du , m a n ; s ar -
g u ,
h e av e n . In o ld S in dh i wr i
tin g s th e u se ofj m i s h ar
az dl y t o b e m e t wi th ,
a s th e y
f d to r o v id e s u c h a m u te l etter wi th ka sr a h , th e
p r e e rr e p
s o un d of w hi c h w a s h a r dl y h ea r d in p r o n u n c i a ti o n , as :
O
’

m a r i —du qu ite
’

in stea d of m a r du , and s er v e d
.

-
,

th e p ur p o ses of j a sm . We c an n o t a do p t th i s s ystem ,

as in m a n y c a s es i t w ill g l v e ri s e to c o nf u s o n i an d mis
n c ep ti o n s .

3 ) Th e S ig n J .
(w a s . ta sdi d) c o rr o b o r a t o n i , p l a c e d

ab o v e a c o n so n a n t de n o te s , th a t th e l etter in qu e stio n
i s to b e do u b l e d S in dhi w ri tin g s th e ta sdi d
. I n th e o ld

is h a r dl y ev er to b e m et w ith a s th e y w er e in th e h ab it to ,

e xp r es s e v en a n o ri g in all y d o u bl e l etter b y i ts s imp l e b a s e

I
e.
g : .

{
5 ka mu b u sin ess i n st ea d o f 3
,
7 k a mm u I t i s , ,
.

n o w u se d o nl y in s u c h in stan c es w h er e th e do u b lin g o f ,

a co n so n an t is r e n d er e d n e c es s a r y in o r der t o di sti n g ui sh

i
:

tw o in o th er r e sp ec ts i den ti c a l w o r ds a s : by
o un a , ,

him a n d wl unn a w o o l
, ,
.

1 0 ;

4) T h e si
g n _ _ h a mz a h , i . e .
p un c t o n i ) is u s ed

1n th e mi dst an d at th e en d o f w o r ds a s a v c ar o u s i i b a se
fo r 0; w h e n tw o vow e s l ,
sh o r t or lo n g ,
m eet in a w o r d,

th e se c o n d vo w e l mu s t b e s up p o r te d b y th e b a s e 6 :

fu r n i sh e d w ith h a mz a h i f th
e g :
é p ,
u a er
g j u e,
:
»
,
. . .
s

th e den o f a n a n in a l ; i 5 fu hi a r a , now ; g é
u »
J u a ; l o u s e ;
j
qa im u, s ta n din
g E ég
; L b h aur a , b r o th er s ; j i u,
- -

5
3
life ; ku o , rat ; 1 g? g h a -
fi, w o u n din g ; 5) a —
i, a
7 6

o al e tc
g .

A fi n a l s ho rt vo we l , p r e c eded by a , u ,
6 is u su a lly
su pp o r te d b y th e s ig n h am z a h l
a o n e, a s
"

Lé ; bh a -
u, br oth er ;
30 T HE SINDHI A L P HAB ET .

p é -
e, a fter ; h u-e , so u n d . B u t if be ra di c al in
a wo rd h a mz a h ~
w i th its acco mp a n y i n g vo we l is
i f o “ a
a
l b fa me , Fo r ma t1v e
Q

d L
” g

p a c e u po n as :
9 nau,
9 } n av a ;

7
5 au ,
co w ; j a m Lo m a r h u a
)
a
,
Fo r m a tiv e o f:
w a
g
e,
m an .

In th e Fo r ma ti v e Sin g u lar o f su c h n o un s w h i c h en d

m i, h a mz a h is dr o pp e d fo r b r ev ity s ke
’
sa ,
as :
G
M

(Q
h a ndi , a o
p ,t Fo r mativ e : M h a n di a (i n s te a d of

but m no un s l i k e a s? “ s ai , lo r d ,
h a mz a h m u s t b e

r eta n e d i in th e Fo rma tiv e , to p r e v e n t mista k e s , as

5
5 5q s ai a
(5 . .

N ote Th e s ig n .
M
( 5 v a s l , c o nj u n c ti o n
«o

) o n ly o c c u r s in

A r abic p h r a s es a n d c o ns tr u c tio n s ; it j o i n s tw o w o r ds , th e l a tter

o f w hic h b e g in s w ith a lif , th e a c c o mp a n ying v o w e l o f w h ic h
is dro pp e d a n d th e fi n a l v o w e l o f th e p r e c e din g w o r d d ra w n
AO

o v er or ra th e r j o in e d to th e fo ll o w in g ; e .
g . :
6 12” A15 , ab du
, O /
lma iki
‘
l (in s te a d o f: fi s h M ); c w l J LS qa la - s ma (in ste a d ,

o f:
c
a t JLs) ; 513! PM ,
» b sm
i i - ll h i
a .

Th e us e o f th e so c a -
lle d Ta n V 1n i
( e
9
l, p ro
‘
=

. .

n o un c e d in Ar a b i c u n ’

,
°
in
’

) in Sin dh i i s to b e
d i s pr o v e d »
o f, as th e T a n v i n i s on ly a fa n c ifu l in v e n ti o n
of th e Ara bia n g r amm a ria n s ,
and by no m e a n s fit to
e xp r e ss th e S indh i n as a li z ed sh o r t ( an d l e a st th e lo n g )
vo we s l .
 S ECTIO N I . O
T HE F RMA TI N OF THE ME S O . 31

SECTION I .

FORMA TION OF THEMES IN SINDHI .

C h a p t er I
.

T h e te r m in a ti o n of S i n dh i n o un s .

g . 6 .

In th e fo rm a ti o n of th em es th e l i
r e at ve p o s iti o n ,

w hi c h th e Sin dh i h o l ds to th e S a n skr it Pr akr it -

on th e
i de and to its m o der n s s ter —
ito n on th e o th er
o ne s , g u es

s i de ,
i s m o st l
ly
c e ar d elin e a ted .

c u li a r i ty Sin dhi m e tim e

'

Th e p e of the ,
an d at th e sa

th e g r e a t a dva n ta
g e ,
w h i c h i s p o ss es ses o v er th e kin dr ed
idio m s c o n si sts th er ein th at ev er y n o u n su b sta n tiv e a d , , ,

i r o n o u n p a r ti c ipl e a n d in fini tiv e e n d s i n a v o w e l

j ec t v e p , ,
.

B y th is v o c a lic termi n a ti o n th e Sin dh i h a s pr es erv e d a fl e

xi b ili ty an d a t th e sa m e ti me a s o n o r o u sn e s s o f w hi c h
, ,

th e o th er mo der n v er n a c ul a rs a r e c o mp l etely de s ti tu te .

After w h a t h a s b een re ma r ke d on th e n a tur e o f th e

d ip h th o n g s in Sin dh i (see In tr o du c tio n it m a y
be ea s ily g a th e r e d , th a t no S in dhi n o un ca n en d in a

d i p h th o n g . A Sin dhi n o un m a y th er efo r e en d in a,

1 ()
e ,
u ; a ,
i ,
u, o ; no n o un ev er e n ds im
n e , a n d th o s e ,

w h ich s ee m to d o so ,
ar e n o t 1n th e No mm a tl v e b u t in
th e infl ec ted ca se . A fin a l v o we l m ay a ls o b e n a

sa lized ,
as :
u p );
L o m a r b u , m an ,
a w) ; c o th o ,
th e
fo u rth ;
w} ;
p ,
r i fr i e n d , w h i c h i s es p i llyec a th e c a se ,

if a w o r d ter min a te in a lo n g vo w e l , b u t thi s con

s titu t e s , a fter w h a t w e h av e sa id on th e n atur e o f A nu

s v ar a ,
no e xc e pt o n to th e g en er a l r u l e
i .

I n th e fo rm a ti o n o f th emes th e Sin dh i h a s in th e
m a in fo ll o we d th e c o ur se p o n te di o ut by th e Pr akr it ,

bu t it h a s c r ea te d . m an y n ew fo r m a ti o n s , in dep en den t
an d ir r e sp ec tiv e of th e Prakr it . Th e lev elli n g p r o c e s s
 S ECTION I . THE F RMA TI N O F T H O O EMES .

of th e mo der n i dio ms h a s a lr ea dy g a in e d th e a sc en da n c y ,

an d te r min a ti o n s w h ich th e P r akr it th o u g h s eiz e d a l

, ,

rea d y by th e sa m e ten den c y , h a s as y e t ke p t a s u n d e r ,

h a v e b een th r o w n to g eth er in to o ne l
c a ss in Sin dh i .

Th e Sin dh i h a s l o st th e n eu te r , w h ich h a s b e en
l
a r ea d y A p a b h r a n sh a di a l e c t o f th e
di s c a r d e d in th e
P r akr it , th e imme dia te p r e de c es so r o f th e mo d er n Sin dh i .

Th is , a s it s e ems , h a s b een th e fir st s tep , to br e a k th e

fe tter s of th e o ld co mp a c t m o th er to n g u e , -
and to in itiate
th e l ev ell in g p r o ce s s of th e p r e s en t i di o m
I n a sm u c h as th e Sin dh i r e u ir e s a q vo ca li c t er
min a tio n fo r e v er y n o un ,
th e dis tin c tio n of th e g e n der
is not so p p
e r e x n
g l i as i n th e o th er dia l ec ts , w h ic h o ffe r
reat d i ffi c u lti e s in th i s p o in t to th e s tu de n t T h e t
g er .

min a ti o n s , w h ic h h a v e b e en a lr e a dy fixe d fo r th e Fr a r

kr it ,
h a v e b e en m o stly r e ta n e di i n th e S in dhi ,
w ith th e
e xc e p t o n i of n e u te r n o un s ,
wh ic h h a v e bee n ,
fo r th e
m o st p ar t , tr a n sfe r re d to th e ma s c ul me ter min a ti o ns ,
l ess to th e femin in e .

I . T h e te r mi n a ti o n u .

l) M a s c u l i n e th e m e s in 11 .

By fa r th e g r e a test n
{
Sin dhi u mb er o f nouns en d in
a n d ar e , w ma s c u l i n e T h i s
"
i n 11 ,
i th a few
e xc e pt i o n s »

,
.

sh o r t fin a l 11 c o r r e sp o n ds to th e P r akr it te r m m a tion .

53} 6 w h ic h a c c o r d in t t h t ti m n y o f th e o ld
'

, g o e
,
e s o

Pr akr it g ra mm a r ia n s h a s b e en a lr ea dy s h o r ten ed to u ,

in th e A pa bh r a n sh a di a l e c t ) T o th i s c l a s s b e lo n g in 1
.
,

S in dh i

1 ) In M a r a t h i fin a l 53 Sin dhi 11 ) has on th e w h o l e b ec o m e

l
a re a d q y u i e s c e n t ; th e ,
s ame i s th e case in B a n g a i l ex cept w
h en

l l
fin a a i s p r ec e de d b y a d o u b e c o n s o n a n t , m w h ich c a s e it i s h e a r d .

I n P a n j a b i , H i n d 1 an d H i n d u s t a n i fin a a h a s quite dis a p p e a r ed ; l
fo r n o un s like piu, fa th er , mau , mo th er e tc . ar e in P anj abi ex
ce
p tio n al ca s e s .
 S EC TION I . O
T HE F RMA TI N O F THEM S O E .

tic e d u n de r J
1, c ir r es p ec tive of g nd e r , e as : s o m au
m o th er , P r ak .
w ,
S an s k HI III ; é g o
.
,
'
dh iu , da u g h ter ,

7
‘
i
’

IV , L as s en p . 1 72 .
é s n ah u , d a u g h te r -
ln

(
S n sk E HI) ; quite i l bh en u ,
'

law a e xc e p t o n a 1s
W e” s 1 s ter ,

‘
.

ak a f m u M }
Pr .

g }(Hi d t n s . Sa n s k .
H A nu mb er

of n o un s en d n g i in 11 ,
w h ic h a re femin in e , we sh a ll
en u mer a te w h e n tr e a tin g of th e g en de r of n o un s ; t heir
o r 1g i n 1s m ma n y c a se s un kno w n .

11 . T h e te r mi n a ti o n 0 .

B esi de s th e i g in 11 th o s e e n din g in
n o un s en d n ,

a r e th e m o s t n u m e r o u s i n S in dh i ; th e y a r e a ll w ith out

e xc ep ti o n m a s c u li n e Th e o ld Pr akrit ter min a ti o n .

35h ( 6 ) h a s b een s pli t i n S in dhi in to LW O c las se s in o n e ‘

,

of w hi c h 6 h a s b een sh o r te n e d to u a nd in th e o th er o f

w h i ch it h as b e en r e ta n e d i una lte r e d
m
“

A i
s tr c t ru e l s ee s no t to h a v e bee n a tten d e d to
in s e tt n g li th ese tw o term in a ti o n s , b u t us
ag l
e a o n e seem s

to h a v e de ci de d fo r th e one or th e in m an y ino th e r ;

s tan c e s b o th te r min a tio n s r o mi s c u o us ly u s e d It i

ar e p s .

w o r th y o f no ti c e , th a t m a n y n ouns , w hi c h en d in Sin dh i
h av e r e ta i n e d th e mg ter m m a tl o n
Q

in 0 ,
c o r r esp o n d a

m
( a sc ) . Hin di an d Hin dfi stan i a n d to a g r e a t exten t
in .

a l s o i n M a r ath i B a ng ali a n d P a nj abi a nd s imila r ly t h o s e

, ,

n ou n s w hic h te r mi n a te i n S indh i in u h a v e dr o p p ed th e
, ,

c o r r e s p o n din g v o c a li c term in a tio n (

i e 33 a ) in th e di a . .
,

l e c ts qu o ted .

E xa mp l es : th e l
so e o f a sh o e S
( a n sk . FIE?
L! a lo th e th r o a t (S k E m w h TI t h
n .
) 7 g ,
a n s . er ea s o n e .

o th er h an d Jo
“
g a u l ,
c h ee k c o rr e s o n d s to
,p t h e S a n s k .

W m .
, 3K l
;
u r ko or lu r ku , a te ar ; s o nar o ,
 E
S CTI N I O . O
T HE F RMA TI N OF TH M S O E E . 35

sm fi Léi
g lod i th S
( a n s k g H H I I ) ; o n th e. o the r h an d
S
lu h ar u b la c ksmith (S a n sk M
, ) .
,

I n s o me i n s ta n c e s th e la n g u a g e h a s m a de u se o f th e s e
‘
tw o diffe r e nt te rmin a tio n s to de r 1v e w o r ds o f so m e wh a t dif

fer e n t me a n m g s fr o m o ne a n d th e sa m eb a s e , as :

p o w de r ,
filin g s , an d caru , ad j .
p o w d e r e d (b o th fro m

th e Sa n sk Fifi) ; .

W ma th 6 , th e h ea d , an d
4
o
m ath u ,
th e to p b
( o th fr o m th e Sa n s k .
m
W e m a y h o w e v e r l a y do w n so me ru es l ,
b y whi c h
th e Sin dh i seems to h a v e b een g u i de d in r e ta ini ng th e
,
.
f

o r i g i n a l Pr akr i t t er min atio n o

1 ) A d j e c t i v e s d er iv e d d ir e c tly fr o m th e S a n s kri t
“

Pr akr it h a v e o n th e w h o le r eta in e d th e en din g 6 a s

, ,
:

j fi ; g o o d (S a n sk sw e et
(S an s k
. .

HI E) ; ”Léf b itter (bu t

E Lé) k h aru
’
,
s . m .
p o ta s h ,

b o th b ein g d i
er ve d fr o m th e Sa n s k .
WI); r u kh e,

h ard (S a n sk Ea ) I n m an y
. n o u n s th o u g.h b o th t e r

min a tio n s a r e a llo w ed a s : 53 0 1 a dh a r o o r : a dh a r u

” /
,

h elp les s ; n i dh ar o o r : n i dh a r u w r e tc h e d ;
5fe 1 , e

a b h a r c) i abh a r u
'

or : p o o r
r eg ,
.

A dj e c tive s d er iv e d b y s ec o n da r y a ffixe s fr o m o th e r
‘

th e mes g e n er a lly r e ta n i th e ter min a tio n o as : j a

tik6 re at n l i J at a
( g ); v ani kc) b elo n g in g to
"

, g to a n

" "
a V an y a M ) l e j u i c y (fr o m
51 n r a si
9 , .

x x
”

p a ti e n t f
(r o m g é )
s L S E c e p t e d ar e th e a ffi e s .

r ak H fil S a n sk H
“35 ( 3
E C“ ; m
f
d
’

1 P .
) a s :, 5 a y a v a n.u c o , ,

p a s s 1 o n a te ; f t a s : 35 5 ‘
da y al u th e s a m e as ,

i
I
B (W 5 ) , w h e n fo r mi n g s u b s ta n t v e s i ,
as :
Sh m) .

dh a n aru ,
h er dsma n , Wh er e a s th e a ffix ar e g en er a lly fo r m s
‘
i
a d e c t v es
j LEE; h (f m fl
é )
,
as :
” ss a
g ar e ,
str o n g . r o .

0 2
.
 6 S ECTION I . O
T HE F RMA TI N O F T H O EME S .

2) V e r b a l n o u n s, w hi c h a re deri v e d fr o m the
ro o t o f v er b s by len g th en in g th e r o o t- v ow el , ta ke th e
termin a tio n o , as
i

z
de cr eas e , fr o m w e? to d e c r ea s e
I ,

h
. o

a to
g ,
.

in c r ea se fr o m
car h o , to r sei .

Th e term in a ti o n 11 h o w ev e r i s l
a so in .
u se ,
es

e c 1a ll y w ith s u c h th emes m whi ch th e ro o t v o we l is

p ,

no t len g th en e d a s ,

J m ar ku b o a s tin g fr o m U S ” t o bo a st
)
? )
.
, ,

on
e; j h a tu , sn a tc h n g i ,
fr o m W P to sn a tc h .

3) No u n s o f a g en c y , w hi c h ar e d er iv e d fr o m v er

b al r o o ts by p
“

ro o n
g l in g th e a
ro o t vo we -
l (if ‘

it b e sh o r t )
ta k e like wi se th e ter min a ti o n o ,
as

3i v adh o c a r p e n ter from to c ut

59
; , ,
.

tobo , div er , fro m b ; e to dl

3 a
v

ci ro saw ye r fr o m to s ph t
?
n
(a
.
, ,

4) S o me n o un s of fo r eig n or ig i n ch a n
g e i
( g i
or
n a l)
fin a l a o r ah to o in Sin dhi as : 5 b ab e , fa th er , Hi n dus t
, 5 9 .

t
( ur k i s h ) S
L D ; l
j >5 5 d a r v az o
s ,
35
do o r , P er s 5 1 5 .
“

3 .

5) A ll p a r t i c i p l e s p r esen t a nd p a s t en d in o ,

5
h a l a n do , g o in g ; h a li o , g 5 ma
as : one ;
54 9
r mdo, b e a tin g , m ar y o , b ea ten .

6 ) I t is se l do m th e c a se , th a t an or ig in a l fin a l a

f
( )
e m h a s b e e n c h an g ed to o , an d r e nd e r e d th e r eb y m a s

cu lin e ,
as :
” LS ta r o , s ta r S
( a n s k . m fem ) ; Hi n di
li kew i se HTU m a s c . P
( a ste : s té r a i in M a r ath i
i t is b o th ma sc . and fe m .

N o te I f w e tur n to th e c o g n a te dia l e c ts , w e fin d , th a
. t th e ,

G u j a r a t i c o m e s n e a r e s t t o th e S in dh i in thi s r e sp e c t ; fo r n e a r ly
,

a ll th e n o u n s w h i c h e n d i n S in dhi i n 6 a n d u h a v e r eta in e d
, ,
,
38 SECTI N I O . O
T HE F RMA TI N O F T H M S O E E .

i
s on of fin a l k in Sin dh i ) ; ”9 ! ab ir u ,
ho nor o
( r

ab i r u e) P er s
U n de r th is h e
a d fall ma ny a p pella tiv e s a n d a dj e c tives ,
e n di n g m u , an a n d a ka , c o r r e sp o n di n g to th e S ans k
.
.

a ffixe s u ka 3 55
( ) an d fil m as : tam , a sw i m ;

/
k i 36
;
,

me r ( t
2 a r u a ) j bD r a h akii o r :
) £ r a h a u , i n h a b i ta n t
,

kh a taii , p r o fita b l e (fr o m Lo g! f pr o fit) . .

I n s o m e n o u n s e n din g i n u , a mo r e c o mpli c a te d

c o n tr a c t o n i h a s ta ke n p la c e , as : m ar b u , ma n ,
Pr a k .
m ,
Sa nsk m ( n of th e P r akr it in ter
ch a n i
g gn w ith r, and H b ein g e xc h a n g e d fo r h ) ; o

da r h u , g p oSm a n s kr it
e
Er a n Hi
r a n at e
n du s ta n i , ,

M
S
"
; g
é k a c h u to r t o i se S a n s k 3 53 11 {
(p b

m
P)
'
u y ,
.
,

v u) ; v ich u s c o r p io n P ra k S an s k
ur e )
_ _ a , ,
.
,
.

IV . T h e te r min a ti o n a .

Nou n s e n di n g in 5 . c o r r e sp o n d g en e ra lly to th e S an

s kr it -
Pr akr it ter min a ti o n a (m)
3 and are a ll fe m i n i n e

"
,

i y , Sa n sk F
'
as : L}; cin ta , a n x et 5 7 ; Lé
7 . h a ca, m u r de r ,

San sk g m ; L; j atr a pilg r 1ma g e S an sk “ 3 1 ; L235

G
E ~
.
,
.
,

khi ma p a tie n c e , Pr ak W
,
Sa nsk m .
,
. .

Th er e e xists a s mall n u mb er Of ma s c n o u n s n o w .
,

e n din
g in a, w h ic h m u st not be c o n fo u n d e d w ith th e
“

p r e c e d in g fem . n o un s, as
“
th e y are of qu ite a d iffe r en t
or ig in ; th ey a r e der iv e d fr o m Sa n sk th emes e n din g (in .

th e ir c r u de fo r ms) in a n (m ) a n d r a n d in th e

N o m Sin g i n a a s Lé l r aj a p r in c e ; LS I atm a s o ul ;
) ,
.
,
. .
,

L9
7
”
1 ka r ta ,
th e a
g ent i
( g
n r a mma r) . T h er e ar e a sol a

fe w fo r e ig n w o r ds , en d n g i in a , as : L13 3 asn a, a n a c qua in :

s ta n c e , P er s L . A A-
v l
.
 SE TI N I C O . . THE F RMA TI N OF TH M O O E ES . 39

A a dj e c tiv e s fe w ,
en d likew ise in a ( or as : L 103

data lib e r a l ; O bit

,
?
e xh a u s te d e tc .

V . T h e t e r mi n a ti o n a .

Th e zv o c a l c i en d n i sh o r te n e d fr o m th e p r e
V

g a is

c ed n i g fe m te r m in atio n a j u st as
1 h as1 be e n s h o r ten e d
m
,
.

fr o 0 . T o thi s l
c a ss b el o n g in Sindh i .

1) s u ch n o un s ,
as en d in S a n s kr i t an d Pr akrit in
a,
‘
P r ak 3 131 Sa n sk fa i ”
l

as : .
Q A ; j i b h a ,
to n
g ue ,
.
,
.

0 ,

in la w , S a n sk
1

nuh a b
( e side s
g nu
) da u g h te r -
G ET;
‘
.

dh ia da u g h te r ,
W fi qI
'
b
( e s i d e s : Pr a k . or q

” sa -
S an sk “
ma , I ; m 1na m a r r o w Sa n sk
si g n
O f , ,
. .
,

1135 1 Fu r th er a g r ea t qu a n tity o f n o u n s th e fo r m a ti o n
.
,

o f w hi c h is p e c u lia r to th e Sin dh i an d w h i ch m a y b e ,

d er iv e d fro m e v e r y v er b a l r o o t Thi s fo r m a tio n c o r .

r e sp o n d s e xac tly to th e Sa n s kr it a ffix ()

a w h i c h i s ,

ad de d t o th e v er b a l r o o t to fo r m fem n o u n s a s Sa n , .
,
‘
s kr it : th at b r ea k i n
g fr e m fi TQ e tc ,
I n S i n dh i th e ,
- .

d er iva tio n o f s u c h n o u n s fr o m v e r bs i s qu i t e g en er a l ,

a n d th e l a n g u a g e a c qu ir e s th er eb y a g r ea t fa c il i ty to

fo rm v e r b a l n o u n s a s cokh a i n v e sti g a ti o n In fin
, , , .

“
7

Li e 5a
f { - m
( o t of g u da , p o u nd ing , In f .

(ro o t : (i f ) . Th e Sin dh i a lw a y s fa ll s b a c k on th e P r a
kr it ,
i lly in s u ch n o u n s a s
e sp e c a ,
di ffe r l
a r ea d y fr o m
th e Sa n skr it , b y dr o p p in g eith er a fin al c o n so n a n t in

Prakr it or a ffi xin g a n ew vo c a li c en din g ,

as :
M 1 asi sa ,

b l e ss in g ,
Pr ak W IFE .
,
S a n sk W W .
.

Q)
. .
Th e femi m n e s of su c h a d j e c t i v e s , as en d ln

f
’

th e ma sc . 1n u, as
é
. ku bh a
x ,
fem . of .
é i f ku b h u , un

fo rtu n a te ; u L s '
s uj a n a ,
fe m . of L
u g ,
we ll kn o w in g .

O n ly a v er y sma ll nu mb e r o f j
a d ec t v e s i e n ds or i

g in a ll y in a , w hi c h re ma i n u n ch a n g e d in g en der , n um
40 S ECTI N I : O O
T HE F RMA TI N O F TH M S O E E .

I
b e r an d c a se, as .
J L; or L;
3 j ara ,
abu n dan t ; 2
(
L;
j a ma ,
m uc h , man y .

3) flu c tu a te as r e g a r ds the ir ter
Ma n y n o un s ,

min a tio n b etw een a o r i (e) as b o th sh o r t v o w els form

, ,
,

th e c o mm o n f e m ter min a ti o n s in S in dh i e g :
”
n ara .
,
. .

c h an a or C h an e , o nd ; ri ra
a p or 9
) )
qu a r rel . Fro m th ea dj ectiv es ,
en d n g i 111 u ,
th e fe min in e

35
‘
a t6 r e wh at cann o t b e w e ig h e d , ma s c 3 1; w
2 ];
.
,

Th i s a c c o u n ts ea s i ly en o u g fo r th e ph e n o m e n o n ,
h
th a t su ch n o u ns as en d in Pr a krit in i , h a v e a do p te d
m
.

in Sin dh i th e ter min a ti o n

~

a i
( pmsly e xc h a n g in g o ne fe .

ter mi n at o n i fo r an o t h er as bh e na b e si des :

P r ak . Sa n sk . B u t , th o u g h th e r esp e ctiv e fe m .

te r ml n a are o fte n e xc h a n
g ed th e or ig i na l g e n de r

1s co mm o n ly i ly
s tr c t a dh e r e d to in Sin dhi ,
a n d th e case

is v er y rare , th a t an or ig in a l m a sc . n o un h a s b een c h an
g
ed to a fe min in e , as : L h a p ha , fe m s tea m S a n sk
4 9 9
. . .

ETW ma s c (in Hin di . it h a s b e c o me li k e w i s e a fem ) .

No te g . ds th e c o n a te dia l e c ts ,
A g s re th
are B an
g a l i h a s

th r o u g h out p r e s e r v e d th e o r ig in a l fe m te r min a tio n 51 ; th e M a

,
.

r athi to o h a s r e m a in e d m o r e fa ith fu l to th e P r ak r it , bu t it h as

a l r e a dy i n m a n y c a s e s s h o r te n e d a to a , a n d th e n d r o p e d it
p
lto g eth e r (in l : S fifl
a p e a st
) a s j i bb
r o n u n c a ti o n a t t o i
n
g u e ET? , ,

v a t vVa
, y e t
’

c I n th e o th e r dia l e c ts l o n g
. fi n a l a h a s e ith e r b ee n

p r e s er v e d o r it h a s b e e n th r o w n o ff a l to e th e r (
, g a fte r h a v in
g fi r st
'

b e en c h an g e d to a
) .

A s in S in dhi ev er y no un mus t nee ds en d m a vo we l , such

fe m . n o un s , as are b o r r o w e d fr o m th e H i n d u s t a n i ,
fr e qu en tly

a
‘
de p t th e fe m te rmin a tio n . a in S in dhi , as : Hin dfi st . f
C) .
42 S EC TION II T HE F RMA TI N O F THEME S O O .

n e r a lly h av e fin a l i len g th en ed to \ i n
in Sin dh i , as : ,

L5 } ?
k avi , p o et , S k fi f
an s” J LQI ? k
. a l i k al u et h e -
,
Kali pé -

r io d z in so me n o u ns th o ug h o r ig i n a l s h or t 1 (
. h a s b e en

p r e s e r v ed , as h a r e , V is h n u j a
Hi
( n d i :
gfi an d
EH) ;
s
h

6
323 p a -
e, lo r d,
m a t er ( r

T h er e :
r e ma 1n s a n u mb e r o f wo r d s i n 1 , w h i c h
‘
are

m a s c u l in e ,
hic h i s u n kn o w n, a s
th e o r i g i n o f Vv ~

o l

b eli s er v a n t ;
e

A 5Lé fi b fin dh 1 , lo g of wo o d flo a ti n g
“

6 9
a 1n
:

i
,

th e r v er i ; m anj h i , a br a v e m a n

N o te . The Ba n g ali
d M a r athi a g re e w ith th e S in dhi in .
an

th is r e s p ec t , a s B a g s v ami , M a r athi h atti e tc O n th e o th e r

n . .

h a n d b o th idio ms h av e r e ta in e d th e ma s c te r min a tmn i , a s B an g

,

‘
. .

M k
x

a ti , 10 r d h i I P j H i d (H i d )
'

t i t i i t
’

p , a r a a v
, p o e . n a n a ,
n n us .
»

fin a l i o f ma sc th e me s is o c c a sio n ally p r e s e r ve d , but mo r e g e

.

n er a ll
y d ro
pp ,
e d a s h ar h a r i ; ka v k a v i ; o r l e n th en e d to
g
i , a s in S in dhi , as k a li ka l , k a l i .

2) F e m i n i n e t h e m es en di n g i n 1 .

a ) Fe m1n 1n e n o un s ,
w hi ch
“

en d in Sa n skr it an d P ra
‘
W5 m a in Sin dh i 3
.

u n ch a n ed in na di ,
I

4
? -
as :
1

3 1, re
c
g (5
.( .

,
.
g

a
"
i
r v er , S a n s k . H ; sa ti ,
a i
v r tuo u s w o m an , Sa ns k .

};
HIT 6 9;
1 r an i ,
q u een Sa n sk ,
. .
{ Ti lt
Th e Pr akr it te r min a ti o n 35 "(f m ) e is o c c a s o na i lly
c h a n g e d to i i n Sin dh i ,
as : V ai l

,
spe e c h ,
P r ak .

Sa n sk
. EVE; f ; i n s o me n o u n s i (
, Pr ak ) i s sh o r te n e d to i (e) ,
.

f
.

f } f
l

as
4 9§dith e, s
ig h t,
P r
~
k
a ag , S a n s k fi e N e
(
u t e r n o u n s ,
. .
“

w h ic h en d if. Sa n sk in . ma y Sin dh i th e fe m tera c c ep t in .

m 1n a tio n da h i s o u r milk P r ak . i f? S mS k
d

1, as ,
f ,

f h o n e y S a n sk GTF T
'
,

i “; (s t { 5
L
- m akh i , Q E w i th
, e h .
,
-

9 35
1

i
s on 0 .

b) Th e fem . te r m i n a ti o n i c o r r esp o n ds to th e
S an skr it P r akr it -
a ffix i, by w h ic h fe mi n i n e s are fo r m e d
 SE TI N I C O . O
T HE F RMA TI N : O F THE ME S O .

fr o m ma sc u lin e th eme s I n Sin dh i th i s termin a tio n i s

. .

u se d to der iv e femm i n e s fr o m ma s c b a s e s e n din g i n

6 an d u, as : b h a li , fem .
g o o d, fr o m th e m a s c b a s e .

’ a 0
‘
ba mbh a n i , th e da u g h ter or w ife of a
W B r a h ma n
t; or .

c ) Th e fem . term in a tio n 1 is fr e qu e n tly a p p lie d to

e xpr ess
‘
l i t tl e n e s s ; s malln ess n ea tn e s s , as : K
kati ,
a s ma ll kn ife fr o m Co g katu , ,
a l a r g e kn ife LS
1
3 3 "

m a ti , a s m a ll j ar ,
fr o m 535 m a to ,
a l a r
g J
e a r e tc .

d) Th e fern .
~
a ffix 1 i , w h ic h c o r res p o n ds to th e S a n sk .

a b str a c t a ffix fl der iv e s

“

,
a b s tr a c t n o un s fr o m a d ec j
tiv es an d su b s ta n t v es i ,
as :
6 93 5
- cor i , th e ft , fr o m
33 >

g ood ; d o s ti , fr ie n ds h ip , fr o m “ 1
5 0 do stu , fr i e n d .

V II . T h e te r mi n a ti o n 1 é
() fe m .
(m .

Th e en d n g i 1
’

,
w h ic h , w ith a fe w e xc e
p ti o ns de ,

n o te s fem . n o un s ,
c o rr e sp o n ds to th e S a n sk r it P r a kr i t
ter mi n a ti o n i ; in .
o th e rs ag a n i i s h a s b een sh o rten e d fr o m

i ,,
in th e sa me w a y , as fin a l a fr o m a ; 4
30 5 b u dh e ,

ffi
in tellig en c e Sa n sk E g ,
.
y ca n m a te , i i
op n on ,
Sa n sk “fl .
;

Lb n ar e w o ma n S a n sk 3 73
”

) , , .
.

Th e ter mma tio n i (e) i s g e n e r a lly u se d to de r iv e :

fe m i n i n e s fr o m a dj e c tiv e s a n d s u b s ta n ti v es e n di n
g i n

u ,
as : W I ac e te ,
th o u g h tl e ss , ma s c a
.
M I; sa

dh a r e , s to u t , masc .
AD A ? g a da h e , a j en n y a ss,

fr o m bd f j k ; eg g ; p ar i te , a w a s h e r w o m a n , fr o m
’

.s a ac -
ass
}
w ; a w a sh e r m a n
)
.

In so me fe w n o un s th e o r1
g 1n a l
g en d e r h a s b ee n

c h an
g ed ,
as :
g
‘
l ag e ,
fir e Prak .
53 5"
44 C O
S E TI N I . O
T HE F RMA TI N OF T HE ME S O .

fi Sa n sk fig
''
Sa n sk .
sfl l l m ; . deh e b o dy , .

m
( . an d in th e co
g n a te dia le c ts b o th ar e a lik e fem .

It i s furth e r to b e o b ser v ed , th a t in Sin dh i fina l i “

() e v er y fr e qu e n tly i n te r c h a n g e s w i th fin a l a , b o th vow

e ls c o n st itu tin g th e re
g u ar l fe m . ter mi n a ti o n s , e .
g

)
l ar e or
)
l ara ,
fo n dn e s s ; g o re or
if g ora ,
th un
’

d er e tc A mo n g th e se w e mu s t l
a so r e c ko n fo r m s like w
s
)
. .

11 fin a l
dh ur e , o r1
g 1u ,
P r ak .

3 ,
sh o rt a h av in g b e en ex

c h a ng e d fo r i (e) .

In Sin dh i , as w el l as i n th e c o g n a te dialec ts , s eme fe w

ma s c . n o un s h av e r e ta n e d i th e or i g in a l Sa n s k . ter min a ti o n
O /
th e p la n e t J u p iter
a

as : n h a r e , V i sh n u , w vi r a s p a te
,
I ), ,

T
( h u r s d a y) p a e ,
l o r d hu s ba n d
, Wfilfi in o th er s

ag a n i 1 h a s b ee n s h o r te n e d fr o m i1 , as : ke h a r e , li o n ,

S an s k . ma fi a ,
Hi n di fig an d 35 5
1 35 sah a e or

i g ; s a h ai ,
a h elp e r .

To so m e n o un s of fo r eig n or i g in th e t er mi n a tio n i
has a sol b ee n a dd e d ,
as : x u d ae, G o d (P e r s .

s eth e , a Hin di w h o l e s a l e m er c h an t H
( i n d ust .

P i r an d fa b u l o u s p r o ph e t
l

i i
x§ , r e no m .
p p
r o . of a .

So m e j
a d e c tiv e s ,
m o s tly su c h as h a v e b e en bo r
r o w ed fr o m a (

fo r ei g n so u r c e ,
ta ke l
a so th e te r mi n a ti o n
‘
g ); g u
e
’

1 (m . an d as:
w }
x u se , j o yful (P e rs .

wj
t

g ade a d eli g h te d P
( GI S
’
E
OL/t) ; é a ura se , fo u r a
s qu a r e ,
46 SE CTI N I O . THE FORMA TIO N O F TH MES
'

E .

I . F o r m a ti o n o f a b s tr a c t n o u n s .

1) T h e me s i n a, i ();
e u ,
6 (
i fe m .
)
a ) T h e m es in a
V

ar e for me d fr o m th e s im p l e ro o t

p f th e v erb (w h i c h in S i ndh i , as we ll as i n San s kmt i s

a lw a y s m o no s yll a b ic a l , d er i v a tiv e v er b s e xc ep ted) b y
dr o pp i n g th e In fin itiv e (ve r b a l) a ffix a n u I n thi s w a y
“

an a b s tr a c t n o u n m a y b e fo r me d fr o m ev e r y I n fin itiv e
l an g u a g e
‘

o f th e ,
exh ib itin g th e a b s tr a c t i dea of th e v er b .

Th e af fix a c o r r e s p o n ds to th e Sa n sk a ffix
"
.

w hi c h i s a d de d to th e ro o t o f th e v e rb (
as Sa nsk U3 . .
,

w o r sh ip , fr o m 1131 to w o r sh t i fo r m bs tr a c t no u n s ;
p) o a

in Sin dh i fin a l a h a s b een sh o r ten e d to a ; s ee 6, V .

f l; J g
a a ,
wa kefuln es s ,
In f . to b e awa ke .

I “ ,

ma rh a , p a r do n , In f 0 . to pa r do n .

me i s pr o lo n g ed to a
f ’ c ’

V
In so r o o ts a and u to 6 ,
as :

b h 6 la , e rr o r ,
Inf . to er r .

17)
‘
Th e m e s in i (e ) are fo r m e d i n th e sa mewa y
as th e p r e c e din g (i b ein g o n ly a v ar i a ti o n o f ,
a) w ith
th i s di ffer en c e , th a t th e r o o t v o w e l mu s t a lw a y s b e p r o -

lo n g e d (v iz : a z: a; u r : 6; i : e) , e .
g :
.

9 i f

l e? g h a te , des c r ea s e , I n f
I

g u . to de s c r e a s e .

3 ,

y
a

53 ? g h o m e v ag ra n c In f to w an d er abo ut
P ,
.
,
“ .

Th e t erm in a tio n to th e S a n sk
c ’
c o r re sp o n d s a ffix
e ) u .

33
,
w h i c h d er iv e s a b str a c t n o u n s fr o m v erb a l r o o ts , w ith
 S ECTI N I O . O
THE F RMA TI N O F THEMES O . 47

or w ith o u t p r o lo n g in g th e ro o t vo we -
l; th e .
sa m e is th e
c a se ln S in dh i ,
w h e r e th e r o o t vo we -
l e ith er re main s un

c h an
g ed , or 1s p l
ro o n g ed . E .
g
”
O /
m a rk u , b o a s t , I n f U S ” to bo a st
)
. .

iJ
sb la h u de s c en t In f
, ,
. to de s c e n t .

b h6 r u c r u mb In f
, ,

mb l e
z

to c ru
5 Uf a
)
44
.

)
“
,
.
,

p h er u , tu r n , I n f .

L3 4 4
to tu r n ( v .

i de n ti c al wl th in
“

d) Th em es in 0 ar e th o s e 11,

b o th te r mi n a ti o n s i n ter c h a n g i n g v er y fre qu en tly (see

6, I .

g h a t 6 ,
d e fic i e n c
y, In f . 5
£3 4
6 ? to d e c r ea s e .

c a rh 6 ,
in c r ea s e ,
In f .

$ 5 5
?
to r sei

K
5) §g
L o aekh.ar 6 ,
sh o w n i g ,
1a
éB Léf eo to S ho w .

The m a s c . termina ti o n 0 1s o c c a s1o n a lly e xc h a n g e d

fo r th e fe m ter min a tio n . 1 ,

W 1th so me s l ig h t a lter a tio n
of mean in g ,
as :

dekh a n ,
sh o w n g i

2) Th emes in anu ,
ah 6 ,
a n i ,
an e .

a ) T h e me s in 21 19 11 co nc i i de in S indh i with th e
fo r m of th e I n f i n i t i v e , w h ic h , a cc o rd n g i to th e te
s ti mo n y of th e o ld Pr akr it g ra m m a r a n s i ,
h as l
a re a d y
b een the c a sein th e A p a b h r a n sh a dia l e c t , th e In fin itiv e
of wh i ch ter min a ted in ( p
c o m ar e : L a s se n
‘IWn s tit .

lin g Pr ak
.
"
.
p . 46 9 ,
Th e o ld S a n s kr it In fin i tiv e in
R (th e L a ti n su

m) h a s b een lo st in th e m o der n l (th

“

p 1h u v er n a c u a r s e

ne u ter G er u n div e an d , th e Ba ng a li in fin itiv e ,

w h ic h e n ds

i n te , is a p a s t p a r t c i ipl e ,
u s ed as a v er b a l , n ou n ) and
 8 S EC TI N I: O T HE EF RMA T I N O F TH M S O O E E .

i n its pla c e th e v e r b a l n o u n in sg 7i 1s s u b st itu te d ,

w h i ch
"
in Mar ath i h a s r e ma l n e d n e u t e r (Ii b ut w h ic h in
Sin dh i a n d th e o th er dia l ec ts h a s b e en c la s s e d u n de r th e -

m as c u lin e termin a tio n T h e a ffix a n u 1s a d de d dir e c tly .

to th e v e r b a l r o ot in S in dh i a n d fo rms a b str a c t n o u n s , ,

c or r es po n din g to o ur Ger u n ds ; as :
I 0 “
o 0

d ro o t:
, ,

W 9 l sa n u , s ee i n g , U t e .

(L
b a la n u , g o ngi 7
,
ro o t: B .

ma r a n u , dying ro o t :

Th e na ke d v e rb a l ro o t, as p o n t e d i
o u t ,
is in S i n dh i
n o w h er e to b e m e t w ith , b u t ]
a l w a ys en d s i n th e I m

p e r a tiv e , w h e r e a o n e i ts c r u d e fo r m l
c o m e s to i g h t ,
m l
a vo l
w e , w h ic h i s e ith er u (in in tr a n s v er b s) o r i (e) n
. .

(i n tr a n s itiv e v er bs) . A c co rd n i g to th e fin a l v owe l - of

th e Im p er a tiv e th e j u n c tio n v o we l of th e I n fin i tiv e or

v e r ba l n o un var e s i in S i r 6 , as :
J U)
fo ma r m a
L (
t o b e a t),
U M ) l é ta n u , to rec l in e ,
b u t in L ar no re
g ar d i s h a d to

th is i msta n c e a n d a ll In fin itiv e s (irr esp ec tiv e o f th eir

c rcu ,

tr a n s itiv e o r intr a n s itive s i g n ific a ti o n ) ter min a te in a n u .

79) T h em e s in a n 6 (w h i c h i s o r 1g 1n a l ly o n ly a
"

v a r i a ti o n o f arm ) e xp r e s s i n S i n dh 1 mo r e a l a s t i n g
‘ '

a c tio n o c c u p a ti o n o r s t a t e ; e
, g .
_

di a n o v at ha n 6 , g i v i n
g an d taki n g (
d eb t an d

a n d c r ed it) ,
b e s i de s : 0 -64
5 w h ic h i s a so l m use .

b h a r in o (
or bh a r a n 6 ) embr o ider in g (liter a lly : fil

lin g up ) .

W m anin 6 ( or m a n a n 6 ) b etr o th a l (lite r a lly : as k in g

[for a

N o te . I t i s r e ma r k a bl e , th a t a ll th e o th e r dia l e c ts , w ith th e
e xc ep ti o n ,
o f th e B an g ali and uj a r ati G
h a v e r e ta in e d th is t er
min a tio n of th e I n fi n iti v e
,
as : M a rathi (6 b ein g o rl g l n a l ly
ide n tic a l w ith 6 , Se e L a s s en 144 , Hin di (H i ndust ) W
P an j abi : k arn a .
50 S ECTION I . O
THE F RMA TI N O F T HEM S O E .

ch a da te , re m1 s s1o n , In f .

O
d e ; to re mit .

15 h a l a te , b eh av iour , In f v i ” to g . o .

4) Th eme s in a tu ,
at u (
51 at i

Th es e c p a ffixes o r re s o nd to th e S a n sk . Hu a di a ffixe s
SETl-
miT - wh ic h B o
“

pp h a s j u s tly r e fer r e d to th e In

fin itiv e a ffix 11 — fi n T h i s i s b o r n e o u t by their sig

“

.
.

n ific a ti o n w h i c h in S in dh i n e ar ly c o mc ides w i th th a t
,

o f th e I n fin i tiv e as : ,

h 6 rat u, s ur r o u n d n g i In f ? to su r r o u n d
g C31 3
.
,
.

l I

Kfié; bh u n ikatu
h u mmin g ,
In f (f t/
.{ea to h u m .

Kf éé b h u n ika -
u

b
(y e li si o n of t .
)
”
m e ss , I11f f
’

h 1kid
i
v
e r a t1 , t0 t0 tu r n
“

p g c a u se
?
)
L9 71
. .

N o te . A f e m i n i ne ma y th u s b e deriv e d n e ar ly fr om \
all
ma s c . b a ses .

T h em e s
'

5) i n a tru (
or : i t r u) .

Th e Sin dh i a ffix a tr u ( i tru ) c o r r e sp ond s to th e

“

or

S an sk . a ffix {a} an d den o te s an

\
i n s tr u m e n t , w h er e
w ith an y th in g i s do n e or e xe cute d I n L ar th is a ffix
im
.

is ,
a ss ilated ,
to a u t a
ttu) w h er ea s in Sir 6 th e o r i

g in al c o mp o u n d i s p r e s er v e d ( o nly w ith tr a n si ti o n of t
i n to t ) ; th e r o o t v o w el i s l en g th en ed in so m e th eme s ; e
g
-
.

o o a
v aj a tr u ,
a m u s 1c a l 1n stru m en t , I n f . to so u n d .

bea st
; 1 5
5 v a hitru ,
a of b u r d en ,
I nf . to la b o u r .

6) Th emes in ik6 .

Th is affix c o r r es p o n ds to th e Sa n s k . a ffix ” (th e all

j u n c tio n vo we l °
a
’
h a v in g b een c h an
g ed to i in Sin dhi ) ,
 E
S CTI N I O . THE F RMA T I N OF T H M S O O E E .
51

w h i c h in S a n skr it fo rms n o un s of a g en c y ,
b u t in S in dh i
l
a so a b s tr a c t n o un s ; as

5
93 dr
a i k 6 qu ar r e lli n
g , ,
In f . to qu a r r e l .

L
, p p
iti“

k 6 ,
b ea ti n
g th e fo r eh ea d , In f . to s tr i ke
h ea d in g r i ef
’
o ne s .

II . F o r m a ti o n o f a p p e ll a ti v e s an d a ttr i b u ti v e s .

7) -
_ Th em es in o .

Thi s a ffix c o rr e sp o n d s to th e San sk . a ffix W fi

( n al

Eli b e in
g mmo n ly e li de d in
co an d fo r m s a ttr i

b u tiv e s fr o m v er b a l r o o ts , w hi c h im ply h a b i tu a l
a c ti o n or p o ss e s si o n . Th e ro ot -
vo we l ,
if i t b e s h o r t,

m u s t b e p r o lo n g e d , as in S a n s k r it ; e .
g
i, va h
d ,6 ca r p e n te r , In f c ut
“

5 0
5
. .

V
‘ yer , In f to l it
”
s

Cl I O sa w sp
1; ,
. .

t6b6 di v er , I n f to div e
3

55
1 ,
. .

K b ke r In f to k
” 33
.
g 6 r6 , see ,
. se e .

In so me few in s ta n c e s th e ful l S a n s k a ffix h a s . b ee n

r ese r v e d ,
p as

$6 1? g aik u ,
s n i g er , In f .

5 3 1? to i
s n
g .

8) Th e me s in 11 .

Thi s a ffix c o rr es p o n d s
,

to th e Sa n sk a ffix 3 3 5 (fin a l .

35 b eein li de d in S in dh i an d l en g th en ed) a n d fo rm s
g e u

v er b a l a d ec t v e s
j i
i bu tiv e s or a ttr ,
im p lyin g a h a b i t u al
or c h a r a c t e r i s ti c a l a c ti o n o r state . Th e ro ot

vo we l ,
if sh o r t , is co mm o n ly p r o l o n g e d b efo r e th e ao

c e s si o n of thi s a ffix ; as :

,
5 0 1
3 v adb u , in c r ea sin g ,
In f . to in c r e a s e .

” L 3 taru ,
a s m mmer , In f .

L9)
; to s m .

z:
v e rba , a qu arr els o me p erso n ,
In f . to q u a r r el .

D 2
52 S ECTI ON I . O
T HE F RMA TI N OF TH MES O E .

, z ,

a r o b b er In f to r o b:
,
.

L
9 }?

ai
‘

g h 6 m 11 , a va
g ab o n d , In f .
l f to str o ll abo u t .

W ith o u t p r o o n at o n
g l i o f th e r o o t- v o w e l
, /
5 y
I

In f
53 r ah u , in h a b ita n t ,

,
.

z f
to s ta .

In f
(

7 8 ;
--4 sah u , p a t en t , i .

W to b ea r .

9) Th emes in aku , ak a , an .

Th is a ffix den o tes th e sa me i d ea of a h a b i tu a l

St a te or ac ti o n as th e p r e c edin g It c o r r e sp o n ds to

m
,
.

th e Sa n sk a ffix w hi c h i s add e d to th e v e r b a l r o o t
‘
.

e ith er un a lter e d ,
or w ith fin a l u l en g th en e d
’
,
or w ith

e l i si o n o f Eli 51 11
-
. In so me in sta nc e s th e (
ro o t - vo wl e

is p l
r o o n g ed . E .
g
/,

y
A

in h a b ita n t ,
Inf .

U 5 to s ta
)
£ ;
15 r ah a -
u,

Li i
l a
p i aku , dr in k e r ,
I n f
M . to dr in k .

i 3 I O

v ir cau , w e ar 1s o m e , I n f to b e w e a r i e d
’

.
. .

v 6 kaii ,
fo r sa e l ,
In f . to b e so ld .

, i s p é bé fi ,
ill -
w i sh i n g ,
In f . to c u r se .

1 0) T h emes in an d6 (
an d i n d 6) _
.

T h is a ffix c o r re s p o n ds to th e S a n sk . a ffix 33 1
1 P r ak
,
.

53 7-
3} i
( n Sin dh i w ith ch an
g e of th e ten u i s in to th e
me di a) : an din dh i like as in S a n skr it a n d
fo r m s in S ,

P r akr it p r e s e n t p a r t i c i p l e s A c c o rdin g to th e fin a l
,
.
'

v o w e l o f th e I m p e r a t i v e th e p a r ti c ip l e e n ds in a n d 6

I
( pm e r ativ e u ) o r i n d 6 (im p e r a ti v e i ) ; s o m e p a r ti c i l
p se

a r e fo r me d ir r e g u la r ly .

duf
f j
- la g a n d6 , a pp lyin g ,
Imp er . Cf } In f Cf fil to,
. a pp ly:
"
o mg Imp er
’

Inf
" ’

di sa n dO ,
. L o o no

3
.

o s ee ,
. . to s ee .

to tr a mpl e
“

.
 S ECTION I . T HE F RMA TI N O F TH M SO O E E .

12) Th emes in ib 6 .

Th i s a ffix c o rr esp o n ds to th e S a n sk . a ffi x W ,
in
c r e dib l e a s th i s m a y a p p e a r . In Sin dh i h a s b e en e lided
an d W W) h ar den e d to b ( r : b b) . I t fo rms no w in
Sin tfl n p r e sen t par ti c iple s p a ss iv e , th o ug h its o r i g in a l
'

u s e an d si n i fica ti o n h a s still b e e n p r eser v e d in th e fo r

g ‘

m a tio n o f th e fu tu r e p a ssi v e ; a s

§
at
i

dr 6 h ib 6 , b ein g c h e a te d ; In f .

b 5) o to ch e .

g j h li b 6 b ein g s ei z e d , In f i
é ég
; to i
“

se z e
5 1 } a ,
. .

1 3) T h e me s l n 1n o .

W e h av e in S i n dh i tw o th em e s ln mo ,
w h ic h a re

qu 1 te of differ en t an d s ig n ific a tio n

o ri
g 1n
,
.

a ) Th e a ffix i116 ,
a dde d to su c h v er b s , as end in
'
”
th e Imp er a tiv e in u , c o r r e s p o n ds to th e S a nskr it a ffix

i n , w h i c h fo r m s a ttr ib u tiv es an d a pp e lla tive s ; in Sin dh i

S

th e af fix an a has be e n c h an
g ed to ih 6 ; e .
g
h a li n 6 , g i
o ng ,
I mp er .
OLE
) .

} o mu r kin 6 , la u g hi n g ,
I mp e r .
J
chi r kin 6 s h yin g Im p e r J g é
, ,
r
.

bh u r in 6 c r u mb lin g , ,
Imp e r .
4
5 a .

A M
p 1 n 1n o b e g g in g I mp e r
J
.
, ,

So me of th e s e a ttr ib u tiv e s l
a r e a so u s e d s u b sta n t v e i ly
and as su c h th e y a re a so l s u s c ep t i bl e of th e fem ter u

mi n a tio n ,
as 2
é hi n kin 6 ,
r a tt e l , , i . e . th at w h i c h r a tt es l .

p h i r in6 ,
s
p o o l in g w h ee l i ,
. e . th a t w h ic h tur n s

r o un d .

b ell o w s ,
1 1

dh a va n e , a p a r i of 1 . e . th a t wh ic h

blo w s t
( h e fir e)
. .

‘
6) T h e o th e r a ffix in 6 or an 6 c o rr e s o n ds t o th e
p
 S ECTION I . THE FORMA TI N OF T H M S O E E .

San skr it a ffix b y w h ic h th e fu tu r e p a s s iv e p a r

tic ip le i s fo r m e d in Sa n skr it T h u s in Sin dh i a Ger un div e
.

m ay b e de r iv e d fr o m e v er y .
tr a n s i ti v e v er b by m e a n s
o f th i s a ffix, a s

f Lo ma r in 6 , o ne w h o is to be b e a ten ,In f . to b ea t .
‘

3
‘
5
w h at
‘
di a n o to b e g 1v en , In f to g
4

,
1s .
-
1v e .

13
' 3 5 )
dh u a n 6 , w h a t i s to b e w a sh ed , I n f to w a s h
5 0 .

M o _
.

r a th a n 6 ,
w h a t i s to b e ta ke n ,
In f . to ta ke .

I n th e sa m e w ay a g er u n d v e i i s der iv e d fo r m cau s a l
verb s , as :

wh at h t to b e
$ 65
'

vara n 6 i ,
o ug r etur n e d , In f .

to r e tu rn

LA SDO dh u ar in 6 , w h a t o ug h t to be c a u se d to w a s h ,

LIsno to
’

In f .

éE c au s e to w a sh .

N o te I n H i n d 1 a n d H i n d us t a n i th e
. e run div e c o in c i de s G
w ith th e I n fin iti v e , wi th th is differ e nc e , th a t th e e r u n div e is G
p p
ro er ly a m a s c s u b sta n tiv e , a n d th e r efo r e o n ly a
. e r u n d ; v er y G
r ar e ly th e I n fi n itiv e is e mp l o y ed a s a e ru n d i v e
p ro
p e r
( i e G . .

futu r e p a s s iv e p a r tic ip l e) , a g r e e in g w ith its g o v e rn in g n o u n in

e n d e r , a s in S in dhi T h e P a n j a bi o n th e o th e r h a n d qu i te
g .

a r e e s w ith th e S in dhi
g i n th i s r e s ec t
p ,
u s in g th e I n fi n iti v e a s a

r e u l ar
g G
er un div e , a r e e in g w i th th e g o v e r n in g n o u n in g e n d e r ,
g
n u mb er a n d c a s e , lik e a n a dj e c tiv e T h e M a r a th i fo r m s th e
‘
.

G er un div e
‘
(
by th e a f x 3313 fi 3313 17 w h ic h c o rr e sp o n ds
“

1
1

to th e S sk a ffi x R5 ] P ak R3 ; in M athi R h b
‘
an r a r a s ee n

m
. .
,

e lid e d and in its p l a c e

’
l e n g t h e n ed , a s : a en fa c ien du s ,
mm
a

G
-

dir ump en du s In a 8 1mi a r l w a y th e e r un div e is fo r m e d

mG
.

in G j
u a r ati by th e af fix a a ( 2
'

RE) as : s c r i be n
d us .

‘
I n B a n g a l i o c c u rs n o p r o p fo r ma tio n o f a e ru n div e , er bu t
fi
th e I n n itiv e (in dis tin c tio n fr o m th e v e rb a l n o u n ) i s g e
“

n e r a ll
y e mp l o y e d to e xp re s s th e i d e a o f a er u n d , l ik e i n H in d i , G
as: a m ak e j aite h a i , mihi e u n du m e s t ; b u t m a n y o rig in a l G e

r u n di v e fo r ms a r e b o rr o w e d dir e c tly fr o m th e S an s k i t k
~
r
,
a s : a r

tav ya e tc . th e af fix a ni ya is l
a so in use .
56 SE TI N I C O . O
T HE F RMA T I N O F TH O EME S .

1 4) Th eme s .
in i6 o r y 6 .

'

Th e a ffix i6 6 i u se d to der i v e p e f t a l
-
“

r c
or y s e
p r
"
ti c iples ; it c o r r esp o n ds t o th e Sa n skrit “

a ffix IT, P ra
fr e qu en tly li de d
,

krit l
a r ea d y a ,
an d a lto
g e th e r e ,
fo r
w h ich r e as o n .

y or i is in ser ted in Sindh i ,

to pr ev en t
th e h i a tu s :

Th e p er fe c t p ar tic ip l e o f t r a n s i t i v e v er b s alw a y s
1m p li es a p a s s i v e si g n ific a ti o n , w h er e a s th a t o f i n
t r a n s i tiv e v er b s on ly e xpr e ss e s th e i de a of th e
P r aeter ite .

I n man y i n s tan c es th e Sin dh i h a s p r e s er v e d th e o ri

!

i n a l S a n skr it P r akr it fo r m s o f th e p e r fe c t p a r ti c ip l e s
g ,

mo difie d a c c o r din g to th e l a w s o f eli s1o n a n d as s im ila tio n

c ur r e n t i n S in dh i .

f 2 f
In f
o _

( ) to
M p y
a s o or p a s1 o s e en ,
. s ee .

to se z e i .

$?
3
m6 ty6 (o r : m 6 ti6 ) , r e tu r n e d ,
In f . to

r etu r n

fli
3

di th 6 ,
se en ; Sa n sk as .
,
Pr a k
a
l; I n f .

to se e .

ill ;
’

P r ak
f
,
A
l u t6 ,
sa id ; Sa n sk W .
,
. G Inf . to s ay .

N o te . In r efer en c e to th e fo r m a tio n of th e p er fe c t p a r tic ip es l

h
( p r fe c t r t1 0 1 l e m h as mp l e te ly d1s a pp e a r‘e d
t e e t1 v e
a
“

p a
p a c co

fr o m th e g r a mmar o f th e mo d ern v e rna c u l a r s) a

g r ea t v a r a ti o n
i
i s to b e n o tic e d m th e c o g n a te dia l e c ts Th e _
. P an j a bi , G u j a
’

ra ti,
H i n di a n d H i n d u s t a n i q u ite a
g r e e in th i s p o i n t w i th
th e S in dhi , a s P a n j a bi : g h a llia , s en t , I n f g h alln a ; uj a r a ti : . G
la kh y6 , w ritten ; H in di lik ba (w ith o u t in s er tio n o f
e u p h o ni c i o r y in th e l a c e o f e l ide d t o r d , In f lik h na
p ) . .

T he M a r ath i differ s c o n s id e ra b ly in th is r es
p e c t fr o m th e
idio ms m entio n ed ; it fo r ms th e p e r fe c t p a r tic ip l e b y a f xin g EST fi
to th e r o o t o f th e v erb (w ith th e j u n c ti o n v o w e l a o r i , a c c o r din g
to th e i n t r a n s i ti v e o r t r a n s i t i v e s ig n i c a tio n o f a v e r b ) T he fi .

fi r st tr a c e s of th is af fix mu st b e s o ug ht l
a rea d y in P ak r rit ; th e
 C
SE TIO N 1: THE F ORMA TI ON O E THEME S

fo r m i , w hi c h i s l
a r ea d y c urr en t i n Sa n skr i t , h a s l
a o ne

b e en r e ta n e d
i ; e .
g . :

6 2
? ka m1 defic i en c y, fr o m 3
[
ka me ,
defic i en t .

2) T h em e s l n a 1 . f
()
.

Th e a ffix ai is o n ly a i i
v ar a t o n th e p r e c e din g
of

a ffix; fin a l 11 ( z 6) an d 0 ar e n o t dr o
pp e d ,
a s b e fo r e

th e pr ec e din g a ffix , b u t c h a n g e d to a (as in th e o th er

dia l ec ts) to keep th eir p l a c e ; c g .

,

n ir f i , p u r ity , fr o m
ma l a
‘
(LL
/
13 ni r m alu p u re .

kfir é i , fa l s ity , fr o m fa l s e
$33; m i .

B o th fo r m s a re th er efo r e fr e qu en tly u se d in diffe

r en tly , as

(gt
/é b h a li , g o o dn e s s , or z
'

£ 314: bh alai ,
fr o m

3) Th emes in ta an d t ai . f
() .

Th e a ffix t 5 fo r m s in
. Sin dh i a v er y nu m ero u s c la ss

o f a b s tr a c t n o un s f ro m a ttr ibu ti ve s and j

a d e c t v es i ; th e
fin a l vo w e l 1s a lw a y s idr o pp e d l i in and th e un o n -vo we
‘
se r te d ( exc e p t w h en th e n o u n en ds in i) Th e a ffix ta .

c o r r es p o n ds to th e S a n s kr it a ffix HT
3
w h i c h i s u s e d fo r
“

th e s a me p u r p o se i n Sa n skr it B esides th e a ffix t a th e .

,

em h t i f m i h i i l i
p a c o r w t i ( )
ta s a s o n u s e ; e -
g .

w a n t , fr o m g h a t e ,
d e fic i en t .

L531?
“
c i
j g ,
ta fitn e s s ,
fr o m 35 > j o g u fit ,
.

4) T h e m e s i n t e ; t i (f ) . .

Th e affix te , wh ic h i s els e o n ly u s ed w ith p r i

m a r y fo r ma ti o n s , i s in Si n dh i a lso (th o u g h v e r y r a r ely)
a
‘

fo u n d Wi th s ec o n da r y fo r m ti o n s ; th e a ffix ti ,
wh i c h i s
 S ECTION I . O
THE F RMA TI N O F THE M S O E . 59

a so l o c c a s o n al i ly to b e m et w ith ,
is on ly a v ar a ti o n i of

te i
( h a v in g b e en leng th en e d to i ) ; as :

s av a t e , str a ig h tn e ss ,
fr o m
653 2 . sa d, s tr a ig h t .

g h a ti ti ,
d e fic i e n c y ,
fro m g h a t e , d efic i e n t .

f
o

N o te . Th e af fix ti is l
a so u sed in Hin dus tani ,
as :

de fi c ie n c y ,
fr o m
P
,

5) T h e m e s in fin e or ain e . f
() .

Th ese af fixe s fo rm a nu m er o u s l
c a ss of a b s tr a c t

n o un s fr o m j
a d e c t v es i imp lyin g c o lo u r or so m e o th e r

in h er en t qu a li ty Th ey c o r r e sp o n d to th e Sa n skr it a ffix
.

W w h i c h fo r m s a b s tr a c t m a sc
,
n o uns I n P r ak r i t . .

th e term in a ti o n 33 a m a y a lr e a dy b e l en g th en e d to m

( c f V a
. r V i
. n S in dh i H,
m
( ) h a s b e e n e li d e d w h i c h ,

i s r a th er u n co mm o n a n d a fe mi n in e ter mi n a ti o n s u b ,

s titu te d fo r th e m a s c u lin e ; th e i o f im a n h as b e e n dr o d
pp e

an e w h er ea s in th e fo rm ai n e i h a s b e en in s er te d
,

m o r e p r o m1 n e n t
“ ’
a fter a, to r en d e r th e a . E g .

Lg» ? a c h an e , w h ite n es s , fr o m a ch o , w h i te .

6 v eki r an e , b r ea dth , fr o m v é ki r o ,
(9 5 4
5
br o a d .

5 '
s;5
va dan e , g r ea tn e s s , fr o m 50 5 v a do , g r e a t .

Th e a ffix an e ( aine) i s ver y o fte n e xc h a n g e d fo r th e

a ffix ai (see an d w ith m an y n o un s b o th a ffixes ar e

m i sc u o u sly
7
? b la c kn e s s
p ro u se d ,
as :
0 0 5
5 or
6 6
5 5 .

N o te . I n H i n di an d H i n d u s t a n i th e af fix ma ( z
i“ )
is r ar e ly u s ed , an d n o l o n g er as a m a s c u lin e ;
imp o rta n c e I n G uj ur a ti th e a ffix an is u s ed
( as n e u te r
) e g :

m
. . .

m d ep th , fr o m E a
d eep ; th e M a r a th i a n d B a n g a li h a v e
r e s e r v e d th e o ri in a l S a n s k er min a tio n ma m I n P an
p g t (a s asc . .

j a b i ,
a s in u j ar a ti ,
th e fo G
r m a n m
( ) i s u s e d ,
a s : u c a n ,
m ,
. .

h e ig h t , fr o m u éa
,
h ig h .

6) Th em es i n p o , p a , p a i , pi ; p a n u , p a n o ; t a n u ; at u :
T h e se a ffixe s fo r m a v e r y n u m er o u s c l a s o f a b str a c t
s
n o un s fr o m su b s ta n t v e s i an d j
a d e c t ves i . We can s ee in
60 S ECTION I. THE F RMA TI N O F TH M S O O E E .

th is in sta n c e ,
how th e Sin dh i h a s m en a g e d to der ive
fr o m o ne and th e sa me Sa n s kr it a ffix a w h o l e s eri es o f
w i ch a t th e fir st g l a n c e s e e m to h a v e
a b s tr ac t a ffixes , h .

n o thi n g ln c o mmo n .

Th e a ffixe s o der iv e d fr om th e
“

p , p a , p a1, p 1 ar e

Sa n sk . a b st a c a ffix
r t-
a tv a , w h i c h i s ass imi la te d to W
(s ee In tr o d . 1 5, D ,
fr o m th i s th e Sin dh i h a s fo r me d
th e var o u s i ter min a ti o n s p a , p a , p ai , p i .

Fr o m th e Self -
sa me a ffix a, w h ic h h a s b e c o me m
in P r akr it (fr o m an or i g in a l an d w h i ch h a s b e e n

m
,

a ssimil a te d i n th e A p a b h ra n sh a dia l ec t to ( see

L a ss en , p . 4 59 ,
th e Sin dh i h a s der1v e d th e a ffixes
p a nu or
_
p a no .

Fr o m th e sa me s o ur c e h as l
a so sp r u n g th e a ffix
ta n u , b u t b y a differ e n t p r o c e s s o f a ss imi l a ti o n , th e
se mi -
v o w e l v b e in g a s simi l a te d to th e p r e c e din g de n ta l

(cf . 15 , D,
A n o th er fo r m of ( a s si m1 1a tio n i s th e a ffix atu vi z

tv a tta tta ata th e do u b l e c o n s o n a n t b e in g ,

l a w a y b y l e n g th e n i n g th e p r e c e din g v o w e l) w h i ch
‘

c ea r ed ,

is o nl y ra rely u se d .

Th e fin al vo we s l u n de r
g o v ar o u s i ch a n g e s b e fo r e th e
a c c ess o n i of th e ab o v e m en ti o n e d a ffixe s ; fin a l 11 is g e
o f th e
’ “ ’
w ith th e
c
n er a ll y c h a n g e d to a or i ,
e xc e p t o n i
fe m r a di c a l)
t ’
. n o un s g i n u , w h i
e n di n
c h p r e s er v e u
t ’

(
a s
“

a ll a ffixe s ; fin a l 5 i s ei th e r w ea k e n e d to a o r
“ ’
b efo r e
to 5 ; fin a l i i s e ith er s h o r te n e d to i , o r w ith
c ’
ch an g ed

s u b s o u n din a
’
t o i
’ ‘
a , w h i c h i s m o s tly th e c a s e b e fo r e
c
a
g
th e h ea v y l “ ’
a ffixe s fi i h t d t
”

p a nu , p a n 5 ; n a ii s s o r e n e o u

l1 a ) b e fo r e th e h ea v y a ffixe s
“
w ith
’
s u b s o u n di n (
“

a
g a Z

:
n 5 ; lo n 11 th o u h ke e s n o w a nd th e n i ts l e
p anu ,
p a
g g p p a c

b efo r e th em ; b e fo r e th e l i g h ter a ffixe s

l

ai
p , p , p
a i
‘
fin al 11 i s sh o r ten e d e v e n to i (fo r e u p h o n y s sa k e) F in a l
’ ’
.

sh o r t
6
a
’
ma y b e
“

l en g th e n ed to a , to di s ti n g u i sh t h e fe
m in in e th emes fr o m th o s e
c ’

i
en d n g i in u ; b u t th i s de p en ds
"

on u sa
g e .
62 E
S CTI N I O . T HE F RMA TI N O F TH M S
O O E E .

N o te . fi
T h e s e a bs tr a c t a f xe s a re to b e m e t w ith in a ll th e
c o n a te idi o ms
g T h e H i n di
. a n d H i n d us t a n i u s e th e a f xe s fi
a n a an d d o h S dh f r ms
'

p an ,
p p é2 ,
c o r r e s p o n in
g t t e i n i o
p a n u ,

G
’

n 5 an d T h h nd b h
p a p 5 e .u j a r a t i :
p a n a p an u
( o t th e
M a r a th i : p a n (n ) a n d p a n a . th e a n j abi :
p una Th e B a Pn .

a l i m n e ar e s t t o t h S n s k rit in thi s r e s ec t h a i
g c o e s e a
p ,
v n
g r e

t a in e d th e o rig in a l a b stra c t a f x t v a un a lter e d fi .

7) Th emes in k ar u ,
k a r 5 , k ar a
‘

,
k ar e .

Th ese th em es fa ll un de r o ur co ns i der a ti o n in thi s

p l a Ce not so m u ch on acc o un t of th e ir fo r ma ti o n ,
as

th eir s ig n i fi c a t i o n ,
fo r w e h a v e h er e not to de a l wi th
an a ffix , b u t wi th an a dj e c t i v e , u sed to fo r m co m
u n ds , ig ni fyin g : m a k i n g
an d ff e c t i n g In Sin dh i
‘

p o s ,
e .

th e o r ig i n al s i n ific a ti o n o f W h a s b e en a lr ea dy o b
_ g
liter a ted ,
an d it i s n ow u se d in th e sa me w ay as an

a ffix , to fo r m a nu mb er o f a b str a c t n o un s ; e .
g
lu chikar 5 , u n ea s n e ss i , p r O p e r ly : th a t w h i c h

ma k es 44i lxu ch a ,
or b ein g to ss ed ab o ut .

v a n a karu , w o o d , fo r est ; p r o p er ly: th a t w h i c h

Lfi g v a n a kar e , p ro du c e s tr e e s
)
'

LKg d l
‘

) é s th a dh ekar a , coo temp er a tu r e ; p r O p er ly : th a t

w hi c h ma kes c o o ln ess

8) Th em e s i n k5 an d 5 .

Th e a ffix k5 s er v e s o r ig in a lly to d er iv e a dj e c t i v e s ,
an d c o r r e s p o n ds to th e sans k . a ffix 33 35
; b u t i n Sin dh i
it i s so meM es u s ed ( as th e p r e c e din g a ffix W ) to fo r m
a b str a c t n o un s ; th e a ffix 5 i s i den ti c a l w i th k5 , k
h a v in g b ee n lide d E g : e . . .

1
5 34 3 l u c hi k5 u n e a sin e ss ; ,
th e sa me as

5997 5
3 0 dh u 5
ry , a du s ts to r m ; p p
r o er ly : th a t wh i c h makes

sa n d
 E
S CTI N I O . THE F ORM TI ON O F THEMES . 63

10 .

II . F o r m a ti o n of a p e ll a ti v e s , a ttri b u tiv e s an d

Th em e s in 1 9) .

Th is a ffix w hi ch in Sin dhi an d th e kin dr ed i di o ms

,

is so fr equ en tly emp l o y ed h a s sp r un g fr o m thr ee di f ,

fe r én t s o ur c es

b efo r e th e a ddi t o n o f th is affix, b e c o m es a ;

’
en ed i i e . a
’ ’
i : e ; u
-

e .
g . :

5
3
4 5 ! 5 thi ,
a ca m el ri der , fr o m
-
u th u ,
ca m eL

a se ll er of ea r th en -
w are ; fr o m

fi t m
des c en t or l a ti o n s h i p
r e . Be fo r e i ts ad di ti o n to
-

n o un a fin al sh o r t v o w el i s dr o p p e d , lo n g 11 i s sh o r t en ed
5 is so m e fin a l
’
to
(
u an d c ha n g ed to a In ins tan c es
,
‘
.

sh o r ten ed fi o m 5) c h an g ed
’
sh o r t u ( is to a ( z 5) an d

c fi f
sin dhi ,
of Sin dh ,
fro m f
. s n i dh u ,
th e

c o un try of Sin dh .

of L ar ,
fr o m
555 IIL l ar u , L o w er_ S indh .
 64 S EC TION If O
THE F RMA TI N O F TH M S O E E .

Sin dh
,

i of Sir 5 , fr o m sir 5 U pp e r
9
s r ai , , .

) Th a ffix c o r r e sp o n d n g i td th e S a n sk affix i i
"

c e i ,
. .

Sin dh i a ffix i s erv e s to fo rm p o s s e s s i v e n o u n s

Th e ,

liketh e Sa n sk a ffix R ; e g . .

da h i co m p l a i n ant fro m
4 5, 1o d aha c o mp l a i nt
, ,
.

f s ick fr o m 3 s i c kn es s
4
ro g i ro g u

m
S » 5) , , 1 ,
.

ll; m a li g a r den e r S a n sk “T
a ,
.
, .

In su c h fo r ma tio ns a s a r e p ec u liar to th e Sin dhi , ,

'

a fin a l sh o r t v o w e l m a y keep its p la c e b efo r e th e

a ffix i, as :

5322 ma ta i , t en ac i o u s of i
o p ni o n s ec t , fro m
’
o ne s or
6

use ? ma k e op1n 1o n o r re lig io n (fin al e b ei n g e xc h a n g e d

fo r
°
a’

,
fo r eu p h o n ys
’
sa k e) .

10) T h e m e s i n ai
Th e a ffix a 1 is o n ly a v a r i a ti o n o f th e a ffix i a ) ,

fin a l d 5 th eme s ,
’
o f su c h
’
u an as en d in u an d 5 b ein g
a
g i a n ch an
g ed b efo r e it to a; n o un s th u s fo r m e d imp ly
an o ccu p a ti on , h a bit or ten de n c y ,
as

hi f t: bag ai , g a r den er , fr o m b a g u , g a r de n

L‘
.

s
‘ s “ n ecai ,
a m a k er of h u qq —
a h s na ke s ,
fr o m ,
s »

n ec5 a h u qqa h -
sn a ke .

h
j ga i r ai ,
a qu a rr eller ,
fr o m 3 844
5 h
j g ,
a ir5

1 1) T h eme s in u .

Th e a ffix c o r r e s p o n di n g to th e S a n sk a ffix W
“

11 ,
.
,

is a d de d to s u b s ta n t v e s i ,
b y mea n s of w hi c h ,
as in th e
p im
r a r y fo r ma tio n s , ap el l a t i v e s and a dj e c ti v e s are

d er ive d ,
de n o tin g an h a b i tu a l a c tl o n or s ta te . A fin a l
v o we l is a l ways dro p p ed b efo r e th e a dd itio n of th i s a ffix;
66 C O
S E TI N I . THE FORMA TION OF THEME S
'

fo rms a d ec tiv es a
j nd a ttr ib u tiv e s in th e lar g est s en s e . Th e
fin a l sh o r t v o w e l of a nou n is a l w a ys dr o pp e d b efo r e thi s
a ffix, an d u
'
an d i are sh o r te n e d . Th e r o o t- v o w e l eith er
re m a in s un a lter ed or is len g th en e d viz :
“
a
’
to a , i to 5
‘
,
’
an d u to 5 ,

36 K; 83
8 115 ; S tr o n g ,
fr o m sa g ha, str en g th .

fi
5 5 i
v n 5
g , c ro o ked ,
fr o m £ 3
)
V in g u , a cro o k .

3
9

b h a ku 5 , fr o m b h a kii b l o c kh e a d
5 4 : s tu p id , ,
a .

—
m edia to r , fr o m vic u m i ds t
v

vec o
C?
.
, ,

—
L b of a B elu c h fr o m
; ba r 5 c u , B e lu c h
v

aro c o , a
5 554: ,
6 55
.

5 th 5 , of a ca mel , fr o m ut hu ,
ca m el .

53 K g a 5 ,
o f a c o w ,
fr o m o f
f g au
,
co w .

I r e g u l a r fo r m a t i o n s a r e :

A m a h yo of a b u ffa l o fr o m m5h e , a b u ffa l o

52 » , , .

v5 2
i 1. s ai o ,
h u n dr e dth (p e r c en t
) ,
fr o m
i f . s au ,
hu n dr e d .

1 5) Th emes in aru ( aru ) , aro ; a lu .

T h ese a ffixe s c o r r esp o n d to th e S a n s k a ffix W .

i
( n P r ak r it l ikew i s e 33 1
273 cf V ar I V w h i c h fo r ms . .
,
.

iv e I n Sin dh i an d l in ter c h a n g ed
“

o s s e s s no u n s r are
p .
,

an d in so m e n o u n s ar u h a s b een s h o r te n e d to aru . Th e
ro o t
‘
v o we
—
l c o mm o nl y re m a in s lter e d but in s o me
una
‘ ‘ ,
_

no un s u
’
is ch a ng e d to o ( i e u ta ke s C u n a ) ; a s
. .
’
r
°

Z LéM mé h a r u , or a b u ffa lo ke ep e r fr o m 4 1 2 m 5h e »
) , ,

55 tya r u ; h a v i n g a c5 ti , bu n dl e of h a ir on

th e cr o wn of th e h ea d .

Li é e dh a n ar u , a h er dsma n , fr o m dh a n u , a h er d
)
o f c a tt e l .

5 th a r u , a ca mel h er d , fr o m 4 3 "th
u u ,
c a me l .

354 j av alu ,
c o n ta n n g i i b a r ley , fr o m 5 4 j au ,
b ar l ey .
 S ECTION I . THE F RMA TI N O F THE M S O O E .
67

So me of th es e fo r ma ti o n s , w i th th e a ffix alu o r 5 15 ,
are u se d in a s u b s ta n t ive sen se ,
th eir or ig in a l p o s s ess v e i
s ig ni fic a tio n b e in g m o r e or le ss lo st a s ,

a G o n g ; liter a lly : c o n ta in i n
g or

e xp r e s s n g i th e h o u r (6 3 -5
5)
h a r y al 5 ,
g

dL: alu c a n d e st c l i k ; litera lly : h a v in g a l ig h t

? h u r al 5 l l
”

V c o u d n e ss i ; lite r a ll c o n ta in in c o u ds

T h em es in 5 a nd l5 , an d 5 15
'

1 6) 5r 5
“

1r i o r : .

Th ese a ffixes c o rre sp o n d to th e Sa n sk i t a n d £3 .

a n d fo rm a t t r i b ut i v e s s i g n i fy in g h a b i t q u a li ty o r ,
: ,

i n t e n s i t y ; er o a n d 510 h a v e s pr un g fr o m th e P r 5 krit
a ffix i l l a ( v ar I V
'

e .
g ,
.

S
kh an dh i r 5 , p a ti en t , fr o m . sb O
l
Lé! kh 5 n dh e ,

p a t ei
n c e

h a th 1l5 , o b s t n a te i ,
fr o m b a th u , o b s ti n a c y
2
L€_4 c ha v 5r o ,
a

s h a do w y ,
fr o m
; : Lé4 (Sh i va , s h a d e .

th a r 5 l 5 , of th e Th ar ,
h a v in g th e c u sto m o f th e

Th a r or d eser t .

5L“ ; 5a m5l5 , lea th er n ,

fr o m
P
‘
?é a mu , l ea th er .

1 7) T h e me s l n 1r u .

Thi s a ffix c o rr esp o n d s to th e S a n sk . a ffix (

w i th
th e un i o n -
vo w e l i) ‘
an d fo r m s a ttr ib u tiv es a nd a pp e l
l a tiv es ll a s p o ss essiv e fin a l l sh o r t
'

as we n o uns ; a v o we ,

or lo n g ,
is a lw a y s dr o p p e d b e fo r e th e a dd iti o n of th i s

sa n dhi r u , a h o u se b r ea ker , fr o m
-
s a n dh e ,

a h o l e in a wa ll .
68 S EC TION I .
«

O
THE F RMA TI N OF THEM S O E .

Lé4 j h atiru a p p
e e e r fr o m i é
L é
’

j h ati l o o ki n g
fi , ,
s ,

th r o u g h a h o le .

bh a , ‘
r eb u k e
‘
.

3 a v o h fr o m
h
J pa l ru ,
o ne wh o sn a tc es ,

a s n a tc h .

p 5 t 1r u f

,
a g l u tto n ,
fr o m p e tu ,
b elly .

i i
V 1h 1r u , p 0 1s o n o u s ,
fr o m f p o 1s o n
. .

1 8) Th emes in a tu an d al u .

Th is a ffix h a s fr o m th e Sa n skrit affix “a

”

spru n g

eli si o n of H ; 1n me h a s b e e n len g th e n e d
’
by so no un s

m;
,

to co mp en sa te fo1 th e elisio n of i t fo rm s p o sse ss ive

n o un s j u st a s in San s kr it e
, , .
g
/
b h ar ya tu
, 0

fr o m 6 8-4 b h a r i ,
1

man
’
a er te r ,
, p 7
a s

lo a d .

g u m 5 : p 5 r h i atu , a lab o u rer fr o m 5 2 9 : p 5 rh i5 , la b o ur

) 55
.
,

u L
Li: 3 dia n ya tu ,
a deb to r , fr o m 6 9 3 di a n i , a deb t .

19) T h e m e s i ii 5 13 5 -
i
( )
to .

Th e Sin dh i a ffix 5 t5 to th e Sa n sk a ffix

'

c o r r e sp o n d s .

”
n
i , d i i o
’
e n o t n
g to b e p r o v d e d w i th ,
to
“
p o ss e ss a s n e s

o wn T h e sh o r t i o f th e Sa n s k a ffix h a s i n Sin dh i b e e n
. .

pr o d uc e d to 5 , o n a cco unt o f
“
th e a c c e n t ; th e fin a l vo w e l
is a lw a y s dr o p p e d b e fo r e th i s a ffix ; e g .

fr om
p u t r 5 t5 ,
h a v in g a so n ,
5 2 :
p a tru ,
so n .

dh i 5 t5 , h a v i ng a d a u g h ter , fr o m 5
mo dhi a ,
6

d au g h ter .

t h a v in g wi fe , fr o m i f
v

5 3553
5 4
J o e 5 , a j ,
5 e w e .
4

b h ait5 , h a vin g a br oth er , fr o m A g: bh au ,

b r o th er .
70 C O
S E TI N I . O
THE F RMA TI N OF TH M S O E E .

v i s u r a lu ,
s im p l e min ded ,
fr o m
5 5
M
)
v i su r 5 ,

imple m in de d
s .

S imila r ly in Pra kr it th e a ffix r o r 1 (dimii1 ) i s .

a dd e d to n 5 u n s a n d a dj e c tiv e s W 1th o u t e s s en ti ally a l ,

‘
ter in g t h e ir s i g n ific a ti o n (c f V a r a r I V 2 a s Sa n s k; .
. ,
'
lig h ten in g P r ak f aia o r Fan (at; uh-ryello w
- f '

l
,
g ,

Th e m e affix ET w e tic e in the M a r at h i ,

“

no
’

sa

w h e r e it i s a dd e d to p r ete r ite p a r t c i ip l e s to tu r n th e m

‘
iff ro m R fi
:
t b r o ken f
( ar t h e sa m e h o l ds g ood

in G u j a r a ti ,
as

2 2) Th e m e s l n 1ryo .

Th e a ffix ir y 5 i s or ig in a lly c o mp o u n de d of th e di
m m u ti v e a ffix I r ) and th e a d ec t vai l a ffix y5 (a ) ;
j
it fo r m s j
a d ect ive s a n d a ttr ib u tiv es d en o tin g i n c l i n at i o n
or h e s i ta ti o n ; e .
g

fie
woe ;
s— s a dh ir y,
5 h a l f w i s h i n g ;
-
liter a lly : be in g so me
w h a t di sp o s e d to w i sh .

g h 5 r ir 5 ,
y a p e d lar ; i . 5 . o ne w h o is in c lined

to s ee k o ut .

5 353 xy p 5 r i r 5,
y a wa lker ; liter a lly : disp o se d to tr av e l

5
4
5
3 5 p a l a ma tir y5 ,
x
3 ea s ily p e r su a d ed ; litera lly : di s

p o se d to ta k e ano th er s ’
c o u n se l .

T h e m es
‘

2 3) i n aku an d a k ll .

Th e se U n adi a ffixe s w h ic h e l se o n ly o c c u r wi th
-
,

p r i ma r y th e m e s a r e i n S i n d h i ,
a l s o u s e d b
( u t v e r y r a
'

r e ly) i n s ec o n dar y fo r m a ti o ns as : ,

J l
fl j h é r a ku b q u ar re l s o m e f
,
r o m j h 5 r 5 , ,
,

j h é r a ku ,
c o n ten t o n i .
 S E C TION 1
‘
THE FORMA TION OF TH M S E E
. .
71

2 4) Th eme s in ik5 .

Th i s a ffix c o r r e sp o n d s to th e S a n sk . a ffix all

(i n

Sin dh i w ith th e a d di t o n o i f th e i
u n o n- v o w el i) an d fo r m s
j
a d ec t v e s i ,
de n o tin g re l a ti o n ,
q u a l i t y e tc .
‘
A fin a l
l lo n g
i

vowe ,
s h o rt or ,
i s dr o pp e d b efo r e th i s a ffix ; fin a l
u l
a o ne is s h o r te n e d to
<
11
’
an d ta k e s th e uni o n -
vowe l “
a
’

°
i ;
’
in stea d of e, g . :

k5 m er c a n tile
S;
—

fi g v 5 p ar i fr o m Q tr ade
'

}; , ,
v 5 pa r u ,
.

1
5 5
5
v aniko ,
l i
re a t n g to a ,
v an y 5 or sh o p ke eper .

‘
6 h ar ik 5 , r e l a ti n
8 h ar 1
'

g to a or p ea sa nt
5 .

mi ru a k5 , b r u ta l , fr o m mi r u , a w ild b east .

—
2 5) T h emes in 10 0
v ‘
Or 5 0 5 .

The s e affixe s h ave s pr u n g fr o m th e S a nsk . a ffix { } all

and fo r m j
a d ec t v e s i d eno tin g d e sc ent o r o r 1g 1n In
‘
.

Si n dhi ’
i h as l en g th en e d
'

b e en to to 5 , an d th e
“

1 o r e v en

g u ttur a l k h a s b een e xc h a n g e d fo r th e p a la ta l 5 Th e .

fin a l vo we l ,
sh o r t o r lo n g ,
i s a l w a ys c a st o ff b e fo r e th e s e

—
3
6
th of th e me ill a g e fr o m
v

M 5 g 5 eco ,
sa v , g 5

th u , v illa g e .

5
5 5 p
4 5 r 5 50 ,
‘

of th e sa me qu a r ter ,
fr o m
55 h 0 0
.
p ar 5 ,

d u a rter .

L:
—
5g
of th e ite si de fr o m dv
v

3 p ar e c o o pp o s a op
5 , , , ,
.
,

p o s i te .

‘
v 5r h 155 , o f th e j u n g le fr o m v 5r h e j u n g le
'

54 35 5 55 4 , ,
.

I I

2 6) Th eme s i n 5 ko .

"
Th is a ffix , w h ic h ,
is a dd e d on ly to , n o un s or ad

Ve r b s , d e n o tin g t i m e , is ide n ti c a l w ith th e a ffix all ; th e

i
un o n v o -
wel 5 is p e c u li a r an d not to b e m e t w ith l
e se

w h er e ; eve r y fin a l vo w e l ,
sh o r t or lo n g ,
is dr o pp e d th e »
72 S ECTION I . O
THE F RMA T I N O F TH M S O E E .

fly ) ; v a r e h OkO , yea r ly fro m AD

; va r e h u year
,
) ,
~ .

ig h tly
”

r atOkO , n ,
fr o m w t
; r ate ,
ni
g h t .

m
L h anc k e r e c en t , fr o m 3L» h an e , j
'

now ad
5} ;
5
L
.

K o , o f y e s ter
}QQ J k lh k ig h t) fr o m é b
’
a O d
( y
a or n , _ l
k a lh a , yester da y , adv .

A few o th e r a d e c tiv e s
j are fo r m e d b y th e sa m e

a ffix , With th e fu rt h er differ en ce , t h a t th e r o o t - v o w el

is l en g th en e d ,
as

L; m o o n li g h t ,
i
’
0 can dr OkO , fr o m d ca n dr a ,
95 . 1 “;

mo o n .

2 7) Th eme s i n an o (
a nu , in o ) , a ni k O .

Th is a ffix c o r r e s p o n d s to th e Sa n sk . af fix an d

fo r m s a d e ct v e s j i d en o tin g l a tio n
r e or de sc en t . It i s
‘
r em a r kab l e , th a t th e o r i in a l u n i o n l i ’

g
-
vo we h as b een \

di sl o dg e d in Sindh 1 an d a su b s t itute d in its p la c e (om c

p a re w ith th is h L a t i n fo r ms , a s :
suc a fr i ro manus,

c an n s) . Th e a dj e ctiv e s , fo r me d b y th e a ffix an o ma y
m o re o v er a dd th e a ffix k c) (w ith th e u n ion v o w e l
“

so th a t w e th u s h a v e j
a d ec t v e s i w ith a do u bl e a ffix,

w h ic h do not m a ter i a lly differ f r o m th e i mp l e fo r m s

‘

Of a th i e f , fr o m é or u ,t h i e f .

1 1 c lly fr o m 3; lué o , l
“

34 ras a ,
r a sc a .

dh i an o , of a da u g h te r , fr o m wo dh i a , da u g h te r
g .

nk m
i

ir ua n o o
,
of a l
w i d b ea s t , fr o m wild

b ea st .

'

b h ayan O , of a p a r tn e r ,
fr o m alg a
f/ b h ai ,
\
(s

p a r tn e r .
74 S ECTION I . O
THE F RMA TI N O F THE MES O .

2 9) Th emes m a n 1 -

T hi s a ffix, c o rr esp o n d n g i to th e Sa n sk . a ffix N ?

fo r ms p a tr o n ymi c s o r den o tin g d e s c e n t ; th e sh o r t
n o un s
‘
,

fin a l i o f th e Sa n sk a ffix h a s b e en l e n g th en e d in Si n dhi ,
’
.

as in o th e r s imila r n o un s . A fi n al sh o rt v o w e l is dr o pp e d
b efo r e thi s l i ke wi s e 6 ; fin a l i i s
a ffix , .
c h a ng e d to y ( i)z

an d fi is s h o r te n e d ; e g : . .

mah mfi dani
‘

,
so n or des c en d an t of

m afim fi du .

ar yani , s o n of an .

6 f
a n

3 T s aa
’

! a u ani so n of s
6 3 ,
,
.

ffl S K
i

s
a b ag ani , so n of L} b ag fi .

8 0) T h em e s l n infi .

Thi s a ffix c o rr e s p o n ds to th e S a n sk . a ffix

i
‘

? an d

fo r m s a d ec tj ives d en o tin g re l a ti o n or d e s c e n t; as
a
K3
r

s a mn o a ffia n c e d , fr o m c o n n exi o n
"

, “ . san u ,

b y m ar ri a g e .

W 5 v a si n fi , s u b e c te d
j ,
fr o m L
U ; p o w e r .

3 1) Th eme s i n at h o .

T h is a ffix c o n c i d e s i w i th th e Sa n sk . a ffix
(w ith
tr a n s iti o n of t in to th ) ; it fo r m s p o s s e ssiv e n o un s ,
as in
Sa n skri t ; e .
g . :

an ath o , da m
p y p (c o n ta ni n i g w a te r ) , fr o m
G é
LS

p ani , w a ter .

fi s fi ; eh a ba r ath fi , c o n ta n n g i i
514; ch a b a r u , a kin d
o f g r as s .

32) Th em e s i n a s fi (asfi ) .

Thi s a ffix , c o r r esp o n d n

g i to th e S an sk . a ffix 53,
 S EC TIO N I . THE F ORMA TI ON OF THE M S E . 75

fo r ms j
a d ec t v e s i ,
de n o tin g “
to b e fu ll of ,
t o b e p r o
”
v id e d w i th ; as un o n i v o w el a h a s b e en i n s er ted ; a s :
v ar yaso ,
sa n d y ,
fr o m v a r1 ,
san d .

v
. !53 ma v a su , fu ll of p r i de ,
fr o m
i } m a u , pr i de .

T h e m e s i n h ar u o r h a r e
3 3) .

Th i s a ffix is in Si n dh i a n d in th e c o g n a te dia lec ts

a d de d to v e r b a l n o u n s (i e th e I n fin itiv e) ; it fo r ms a . .

ki n d o f p a rti c ipl e w h ic h i s c o m m o n ly u se d a s a su b
,

s ta n ti v e n o un I n M a r at h i it fo r m s th e p a r ti c ip le
.

fu tu r e a s i t i mp li e s a t th e s a m e tim e th e n o ti o n o f s o m e
,

fu tu r e ac t or s ta te ; in S in dh i to o
d th en it i s now an

u s e d i n a fu tu r e s e n s e I t i s to b e n o te d th o u g h , th a t .

th e M a r ath i a ffix i s n o t Q TI , a s c o mm o n ly sh o w n in
M a r ath i g r a mma r s , b u t a l ike mi s ta k e i s g e n e r a lly
‘

‘
‘
to b e m e t w ith i n G uj ar ati g r a mm a r s , w h e r e it i s s ta te d
"
to b e Fil l I n M a r ath i a n d Guj a r ati th e fo r m o f th e
‘

a ffix is l
c ea r ly en o u g h W ,
c o r r e sp o n d n
g i to th e S a n sk .

j
ad ec t v e i ml ,
ma kin g ,
do in g ,
w i th e li s i on
‘

of 35 . In
S in dh i Hin di a n d P a nj ab i it is h ar w h i c h fo r m is to
,
.

b e ex l i d i th i w th t i i ti l Eli h as b een o r i "

p a n e n s a y a n a ,

g i n a lly a s
p i r a t e d b y th e fo ll o w i n
g I (w h i c h 1 s v e r y
fr e qu en tly th e c a s e i n Sin dh i ) a n d th e n e l id e d l e a v in g , ,

h ( s ee I n tr o d . I n Sin dh i th e fo r m h ar u ,
har o ,
is
on ly adde d to th e In fin iti v e , in o th er th e mes th e o ri g n a i l
fo r m k ar u h a s b een r e ta n e di una lter e d ; e .
g
s ir a n a h ar u
j ,
th e c r ea to r , In f . to c re a te .

9 a
Lng efl likh a n a h ar u , a w r iter , or o ne , wh o i s ab o u t
)
to w r i te ; In f .

M to w r ite .

8 4) The m es in ka r u ,
k a ru .

Th e or ig ina l j
a d ec t ve i fo r m k ar u (in Sin dh i a ls o
s h o r te n e d ka r u ) is a sol b
( u t r ar e ly) in u se ; i t fo r m s ad

j e c tiv e s an d a ttr ibu tiv e s fr o m s u b sta n t v e s i ; as u mo n

vo we l a is I n s er te d
 S ECTI N I O .
’

O
T HE F RMA TI N O F T HEM S O E .

3
If v h e r akl

:
o
lfl
;

) f
s é
g j ar u , qu a r r elso me , c a u sm g quarr el ,

3 5) T h em e s 1n van u .

S in dh i h a s pre serv e d in th is a ffix th e NO m

Th e
S in g o f th e Sa n s k a ffix a ?!
. v an ) a n d d i s car d e d
.
,
‘ -
th e P r a k r i t for m aFF fi; th e s a m e i s th e c ase i n th e

c o g n a te di a l ec ts w i th th e ex c e p ti o n O f th e Guj a r ati
m
, ,

I t fo r
ms 1 a dj e c tiv e s ,
[

Wh i c h u s es th e ter min a ti o n a ,

implyin g p o ssess ion ; e .

g
!
v )
da yav an u , co 3 5 daya ,
mp as smn a te , fr o m L com

p a ss o n i
a a 1

l ea r n e d fro m L l ea r m n g
o _ _

L
.

l
v g ”
. V ij a va n u , ,
; ,
v 1j a ,
.

3
fr o m M
z 0

sfl av a n u v 1r tu o u s , sfl u , v 1r tue .

36) Th e m e s: in v ar fi .

Thi s is one of th e m o st
“

u s e fu l
ffixes o f th e a
‘

m o der n v er n a c u ar s ; l it m a y b e j oi n e d to a n y v erba l n o u n
a i a n d den o tes a n w n er th is
’

or s u b st n t ve ,
o or a c to r ;
a ffix i s i ly u s ed in Hifidfi stan i (v ala) w h er e
m o st e xte n s v e ,

it is u s e d a s a sub stitu te fo r d iffer en t fo rma tio ns It .

c or r e spo n ds to th e S a n s k a ffix 713 fr o m wh i c h it h a s .

,

b een de r iv e d b y le n g th en in g the r o o t v o w e l I t i s to .

b e o b ser v e d th a t 5 0, m u s t b e j o m e d to th e fo r m a ti v e
5 ,

o r O b li qu e c a s e o f a n o u n
”

h o w n er o f a h o u se , fr o m 15
‘

g a r a v ar o ,
g h a r u ,
[
h o u se .

f f ?

h a r a n e v ar o o w n er of h o u s es
g ,
.

d ia nu , to g 1v e
556 9
13 d i a n a v ar fi , a g iv er , I n f .
-
.

l V l c a v a r o , m e dI a to r , fr o m mm m1 d s t
”fi z
,
.

lf “
)
b er ia v ar fi a b o a tman a fr o m J
ber i 7 b o at .
78 S ECTIO N I .
"
O
T HE F RMA TI N O F T H MES O E .

little 1 J am , pr in c e) ma ll
'

L; j amu or
°

diati , a s
r
lig ht fro m 39 di 6 , an oil lig h t
, 5 -
,

B e s ide s t h e se fo r ma tio n s th e Sin dh i u s es fo r th e

rm
‘
p u r p o se o f fo i n
g d i m i n u tiv es ro
p p e r t w o a f fi x e s ,

w h i c h a r e o r ig i n a lly i den ti c a l ; v iz : er o ( r6 th e u n i o n .
2
,
’
i h a v in g b e e n p r o du c e d to 6 o n a c c o u n t o f th e
c
v o vv el ,

a c c en t) w h i c h i s a dd ed to a d j e c t i v e s o n ly
,
an d r 6 , ,

w h i c h i s p r o mi s c u o u s ly j o in e d to a dj e c tiv es a n d s u b
,

s ta n tiv e s B o th th es e a ffixes c o rr esp o n d to th e Sa n skr it

.

dim in u tiv e a ffix I r fr o m w h i c h th e S in dh i a fter its

, ,

o w n p e c u li a r m e th o d h a s m e n a g ed to fer m two s e p ar a te
,
,

dimin u tiv e a ffixes T h e o t he r dim in u tiv e a ffix o f th e

.

Sa n s kr it 3 5 k i s n et m us e in Sin dh i b u t is so in
, , ,

H i n d i M a r at h i an d P a n j a b i
,
.

1) T h e a ff i x e r 6 .

T h is d emin utiv e a ffix is , as n o te d a r ea dl y ,

a dd e d
to a d j ec t i v e s on ly an d implies s o m e w h a t m o re . or

l e s s (a s th e c a se ma y b e) r a t h e r v e ry ; e g
, ,
.

lo n g .

th 6 r er o , r a th e r littl e ,
ad j . th 6 r 6 , littl e .

d efic i en t .

2 ) T h e te r m i n a ti o n r o ,
fem . ri .

T h is dimin u tiv e a ffi xi s j o in ed to s u b s ta n t v e s i a nd

j
a d ec t v es , i e ve n to su c h ,
as h av e l
a r ea d y r ec e 1v e d th e
af fix e r o; i t d e n o te s s m a ll n e s s ,
l i ttl e n e s s ,
d e fi c 1 e n c y,
t e n d e r n e s s or c o n t e m p t I n . t o p o i n t o u t mo r e
o r de r ,

effe c tua lly th e id e a o f th e dimin u tive , th e fem in i ne te r

m in a tio n r 1 m ay b e c h o sen , in s te a d o f th e ma s cu lin e .

T h e Sin dh 1 p o ets u s e th e dimi n u tiv es w ith g r e at ta s te

a n d d el i c a c y a n d kn o w to g iv e difier e n t sh a d e s to th ei r
,

p i c tur e s b y th e i r p p
r o e r a ppl i c a ti o n T h e fin a l v o w el s .
 SE CTI N 1 O . T HE FORMA TIO N o r THEMES . 79

u n der
g o th e fo ll o w i n g c h an g e s b efo re th e ad d itio n of

1 ) Fin a l m
“
o r i , w i th th e e x
’ ° ’
i s c h a n g e d to
-
11 ( ) . a
,

o f fe m n o u n s e n di n g i n u , w i ch r em a i n
t ’
c e p tio n .

una lter e d
‘
.

m e w a y fin a l 6 i s c h a n g ed
( ’ ’
2 ) I n th e sa to a or i
3 ) Fin a l r e m a in s u n a lte r e d
“ ’
a
‘
.

Fin a l i r ema in s lter ed ( eu ph o n ys

’
f
’
4) una or p a ss e s o r
"
ke ) in to a
sa
t
.

5 ) Fin a l i a n d u ar e sh o r te ne d wi th a s ub s Ou n din g
el)
°
a
’

( as i
un o n v o w -
.

‘
Fi n a l u
’
.

5 A }; p a n dh a r 6 , a sh o r t j o ur n ey fr o m p a n d h u
2 , ,

j o u r n ey .

h a tir i ,
a s ma ll s h o p , fr o m £ 553 h atu , sh o p .

j 1n du r 6 , sh o r t life fr o m , o t;u j 1u du life , ,

fe m .

v 1j u r 1 , a small fl a s h of lig h tem n g fr o m

L5}
?
-

vi u j ,
fem .
,
lig h ten in g .

Fin a l

bi a r 6 h ear t (e n de a r n i g), fr o m 2 19: h i 6 , h e a r t

5 .

b h 6 1ir 6 , a s m a ll mo n ke y ,
fr o m b h 6 lo

v ery little fr o m 2 5-6 3 ,

th 6 r 6 , littl e .

th 6 r er 1r o e xtr e m ely littl e

’

, .

Fin a l
“ ’
a .

little fr o m
”

dh 1a r 1 , a da u g h ter
55 5 6

Fi n a l 1 .

f l a kh ir i as s m a ll fr o m kb e
jfi ey e a e ye
é
.
, , ,

g a lh a r i ,
a sh o r t w o r d , fr o m g alh e , w o rd .
80 C O
S E TI N I . T HE F ORMA TION OF TH M S E E .

, s
Fi n a l i a nd u .

/
f 0

man dh 1a r o a sm a ll c hurn mg s ta ff , fr o m b ox o

m a n dh i , a c h ur n n g i sta ff .

‘
b h a tua r 1 , a s m a ll s co rp o n i ,
fr o m , 24; b h a tu,

a sc o rp o n i .

C h apter V .

C o mp o u n d n o u n s

12 .

m p o u n d e d w i th d i p a r ti c l e )
“

I . N o un s co a p r e c e n g

1) No u n s c o mp o un d e d w i th v th e ne
g at v e i .

p a r

ti c l e s n ir ni , ma
‘

a ,
an a ,
n a, ,
.

A ll th e s e n e g a tiv e p ar ti c l es a r e o f Sa n s krit o r 1g in
‘
an d u s e d in th e s a m e w a y a n d i n th e sa m e s e n s e , a s in

th e Sa n skr it Th e n e g a tiv e p a r ti c le a i s only u s e d With

“ ’
.

a dj e c ti v e s , a n a c h i e fiy w ith p a r ti c i p l e s an d G e ru ndi v e s ,
'

r ar e ly w ith j
a d e ct v es i ; 11 5 w ith a d e c t v es ,
j i and th e sh o r
tene d fo r m z
na w ith G e r u n di v e s an d
p ar ti ci p i a l a d e c t ve s ;
j i
n ir an d ni (
w ith a s s1 mila te d )
“

r ,
on ly w ith a d e c t v es
j i
(and ab s tr a c ts , d e r i v e d fr o m a dj e c tiv e s) . W e h a v e no t
m en tio n e d expr e s s ly th e l d u r ( ) ; Whi c h
ne
g at vei p a r ti c e
g
b el o n g s to th e sa me c la s s ,
as it o c cu r s in su c h fo r mati o n s
on ly ,
as are b o r r o w ed dir e c tly fr o m th e S a n s kr i t a n d
h av e l
a re a d y s s e d th r o u g h th e p r o c e s s o f as s i mil a ti o n
p a ,

l S i n dh 1 dbo duka lu , fa m in e , S a n sk
’
u su a in ,
as : .

(se e I ntr o d . 16, B) . Fo r th e sa ke of a g e n er a l s ur ve y

we h av e su mm e d up h er e a ll th e ne
g at v e i p refixe s ,

th o u g h th e n o un s c o m p o u n de d w i th th em b el o n g to
th e su b s e qu en t c la sse s o f c o mp o u n d s , as fa r a s th eir c om

p o s itio n is c o n c er n e d .
82 S EC TION I . O
T HE F RMA TI N O F T H M S O E E .

‘‘
p o siti o n 3 13 (Pr a kr it fin fiQ an d c o n tr a c te d
r e) w i th o u t e xc e p t e d ; b e i s b o r r o w e d fr o m th e
,

P e r s i a n a n d c o r r e sp o n d s o r i g in a ll y to th e Sa n s k p r efix .

fa .
T h e s e p r e fix e s a r e i n A r a b i c w r i ti n
g g e n e r a lly
‘

w r i tte n s e p a r a t e l y a n d n o t j Oi n e d to th e n o u n as z ,

L9
r é - ka m6 , u se ess :l
I
u L: (5
r é -
p a n yo w a ter l ess
,
2
, .

ré ca y 6 , u n tr a c ta b l e
6 ) .

b e: A
11 ? b e -
sa g h 6 , p o w er l e ss .

6
” b e di n 6 1rr eli i
as g o u s .

5 ; 95?
be laj o ,
sh a m el e s s .

No u n s c o mp o u n de d w ith th e pa r tic le s o f qu a
3)
lific a tio n s u well k u b a dly a n d a v a (a u ) a w ay fr o m
, , , , , ,
.

su z J LfL suk a u l , g ood tim e c h e a pn es s ;

M su cetu ,
a tten t v e i .

s u pr i , ood fr i en d s w e eth e ar t
9
3
7
W g .

ku z M l ? ku p a te , dish o n e sty .

ku pa ty6 ,
di s h o n e s t .

5 , t ku n iyan , ba d j u stic e o p p r ess o n i .

,
fi s éir ku dh a n g 6 ,
ill -
br e d .

I
ava ( )
au z
o f; ava
g un u

au g un u ,

f ” a v a ta r u ,
a bad la n din g p l a c e .

l a u tar u ,

4) No u n s mp o u n ded w ith th e p o s s e ssiv e p a r ti c le

co

rten e d fr o m th e S a n s k HQ) , ly ”
sa (
s h o i mp i n
g
“
w i t h ,
“
p r o v i de d w it
l

; fru itfu l
fi e
L eg - » s a p h a 16 ,
.
 C O
S E TI N I . T HE F ORMA TION O F TH M S E E . 83

sa b6j h 6 ,
in tellig en t .

II . N o un s co m p o un d e d W i th a s u b s t a n ti v e , adj e c ti v e
or nu me r a l .

Th e g Sin dh i
lly fo ll o ws in th e fo r m a ti o n o f i ts
e n er a

c o m o un d n o u n s th e r ul e s o f th e S a n s kr i t th o u h th
p g e ,

c o m p o u n d s c a n n o t b e fo r m e d i n S i n dh i i n th e s a m e u n
"

lim ite d n u mb er a s in Sa n s kr it th e w a n t o f c a s e: 1n
, ,
,

fie xi o n s o ffer in g a n ess en ti a l o b sta c l e No c o mp o u n d .

c an be fo r m e d fr o m m o r e th a n tw o —n o un s , a n o un c o m
p o u n d e d of th r ee w o r ds is a lin g ui sti c im p o s sib ility
in Sin dhi ,
as in su c h a co m p o u n d all idea of co o r

d in a tio n or su b o r d n a t o n i i w o ud b e l co m p l e tely l o st W e
.

sh a ll cons ide r th e c Om p o u n d s c u r r en t in Sin dh i u n de r

th e r e c e v ed i S a n skrit a p pe lla ti o n s .

1 ) So -
ca lled T a t p u r u sa c o mpo un ds , or co nj u n c tio n
‘
of tw o nouns ,
of w h i c h th e fo r m e r_ s tand s in a c ase

l i
r e at o n w ith th e la tter .

Th e se co mp o u n ds ar e ly u se d i n c o mm o n c o n
r ar e

v er s a t o n ,i bu t mo r e e xten s i v ely in p o eti c a l c o m p o s iti o n s .

Th e fo r m e r of th e tw o no uns ,
w h i c h i s d e p e n d e n t o n

th e la tter ,
m u st c o n se qu en tly l
b e p a c e d i n th e F o r
m a t 1 v e , to g m m
e xp r es s
p th er eb y its
a ti c a l de e n den c y ra .

I n r efe r en c e to th e m eth o d o f w r iti n g th e s e c o m p o u n d s

th e r e i s n o fixe d r u l e ; s o m e o f th em , in w h i c h th e i d e a
"

o f u n it y p rev a il s so mu c h ,
th a t th e y are co ns ider e d as

o ne wo rd , are j o in ed in writin g ac c o r din g ly ; o th er s

a g a 1n ,
1n w h ich th e co n j u n c tio n i s m o r e l o o se ar e w r itte n ,

s e p a r a te ly ; e .
g
5
5 15
E 1 u ta r a - v a u n o r th w in d
-
.
,

30 h r a dh a n i , m a ster of th e h o u se
6 9 g a .

j
i g
! S ex ; m a th é kh au
s-
,
to r tu r er , liter a lly : eat n gi
u
’
l

h ea d
’
one s
84 S EC TION I . T HE F ORMA TION OF TH M S E E .

.5K
3 ; l
un a des a n ika16 ,
b an i sh m e n t .

)
3 k la z y fe llo w ; liter a lly : b r o ken
5 a a e tr u tr 6
r n ; a
-

of h a n ds
“

W e ; L
U ? p an a bh a r u ,
se lfish ; lite r a lly . filli n g o n ese lf .

A p ec u li a r k i n d of mp o u n d i s fo r m e d b y a n a d
co

ec tiv e j o i n e d to su bs ta n ti v e, w h i c h b y th e additi o n
j a

o f th e a
f fix v ar 6 ( se e 10 , 3 ,
b ) i s tu r n e d a
g a n i i n to
a p o ss e s s v e i n o un ; th e a d ec t v e
j i mu st in th i s c ase a
g r ee

w ith i ts su bs ta n tiv e in g en der , nu mb e r an d c a se . Su ch

co mp o u n ds are , as fa r as th e ir s ig n ific a tio n i s c on c er n e d ,

Bah u vri h is ,
bu t a cco rd n i g to th e i r c o mp o s iti o n T at

p ur u sa s ; fo r th e la tte r r ea so n w e h a v e in s er te d th em
i n th i s p l a c e ; as :

i bi é desa v ar 6 , fo r e ig n er m o f a n o th er
'

” E n n
s
. is a ( aa n

c o u n tr y) .

tikh i a -
s u r tev ar 6 ,
a ma n o f sh a r p un der

s ta n d n g i .

/
“ m an l
I f

ly e-,a c a ne h of ood
” .
as p a a v a r 6 ,
a
g c o un se .

M o r e p o e ti c a l are co mp o u n ds li k e
L318 do (5 9 5 va i a d dil e data , a mu n ific en t g 1v er (a

g iv er of a
g r ea t h e a r t) .

2 ) So -
ca ll e d D v an d v a s ,
or a
gg re
g a ti o n o f n o u ns .

I n th e s en s e of th e Sa n skr it Gr a mma r th er e a r e n o
D v a n dv a s in Sin dh i . T w o n o u n s a r e fr e qu e n tly j o in e d
in S in dh i e xp r es sin g o n e c o mm o n id e a
,
but g r a m m a ,

t i c a l l y th e y a r e tr ea te d a s tw o s e p a r a te w o r ds In .

S in dh i a s w ell a s i n th e o th er c o g n a te dia le c ts tw o
, ,

n o u n s a r e fr e qu e n tly j o i n e d to g e th e r o f w h i c h th e l a tte r ,

i s w ith o u t a p ro
p er m ea n in g ,
an d o nl y a dd e d to r e n de r

th e so un d m o r e fu ll ; th es e co mp o u nd s ar e ca ll ed a lli
t e r a ti o n s .
86 S EC TION 1 . T HE F RMA TI N OF THEM SO O “

E .

fi xing ; mu kh amu kh i ,
me etin g ; liter a lly : tete La- té te .

W LZ
LQ m u kh amé l 6 mb ly ; liter a lly : fa c e
'

a s se an d

m eetin g .

, lw a y s ; liter a lly : time tim e

‘
v er av é r a a dv .
,
a an d .

‘
3) S o -
ca lle d K a r m a d h ar a y a s ,
or de sc r ipti v e c o m
p o un ds

Th e Sin dh i is now to o S1 mp l e , t o a d m i t o f n e w c o m
p o u n d s of th i s k in d ; th e c o m m o n r u le i s , a s in the

di a l e c ts , th a t th e
“

o th e r j
a d ec t v e i r e c e de s i ts s u b sta n ti v e
p
a n d a r e es w ith th e s a m e i n
g g e n d e r ,
n u m b e r a n d c ase .

S o me r e mn an ts h o w e v er o f o r i g in a l Ka r m a dh ar a ya co m
p o u n d s h a v e b e e n p r e s er v e d in Sin dh i , a n d w h a t is s till
mo r e r e m a r k a b l e , th e S in dhi h a s f o r m e d s o m e s 1mil a r
c o mp o u n d s o ut o f its o wn r e s o ur c es , in w h i ch th e ad

je c tiv e j o i n is
e d t o th e su b sta n t i v e i n i ts O r i in a l
g (el s e ,

n o t o cc u rr in d I b n o te d th t a ll
g) c r u e s t a te t i s to e a .
.
,

c o mp o u nd s o f t h i s d esc r i pti o n a r e w r itte n 1n o ne w o r d ;

(j é
é L f m h me r c h an t , S a n sk: “ET
'

o a aj a nu , a
g r ea t
-

3 a r eat r i
n ce
g p .

i e» m a h a r aj u ,
E r

,
i L YO
é 5 v a da kh aii ,
a g l u tto n (
g r ea t
‘
ea te r ) .

5
"
ao m a th a g h u r 6 , ill -
w i sh i n g .

gj mar th u , b en ev o l en c e
I f ,

_ s u p ara
fi
.

p a r a l6 ku ,
th e o th e r wo r d l .

l
4) S o c a ll e d D v i g
-
us ,
or c o l le c t i v e c o mp o u nd s .

Th i s c l a ss o f c o mp o u n d s , w h i c h i s f o rm e d b y a p e
r

c ed ni g nu mer a l , i s in fr e qu e n t u s e in in dh i ; e g S .
 C O
SE TI N I . O
THE F RMA TI N O F TH MES O E . 87

81 bipa h a r i , mi dda y g co mp o u n d e d of , bi , two

8
-
-

97
A
5

an d
L5 ”; a w atc h of th r ee h o u r s .

bih a r e , a p a i r o f w a ter w h e el s .

i y
1

ca u ma s 6 , fo u r mo n th s
»

a sp a c e of 2 th e ra n

s ea s on .

ca nv at6 , a p l a c e , w h er e fo u r r o a ds m ee t ; li
te r a lly : h a v i n g fo u r r o a ds .

/
Li da st p a nj a sn an i , w a sh i n g of th e fiv e p a r ts of th e
'

b o dy h e a d , tw o h an ds , tw o fee t) .

S g
t —E
LA B L
S
”

b ar a h am asi , a y ea r a tw e lve m o n th .

5 ) Th e so -
ca lled B ah uv r ih1 s ,
or r e la ti v e c o m
p o un ds
T h is l
c a ss of m p o u n ds , d e n o tin g p o s s s e s s i o n o r
co

re l at i o n ,
w h ic h a g a in c o m p r i s e s a l l th e fo u r p r e c e din g
l
c as s es ,
by ch an i
j i
g gn i s s till v e r y
th em in to a d ec t ves ,

nu m er o u s i n Sin dh i ; fo r e ith er o r i g in a l B a h u v r i hi c o m
o d b o r r o w e d di r e c tly fr o m th e S a n s kr i t ; o r n e w
p u n s a r e

c o mp o u n ds a r e fo r m e d a c c o r di n g to th e s a m e p r i n c i p l e s ,

w h i c h a r e l a i d do w n i n S a n s kri t T h e fin a l n o u n r e .

c eiv e s n er a lly th e dj e c ti v a l a ffix O

g e a (
see 1 0 ;
in su c h co mp o u n d s , as are ta k e n dir e c tly fr o m th e Pe r
sia n ,
th e fin al n o un m ay re m a in un ch an
g ed ,
its l i
r e at ve

s ig n ifica tio n h a v i n g b e en fixe d l

a r ea d y in P e r s ia n .

) B h i h i fo r m a t i o f r o m T a t p u r u sa
’

a a u v r n s

c o mpo un ds .

r ata -
v ara n 6 ,
h a v m g th e c o o ur l of blo o d .

--i--x
j G é ; m a th a mu h 6 , h a u h ty ; fr o m
g
-
”
gm; to p , an d N w
e
,
é m b) m o u th .

p et ar th i , g l u tto n ; fr o m Sa m p etu ,
b ell y , l an d

1 a r th i h a v in g n o bj e ct ; h a v i n g th e b elly fo r
£5
0
9 , a

’
o ne s O b e ct
j .
88 SE TI N I C O . O
THE F RMA TI N OF THE M S O E .

b) Bahuvr ih i fo r m a ti o ns f r o m K a r m adh a r a y a
c o mp o u n ds .

31 0
5 5 5 va da v at6 , lo qu a c 1o u s ;
'

lite r ally : h av in g a b ig
mo u th .

h a n a b ij 6 , h a v m m h s e ed
g g u c
-
.

h a v m g li ttl e de l a y qu i c k
5 3 3 th 6 r a v 6 ra m6
-
5 5 6
10 z :
35 .

an d ; safu -
dil e , h a v m g a p u r e h ea r t ; Pe r s .

dhi$/ 5 ; i
x x alu j
u s-
o y fu l ; P ers ,
.

)
c B a h u v r i h i fo rm a t o n s i fr o m Dvig u co mp o u n ds .

do o r s
f r

55 0
5
; c a u da 1 6 ,
h av in g fo u r .

bim a n 6 , c o n ta n n g i i tw o m a u n d s .

bar a h amah 6 ,
yea r ly c o n ta n n g i i tw elve
m o n th s .

B a h ii v r i h i f o r m a t i o fr o m m p o u nd s ,
'

01 ) s u ch
'

n s co

ded by dverb o r r ef ix
as are p r e c e an a p .

s a p u tr 6 ,
h a v in g a so n .

t
,

O w ns
“
su c e u ,
a tte n t v e i .

ku ma ty6 , di sh o n e st .

C h a p te r VI .

G en d er o f n o un s .

§ s 13 .

I t h a s b ee n s ta te d alr e a dy , th a t th e Sin dh i h as l o st
th e N e u t e r mo st o f ,
th e or ig in a l n eu ter n o un s h a vi n g
a s s u me d a m asc u lin e ,
a les s nu mb e r th e fe min in e ter
m in a ti o n . The g en de r of a Sin dh i noun is
“

ea s ily re

co
g n z ab e i l ,
as e ver y n o un mu s t en d in a v o we l; so me
90 E
S CTI N I O O
T HE F RMA TI N O F T H M S O E E

‘
. .

7
5 au ,
f
.
,
s limy e xc r e m en t , o r1g 1n un kn o w n
ba bu ru , f ,
th e a c ac a i tr e e ; Sa n sk HHI .
,
m . Hin di

'
_gj
f
b a r kh u , f , . s h o r ten e d
” O
fr o m En
éf
} : b ar kh a ta , b les

A Sin dh i k
z

s in g ( r a b f ; in h a s b ee n i
a s p r a te d
f
. cu

b y th e in flu en c e of r ) p r o n o u n c e d as a
g oo d o m en
in b eg in n in g to co unt one
’

b in du , f .
,
se m en v r i i l e ; S a n sk .
i g '
,
_
m .
, Hin di

Jég w b h asu , f .
,
ash e s ; S a n sk “E a n ; Hi n di HQ .
,
.
,
m .

p a ru ,
f .
,
l a st y e a r ; S a n sk WEE a dv .
,
.

i; th e d a y o f th e fu ll m o o n ; a l s o
s
pfi na u -
f .

p un a e ; -
S a n sk H . n

taku , f a l ea th er n l ; o r ig in u n kn o w n
G
J .
,
v es se .

w ir e ; S a n s k 3 m ; Hin di
3
ta n du f th r e a d , 3 . .
,
.
, ,

th a ru ,
f .
,
c r ea m ; or i g in kn o w n un .

f w o man milk ; S a n s k E H m Hi n di
’
th a nu . s .
,
.
;

J " tr a k u f th e Sp i n dl e o f a s p n n in
i g w h e e ; l Sa n sk
J
.
, ,
.

it
i
Hffi; in

l ace
Sin dh i
th e
h a s b e en p u sh e d fo r w a r d ,
r

m o r e e asi ly in c o n j u n c ti o n w ith
to ke e p
th e
s p
c er e br a l ; se e I n tr o d . a .

l a fter b ir th T o w o r d s h a v e b e en
'

eech f w
j?
“
j aru ,
.
, ,
.

a p a r e n tly m el te d in to o ne l eech c o r r e s o n ds
p
p .
,
3

to th e Hin dus tan i 7 5 z a lu (pr o p er ly P e r s i a n ) w h i c h

5 ~
,

h a s s p r u n g fr o m th e S an skr it
W 3 51 ; t h e fin a l syl ~

l a bl e k a h a s a s el s ew h er e b een c a s t o ff b u t th e , , ,

) 1

o r i g in a l ge n d er r e ta i n e d a fter b i r th h a s b een .
,
 S EC TION I . T HE F RMA TI N O F TH MES O O E . 91

s h o r ten e d fr o m th e S a n sk . m .
,
Hin dustan i
“
j er G
( r e e k : yfip ag ) In Hin dustan i th e g en de r
f ?
.

cf » see ms to be d o u b tful Sh a k e s p e a r i s
fo r
J
,

sil e n t a b o u t it ; in H i n d i it i s c o n si d er e d m a s c u li n e

(T h o m p s o n Hi n di D i c ti o n a r y) ,
.

j in du f li fe ; b o r r o w e d fr o m
,
.
,
th e Pa n j abi ,
w h er e

it is likew ise fem .

e
li n g kn o w n
,

J a u-
,
f
.
, se a -
w ax; or ig i n un .

3 ; 14g j a u kh ar u ,
f .
,
a sa lt ,
u s ed in m e di c in e ; co m

p o u n d e d of
j ;
b a r l ey , a nd
SLéf , w h i c h s ee .

dg ; u
j hil u ,
f .
,
na me of a p l a n t I
( n di g o fe r a p a u c iflo r a ) ;
or i g in un kn o w n .

vc u f or : o l pu l
si en c e ta ken fr o m th e
w p u ,
.
, u ;
, ;

Hi n di ,
in w h i c h it i s fe m .

d? cilu , f .
,
na me of a v e g e ta b e ; l or i g in un kn o w n .

13
ller s kn o w n
,

w e 1g h t ;
’
f
v

ca u -
a J e w e o ri g 1n un
7? , ,
. .

th em
,
Lee ,
f .
,
a sh e s ; o r i g i n a ll y i de n ti c a l w ith
S Léj ,

S a n sk a n .
.

W
e

Jug ;ch ilu f ,

.
,
b a r k , p e el ; S a n sk . or W }; th e

o r i g i n a l fe m . ter mi n a ti o n i (i ) h a s b e en l o st i n th i s

n o un ,
b u t th e g e n der r e ta i n e d ; b e s i de s l
( eg ; th e

fo r m Jg u ; is a so l m u se .

ci z u ,
f .
,
thi n g ; tak e n fr o m th e - Hin dustan i (P er
s ani ) w h er e it i s fem .

mg
fl

9 w
$ dh atu , f .
,
ro o t; m eta l . S a n sk .
,
m; . Hin di
HIE or mg ,
m .
,
bu t u s ed as fem . in th e -

s e n se of

se m en v ri e i l .

. fbo o da dh u , f , . r n i g w o rm ; S an sk Hi .
,
m .
;
-

Hi n di
\ 5
92 SE TI N I C O . THE F RMA TI N O F T H M S O O E E .

w
. sar a u -
,
fem ,
au tu m n ,
Sa n sk .

m ,
fe m ,
Hin di

fiHL lly a lso

’

. sada s u g an dh u ,
f .
(o ccas o n a i p e r fu me ,
S a n sk .

g m ,
m .
,
Hin di
gm ,

5k i
s n dh u f th e c o un tr y of Sin dh ; th e I n du s ;

m m
,
.
,

\
S a n sk m ; Hin di . m ,
.

0
7
.

l
o
ka tu f r u st (o c c as 1o n a lly a ls o o r 1 g 1n u n k n o w n
0

, ,
. .

J ? » k a su f v er di g r i s ; o r i g i n u n k n o w n
,
.
,
.

L3 kh ar u W
3 f
-
p o t a s h ; S a n s k I m,
n ; H i
. n di
,
.
,
.
,
.

t l II , m
i .

ke Hin di IQQI
'
kh ar u f (a l s o ,
. ma s c . o il ca , ,
f, .

Sa n sk {i a n .
,

)
A i éf kh a n dr u , f .
,
su
g ar ,
S a n sk .
m ,
m .
; Hin di

H
Q

; g aru ,
f .
,
th e m a n g e ; S an s k . H
I T\9 , f
t .

Hg a r u
E f th e p ul p o f any fi u it ; S a n sk HH , m

E
, ,
. . .

H g a mu l kn o w n
: ,
f .
,
na me of a wi d g r a ss ; or ig i n un .

c) i g au ,
f
.
,
COW ; S a n sk .
T
H ,
f ; . Hin di HR “

,
E

i!
” l i m u ,
f . Th e ni mb tr e e ; th e sa me as
F
e ,
w h ic h -
s ee .

la u , dev o ti o n , lo v e ; Sa n s k E H .
,
m .
; Hin di

HQ n ; Hi n di HQ f
.

” m ar u , f c er u m e n ; S a n s k
J ,
. .
,
.
,
.

‘
M m a su f . l uk; Sa n sk HE f ; Hin di HfHo r HEfl
.
'
,
.

"H
_Gfl o m ikh u ,
f , marr o w ;
. Sa n sk .
FIE ,
l n di W T ,
f .

Jy ;om a i l u ,
f . dir t ; s ee
r
e
, w ith w h i c h it i s iden tic a l .
94 S ECTION I . THE F ORMA TIO N O F THEM S E .

m i n i n e s , b e c a u s e th eir fin a l u i s n o t su bj e c t to in
“ ’

fl exi o n ; th e sa m e m ay b e s ta te d o f s o m e D v a n d v a s ,
w hi c h c o n si st p r o p er ly o f tw o I m p e r a t i v e s , e n di n g i n
a r e l i k ew i s e
° ’
u , a n d w h ic h tr e a te d a s femin in es , b ein g
e xemp t fr o m th e l a w s o f in fl e xi o n .

! f co m n i o in g Im
5 a cu v anu g g ( p e r )
6 C
, ,
. .

5 g . . > jh a u jh au ,
f .
, g ru mb li n g i
( mi ta ti v e s o un d ) .

£ 4 9 4

5 4> ca u -
ca u -
f"
7 7 , ,
ta lkin g
v a tu f
55 ca u -
3 ;
, ,
.
,

ta u ta u ,
f .
, g abb lin g (imitativ e so un d ) .

6
; .
35 v a th u p u u j ,
f .
,
h urry
e tc . e tc . e tc .

2) T h e te r m i n a ti o n u .

T h e ter min a ti o n i s g en er a lly m a s c u l i n e ; th er e

u

ar e h o w ev e r so me e xc e p ti o n s , th e g ende r o f w hi c h
is re
g u a te dl e ith e r b y o r ig in a l S a n skr it u sa g e , o r b y ”

th e p r a c t c e i of th e co
g n a te dia l e c ts . Th e i m i t a ti v e
‘
s o u n ds ,
en d n
g i in u or ii , ar e a ll tr ea te d , on a c c o un t

o f th e ir in fl exib ility , x
as fe m i n in e . Su ch e xc e p t o n s a r e : i

;f l
af bir u , f .
( l a so a
S T
f
h o n o u r ; Hin dustan i

,
.
( )
P e r s

”5 .3 L au ,
f .
, p r 1 de
g ,
e o t sm i ; i d e n ti c a l wi th th e I p e r .

so n a l p ro n o un o f th e , Si n g J (P a nj ab i : h a u ,
.

bh u, f .
,
e a r th ( l a so : b h u e) ; S a n sk . H, f

ta r u , f fin e co rd of m e l s ha i r ( ro o t :
’
.
,
a ca

to p a s s th r o u g h ) .

t9 5 > j
u ,
f .
,
l o u se (a l so : 3 ; j ua ) ; Hin di 1
5 ,
f .
,
Sa n sk .

v5
21 ; . ca maJu , f .
,
a kin d of lo u se ,
a dh er n g i to th e

s kin (g ) .
 S EC TI ON I . THE F ORMA TI ON O F THE ME S . 95

i f imita tive s o un d ; th e h um of
‘

r ii ri a
u» w) ,
.
,

s p innin g w heel .

ku ku , f
-
.
,
imi t a ti v e s o un d , b y w hi c h a do g is
ca lle d .

,
l
i}? g au ,
f .
,
cow ; th e sa me as
6
7
°

; lii , f s ma ll h air th e li mb s ( l g l lua

);
m
on a so : a
v}
.
,

S a n sk a .
,
n .
; Hi n di m .

v a hu f ,
.
, da u g ht er in l aw ; - -
S an sk 3 g Hi n di Hg
.
, .

8) Th e t e r m in a tio n a .

Th e t er min a tio n a co mp r i se s , a c c o r din

g t o i ts o ri g in ,

as we h a ve s e en ,
m o s tly f e m i n i n e n o un s ; th er e ar e

h o w e v er a few ma sc u lin e n o un s ,
e n di n g in a, th e

g e n d er of w hi c h i s , in m o s t c a ses ,
l
a r ea d y
fix e d b y th e
s i g nific a ti o n of th e n o un i tse lf , or b y th e la n g u a g e ,
fr o m w hi c h th e n o un in qu estio n is t a k en ; su c h ex

c ep ti o n s are

Lg
; ra ja , p r in c e ; S a n sk . N o m (Ti n, m
. .

3535 1a1a , m a s t er ; l o r d ; Hi n di E TW .

"
Q
[3 3
5 ka r t a a r ) ; S a n sk
-
,
th e a en t (
g in
g r a m m . N o m BET .
.

LIST atm a , s o ul ; S a n sk . N o m 33 1W .
,

Q JQ LQ m ax
fil ia , m e l a n c h o ly , A rab ; Hin dustan i , m a s c .

deva t a , D eity ; H in di f; . S a n skrit

33 m ,
f .

4) T h e t e r m in a t i o n 1 .

Th e t ermi n a ti o n i i s a s s t a te d a lr e a dy divi de d ,

b e tw e en m a s c u l i n e a n d f e m i n i n e n o un s y e t s o th a t , ,

th e f e m i n i n e p r eva il c o n si der a b ly in n u mb er A ll n o u n s .

d en o tin g a m a l e b e in g ( m a n o r b e a s t) a r e o f c o ur s e
m a s c u l i n e w h er e a s n o u ns
, d en o tin g a f e m a l e b ein g , ,

i n a n i m a t e o bj e c t s o r a b s t r a c t q u a l i t i e s a r e f e m i
96 S ECTION I . T HE F ORMA TION OF TH M S E E .

n in e; trar y
co n to th is g e n er a l ru e l th e fo llo w mg n o un s

a re m a s c u li n e

S57 9
asir i ,
a la r g e kin d of t a m a r i sk tr e e .

6
3
3 M B b an dhi , a lo g of wo o d flo a tin g i n th e ri ve r .

b u n di ,
th e m u z z l e of a
g un -
b a r r el .

Sf x g éé bh a ca ti , na me of a
p l a n t D
( e s m o c h a eta la p

p a c e a ) .

S
t;
g p ,
aki r az o r
‘
b
(y th e H i n dus u sed as fe m ) .

6
.;
L
3 p an i , w a t er .

(S a
x; p a khi ,
b ir d .

6 254 5 th u di , th e l o w e r s t a lk of a p l an t .

6 gg t i ki ,
a ca ke .

fi
é
‘ ch a thi , l ig i o u s m o n y , p e r fo r me d
“

a re c er e on
fi
' b
s

th e si x th da y a f er t hil dbir th
‘
c .

6 3 a d ag i , a thic k s tic k .

9 dh a r i , a c o o ur ed l e dg e to a l th
c o .

3 v
(45 S HI J a mu kh i , su n flo w e r .

S i
? k
d -1
u n dal i h o ro sc o pe ,
.
x

Léf g h ar i a s tr ip e le ft u n fin i s hed
S§)
' ,
.

5 /
4
n g h i ti a la n e ,
a lley .

£5555 l adi ,
th e r o pes of a bo at .

O )

mu st a r i , th e p l a n e t J u pi ter
I

6 M
.

6
9 5i}; m u n dh i , h ea d .

m 6 ti , p ea r l .

” v a s ti c k w
S i ; an g i ith ,
ro
p e s ha n g in g f o t to

c ar r y w a t e r p o t s e tc ,
.
98
-
S ECTION I . THE F ORMA TION O F TH M S E E .

p o u n ds ,
in w hi c h fin a l i ()
63 m ay be p r e s e r ve d (s e e
12 ,
5 . as :

Jlc
i s afu dile , a s in c e r e ma n s h a v in g a p u r e he a r t .

a d ho a d -
h e ha lf S h a r er
,
-
h a vin g h a l f a n d h a lf .

C h a p t e r VII .

F o r m a ti o n of th e F e m i n i n e f r o m m a s c u li n e b a s e s .

Th e fo r m a tio n of th e f e m i ni n e fr o m m a s c . n o un s
‘
r ees i n th e m a i n w ith
S a n s kri t a n d P r akr it u sa g e I
a
g n .

s o m e in s t a n c e s fe min i n e d e r iva ti v e s h a v e b ee n t a k e n dir ec tly

fr o m th e S a n skr it o r P r akr it su bj e ct o f c o u r s e to th e
'

, ,

p e c u liar a s si mila tin g p r o c e ss of th e Sin dhi ,

as ; r an i ,

qu e en San sk Tri ll (s e e : “
I n tr o d Su c h li ke
mk
, . . .

fo r m a ti o n s w e s ha ll p a s s by m th e fo llo wi n g re ar s

an d on ly atten d to th e la w s s till Sin dhi c u rr e n t in .

Th e Sin dhi p o s ses se s i n s o m e c a s e s s e p a r a t e w o r ds ,

to e xp r e s s th e i d e a o f th e fe min in e s o t h a t th e p r o c ess ,

d er ivin g th e femi n in e fr o m th e m a s c
}
of . ba s e i s s u p er

s e de d Th e s e in sta n c e s h o w e ver a r e r e s tr ic t ed to n o u n s ,
.

im p lyin g r e l a t i o n s h i p an d th e n a m e s o f th e c om
,

m o n e s t d o m e s t i c a n i m a l s w h e re th e la n g u a g e h a s
‘
, ,

p r e fe r r ed to c r e a t e s e p a r a t e w or d s i n s t e a d o f d er i vi n
g ,

th em fr o m th e c o rr e sp o n din g m a s c b a se ; a s .

M bhen a , s is e r t ; Lg » b h au , b r o th e r
. .

dh i a , or dh iu , 55,3 p u tr u , so n
J
. .

d a ug ht e r ;

a t; m au , m o ther ; p i u , fa th e r .

v a hu , d a u g ht e r -
i n —
la w ;
57 1; J a tr o , so n -
in la w -
.

daci , a fe ma l e ca mel ; dag h o, a ma l e ca mel .

 S ECTION I
“

. THE F ORMA TION O F TH M S E E .

,
£ 4

9
g a u -
,
co w ; ch ic) d a n du , OX .

0 a
fe ma l e b u f Lw m a l e bu ffa l o
z

g
'
w" m ehe , a sanu ,
a .

fa l o
Fr o m o th er m a sc . b a se s th e Sin dhi fo r m s re
g l ly
u ar

a femi n in e , as fa r as this is a dmi s sib l e ; so me n o un s are

o n ly _
e xta n t i n th e f e m i n i n e ,
th e m a sc u lin e b ein g o ut

o f p la c e or ha vin g di s a p p ea r e d fr o m th e l an g u a g e .

1) F o r m a tio n o f th e F e m 1 n 1 n e fr o m m a s c .

t ’
n o un s in u .

Fr o m b s t a n ti v e s en din
‘
u
’
th e Sin dhi fo r m s
su g in

th e Fe min in e b y c h a n g in g
“ ’
u i n to i or i with a d
c t i v e s t h e t e r m i n a ti o n
‘ m
’
b e O p ti o n a lly
j e 1
()
e o r a a y
s u b s t a n ti v e s th e u se
‘

u s ed . In th e c a se of th e of th e te r
m i n a t io n is m o r e so m e
“ ’
i or i () e or les s op ti o n a l ,
b u t in _

of th em one or th e o th er is p r e fe r r e d .

e g g . ch oka r i ,

g i r l fr o m {
j 6
--5
y
~
c h o ka r u bo y
ch o ka r e
,
) ,

4
3 3? g dah e ,
a j en n y -
a ss , fr o m g dah a
u , jack -
a ss .

0 , 0 /
fr o m
,

p a r e
t w a s h er w o m a n Q9 p a r t u w a sh er m a n
}?
.
, , ,

dhi r a or um) dh i r e , fir m , fr o m dh i r u ,
r
ad j . m .

B e side s this co mm o n fo r m a ti o n of th e femi n in e an o th er

m etho d of fo r mi n g th e sa m e b y m ea n s of th e a ffixes u i,

n i , an i , a1n 1 h o w ev er o n ly a dde d
,
1s m u se ,
w hi c h are

to n o u n s d e n o tin g h u m a n b ein g s c a st e s o c c u p a ti o ns e tc , ,
.

v e r y r a r ely to n a m e s o f a n im a ls o r to a dj e c tive s .

A ll th e s e a ffixe s c o r r e sp o n d to th e S a n sk a ffix 33 17- 3

“

1 .

( 2 74 s ee Bo p
p C
,
o m p .
a r G r a m a s ; , m } .

m
th e w ife O f I n dr a e tc I n S in dhi th e o r i g 1n a l a ffix an i .

(w i th c h a n e o f th e d e n t a l to
g th e c e r e b r a l ) h a s e i th e r

b e en p r e s e r v e d or a ( s e e B o pp su b lo c o ) h a s a g a 1n
,

G 2
'
L ot C
. .
100 S EC TION I . THE FOR MA TION O F TH M S E E .

b een c as nd o n ly ni (n e) a dde d A ll th e s e
t o ut , a . a ffixe s

ar e j o in e d to th e femin i n e t er min a ti o n (i , s el do m to a ) ,
as :

>
j a tl n e
0 9 ,

t mi
"

3a
th e W 1fe
‘
of a Lu z . J at .

(5 3m; d a’t y

a fema le s in g er ; m a sc . no t in u se .

—
;
L bar o c an i , th e w ife ( fe m a l e) of
v

or
6 3 5
.

or B e lu c h .

m
0 ' g

s 1h a n e 11 o n e ss , fr o m hon
v M
“

, .
QXA JO s u ,
.

c h u ti n e ,

Ch
Q

t s w if t fr o m é 7é c h ii tu ad m
.
, > , j . .

2) Fo r matio n o f t h e F e mi n i n e fr o m m a s c u l i n e
no un s in O .

Fr o m m a s c . n o u n s e n di n g ln 0 th e femin in e is fo r md e

b y c h an g in g o in t o i as

h o ri fe ma le Or ph fr o m é h Or O,
”J
~

c a a n , ug
, ?
o rp h an m ,
.

6 27 ? 5
85 711 a s a l v e- g irl , fr o m
5;
3 g Ol O ,
a s a l ve m .

B e side s this femi n in e t er min a tio n th e a ffixe s ni

,
n i,

an i ,
al ni are a so l in u se w ith n o u n s d e n o t in g c a s te ,

t r a de or o cc up a t i o n ,
as

Gi f f “) la n g h in i ,
-

th e w ife
la n g h O Or dr u mm er
( or fe ma l e) of a

b
(y
m
t )
cas e
I‘
SL Q la n g h ya m
.

LS G

1 ) A fter a P a la ta l s ho r t i is fr e qu en tly c as t o u t .
 S ECTI ON I . THE F ORMA TION OF TH M S E E .

ma s c ter min atio n to

. th e fe min in e , or by a ddin
g o ne . of the
a b o ve m e ti o n e d fe m
-
n . a ffixe s .

T h e H i n di an d H i n d us t an i pp a ro ac h th e S in dhi v y er

l
c o se ly in this r es
p ec t ; they fo r m th e fe min in e e ithe r by sub

s titu tin g th e fe min i n e ter min ati o n i ,

as
GS)
! la kir
, g irl
,
fro m

3 larka
9 , ,
bo y ,
/0 ’
b r ah ma m , th e w ife ( or fe m ale) Of a

B r ahma n , fr o m M i » br ahm a n ; or by a d din g o ne o f th e af

l
fixe s a n , in , ani ,
to th e ma s c . ba se , as .

U)
“ s u n ar a n ( or

s u n a r in ), th e w ife of a LIM sun a r , g o ldsmith ; s e r ni a

)
.
,

li o n e s s f o m ,
r ser , a lio n ;
S aw m e h ta r ani ,
th e w ife

d a u hte r f mehta r ,
( g ) o a or s w e ep e r .

The s ame l a w h o lds g o o d l n G u j a r a ti ; eith e r th e fe mi n in e

fl
-
te r m in a ti o n i i s Su b stitu te d fo r th e m a s c ul in e , a s ail{ a fe

m al e d o g fr
‘ ma le do g th e fe min in e af fixe s
, aj fi a ,
or

m m
} or
“

5 mm
a fe m a le c a mel
a dd e d to th e ma s c b a s e , . as
m
a tig r e s s fr o m HTS ! tig er ; fr o m E
a :

m
, ,

a ma l e c a m el ;
m} m i st ess fro m
W} l o rd r
,
.

T h e fo mati o n o f th e fe min in e i s qu ite a n a lo g o u s in th e

r

P a j a b i ; fo r th e m a s c ter min a tio n i s e ithe cha n g e d t o th e fe

n . r

m i n in e a s g h o ,
a ma e : fr o m g h o a a stallio n
r1, o th e fe r
,
r , ,
r

min i n e af fixe s an , ni , an i a re a dd g d t o th e m a s c . ba s e , as

k li
“

u s ka
l a n , a l
s a n de r o u s w o man ,
fr o m u s a ,
a l
s a n de ro u s ma n ;
fitn i ,
a fe mal e c a me , l fr o m li t, a m ale c a me l; mu g a l an i , th e

w i fe ( or d a u g h t e r) Of a mu g a l
‘(q
.

The M thi fo r ms th e f e m i n i n e fr o m in u i es
’
ar a n o un s a

c en t) or a by s u bs titu ti n
g th e fe m . ter min atio n i ,
as
Wl v 7

g irl
,
fr o m
‘
m
bo y ;
a } ,
a sl a v
g ir l , fr o m
e
QR a s a e ;
in n o un s e n dl n n a ,
th e San s k . fe m ter min atio n
. a is o cca

s i o n a lly to b e m e t w ith ,
l
e a $1 c t as : S or h e w ife Of a
23 .

B e si d e s the s e t w o fe m t er m in ati o n s th e a ffix i n or i n 18 to be

‘
.

fo u n d in n o u n s e n din g i n a (qu i e s c e nt) o r i a s tig r e s s

’

m
,

‘
fr o m HTS ] tig e r m
‘
tfi a s in ful w o m a n fr o m
, q , , a Si n ne r ;

fl T- T
l
-
fi
mistr e s s , fr o m z1 q m a s te r .
 S ECTION I. T HE F ORMA TI ON O F THEME S .
10 3

The B an
g ali t
s a n ds n e ares t to th e k
S a n s r it w ith r eg a r d
to th e fo r m a ti o n o f th e fe min in e ; i t s u bstitu te s th e fe m t er .

min a tio n s a o r i fo r tho s e o f th e m a s c ulin e ,

as : ta n y a
,
d a u
g ht e r
,

fr o m t a n y a , s o n ; p u t t r i , da u g hte r , fr o m p u tt r a , s o n A d
‘
.

j e c tiv e s o r n o u n s o f a g e n c y, e n din g i n ka ( a b e in
g q u ie s c e n t
’

)
fo r m th e ir fe min in e a lw a ys in ka , a s : k
ar i a , d o in g , fr o m k
k k
a r a , m , g a y a k a , a fe m a le s in g e r , fr o m g a y a , a m a le
. k
s in g e r . N o u n s in i in ) fo r m th e ir fe min in e b y th e a ffix n i ,
as : h a t t i n i , a fe m a le e l e p ha n t , fr o m h a tti , a m a le elep h a n t ;
like w is e p a t ni , m i str es s , fr o m p a ti ,
m a st e r A ls o th e u se o f
.

th e a ffix an i m or a i s s tr ic tly in
a c c o r d an c e w ith S a n s r it
”

k
r a c tic e , a s : a c a r a n i , th e w ife o f a n a é a r
p y y a .

W e fin d th u s , tha t a ll t h e n o rth I n di a n e rn a c ula rs o f S a n

‘ -
v
s kr it o rig in ful ly a g r e e i n th e fo r m atio n o f th e fe min in e .
 04 S ECTI ON II . THE IN FL EXI ON OF NO UNS .

SECTION II .

THE I NFLEX I ON or NOUNS .

C h apte r 1 111
7 .

1 . F o r m a ti o n o f th e P l u r a l .

15 .

c Th e c r u de fo r mf
Sin dhi n o u n i s a lw a ys i deno a

tic a l w ith its N o m i n a t i v e S i n g u l a r th e N o min a ti v e ,

Sin g u la r h a vin g n o l o n g er a c a se sig n i n a n y o f th e -

m o de r n A r i a n t o n g u e s .

T h e S in dhi p o s se s s e s n o d e f i n i t e o r i n d e f i n i t e
a r ti c le a s li ttl e a s th e S a n s kr i t o r th e P r akr i t ; i f th e
,

o n e or th e o th er is to b e ex r e s s e d fo r di s tin c t ne s s s a ke
’

p ,

a d e m o n s t r a ti v e o r in d e fin it e r th e n u m e r a l
p ro n o un
(o

u
“ ”
o n e ) is
p l a c e d b e fo r e a n o n Th er e i s no l o n
g e r a .

D u a l in Sin dhi n eith er in P ali n o r P r akr it n o r in a n y

, ,

o f th e m o d e r n S a n s kr iti c a l t o n u e s ; w e h a ve th e r e fo r
g e

o n ly to d es crib e th e fo r ma ti o n o f th e P l u r a l ( N o mi n a
tive) a c c o r din g to th e r e sp e c tiy e t er min a ti o n s o f n o u n s
, .

1) N o u n s en dl n g 1n u .

No un s h a ve st a t ed a lr e a dy
ndi n g i n
U

e u ar e , as we ,

fo r th e g r e a t e s t p a r t m a s c u l i n e a fe w o f th e m o n ly ,

b e in g f e m i n i n e A c c o r di n g to th ei r r e sp e c ti v e g e n der
.

th e P lu r a l i s fo r m e d a s fo ll o w s ,

a ) P l u r a l o f m a s c u li n e n o u ns en din g i n ii

Th es e n o un s fo r m th eir P lu r a l by c ha n g in g ii in to

a ,
as : khub u a w el l P l u r khuha w e lls ;
, ,
.
,

v P v ‘
35
’
h u sb a n d l I f fin a l u b e p r e c e d e d
)5
a ru ,
ur ar a ,
. .

b y sh o r t a a e u p h o n i c v i s i n s e r t e d i n th e P lu r a l a s
t ’
:
, ,

i w e e d P lu r
5; r a va
“ ’

; ra u w e e ds B u t if fin a l u b e
-
.
, ,
.
,
 S EC TI ON II . THE INFL EXION OF NO UN S .

w bh e n u , S i s er t ( or :
W bh e n a ) ; P lu r .

(”
M
y
b h e na r u
bh en u or
M ,

f
v e e b h e n ar u , s i s e rs t .

A ; m a u , m o th er ; Plu r .

(”
l/o m au , or: m a 1r u ,
Lo m a i ru , m o th er s .

dhin m) dh ia ) , da u g ht e r ; P lu r dhi ii ,
égs o
fi
( or :
g .

or A DBO dh i ar u , dh iar u da u g ht e r s
)
.
,
.

é
’

; nu hu (o r : _és nu ha ) ,
da u g ht e r -
in la w ;-
P lu r .

nu hu or :
e ) un ha r a n uh ar u da u g ht er s
r , ,
.

i h la w
-
.

I n th el e vellin g p r o c e s s o f de c o mpo sition th e s e fem .

n o u n s h a ve a do p t e d th e s a m e a ffrx a r a (or fo r eu p h o n y s
‘ ’
-

s a k e : ir a ) , a s th e ir r e g u l a r P l u r a l s o f m a s c n o un s an d .
,

a s fe min i n es th e y h a v e l e n g th en e d th e s a m e a l s o to a r ii .

A n n o ta ti o n I n P a l i fe m n o un s e n din i r e ma in e ithe r
. .
g n 11

unc ha n g e d in t h e P l u r a l , as : yag u , s a c rific e , P lu r y ag u , o r 0 .

h S an sk P lu r al a ffix 33 1 is dde d to them th in s erte d

(t e

‘
.

1 ) a
(w i
e u p h o n ic y )
’
as :
y g
a u
yo ; th e latter is a sol th e case in P r a k it,
r

b a h u , w e , P lu r b a h u o , o r th e a ffix 0 m a y b e a g ain sh o r
‘
if
‘
as : .

"
ten e d to u a s : b a h u u I n S in dhi this P lur a l a ffix u h a s b e en
’

‘
.

c o n tr a c te d w ith fin a l () i t d h a me time n a s a
’
u u n o u ,
a n a t t e s

liz e d :

2) N o uns en din g in o 5
()
The se th eir Plu r a l h a n g in g fi n a l
'

fo r m by c in to a

as :
5 31593 va h
d ,e a c a r p en er t ,
P lu r .

"
tobo ,
a

diver , P lu r .t oba, dive r s . I f fin a l a b e n a sa liz ed ,

w hi c h i s fr e qu en tly th e c as e ,
th e n a sa l is a sol p r e se r ve d
i n th e P lu r a l ,
as :
0 5 coth o , th e fo u r th , P lu r .

U éP
L J

coth a
‘
.

’
I f fin a l 6 b e p r ec e de d b y sho r t a (
o r n a sa liz e d : a) ,

a eu p h o n i c v i s in s e r t e d b e t w e en th e m in th e Plu r a l ,
as

5 56 ta o , a p an ; P l ur l} ta va . ; , p a ns ; u ? “ nao ,
n ew ;
,

P lu r va ;
1 0

. na b u t if fin a l 0 b e pr e c e de d b y a ny o th er
 S EC TION II . T HE IN FL EXION OF NO UNS . 10 7

vo w el ,
th e 1 n s e r t1 0 n o f v 1 s O p ti o n a l a s :
j i f ku 6 , m o u se ,
) ,
5
if ku v a ; 5 P lu r
I
”
Plu r L5 ku a m eo fish e r ma n ,
D
. or: M »
,
.

LM ao me a or: tr u e m e va ; 53 Lgf g h a 6 ,
-
a fish -
n et ,
Pl u r .

[j ig g ha a -
or : tn f g h av a .

W e ha ve r e p e a t e dly a d ve r t e d to th e fa c t , th a t th e
P r akr it ter min a tio n 6 h a s in Sin dhi ei th er b e en s ho r
t e n e d to t lt er e d ; th e fo rm a ti o n
t ’
u ,
or r e a in e d una of th e
P lu r a l o f th e la tter d e s c r ip ti o n o f n o un s is qu i t e in ao

6 0 r da n c e wi th P r akr it us a
g e S i
( g n . 6, P lu r . a) .

A n n o ta ti o n
g d i o m s th e
. m I n th e
asc t er m in a ti on co na e t I .

a h a s b e en s u b s titu te d in s te a d o f 6 I n H i n di , H in dus tani , .

M a r athi a n d P a n j abi ma s c n o u n s e n din g in a c o mmo n ly c ha n g e .

th e s a m e i n th e P lu r al to 6 , a P lu r a l t e r min ati o n , w h i c h i s
a lr e a dy i n u s e in th e in fe r i o r o l d P r a r it dia l e c ts
(s e e : L a ss e n
,
k
I n s tit L in g P r a p . . k
T h e G uj a r ati diffe r s i n th is r e sp e c t,
. .

a s m a s c n o u n s e n din i n 6 a dd t o th e P lu r a l t e r min a ti o n a th e
"

g .

a ffix 6
,
a s : ch 6 ka r 6
,
a b o
y , P l u r ch 6 a r a-
6 ; a s i mil a r f o r m a ti o n . k
o f th e P lu r a l i s a lr e a dy a s c r ib e d t o th e M ag a dhi diale c t o f th e
k
P r a r it ; c f L a s s e n , p 3 9 9 . . .

3) N o un s en di n g i n u ,
u .

N o un s e n din i n u or , a s it i s m o r e c o mm o n i
g ,
n

6 , be th ey masc . o r fe mi n in e , r em a in u n c h a n g e d i n th e
3

P lu r a l a s w e? ) v 1c h u m s c o r p1 o n Pl ur
,
. vi c hu
3

,
.
, ,
.
1.

f
? g au f em cow P l ur ? g au c ows
j f
‘
. . .
, , , ,

I n P a l i m a s c th e m e s e n din g in u
’
l en g the n th e
,
.
,

s a m e in th e N o m Plu r a l to u a s b h ikkh u a b e g g a r .
, , ,

Plu r b h ikkh fi ; an d s u c h m a sc th em es a s en d in u in
. .
,

th e N o m Sin g r e m a in u n c ha n g e d
. i n th e P lu r a l, as : ,

a bhi b h u a c hi e f P lu r a bhi b h u (c o n tr a c te d fr o m a b hi
‘
.
, ,

bh u v 6 ) In P r akr it m a sc th e m es e n din g m u le n g th en
’
. .

th eir fin a l v o w e l a lw a y s in th e N o mi n a tive Sin g to w hi c h ,

i n th e N o m Plu r a l th e a ffix 6 33 1
1) .i s a dd e d a s ,
:

w in d N o m Sin g v an N o m Plu r y a u o w in ds
’

v au
~

,
.
,
. .
,
.
, .

Thi s Plu r a l a ffix 6 m a y in P r ak b e ag a in sh o r t e n e d t o .

in th e m o der n di a l e c t s it i s dr o pp e d lto g eth e r

c ’
u ,
an d a .

In Sin dhi u is u su a lly n a sa li z e d u

 10 8 S ECTI O N II . THE INFL EX ION O F ,
NO UN S .

A n n o ta ti o n . I n H in di , Hi n dustani , M a r athi an d P a nj abi ma s c .

n o un s
g e n din lt in u ,
er e d i n t h e P l u r a l ; b u t r e ma in
fe m una .

n o u ns a dd in Hin dustani th e P lu r a l t e r min a ti o n a a s J6 u a ,

r ,

w ife p lu,
r a l i6 r ua th e P r ak rit P l u r a l a ffix 6 b e i
g c, h a n
g e d to n

a ,
a T h e G u j a r ati ke ep s c l o s e to th e P akrit in fo r min g th e
. r

P lu r a l o f m a s c n o u n s e n din g m u b y a ddin g th e P lu r a l a ffix 6

.
, ,

a s : hin du a H in du P lu r hin du6

, ,
. .

4) N o uns en di n g in a

Th e s e ar e ,
tic e d a lr ea dy
as no 1 8 , 3) fo r th e mo s t

p a r t fe min in e ; th ey fo r m their P lu r a l '

hy a d di n
g th e P lu r a l
a ffix u, as

h a ca f mu r der ; Plu r G HQ h a é a u m ur ders

Lé
’

. r
, ,
.
,
.

T h e P lu ra l o f th e se n o u n s c o rr e sp o n d s to th e Pr ak
.
.

Plur a l ter min a tl o n a o o r a u 6 (o r sh o r te n ed - -

,

b ein g a d d e d to fin a l a o f th e Sin g u la r (s e e L a s s en p .

In Sin dhi th e P r ak P lu r in c r e m en t 6 h a s b e e n c ha n g e d
“

. .

to u a n d a t th e s a m e tim e n a sa liz e d
‘
~

,
.

F ew n o u n s e n di n g in a a r e m a s c u l i n e ; th e y r ema in

$35 lala
,

una ltered in th e P lur a l ,

as : ,
mas t e r , P lu r 5553 .

l al a mas t er s ,
.

P r akr it Plu ra l
Th e i n c r em en t 6 (a -
o) h a s fir s t b e e n
s h o r t e n e d to
‘u a n d th e n
’
b ee n dr o p p e d a lto g e th er in
,

S i n d hi .

A n n o ta ti o n . I n H i n di an d H i n d u s t a n i fe m . n o u n s e n din
g
in a a
() fo rm th e ir P l u r a l by a ddin
g th e in c r e m en t 6, as b a la,
misfo r tu n e , P lu r . b a lae T h is
'

. e c o rr e s
p on ds to th e P r a k itr a ffix

6 ,
win th e in fe r io r P r
hich a rit d ia l e c ts 1 s fr e q u e n tl
y c h an
g e d t o e k
f L a s s en , p 3 9 8 , T h o s e m a s c n o u n s , th e fin a l a o f w hi c h
(o . . .

d o e s n o t c orr e sp o n d to th e S in dhi 6 , r e m a in li e w i s e u n a lte r e d k

in th e P lu r a l Tu P a n j ab i .fe m n o u n s e n d in
gD
t
in a a d d e ith e r .

ia, th e P lu r a l in c r em e n t i b ein g a c ha n g e fr o m th e H in di 6 ,
i or

a n d l a fr o m th e P r akr it a ffix 6
.

o , w ith e u pho n ic i or y A fe w ‘ .

m a s c n o u n s r e m a in li e w i s e u n alte r e d in th e P l u r a l , a s atm a,
. k
s o u l ; p ita , fath e r e tc T h e G uj a r ati e n tir ely a g r e e s w ith th e .

P r akr it , a d din g s imply 6 to th e fe m n o u n s in a , a s : m a, m o th e r , .

P lu r ma 6 . I n M a r athi fe m n o u n s e n din g i n a do n o t u n
-
. .

d erg o a n y c h a n g e in th e P lura l , a s : mata , m o ther , P lu r m ata ; .

1 10 SEC TION II . T HE I FL E I N X ON OF NOUN S .

Fem in in e n ou n s i n i a dd 1n Pr akr it lik ewi se th e

w hic h m a y b e
h o r ten ed to ‘ ’
a ffix 0 , ; in thi s c a s e fin a l s u

h a s i n S in dhi b een le n g th en e d to u a n d n a s a liz e d a t

’
u

th e s a m e tim e to di s tin g u i sh th e P l u r a l o f th e f e mi n in e
,

n o u n s fr o m th a t o f th e m a s c u li n e .

I f fin a l 1 b e p r e c ed e d b y a n y l etter o f th e p a l a t a l
h it i s co mmo n ly dr o pp e d b e fo r e th e Pl ur a l
° ’
c la ss o r b y ,

a ffix u, as ma n j i , a t
s oo l P lur
,
.

( ”A LE ma n u, j
s t6 0 1s ;
g em ,
f .
,
m a n j hi , a b u ffa l o , P lu r .

ufi A
'

uo ma nj h u,
b u ffa lo es .

A I n H in di a n d H in dus tani fe m n o u n s fo llo w

n n o ta ti o n . .

k
th e m etho d o f th e P r a rit in fo r min g the ir P lu r al , w ith th e o n ly
diffe r e n c e , that th e P r a k
P l ur a l in c r e me n t 6 is c h a n g e d t o a,
.

a n d this a g a in n a s a liz e d , a s c h u ri , n ife , P lu r c hu ri a M asc k . . .

n o u n s in i do n o t d iffer fr o m th e ir S in g ula r T he P a n J abi qu ite .

a c c o r ds w ith th e H in di , fe m n o u n s i n i a ddin
g th e Pl u r a l t e r .

m in a tio n a , a s dhi , da u g hte r , P lu r dhi a , th e m a s c n o u n s in i . .

re m a in in g u n a lte r e d in th e P l ur a l T h e s a me m a y b e r emar e d . k
o f th e M a r athi T h e G u j a r ati sta n ds n e a r e st to th e P r a r it l n
. k
this r e sp e ct , a ll n o u n s , b e they ma s c o r femin in e , a ddin g s imply .

th e P lu r a l a ffix 6 .

7) N o u n s en di n g i n i ()
6

a ) Fe m . n o un s e n din g in 1 () e fo r m th eir Plur a l

by a d din g th e P lu r a l a ffix u as : “
9 6 ra e t ,
ni
g ht P l ur
,
.

r ate u, ni
g ht s . If 1 b e p r e c ede d b y a p a a a l t l
or h ,
it di s a pp e a r s b e fo r e th e P l u r a l t e r mi n a t i o n u, as

4 1m méh e , b u ffa lo , P lu r .

vj
l j
éyi o méh u, b u fia l o es
e
j A j ,
6 e w i fe ,
f o r m s i ts P lu r a l ei th er re g u a rl ly ,
as

J o yu ,
or i r 1 e g u la r ly , as : j 6 i 1u , j 6 h ir u ,

or J 0 1ru ww es
£9 77 37 ? .
,

b) M a s c
l
. n o un s e n d in
g in 1 () e re m a in unchan g ed
in th e P lu ra l , as : se th e ,
a w h o le sa l e m erc h a n t ,

P lu r . .
eM w
e S é th e .
 S EC TION II
. T HE I FL N EXI ON OF NO UNS . 111

A n n o ta ti o n d H i n d us t ani , a s s tate d a lr e a dy,

I n H i n di
‘
. an

fin a l i h a s be e n dr o pp e d, a n d s u c h n o u n s , a s e n d in S in dhi in
’

‘ ‘ i , u s e th e r e o n e c o mm o n P lu r a l in c r e me n t , v iz : 6 In
Q !

‘
’ ’
a or . .

G u j a r ati a n d P a n j abi fin a l 1 h a s li e wis e dis a pp ea r e d in m o st

’
k
v
c a s e s , a n d 6 a n d 5: a r e r e sp ec ti ely a dd e d a s P lu ra l ter m in atio n s
‘
.

I n M a r a th i fe m b a s es e n din g in i r e m a in e ithe r u n c h a n g e d in
’

‘
.

th e P lu r a l o r h a ve fin a l i len g the n e d to i T h e l en g th e n in g o f
’

‘
.

fin a l i in th e P l ur al is m o r e i n a c c o r da n c e w ith P ali a n d P r a r it
’
k
P l : r a tti , n i ht P l tt i P t k
‘
u sa e
g ( 6 g . a i.
g ,
u r r a i o r r a tt y 6 ; r a . r a ti -6
.

or: ra tti u ) -
. Masc . ba s es en din g in i
’
re m a in l ly eith e r
s imi ar

un a lte d in th e P lu r a l , o r (a c c o r din g to
re s o me P a n dits ) l en g th en

th e s a m e to i (a s i n P ali a n d P r a rit)
’

k .

II . F o r m a ti o n o f ca s es ; case -a ffix e s .

g . 16 .

P r o p er ly s p ea kin g th er e
l o n
g e r a d e c l e n s i o is
n no

i n Sin dhi n o r i n a n y o f th e m o d e r n la n g u a g e s o f th e
,

A r ia n s t o c k ; th er e a r e o n ly a fe w r e m n a n t s o f th e a n
c i en t S a n s kr it Pali a n d P r akr it c a se in fl exio n s a ll th e
,
-
,

o th e r c a s e s b e in g m a d e u p b y m e a n s o f c a s e a f f i xe s -

o r p o s t po s i t i o n s )
?

I f w e c o mp a r e th e m o d er n A r i a n dia l e c t s w ith th e
P ali a n d P r akr it w e p er c e iv e a t o n c e th e g r ea t de
,

ter i o r a tio n th e m o de r n i di o m s h a ve u n d er g o n e i n thi s

,

r e s e c t ; fo r w hi l e th e P ali a n d P r akr i t h a v e a s y e t p r e
p
se r v e d a ll th e c a se s o f th e S a n skr i t w ith th e e xc ep ti o n ,

o f th e D a t i v e w hi c h h a s a lr e a dy b e c o m e s c ar c e in P ali
,

a n d h a s b ee n di s c a r d e d a lt o e th er i n P r akr i t i ts fu n c ti o n s
g ,

b ein g s hift e d to th e G en it ive th e m o d er n i di o m s ha v e ,

l o s t n ea r ly a ll p o w e r o f in fiexi o n a n d s u b stitu te d in li eu
o f fie xi o n a l i n c r e m e n t s r e g u l ar a d v e r b s w hi c h w e g e ,

n er a lly t e r m p o s tp o s i ti o n s Th e s a m e p r o c e ss w e c a n
.

n o ti c e i n th e m o d e r n R o m a n i c t o n u e s w h e r e a ft e r th e
g ,

lo s s o f th e L a tin de c len si o n a l in fiexi o n s p r ep o si tio n s h a ve ,

b ee n s u b stit u t ed to m a ke u p fo r th e l o s t c a ses .

1 ) In p o etr y p o s tp o s itio n s m a y a ls o b e p l a c e d b e f o r e th e n o un
,

th ey g o v e r n , a s th e r h yth m ma y r e q u ir e .
1 12 S EC TION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO U N S .

Th e g r ea t dis tin c ti ve fea t u r e of th e d e c l ens i o n a l

p r o c es s of th e m o der n A r ia n di a l e c ts , w i th th e e xc e p ti o n
of th e
B
‘
an
g a i ,
l c o n s i s ts in th e fa c t , th a t th e r e ar e
p r o

p e r ly on ly tw o c a ses o f a n o u n ,
th e a bs o l u t e or

c ru d e fer m , c o r r e sp o n din g thr o ug h o u t to th e N o m S in

g ul a r , an d th e F o r i
m a ti v e
'

c a se ,
to w hi c h th e va r io u s
ad ver b s tp o sitio n s a r e a d de d wh ic h s er v e to m a ke
’

or os
p ,

rm n a ti on s
u
p f o r th e l o s t c a se t e i Th i s l a tt e r c a s
-
e h a s .

be e n g en er a lly ca lle d th e o b l i q u e c a s e b y E u r o p e a n
~

r e fer to c all i t th e F o r ma t i v e
‘

g r a mm a r i a n s b u t w e
p ,

( a ft e r th e
p r ec e d e n c e o f D r
,
C a l dw e ll) . .

Th e n um be r o f d e c l e n s i o n s if th e y m a y b e t er me d ,

thu s dep en ds th er e fo r e 1n Sin dhi a s w ell a s in th e c o g n a t e

, ,

i di o m s o n th e va r i o u s m e th o d s i n w hi c h th e F o r m a ti v e
, ,

i s m a de u p ; fo r th e c a s e s ig n s re m a i n th e s a m e a s w e ll -
,

fo r th e S in g u la r a s th e P lu r a l s in c e th ey a r e a s w e , ,

s h a ll p r e s e n tly s e e o r ig ina lly eith e r S a n s kr i t) p r ep o s itio n s

( ,

or ad ve r b s .

w e s h a ll n o w fir st in v e sti g a t e th e r emn a n ts o f th e
i

a n c i e n t c a se t er m in a ti o n s i n S in dhi a n d th e a d v er b s o r
-

t s i ti o n s w h i c h h a v e b e e n s u b st i t u t e d fo r s u c h c a s e s
’

o s p o
p , ,

a s h a v e l o s t th e ir o r i g in a l i n fl exi o n s I n th e ar r a n g em e n t
”

o f th e c a s e s w e sh a ll fo ll o w th e/
.

co m m o n o r der w hi c h
"
“

h a s b een in stitu t e d b y th e o l d S a n skrit g r a m m a r i a n s in

“

o r d e r to fa c i lita t e th e i n t er c o m p a r is o n

1 ) T h e N o m i n a t i v e c a s e o f th e Sin g u l a r a n d .

l ral w e ma y p a s s o ver s in c e th e y h a v e b e e n n o ti c e d
p u ,

a lr e a d y .

2 ) T h e A c c u s a t i v e c a s e o f th e Si n g ul a r a n d P lu r a l
,

h b
a s e e n d r o pp e d i n S i n d h i a s w e ll a s i n a l l t h e
,
o t h e r !

kin dr e d i dio m s This h a s bee n a lr e a dy th e c a se ;in th e

.

i e
n f r i o r P r a k r i t d i a l e c t s a n d i s e x p r e ss ly ,
m e n t i o n e d o f
th e A p a b h r a n s a t h e m e th e r o f,
th e m o d e r n S i n d h i -

se e : L a s s e n p 4 5 9 )
( .

,
W e m u s t k e e p t h i s fa c t c o n s t a n tly b e fo r e o u r e y e s
‘
,

t a t in
h S h
in d i a s w e ll a s
,
m i t s s i s t e r t o n
g u e s th e r e i s -
,

n o s u c h th i n
g ( i n a g r a mm a t i c a l se n s e ) a s a n A c c u s a t i v e
,
1 14 S ECTION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UNS .

g l
a i t 6 is u s ed as in stru m en tal a ffix, h
w ic h i s or ig in ally i de n
tic al wi th th e A b l a tiv e affix ffi -
7111
4) Th e D a t i v e -
c ase h as to t a lly d i s ap pe a r e d fr o m th e
P r akr it a n d its fu n c ti o n s ha ve g b e en a ssi n ed to th e G en i
ti ve W e fin d th er efo r e in th e
. mo d er n idi o m s th e g r ea t est ,

di s c r e p a n c y as to th e m etho d , in w hic h th e D a tiv e c a se

i s p r o v i de d fo r . In Sin dhi th e a ffix
6 g f kh 6 is u se d,

as w e ll fo r th e Sin g u la r as th e Plu r a l ,
b e in g pla c e d a fte r
//
v e S in g u l a r P lu ra l
I

th e Fo r m a ti or of a n o un : as
ef ef
S r
”
h a ra kh 6 , to a ho u se e) g h a r a ne kh 6 , to ho u se s
g ,
S
.

I n p o é ti c a l la n g u a g e th e p o s tp o sitio n S
U
ka n e or
o f
ka n e is l
a so u se d in st e a d of f kh e , w hi c h ar e ap
n
p a r en tly der ive d fr o m th e sa me s o u r c e ,
as
‘
ii
r
' f ’
on ly by

a d ifferen t p r o c ess of a ss i mila ti o n (c f th e H in di : k a n ,

.

ka n e , H i n du i Ei ig ) ,

A n n o ta ti o n The l D a tive a ffix k6B t h e a i uses

g an as '
.
,

H i n di a n d H i n d u s t a n i k 6 (dial e c tic a lly a ls o pr o n o u n c e d

‘
k u i n th e D ekha n ) , th e H i n d u i (a c c o r din g to G a r c in d e T a s sy)
’

l
a so ka h ,
ka h , k ha
’

a and e v en hi .

D r C a ldw ell , in h is C o mpa r ativ e G r a mm a r o f th e D r a vi dian

i

la n g u a g e s h a s att e mpte d to in dic a te th e H in dustani k 6 fo r v

v
,

th e D r a i di a n l a n g u a g e s o f th e S o u th ; h e s a ys (p “
In .

th e v
e r n a c u l ar s o f n o r th e r n I n di a , w hi c h a r e d e e ly tin e d w ith
p g
S c ythi a n c h a r a c e r is t ti c s ,
W e fin d a s u ffix , w h ic h a
p p e a rs to be
not on ly s im i a rl to th e D r av idia n , b u t th e s ame . T h e D a ti v e
A c c u s a ti v e H in dus tani i s k 6 , o r c o lloqu ia lly
in th e H in di and .

ku ; i n th e l a n g u a g e o f O r iss a k u , in B a n g ali ki , in S in dhi

k h i , in S hin g a l e s e g h a i ; in th e U r a o n , a s e mi - D r a i dia n v
K o le dia le c t , g a i , i n th e la n g u a g e o f th e B o do s , a B h uta n hill
trib e , kh 6 , in T ibeta n g y a T h e e v iden t existe n c e o f a c o n
-
.

n e xio n b e tw e en th e s e s u ffixe s a n d th e D r av i dia n D a ti e c a s e s i n

.

g v -

k u , is
"

ery v
r e m a r a bl e k
O f a ll th e a n alo g ie s b etw e e n th e
.

N o r th I n dia n di a l e c ts a n d th e s o uther n, th i s i s t h e c l e a r e s t
a n d m o s t i m p o r ta n t , a n d it c a n n o t b u t b e r e a r d e d a s b e
g
k
to en in g e ith e r a n o r ig in a l c o n n exio n b etw e e n th e n o rth er n an d
t h e s o uth er n r a c e s , p r i o r t o th e B r a h m a n i c ir r u tio n , o r th e o r i
p
i n a tio n o f b o th ra c e s fr o m o n e a n d th e s a m i m iti S ythi a v
g e p r e c n
 S ECTION H . THE INFL EXION OF NO UNS . 1 15

t
s o ck . If th is c ase s io
g n k6 or ku th e n b e th e l
c ea r es t and

m o s t i mp o r a n alo
gy b ta n t
e t w e e n th e N o rth I n di a n l -
v er n a c u a r s

a n d th e D r av i dia n t o n g u es , w e s h a ll s e e p r e s e n tly , th at ther e

v
w ill b e n o a n a lo g y w ha te e r b e tw e e n th e m , tho u g h a t th e fir s t

s ig ht th e i d e tity o f b o th s ee ms t o b e p a s t a y do u bt
n I n th e n .

fi s t i st n c e th e fac t S p e ks al e a dy ve y s tr o n g ly a g a i n st su ch
r n a a r r

a s
pp o s itio
u th a t th e M a r a t h i
n , w h i c h 8 th e c lo s e s t n e i h b o u r
g ,
1

to th e D r av idia n to n g u e s h as e
p di a te d t h e u s e o f k h 6
, 11 6 r u
,

k6 a n d e mp l o y e d a D a ti e a ffix , t h e o r ig in o f w h ich w e v -
o r
,

h o p e to fix p a st c o n t r o v e s y “ e s h ll fu r th e r s e e th at th e
T r . a
,

G u j r ati a n d P a nj abi h ave a ls o m a d e u p fo r th e D a tive c a s e

’

a
‘
by p o stp os iti o n s b o rr o w e d ffo m th e S a n s krit w ith o u t th e slig hte st
, ,

r e fe e n c e
r to th e D avidia n la n g u g e s a d rw e ma y ther e fo e a ,
n r

r e a s o a bly e xp e c t th e s a m e fa c t f o m th e r e m a in i g
n A r ia n dia r n
p

le c ts I t w o u ld c er tain ly b e w o n de f l if th o s e A r ia n dia le c ts
. r u , ,

w hic h b o de i mm e dia tely o n th e D a idi n i dio m s s h o u ld h a ve

r r r v a ,

w a r de d o ff a n y D r a i dia n in fl u en c e o n th e i i fl e xi o n a l m eth o d
v r n
,

w he r e a s tho s e m o r e to th e o t h s h o ld ha e b e e n d e e p ly tin g e d “
n r u v

w ith S c ythian c h a r a c ter i stic s F o tu n a tely w e a r e a bl e to s h o w

”
. r
,

th a t s c h a n a s s u m ptio n is n o t o ly g a t ito u s
u b u t i r e c o n c ila ble n r u
,
r

w ith th e o r ig in o f th e a b o ve m e ti o n e d D a tive a ffixe s n -

.

W e deri e th e S in dhi kh 6 th e B a n g ali k 6 fr o m th e

v

‘ ‘
, ,

S a sk it L o c ati eElia fo th e s ake o n a c c o unt o f

’
v a s r e a r ds
r
n r , g , .

T h is w ill a t o n c e a c c o u t fo r th e a sp ir a tio n o f k n S in dhi ; fo r n i

this is n o t do n e by chan c e bu t by a stri ct ule (s e e I n t o d ,

r r .

o te ) ; in B a n ali r d o e s n o t e xer c is e s u c h a n i n fl u e c
l e g
'

n n e
, ,

o n th e a s ir a ti o n o f a p e c e di g o fo ll o w i
g c o nso na t d n n
p r a n r , n

th er e fo r e w e h ave s imply k6 T h e S a sk it fo mHi? b e c o m es . n r r

t
i n P rak it fir st fififi the n (b y th e r e g u la e lis i o n o f t) fain
f

r z r
,

a d c o n tr a c te d k 6
n a n d in S i dhi b y e a s o n o f th e elide d
,
n ,
i r,

kh 6 T h e H i n di a d H i n d u s t a n i fo r m o f this a dv e b k 6
“

. n r
‘
w e de ive in th e s a m e w a y fr o m th e S a n
r sk Efifl w hi ch i s u s e d .

a dv e rbi a lly With th e s a m e s i n ific a ti o n a s th e L o c a tive I

‘

g n

P r ak it a l e a dy a n d s till m o r e s o in th e m o de n dia
r r
, th e r

n e u te r h a s b ee n m e rg ed in to th e m a s c u lin e ; w e h a v e t h er e fo e r

fi st fififii th e n c e
r
‘
,
a n d c o n t a c te d
w k6 W e ca ,
r . n

thu s s tis fa c to rily a c c o u n t fo r th e va ri o u s fo r m s

a kh 6 k 6 o : ,
r

k6 . T h a t th e p r o p o s e d d e ivati o n o f the s e a dve r bs d o e s n o t r

e st o n a m er e fa n c y s furthe r p r o ve d by th e S in dhi p a tic l e

‘
r i r
,

w i th o u t w hich is der ive d th e s a m e w a y f o m th e S a n s k

’
r6 , ,
in r .

'

L oca tiv e fi fi P r akr it fifi fiQ

l

'
6

i ,
a nd th e n ce c o n t r a c te d 2
,

H2
1 16 S ECTION II . THE INFL EXI ON O F N O UNS .

r6 (r ia ) m a ins n o w fo r u s to n o tic e b r ie y th e s o me what

. It re fl
de v i a ting fo r m s o f th e H i n d u i , a s exhibite d b y G a r c in d e T assy .

I n 6 51 k6 a n d a“ ka u a e u ho n i c A n u s ar a h a s be e n a dd e d
, p v
to hich th e m o der to n g es h a e taken a g r e a t fa n cy ; ka u
w n u v

i s o n ly a diffe r e n t p r o n u n c ia tio n fo r k6 6 c ha n g i g in H in dui ,

n

very c o mm o nly to a u T h e fo ms Efig ka h o wi th eup ho n i c . r

-

,
r

A n u svar a Efi kah o r fi g ka h a p r e se n t a g a in a n o the p ro o f

g , r

fo r th e c o rr ec tn e s s o f th e p r o p o s e d d er iv ati o n o f the s e a dve r b s .

F o r We h a ve in fi g fi g, 3 5g (H i n di a l s o k a n k a n 6 w ith :
, ,
,
a f ll n a s a l
u a n d in c o n s e qu e n c e the r e o f w ith
,
e e c ti o n
j o f h )
th e s a m e b a s i s a s i n G ET a d a t o n ly t h e a s s im il a tin
gn p r o c es s

h a s b e e n diff e r en t T h e v o w el P E r . w he n j o in e d to a c o n ,

t d i t P ak i t s a g e b e r e s o lv e d i th e r in to

m
c c o n o r u e r
a r
g
‘
s o n a n c a n , ,
,

W
- ‘
o r in to B E T l f “
’
i (a s in
’
) a ( as o r
) ( se e V a ra r : .

I 2 7 ; L a s s e n p 1 16 2 a ; I n tr o d in c o n s e qu en c e o f
,
.

th e fo ll o w i n g Co n s o n a n t i s a s p ir a te d (a s in S in
,
.
,

th e i nh er en t r

dhi kk : k) s o th at w e g e t th e fo rm SEQ ; th is a sp ira ted q

,

th i s a g a e lid e d s o th at h o n ly r e m a in s (
1n ,
s ee L as s en p 2 07 ; .

I ntr o d a n d thu s w e ha ve th e fo r ms fi W ith

.
g, 3 35

th e o the r a ll e g e d fo m fg h i th e m atter sta n ds diffe r en t ; w e

r ,

c o mp a e th is H in i d i D a tive a ffix w ith th e A p a bh r a s a G en iti v e

u n

a ffix h e G en itive a s n o te d a lr e a dy su p p lyin g n P r ak it th e

t
, ,
1 r

l a c e o f th e D a t i v e ( th e a n a ly si s o f this s e e L a s s en
p a s to
g
p . 46 2 an d 46 6 )
T h e M ar athi u s e s tw o a ffixe s to m a e u p fo r th e D a tiv e , k
w hi c h a r e j o in e d t o th e c r u d e for m b y th e s o c all e d u n i o n o w el , v
v iz H, s an d E ST l a T h e fir s t o f th e s e tw o , s ,
i s i d e n ti c a l.

wi th th e P ak G t D ative c a s e ter mi n atio n H? s s

r . e ni . S a sk
-
n .

sy s o th a t w e ha v e h e e th e r e mn a n t o f a n a n c i e n t S a n skrit r

T h e l a tte r o n e l a is m
,

P r akrit c a s e i fl e xi o n -
n o r e d o u btful as
.
,

t o i ts o r ig in L a s s e n h a s a lr e a dy s ta te d a c o j e c tu e (s ee I ns tit
. r n r .

L in g P ak p 5 5 9 9 ) a s t o th e o rig in o f this a ffix ; h e de i e s

_

‘
. r . .
, r v

it fr o m th e S an sk W WE
'

"
I I p l a c e h a b ita ti o
. si
g i fy i n g n
’
, n

th e pla c e Whe r e th e a c ti o n r e sts

,
W e c a n n o t e n do r s e thi s d e .

riv a ti o n a s th e M a th e s a ffix is n o t 33 16 ala bu t E T la

r a,
i e l a -
,

a d w e c ann o t s ee an y easo n w h y i n itia l lo n g a sh u l d h a e r -

n , o v

b e en tr a n s fe r ed to th e ba ck o f this p a ti c le
r W e w o ul d c o m r .
~

ar e th e M a r ath i D a tiv e a ffix l a w ith th e S in dhi s t it i

p p o p o s o n
1 18 S ECTION II . THE I FL N EXION OF NOUN S .

N o u n s in
“ ’
i () g
6 lly t ain their fin a l v o w el b e fo r e
"

en er a re

J ‘‘ h u
v Jé
th e a ffix a ,
bu t th ey may a sol dr o p i t , as : L p
/
r ea ,
fr o m ( y)
b a r o b b er y ,
no m .
p h u re ,
a r o bb er y
v
L
SJ
/ ni r ta , o ut of tho u g ht ,
Wi th re fiexi o n , no m . u
};

n ir te th o ug ht N o un s in a eith e r n a sa li z e th e sa me i n
A b la tive o r m
,
.

th e o re , ,
co mm o n
ly , u se th e p o s tp o si ti o n

n ! kh a e tc . I n th e Plural th e A b l a ti ve a ffix a is
6 /z
?
m d to th e f u l l F o m a t1 v e h h
.

}
0

J o e r 1n n e as :
w er e g a
-
,

5 ’ g
/
6 5 35 9
fr o m L m L fr o m
3

ran e a -
,
h o u se s , (” ev 3
1 r u an e -
a
(v é
A é
fl ) ,

Wi ld b e as t s e tc .

B e si des thi s mm o n A b l a tive a ffix fin d i n

'

co a we

Sin dhi a sol su c h fo r m s ,

as : an (c g ) ,
c o n ra c edt t : 6 ( f
v j ),

an d e v en u i
t idi o m a s u se d
(c h ) I n th e m o r e a n c i en ,
"

b y th e Sin dhi p o é ts th e A b la ti ve Sin g u l a r g en e r a lly en ds ,

in a u A ll th e s e va r i o u s A b l a tiv e a ffixe s a r e d er ive d

m
-
.

fr o m th e P r akri t A b la ti v e ( see L as s e n p 3 0 2 3 0 4 .
, ,

w hi c h b ec o m es (b y th e e lis1 o n o f d) 6 6 or sh o r ,

t e n e d : au
‘
.

Th e Sin dh i u se s a sol th e p o s tp o siti o n

u
Léf ) kh 6 ,

ao f
0

0 7 g kh a u,
L9 54
kh 6 , to ex r es s
p th e i de th e A b la
tive ; a ll th es e and o th er t p o s p o s i q tio n s re u ir e th e F o r ;
m a ti v e of a no un . O th er p o s tp o s iti o n s w hi c h ,
a r e u sed

to m a ke up fo r th e A b l a ti ve s e e un d er th e li s t
,
of p t os

p o s i ti o n s .

A n n o ta ti o n .N e a r est to th e S in dhi
_
c o mes th e M a r a th i i n
this r es p ec t ,
w hic h u se s a s A bla ti e c a s e v -
te r min atio ns th e a ffixe s

1) Th e p o s tp o s ition
O
Lé‘f
‘
kh 6 . e tc . is de r i v e d fo r m th e sa m e

s o ur ce ,
as
6 6 3 ? w ith th e o n ly differ e n c e , th a t th e A bl a tiv e te r min atio n

21 , a u e tc . hs a b e en a dde d . Th e s a me is t o b e s aid of th e A bla ti ve

p o st
p o s it o n i
u)
“ ka n 6, der iv e d fr o m K
U ? by th e s ame p ro c es s .
 S E C TION 11 . T HE I NFL EXION or NO UNS . 1 19

I n Ban g a l i a n d P a n
‘

fin and h i m, o c c a si o n a lly a ls o t u n .

Ja b i w e fin d th e A bla ti e a ffix t 6 (tho ug h i n P a n j a bi a r e v

g ul a r v
A blati e te r mi n ati o n 6 i s a ls o to b e m e t w i th) , w hic h
h as S pr ung fr o m th e P r a k it r A bla ti v e ter min ati o n fl t6 ; si

v
‘

mil a r t o it i s th e G uj a r ati A bl a ti e a ffix t h i , w hi ch h a s b e e n

as ir a te d I n H i n di w e fin d a l s o t h i b u t m o s t i n u s e i s $ 6
p .
,

a
pp a re n t ly i den tic a l w ith th e P r a k it G i tiv
r en e t e r min a tio n
g
L a s s en p . 462 )

6 ) Th e Sa n skri t G e n i t i v e c a se ter mi n a ti o n PI -
‘
,

P ali an d P r akr it E ss has b een lo s t in a ll th e m o der n / ,

to n g u es wi th th e exc ep tio n o f th e B a n g ali w h er e s s

”

, ,

h a s b e en h a r d en e d to r A l l th e o th er di a le c t s h a v e .

ta ke n to a n ew w a y o f fo r mi n g th e G e ni tiv e o f w hi c h ,

w e fin d a lr ea dy s o m e tr a c es in th e o l d V e di c l a n g ua g e _
.

th e n o un w hi ch o u g ht to b e p l a c e d l n th e G e n iti ve c as e
, ,

i s c h a n g e d in to a n a d j e c t i v e b y a n a d j e c t i v e a ff i x ,

an d th en c e fo ll o w s a s a m a tt er o f c o u r s e ,
tha t thi s s o ,

c a ll e d G e n i ti v e w hi c h i s r e a ll y a n d tr u ly a n a dj e c t i v e
'

, ,

mu st a g r e e i n g e n d e r n u m b e r a n d c a s e w ith its g o
'

v er nin n o un a s a ll o th er a dj ec t i v e s
g .

T h e Sin dhi e mp l o y s fo r thi s p u r p o s e th e affix

j o (f e m 6 ; j )
. i c o r r es p o n d in g t o t,
h e c o m m o n a dj e c t i v e

‘
a ffix k6 S an sk w i th tr a nsi ti o n o f th e t e n u i s
.

( 6 k ) i n t o th e m e d i a j
() v e r y li k e l y to e s t a b li s h th e r e b y ,

so m e di s tin c ti o n b e tw e en th ese tw o o r ig in a lly i d en ti c a l

a ffixe s In S in dh i thi s a dj ec tiv e a ffix ? 30 i s a lw a y s

.

3
w r itte n s ep a r a t e l y w h er ea s th e c o mm o n a dj e c tive ,

a ffix k 6 i s j o in e d t o th e b a s e as in S a n skri t (s e e ,

it fo llo ws a lw a y s th e F o r m a t i v e Sin g o r .

P lu r of a n o un as u m) gf g h a r a j 6 dh a ni th e
) ,
.
,
. .
G

m a ster of th e ho u se g h ar a n e j 6 d h an i ,
, 32>

th e m a s t er of th e ho u s es ;f ig ; ; mu r s a 31 30 6 ,
) 6
,

}
0

m u r san e j u
1

th e w ife of th e m a n
‘
‘
”
w ;
W )
6 u
j y , th e wi ves of th e m e n . In p 0 6tr y
5M s an do ,

b e l o n g in g to u s e d qu i t e i n m e w ay ,
’
is th e as as
, sa
39 ,
1 20 S EC TION II . THE IMFL E X ION O F NO UNS .

6 ° LS (S M LS J
p r l
y a s a n de p a r a d6 , t o w a rd s th e
) T
.

dir e c tio n of th e fr i e n ds .

A n n o ta t o n i . T h e M a r athi u s es as G e n it1v e c ase - a ffix a ] ,

wi th tr a n s itio n o f th e g uttu a l m in to th e c o r re spo n din g p a r

l at a l a s i n S in dhi y e t With o u t c h a n i t h t u i s i t o th e
, g g e, e n n n

m ed ia T he H i n d i a n d H i n d u st n i ha ve p r e s er ve d th e o ri a

in a l S a n skr it a d e c tiv e a ffix 3 th t h n

g j ,

5 w i o u c a n
g gi i t int o t h e ,

p a l a ta l k a ; in H i d u i We m e et a ls o w ith th e a ffix k o a n d
‘
n

ka u T h e P a n ]v a b i a n d G u j a r a t i s e e m to m ake a n e x
.

c ep ti o n fr o m w ha t w e ha v e u st s ta te d I b h G it
j n P n j a i t e e n i v e . a

c a s e a ffix i s d a in w hic h w e r e c o g n is e th e P r k A blative affix

, a .

a d6 H F ) tu r n e d i n to a G e n iti ve a ffix
,
T hi s P a nj a bi .

G e n iti v e c a s e - a ffix wi l c l le a r _
u
p th eP a s t 6 G en iti
‘
v e p re
fix 0 . da ,
b e in g i de n ti c al w ith it in o r ig in T h e G u j a r ati e mp l o ys a s G e n itiy e .

e a s e l-a ffix n 6 , w hi ch i s a n o th e r a dj e c ti e a ffix , c o r r e s p o n d in g v ”

S 1 g n ific a ti o n wi th EH a n d se d in S in dhi to
‘

1n u

fo r m a dj e c ti v es i n th e sa me w a y, as k6 (
on th e o rig in of this
a ffix n 6 B o pp C o mp G r a m I II ,
’
s ee s . .

7 ) Th el S a n skr it L o c a t 1 v e t er min a tio n i

o r i g in a
“ ’

h a s b ee n p r e s e r ve d in S in dhi th o u g h th e L o c a tive c a n ,

o n ly b e di s tin u i sh e d i n m a s c b a s e s e n di n
t ’
now
g g in u .
,

h a n dh e , in l m h a ndh u ; r
‘
as : a p a ce ,
no . “
g i o

m a th e , on th e to p , no m . m a th u ,
th e to p . In n o un s,

e n di n g 1n any o th er v o w e l ,
bu t
t
u
’
th e L o c a ti ve
mu st b e fo r p e r sp i c u i ty s s a k e , b y ad verb
’
e x r e ss e d ,
‘
an
p
or th e Fo r m a ti ve o f a n o un , . as :

in a ro o m . In p o e r t y the Fo r m a tive o f a n y n o u n i s .
,

co mm o n ly u s ed a sol a s L o c a ti v e w ith o u t a p o s tp o s iti o n

,
.

A n n o ta ti o n . I n M a r a t h i th e L o c a
l e ng ‘
‘
tiv ffixi h e a
’
as b e en
‘
th e ne d t o i a n d at th e s a m e ti m e n a s ali e d i B es ide s th is z : .

w e m e et al s o w ith th e L o c a tive te r m i n ati o W ;

-
3 E W h i c h i s n

o i in a lly th e S a n s k A b l a tiv e used a s a L o c a ti e I B an

r
g .
,
v . n
'
l h L a ti v e e n ds i n i as i S i d h ed
a i t 6 () i i x
~

g e o c -
o r s e p re s s ,
n n
,

h y the a ffix 13 6
,
I n P a nj ab i th e L o c a tive is g e n er a lly e x
;
-
 22 SEC TION 11 . THE INFL EXION o r NOUNS .

in a ,
o an d au (a u-
) ,
s ho r ten in g at th e sa me time th e

fin a l i of th e b a s e , as : fig ; ké é ia ,
)
s
. f 6 ! 6 k6
x

c i6 , or
6 ! 6 k6 0 1a 11, o Ké c i s ! N o m . Sin g .

6
s ! k6 é i ,
an in h a bit
ant of K6 6 in B eluc h i s ta n ) ;
c ( o c c a s io n a lly a h
’

is a dd e d in th e V o c a t iv e Sin g ula r ,
as : 16 :a li a mi a h ,

p ro te c t o r ! an d in t h e Vo c a ti ve P lu r a l fina l a 1s e ve n
l en g th en ed to ah u
’ ‘
for th e sa k e o f th e r hym e , a s :

r
p yi ah u ,
0 fr i en ds ! tho se en din g in i
’

()
6 a dd in

yo c a t1v e
m
' '
th e P 1ur a 1 mp 1y th e a ffix 0 !
“

s1 or a
S5
fi
6 s6 th e6 ,
or : LL QE
QW
6 ! 6 s6 th e 6 ,
,
o w h o l esa l e -
m h er c an s !t
No m . Sin g . se th e .

‘
Fe mi n in e ,
° ’ “ ’
n o u n s e n din
’

g i n u ,
a , a i () e in th e
No m Si n g u l a r
.
,
re main l t e r e d in th e
una V o c a tiv e S in g .
;
in th e P l u r a l th e V o c a ti ve i s lik ew i s e i de n tic a l w ith
th e N o min a tiv e . T h e few fe m . n o un s Whi c h e n d 1r r e
u la r ly in th e N o m Plu r a l in
‘ ’
as :
I »

b h 6 n a ru ,
g . u ,
r
un
g
. )

sis e r s ret ain li k e w ise th eir fin a l in th e V o c a ti ve

° ’
t e tc .
,
u
i

P lu r a l as z
r
us
e ;
6 ! 6 b h 6n a r u , 0 s is er s t ! w h en en di n g
,
l I
in th ey in the v oc a tive fin a l A var a
‘

u ,
dr o p nus as :

, fi g o 6 , 6 dh i a ru , 0 da u g ht er s ! No m . P lur .

dh i a r u .

T h e V o c a ti v e m a y a so l be :
u sed w ith o ut any i nt e r
”

o o
LA N L/
5 9 f
'

j e c tl o n a l fix o m a r hu a , men !
p r e ,
as : 0

17 .

II I . Th e Fo r m a ti v e .

Th e F o r m a t i v e th o u g h in Sin dh i or o b li qu e c a se ,

thr o u g h o u t iden ti c a l w ith th e I n str u m e n t a li s i s b y i t se l f ,

n o c a se b u t r e pr e sen ts merely th e e u p h o n i c c ha n g e o f
,

th e fina l v o we l o f a n o u n pr e vi o u s to th e a c ce s s1 o n o f
a n y fl exi o n a l
‘ p a r ti c l e or
p o s t p o si ti o n b y m ea n s o f w h i c h ,
 S ECTION II THE INFL EXION O F NO UNS
'

. . 12 3

th e va r io u s c a se s a r e ma de u p Th e c han g e s w hi c h .
,

th e fin a l v o w el o f a n o un u n der g o e s b efo r e th e a c c e ssio n

o f a n y a d v e r b i a l p o s t p o si t i o n a r e o n th e w h o l e th e sa m e ,

as th o s e b efo r e a n y o th er a ffix I n Sin dhi th e p o s t .

i t i d t o l e w i th t h e n o u n it s el f th l a
p o s o n s o n o c a es c e n ,

til l b i n s ci o u s o f th e fa c t th a t it h a s to
”

g g
u a e s e n
g c o ,

d e a l wi th o r ig in a l a dver b s W e h a v e h in te d a lr e a dy
.
_ ,

tha t th e Fo r m a ti v e i s o r ig in a lly th e G en i tiv e; i t w o u l d

b e r a th e r di ffic u lt to p r o v e thi s i n r e fer e n c e to th e
,

Fo rm a ti ve o f th e Sin g u l a r b u t th a t th e Fo r m a tiv e o f ,

th e P lu r a l o r i g in a ll y r ep r e se n t s th e G e n iti ve P lu r a l i s ,

b o r n e o u t b y th e P r akri t a n d th e kin dr e d m o der n idi om s .

I n Pr ak r i t th e G en itiv e P lu r a l en ds in (H m §Q E m “

1n th e A b h n s a di a l ec t g H th th S i
p a r a 1 g 7 ig , g e n c e e n ,

d h i F o r m a ti v e P l u r a l 6 e o r n e , ,
-
.

Th o u g h th e Fo r m a tive b e in a ll lik eliho o d th e , ,

Gen itive o f th e P r akr it th e a dj e c ti va l a ffix 5 } ha s b een

, 1

a dd e d to i t to t u r n i t i n t o a n a dj e c ti v e th e m o d e r n 1 di o m s
, ,

o nc e h av i n g ta ken thi s c o u r se to s u pp ly th e G en iti ve .

Fr o m th e n c e i t w a s o n ly a c o n se qu en t s tep to u s e th e ,

a n c i e n t G e n itiv e a s th e b a s e to w hi c h a ll th e o th er ,

d e cl en si o n a l p o stp o siti o n s w er e a dde d i e th e G e n itiv e ,

. .

w a s tu r n e d in t o th e F o r m a t i v e .

1) T h
-

e Fo r m a tive o f n o uns en di n g m
‘
u
’

m
( a sc . an d fem ) .

M u h an g e fin a l
° ’
a
) a sc u l i n e -
n o un s e n din g in c

in th e Fo r ma tive Si n g dasu , l ve
° ’ ( ’
u . to a ,
as : a s a ,

Fo rm w lo das a ; 5
.

5 l o da s a j o ,
Ls g
f u u lo d asa kh 6 etc .

‘
If fin a l u b e p r e c e de d b y a sh o r t
’
a
’
th e i n s er ti o n o f
,

a
e u p h o n i c v b e c o m e s n e c es s a r y Fo r m
,

as : ,
ra - u , a w ee d, .

r a v a ; th e s a m e i s th e c a s e i s p r e c e de d
’
w h en ,
fin a l 11

by a lo n g na sa liz ed a, as :
j
i g s th 6u , a di sh , Fo r m .

; L§
3 th 6v a d b
’
B u t if fin a l th er
°‘
. u be p r ec e d e y
.

a ny o
 1 24 SEC TION 11 . T HE INFL EXION o r . NO UNS .

v owel ,
th e in s er tio n of eup ho n i c v is op tio n a l ,
as : s f;
35
'

wmd , Fo r m a t v a va
o

A; d eu , dem o n ,
..

vau or v aa ; e a
,
fi
.

d6 va
5
Fo rma t 3 or d6 a ; wh en fin al h o w e ve r
° ’
.

,
1
,
s o u is

p r c e e
d e d by s ho r t or lo n g 1 ,
no eu p ho nic i n s er tio n i s

re quir e d ,
as :
9 2} di u , "
a m o u n d , F o r m a t “ ag
r
.
d ;
i a
ég ,
m ea do w , Fo r ma t j , life Fo rmat
viu ,
a . vi a ; é » i u ,
.

T h e fo llo wi n g
‘ ° ’
no un s en d1n g 1n u r e a int their fin a l
i n th e Fo r m a tive
’
u una lter ed ,
S in g u l a r
'

té bh 6 u , b roth er , Fo r m a t g Q
'

a al as 5 s b h au
o . a,
: $
kh 6 e tc .

bu t é Ju
p i u ,
sw ee th e a r t ,
s Lég b h au , p r ic e ,
'
ar e re
g u arl .

Th e Fo r mt i v a e P l u ra l en ds ei th er in a ,
6 .
_ or f

N o m Sin g lg h l fl o w er ; N o m i P l ur
‘

ne as : p u u a
-
;
f

,
.
. ( ,

33 h l a Fo r ma t P lur 1
0 11 p
—
hul 6 n e. p h l ‘
’

. u i 6,
p ; u -
1
-

. , o
. .

I o
Th e Fo rma ti ve i n
0

or: p h u l a -
ne . a an d e is .

g e

n er a lly u se d tp o sitio n a n d tha t

w ith o u t a fo llo w 1n g p o s ,
\

in n e m o r e w ith a fo llo w mg p o stp o si ti o n a s b e1n g m o r e

-
,

s o n o r u s ; ib u t 1n tr y th e o n e r o th e r fo r m i s us e d
‘

p o é o ,

as r e qu ir ed b y th e m e t r e
’

Tho se n o u ns , w hi c h fo r m th e i r P l u r a l ir r eg u la r ly ,

as : a Lé)
'

. b h a u , b r o th er , No
’

m Pl . ur .

EiLé b h aur a o r ;
fi Lé z ;

bh au r u ; é i
p ,u fa th e r N o m P lu r p 1u r a d e r i v e the i r
?
» “
J ,
.
.
,

Fo r ma tive P lu r a l e ithe r fr o m th e N o m1n a t1v e Sin g u lar

i
or th e N o min a tive P lu r a l a s O l 6 b h au n e o r O ; -4 :
) ,
.

bh auran e ; p l un e or , p 1u r a n e ; th e co ntr a c t ed

fo rm o f th e Fo rma tive (i . e : 6) i s ne v er u s ed With

 26 S E TIO C N 11 . THE I NFLEXION OF NO UN S .

Th e Fo rm a tive P l u r a l en d s eith er in a 6 th e
”

t er min a tio n of th e N o m in Plur a l (6 ) b ein g d ro p p e d

. be
fo r e th em ,
or 1 11 -
n e ,
_ fin a l 6 of th e N o m P lu r a l b ei n g
.

kulh 6 , or :
Og
l e ku lh ane : S
5) ! kue ,
r at , No m . Plu
r . ,

O ;
f kii an e
'

3) T h e Fo r m a t i v e o f no un s e n din g in u ( )u .

N o un s e n di n g in han g e th e me th e Fo r
“

u c sa in

M;
‘
m a tiv e Sin g ular to v6 h c r o c o di e , l
“

n a as
, g 11 ,

Fo r mat .

jé ;
f i v6g h ua . If fin a l 11 be n a sa li z e d

th e A nu sv 6 r a is co mmo n ly r e a in
t ed in th e For m a tive ,
9

T h e Fo r m a tiv e Pl u r a l
i

en d s ei th er in u e
a, u or

u -
ne ,
na -
ne , l on
g 6 an d 6 b ein g
“
sh o r t en e d b e fo r e th e :

t er min atio ns of th e Fo r ma ti ve ,
as : ra hu , a r esi d e n t ,

N o m p lur . . ra hu r e si d en ts , Fo r m a t . P lu r . ra

hu6 i
L é h u 6,
( or z b
) W ” ra r a h un e
M ra
-

u ,
) ,
y

h ua n e ; ” m1 r u , a w i ld b e a s t , N o m Plu r 6 m ir u
0 17 “337
.

w ild b ea s t , Fo r m a t . Plu r .

0
6
7 9
” m1r u n e , j 1 11111 131 19
LJ fl
'
U)
.

4) T h e Fo rmative f din g in a
"

o no un s en

N ou n s e n di n g m a re m a in una lter e d i n th e Fo r
v

m a ti v e S in g Llf l , f ya mm a n d , Fo r ma t Li f T
"

,
as , .
,
ag ,
co .

ag y 6 ; AO
L
; r6 j 6 kin g ,
Fo r m at . Lg
; r6 j ;
6 m th e
F o r m a ti v e P l u r th ey en d ( a c c o r din g to th e ter mi n a ti o n
“

.
 S EC TI ON II . T HE I FL N EXI ON OF NO UN S . 127

o f th e N o mi n
s
. Plur a l
—
: 6 -
6 ) in u -
n e, as :
G b?
i
" ag y 6

l b i ma sc
v

un e ; a so a r aJ a un e
J ) ,
.

6) T h e F o ma tiv e f din g i n
c ’
r o n o un s en ,
a .

N o un s en di n in
‘
a
’
re ma m un c han g e d in th e Fo r
g
m a tiv e P
K h 6 ma a be a m Fo r m a t IK h 6 m a ;
S in g ,
as :
, , , .

in th e Fo rm a ti v e P l ur th ey te rmin a te (a c c o r din g to th eir .

N om P lur a l) eith er in
. or u ne as : L K ka m a -
, Jo
,

6) T h e F o r m a t i ve o f n o un s en di n g i n i i
() .

) a M a s c n o un s . e n din g in 1 c ha n g e th e sa m e in

th e Fo r ma ti ve Si n g to i 1L
; m ali a r d en er ,
"

-
a as : a
_
,
6
.
, g
Fo rm a ti ve uy m 6 h a h a ve
g . Th o s e n o un s , w hi c h fin a l

1 n a sa liz e d -
i) ,
1 r e a in t th e A n u sv 6 r a i n th e Fo rm a tiv e ,
as .
p r i , fri en d , Fo r m a t .
p r 1a . Th e F o r m a ti v e

P lu r a l e n ds ei th er in i 6 6
(y ) , i 6 6
(y ) , or in i -
n e,

ia -
n e y
( a n e ) ,
iu -
n e (
yun e ) ,
as :
u
U
L Lo m al i 6 ,
Q
;
M JL J

m6h6 ;
u
J LE m 6 lin e , g i l t; m 6li a n e (G A LE) ,
m a

liu n e (U J E
L ) .

‘
b) F e m i n i n e n o un s en i
d gn i ha n g e th e me
-

in c sa
‘

likewi s e in th e Fo rm a tiv e S in g to i -
a as :
5
3
t 6 pi ,
$
.
,

a h a t , Fo rm a t .

6 g}
; t6 p i a ; th e For m a ti ve P l u r a l l
a so

qu ite a
g r ee s w i th th at o f th e m a sc . n o un s ,
h
w )o ;

t 6 p i6 , t6 p i 6 , t6 p i n e , t6 pia n e ,
3

M 5 w}
e ;
W “
7

t 6 p iu n e . Su c h fe m . n ouns ,
as h a ve dr o pp e d fin a l 1 m
th e N o m . P lu r a l (c f . 15 , dr o p th e sa me l
a so in

the co n tr ac ted fo r m of th e F o r m a ti e v P lu r .
,
as :

m anj i , a t
s oo l , No m . Plur .

L9 7
5 ; m a nj fi Fe rm a t Plu r ,
.
-
.
 S ECTION -
II . THE INFLEXI ON OF NO UN S .

S o m e o th er no un s a ls o, in w
i
m a nJ l u n e a r e a so l in ,
h chu se . .

fin a l I i s n o t pr ec e de d b y a p a l a t a l , dr o p 1 in th e c o n
’

tr a c ted fo r m o f th e Fo r ma tive Plu r a l a s : W f ko r e 1n

fi , ,

fr o m
sc o r e s , L5
) ; k6 r 1 , a s co r e

7) T h e F o r m ati ve o f n o uns en d in g l n1 () e .

m m a sc
’
N f m a in
°
o un s e n din g in i ( e .
“
an d .
) re un :

a l t er e d in th e Fo r ma t Si n g as : 1
1, b h i t e a wa ll ,
3695
14 1
,
.
,

Fo r m a t . u s
e
: b h ite ;
) Q
. S k6 h ar e (m a lio n Fo r ma t
J .
,
.

M k 6 ha r e . In th e Form a tive Plu r a l o f f e m n o u n s

th e me t er min a tion s m p lo y e d w ith fem
“

sa are e . as . n o un s

tin e m e» b h itia n e , bh itiun e I n th e Fo rmat i v e

, d
a .

w fe i )
.
.

Plur al ’
fin a l i i s fr e qu e n tly d r o pp e d a lto g e the r ,
e sp ec i a lly
in p o é tr y , b u t on ly i n th e c o ntr a c e d t fo r m .
of th e Fo r

bh a t e , ha bit ma nn er ,
.

Th e Fo r ma ti ve Plur a l o f m a s c n o u n s en ds i n n e
‘ '

-
.
,

th e c o n t r a c t e d fo r m a 6 h a r dly e ve r b ein g in us e w ith :

ke h a r i n e .

‘
w ife , w hi c h fo r m s l ts P lu r a l e ith er
f
re
J o e , g u

hir u ,
has ln th e Fo r m a t . Plur . ei th er 6
J y u n e or

W 6 l et no w fo llo w , fo r th e . sa ke of p e r s p i c ui ty ,
a

s ur ve y of th e Si ndhi de c l en s1o n a l p r o c ess . A s th e Ge

1 30 S EC TI ON II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOUNS .

P LU AL R .

M a s cu line .

O , 3 0 /
0M s a n da .

I a o T

m
0 , O f

M sa n da n e , s an dl n e ; m san
0 3
.

Fo r m .

a , a ,

mn e
a

M s an de di a n e ; o s an d
W .

G e . “ .

o
m
,
z

s a n di u
o

V o c a t iOJ Uw s an d a a
“y
. .

I . D E CLE N SI O N .

N o u n s in u (m a s c . an d fe m .
)
M in
‘ ’

)
as a s c . no un s u .

SI N GULA R .

Nom ’ "
é " dé h.
-
u ,
a c o un r t y ,

Fo r m a t .

d eh -
a
I n str u m
.

G en dé h -
a j o e tc
.

3 ? .

Da tive .

A c cu s a t de h u (6 3 !
3
_

L o c at gg o dé h -
e, o r : -
540 d eha m e e tc
.
0
. .

A bla t . dé h fi -
.

A gg y deb é dé h a
c, é
d eh -
afi ; _
-
au or L j .
g o

kh a etc
‘

V o c at .
6 ?e deb -
a ; _g oé dé h -
a .

PL U RA L .

.
ge o dé h -
a ,
c o un trl e s .

se deb a ; deb é ; a fa deh a

o
w ) ne
-
r)
- -
e“ .

e tc
e
an e J O
g

W e) d eha n e kh e .

l
 S ECTI ON H . THE I FL N EXI ON OF NO UN S .
13 1

A c cu s .

de h a n e m e
‘
de h
2

L o ca t
" z

w fi f e”
? .
6 tc .
(M )
?
f -
e
) .

A bl a t i f ég ii deha n e a
L -
e tc .
; Lg)
”
deh a n e
kha etc .

$ 0 deb 6 ; Lég -
o deb -
a .

A n ir r e g ular n o un .

SI GUL A N R .

-
u ,
fa th er .

G en i t .

A i
c c us
é p u
é )
-
. ; a .

V o c at .

No m .
p i u -
ra ,
fa th er s .

F o rm a t .
i , a .

p l u n e p 1 u ra- n e
-

In stru m .
,
L
yr a .

p i u r a n e khe ,

, a a , f.
A c cu s .
p 1 ur a (S ? w ! ; 6 45 ur a
e
) .

13 a
lfg
, .

A bla t p 1u n e - a ;
v
u
p 1u r a n e - a etc
f
. .

é z A .

L f - p i nn e kh a ;
n S p 1u r a n e kh a e tc
-

H
u G u
;
g r
.

a f

1 ) In p o etry an a dd i ti o n a l v o w el ma y b e j o in e d to th e fin al a of

t;
}
th e Vo ca tive , fo r th e s a ke of th e m etre ,
as : i v a n an ,
oh y e tr e e s ,

3 l
in s te ad of [ 5 v ana ; v a g ab a , a l ; v a n a a.
’

Sh M a fiBrmi .
‘ ‘
, III, 6 .
7 8 . .

I 2
13 2 S EC TION II . THE I FL N EXION OF NOUNS .

Ha ving t r e u r ne d to my o wn c o w p en ,
m ay I see

th e c o u n tr y of Ma li r . Sh . Um . M ar I , . 13 .

Fo r g e t n et (thy) h u sb a n d ; 0 w o man ( th e
rar) die !
Sh . U m M ar . . II , 6 .

May I be o f a b l ac k fa c e (l i t e r a lly : m a bla c k

fa c e) on th e d a y o f th e r es u r r ec t i o n fr o m a m o n g s t th e
s in n e r s . M aj 7 3 1
. .

H a vi n g m a d e a j o urn ey fr o m a fo r el g n c o un r t y he
has c o m e hi th er . Sh . S or . I, 2 .

W o u n de d w er e th o se fe e t of th e p oor w o man fr o m

th e j o u r n ey Sh A bir i VI , 6
'

. .

T h e thie f , th e m a d m a n , th e s tr a n g er , the f oo l ta k e
o u t o f thy min d M aj 2 9 1 . . .

C o m e n ea r o swe e th e a r t , ,
do not
g o aw a y , my
fr ien d ! Sh A biri X 3
’

,
.

If o ne g i v e m e thu s in t ellig en c e of my frien ds .

M aj . 733 .

H a vi n g s ep a r a e d t th e fr iends fr o m th e fr ien ds h e
s ho w s , co mp a s si o n . Sh . S or ; I , E pil .
1 34 S EC TIO N II THE INFL EXION O F N O UN S
“

. .

PLU RA L .

f a I
No m u m Lao m a
3 z

be m a
0

a u
°

o
- -
i ru- -
i ru-
“y
.
,

moth er s .

i —
I
Fo r ma t
z

h o mau n e ; m a l ru
_ 0

w na
-
. .

é a , f

V o cat “ m ma
2

h
0
p
a -
u -
1 ru-

o f 7 3 .
.
,
.

H a vin g r is en w ith l o ve d ep a r t no thin g (else ) w ill

b r in g th e e to Kee .
‘
Sh Ma ss II 1 0
. .
,

0 frien d , do not
g o to a fo r eig n c o un r t y ,
s a id to
him a
g a in h is m o th e r . M aj f 8 3 .

Th e sw ee th ea r t h a s b een wo n by tho se w h o s e t ,

ff , p la c in g r e n t u p o n r e nt s i
( in th ei r c lo th es) Sh
o ‘
. e . . .

A b ir i , V I I , 7

O t
s is e r s ,
I am simp le min ded ; b y m e u n kn o wm g ly
-

m a r r ia g e h a s b een c o n tr a c t e d Sh A b iri V ,
’

a . .

II . D E CL E N SI O N .

N o un s in 6

SI N GUL A R .

Fo r ma t .

m k
5
5 er a e
-

I n s tr u m
,

. 6

G en it m er ak e j o -
e tc
5;
. .

I I
 S ECTION II . THE I FL N EXION OF NO UN S . 13 5

A bl at . m er ek e e tc -
.
; w é
L! mer ak e kh a .

V o c at .

PL U AL R .

ra ka -
ne .

G en it .

'

Da tw e ! I m er a ka n e kh e
?
uo
as f

A c cu s .

A b la t .

v
i a
t }?
m er aka n e a -
e tc .
; wé
L f m er a

ka n e kh a e tc .

ba
V o cat .

kI a m er ak —a ; 5 mm m er ak
7 5 I
-
au ;
I
m er ak

H a vin g fill e d th e di s h wi th m an y p e a r l s sh e g a ve
i t to th e lu c k y o ne (fl Lée ) . M aj . 7 14 .

Th e l ha n t tho u g h h e w alk slo w ly i s

e ep , , y et o f g t
r ea e r

p r i c e tha n a ho r s e Sh shih e Ké d I 2
. . .
,

Get u
p, 0 ma d one ! be o ff! do not s it no w h er e !
M aj . 2 49 .

Th e s a il s a r e s tra ig ht, th e r o p es a r e n ew ,
th eirc hi efs
th e Mu h an es (fis he r men ) Sh Su r I , 12
"

a re . . . .
13 6 SE C TION II . THE INFL EXION O F N OUN8 .

H a vi n g lifte d th e kille d o n e (fem ) int o th e p a n ier s

th e fr i en d h a s dr iven o ff sn . . A h ir i X ,
E pil .

T
h l o ve r s t (th eir he a d) fr o m th e sh o u lders
'

e sc o o p ou

y
sa s 3A b d -
ul Sh Ka l . .
7

I n th e b o tt o m sh e :
‘
i th e b o a t h a s g o t h o le s
( )
”

. e .
w

fr o m th e si de s w a t er flo w s in . Sh . Sur . II I , 6 .

III . DE CLE NSI O N .

SI NGULA R .

h ak
'

ra -
ua .

kh a e tc .

PL U RA L :

No m .

{ }
fi f r a h ak
e -
u ,
i n h a b it a n t s .

A b la t . ra h a u e a e tc ;
k n é
v é
L ) .
’ ’

d
hi; r a h aku ne

Lii LsD
’ ’

f tfo ;
’

Vo c a t r a h a ku E r a h aku
g ) ; a
- -

)
. .

G r a ins of m e di c in e h a ve b ee n g i v e n b y m e to th e (
:

s wee th e a r t With (my) h a n ds . Sh . Koh i ar i IV , 9 .

 SE C TION H . T HE I FL E I N X ON OF NO U NS .

IV . D E CL E N S I O N .

a ) f e mi n i n e .

SINGUL A R .

No m C9 hae -
a m u r d er .

Fo r m a t .

L9 h ae a -
.

A b la t
.
(u Q h ac -
a ); n S L9 b a ea

V o c at f L9 ha a
c -
.

PL U RA L .

i a g
Uf
L9 ha c a -
u ,
mu r d e r s .

i I
gL
9 —
b a c au n e
u
.

Lw L9 h a c a un e -
a:

13

b) m a lin e
sc u .

S INGUL A R
“

P LU A L R .

Fo r ma t . i "

"Lé I 1 J a ne
I n str u m !
’

.
V

—
V o cat .

55 L
L I
; r aj a o .
 S EC TI ON II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOUNS . 139

i Le lf
d v
w e w e
e s e
Th er e is no way w ith th o se J a ts , o au n t! Sh .

Hu s VI , Epil
. .

cf

Th a t o n e i s wi th thy self o n w ho s e ,
a c c o un t
‘
c au s est thy s e l f tr o u b le s Sh A bir i III 5 . .
,
.

V . D E CL E N S I O N .

N o u n s in a .

SI NGUL A R .

5 3A ; s ad h -
a ,
w is h .

PL U A L R .

Nc m . sa d h a;-

ur ged . “ sa d hfi -
,
w ish e s .

Fo r ma t .
2 2

b “ sa d h M Sfl dh e sa d hu
we f
ne
-
-
a t-
-

In s tru m v
.
, ,
.

A h la t .

wa f er} ; sa dh u n e -
a ; C f
u g u
é A L s a dh u n e kh a e tc .

V o cat . BEA ; sa d h -
a ; L9 7
3 “ ; sa d h -
fi .

By th e
'
c o u n sel o f S ah a r u (th e bu fia lo k e ep er ) I ha v e -

b e e n m a de to p a s s th e w hir lp o o l wi th th e m er c y (o f Go d)
" “

Sh S uh II , 2
. . .

Fr o m th e uni ty mu ltip lic ity h as sp r u n g ; m u ltip li city

is a ll un i ty . Sh Ka l . I , 15 .

S it no t 0 l a dy ! in B h a mb h er u th o u
.

,
w ilt no w c o me

u
p to h im . Sh Hu s V III 3
. .
, .
 SE TI ON 11 C THE INFL EXION
“

0 1
. OF NOUNs :

‘
H o t w in d s blo w , o p pr ess1v e ly hot ar e th e da ys .

Sh . D esi I II , Ep il .

m en si r oo m s th e
’
In th e s ttin g is a oel -
wo o d , on

co uc h e s mu s k . Sh M um Ra n o
. . II ,
3 .

VI . DE CLEN SIO N .

"
N o un s i n i (i ) .

a ) M a s c u l i n e n o u n s .

SINGUL A R .

6 3
.L; S an -
i, co mp a n i o n .

san -
ia .

5 a r a
f
g

n
0
:
.

sa hl -
a ; san l a

}; Z LL
"

V o c at s an i - a h
.

G
e San -
i ( é a ) .

PLU RA L .

L; S an co mp a n io n s
5
.

a 5 I o I

f ’ q

W t “ sa n y a-n e s a ni a -
n e) ;
d
a sh » sa n yu -
ne

?
w
5 a z

A b la t u
1 .

s a ya n e a
n -
e tc
w
. .

o o—
mu s em
£ “
f

V o cat n
0 0

; j:i
“

. u -
a sa n 1 o .

U n d er th e fe e t of m
( y) fr i e nd I s p r e ad o ut my
ha ir . M aj . 231 .
1 42 S ECTION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UNS .

Th en s a id th e la dy to h er sl a ve -
g i rl : h a v in g r is en

s a d dl e th e c ame l! M aj 7 3 8 . .

O a ffli c e d t one ,
fo r g et thy
( ) g r ief b r e a k i n pi e c e s
thy
( ) b ed , Sa o u i ! Sh Ma ze VI , 6
’

0 . . .

T h e ke r n e l s of th e g o l ar ci s (c o c c in e a in di c a ) wi ll I
’

p i c k w ith a sn a p o f th e fin g e r s Sh U M ar II , . . m . .

E p il .

They (i . e . th e p hysic ia n s ) g iv e a p i ll of m er c y ,

ha vin g s e en th e p u l s es Sh . J a m Ka l II , 1 8
. . .

T o th e qu een s pl ea sur e h a s r etu rn e d ; th e g r i efs o f th e

1

s la v e g ir l s h a v e b e en t a k e n o ff
-
S b D esi Ch et 3 . .
,
.

54 9 ° Fe fl u w ei r
e
“
.s

O co mp an i o n s , m y s o ul h a s b e en c o n fid e d to th e

p r o t ectio n of my s w ee th ear t . Sh \
. D esi V II , 1 1 .

V II . DE C L E N SI O N .

N o un s e n di n g in e (i ) .

SI N GUL A R .

.
@J @ g elb -
e ,
s ort y (fem) .

_gJ L F g alh -
ei

g ei h e a;
-

Hi ts g al h
?“ -
o

V o c at J Lf g alh -
e
g
. .
.
 S ECTION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UNS . 1 43

PL U A L R .

i f
‘
“
i L g alh e -
ii , s o r i es
t
vj g
.

g al hi -
e;
“g i t? g al

h ea ne ; i J
‘
Lf g alh e u -
ne; J U l h
“
g i
-

Q Q QQ
i

A bla t .
g alh i ne -
a e tc .

V o cat .

0 fr ien d , m a y so me one s ho w m e th e w a y to th e
m o s qu e ! M aj . 131 .

Fr o m K ake do not
g o an yw h er e ! it i s not ri
g ht fo r
th ee ,
o B an e ! Sh M um . . R an . I , E p il .

kn o w le dg e then Mu h am ma d th e
A c ,
i n t er c ess o r , o ut

of
k
th o u g ht a n d lo ve ( ) Sh K a l I 9 . . .
,
2 .

0 m o th er , I d o tr u st th em w h o s h e d t ea rs
not ,

H a vin g b r o u g ht w a t er i n to th eir e ye s th e y s h o w
a s an dhill Sh J a m Ka l I 2 0
. . . .
,
.

“ 'as ;
}
“
f fie
e r
; ee er s w ere
:

Th e se lf w ill e d
-
b u ffa l o e s g r a z e th e c o o l d e s er ts ,
H a vi n g c o me in fr o nt o f th e c o w h o u s e th e y g ive
-

fr esh milk . Sh . S ar I V , 1 4
. .
1 44 S ECTI ON II . THE I FL N EX ION OF NOUN S .

‘
s
'

I n th e ca ldr o n s th e li mb s b o il , w h er e in th e e ddi e

a
g r a in d o es not s in k . Sh . Ka l II , .

V o lu me s b ea u tifu l i n a ll w ays , an d o t er
h l
e e
g an t
b o o ks . M aj . 14 1 .

O s1 s te r s , g i v e me b y no m ea n s c o un se s l to t
r e u rn !
Sh D esi
.

b) M a s c u h n e no un s .

SIN GUL A R .

keh ar -
e, lio n .

keh a r e a e tc -
.

V o c at .

PL U A L R .

Nom .

) QS . J k eh a r -
e, li o n s .

Fo r m a t .

ké h a m é '

In str u m
’
.

h ar i -
ne .

A b la t LI; keh arm e -

a e tc .

I
.

V o cat f
”
keh ar e
'

o
A

f fl
-
z
.

Thi s i n th e b u sin es s o f th e li o n tha t h e s tr ike s ,

hi s

h an d i n to th e e l epha n t Sh Shih a K ed 7 . . . .
 SEC TI ON II T HE I FL N EXION NOUN S
-

1 46 . OF .

He sa w tho se tw o b r o th er s thr o win g th eir n et in t o

th e sea . M a tth IV , . 18 .

I tho u g ht th ehi ll s hi g h .

A s to th e c ase it m ay b e o b ser ve d , th a t ad

j e c tiv e s ,
w hi c h en d in i an d u ma y re m a in un in
fl e c t e d , w h en imme di a t ely fo ll o w e d b y .
a su b s a n t ti v e
i n th e Fo r ma tiv e , as

Do not m a ke a j o u r n ey in th e c ar a va n of v in

dic tiv e m en !

h elp l e s s ther e w a s in m a n y w
T o bo th th e a ys ple a sa n t

c o n v e r s a tio n M aj 1 9 8 . . .

A n a dj e c tiv e fo ll o win g a su b sta n tiv e ma y b e p u t

, ,

in th e A b l a t i v e c a s e w h er ea s th e p r ec e di n g s u b s ta n ti ve
,

i s o n ly p u t i n th e F o r m a t i v e a s ,

--U
9 h ic h) -g c)
Q g 9
[ w .
g
l

H e w h o h a s c o m e fr o m th e g r a n d fa th e r s -
’
co un tr y,
h as g i v e n m e a r ep r o a c h M ar II ,
2 . . .

W h en an j ti v e
a d ec p r e c e d e s or fo llo w s a n o un in
th e c o n tr a c t ed fo r m of th e F o r m a ti v e P lu r a l ,
it as

su m e s th e sa m e fo r m , as :

W i c ke d men fo r sa k e .

0 4

I see k in m a n y w a ys th e m er c y of o th er s . Sh . J am .

Ka l V , Epil I
“

. . .

V c o n tr a c te d in s te a d of
 S EC TION II . THE I FL N EXION OF N U O NS . 1 47

s ees .
f w ? i L
v i 3? -
w ‘g we t? b
'
s

By th e b ur n in g l
co a s of th e th o r n an d b a bu l tr e e
I a m in dee d r o a s ed t ! Sh . J am . Ka l I H , 3. .

A dj e c tive s p r ece de , as a ru e l ,
th eir su b s ta n

tiv e s , as :
0 .
,
0 9 0

Man s ee s w ith h i s sm a ll eye th e w o r l d .

G o o d , fr a g r a n t , sw e e t -
sm e lli n g fo o d w a s t
c o n ai n e d

ther ein .

A n a d ec j tive ma y a sol llo w fo i ts t ti v e e s

su b s a n
,

ec ial ly w h e n th e a dj e c ti v e c o n t a in s mo r e s yll a b l e s th a n
p
i ts su b s a nt ti ve as

Th e fr o m th e da y o f b e g i n n in g ar e , w i th o u t
t
“

s ars

ha vin g devia ted fr o m th eir fixed in t er va l s , in fu ll tu r n i n g .

Tw o and mo r e a d ec j tives ver y fr e qu en tly fo ll o w th eir

t
su b s a n tive as

Idl e Lee /
”
SGT w
”

! LE
d e
f p f

O s w ee t a n d c ha r min g fri en d ma ke ,
th e w h o l e ear th
b l o o m in g ! Sh S ar IV 1 2
. .
,
.

w?! L
e
g
-
te )

B y th e kn o w m g Go d t ha ve
'

an d w is e su c h s ec r e s

b een l
exp a in ed in hi s w o r d .
 ‘
S CTIO
E N T HE I FL N EXION or NOU NS
'

48 11 . .

To j ti v e s
a d ec
:
,
as w ell as to su b s an t tive s very fr s ,

qu en tly an e m ph a t i c i a c c e des in a ll c a s e s , s i n ifyi n

g g
‘ ‘
q u i t e tr uly w itho u t a lte in g iii a n y w ay th e
° ’ ’ ’
v1e r y , (
,
r

ter min a ti o n o f th e a dj e c tive (th e fe min in e Sing u la r o f

a dj ec t ive s e n din g i n 6 a l o n e b e i g e xc e p te d ; s e e
'

20 n
,

o c it0 1 , qu i t e a c c iden a t l; ya r 1 b ei S
( g
i n .

fem ) . ver y hu mble .

O co mp a n io n ma ke p r e p a r a tl o n _ of th e ver y in s ta n t
j o u rn ey ! G o l d e n A lp h I , 1 . .

g . 20 .

F o r m a ti o n o f g e n der .

W ith r e fe r e n c e to th e der i va ti o n o f th e f e m l n i n e

fr o m m a sc u lin e g n o un s h a v e th e e n er a l r u es l , w hi c h
1 4 a r e e qu a lly ap
‘ ”

b e en la i d d o w n in Ch a p t er V II , ,

li c a l e to a dj e c tive s S o me min o r p o in t s i n w hi ch a d
p b .
,

c tiv e s di ffe r i n thi s r es p e c t fr o m s u b s ta n t iv es o f th e

j e

s a m e ter ml n a tio n will b e n o tic ed u n der th e fo llo w m g

,

h e a ds .

1) A d j e c t i v e s e n d i n g i n u
° ’
.

Th es e c h an g e th e m as c . ter min a tio n °

u
’
ei ther to
’ “ ’
e i
() or to a ,
as

n idh a r u h elp less , fe m E

N} ; n idh a r e or
J
.
,

ad n i dh a r a
f e .

Fo r l o r n , h elp l e s s ,
w r etc h e d , un ac qu a i n t e d I a m!
Sh A bir i V III , 1
. .

S o m e a dj ec tives of Sin dhi o r ig in , b u t mo r e tho s e so

b o r r o w e d fr o m th e A r a bi c or Per sia n ,
r ema m W i tho u t
0

mb er
,

any c ha ng e of g en der ,
nu a n d c ase as : sa r s u ,
150 S EC TI ON II . THE I FL N EXION OF NO UN S .

as
“ ; ca
yi
5A? ka yo ,
m a de ( an o th er fo r m of th e p a r t .

p e rf . of fem . A { a yo ,
co me (
p a r t p e r f
G
. .

fro m
v a l) , fem .
el a yl ; bu t th e y m a y j u st as w el l
g
b e dr o p p e d ln su c l ik e fo r ms , a s : c a l , k a 1 , a 1 e tc
h - . .

‘
W h en
'
th e em p h a ti c 1 a c c e des to th e fe m i n i n e Sin
“

g l
u ar ,
then th e m as c . te r min a tio n o is , c ha n g e d to y a i

ln th e N o min a tiv e , as : mu n 6 , b lu n t , w ith th e em

"
h t i th e fe min in e : m un yai ; b u t th e h er
'

p a c 1 ln ot

c a ses of th e fe min in e ar e qu ite re g l u ar , a nd ha r dly e ve r

fo u n d w ith an e m p ha ti c 1 .

L o o k, y s L a tif w ha t c r edi t (is i v n ) to i

’

sa ,
~

g e p e c e s

Sh Su h V II I 1
V

o f s ra w t ! . .
,
.

‘
LS

If sh e sees th e fac e of th e b u ffa l o -

keep er ,
sh e be
qu ickly S uh fi é h 6 t
i

co mes w e ll . Sh . . 5 .

3) A d j ecti ves en di n g i n

Th e s e do no t c ha n g e th eik ter min a tio n in th e fe

m in l n e , as :
) é
.; sa hu ,
ma sc . an d fe m .
, p a t ie n t ,

v er h u ,
ma sc . an d fe m .
,
qu a r r elso me .

4) A d j ec ti ves en d1 n g m a a
() .

The s e ar e c o m p a r a ti vely fe w i n nu mb er an d ad m it
3
cf no c ha n g e of g en de r ,
as : L 10 dat a , ma s c . an d fe m .
,

liber a l ; L,
S
sL t }
al e ma s c an d fem .
,
w o r r ied: Th e g r e a t e r
I
.

mb er of th em 1n de c lin a b l e , as : li fe s a fa , (
“

ur e a
nu 18 p .

fa n a, tinct
ex
u é
L é
p h a , ' tir e d ; j u da ,
se

p ar a e t
 S ECTION II . THE I FL N EXION OF NOUN S . 15 1

5) A d j e c t i v e s ‘
di n g in
U

en a
'

They ad m it of no c ha n g e of
g e n de r an d a re a ll
f
i n dec lin a le v a dh i ka ve ;
b as : ,
e xc essi su na ,

mp ty , b a rr en dh ar a , t mp o u n d e d
‘

se
e ; p ar a e ,
or co

5 5po dh ar 6 dh a r a ;
6 : 05 L
, 3L; j ala or
3 L; j ar a ,
mu c h ;
F L;
j ama ,
mu c h .

a O /

H
( i s 1
“

. e . G o d s)
’
life i s w ith th e life of e ver y o ne ;

b u t th e a sp e c t is qui te differ en t . Sh Ka l . . I , 24 .

W ho s e he a ds (a re) a su n de r ,
the tr u n k s se p a r a e d ,t
th e limb s in th e ca l dr o n . Sh Ka l
. . II , 2 4 .

6) A d j e c tive s en d1n g l n 1 i
() .

These re m al n unc h an g e d in th e femin in e , as :

6 , L3
b ar i , c arr yi n g a b u r den, ma sc . an d fem ; . sa

vadi '

, sa vo u r y ,
m a sc . an d fem ; . so me are on ly u s ed in

7) A d j e c ti v e s en di n g i n e i
() .

Th ey do not differ i n th e fe mini n e , like th o s e en din g

in I ;
“

as : ca u r a s e , mas c . an d fem .
,
s qu ar e . Mo st
of them a re in dec lin a b le , c hi efly tho se of fo r eig n o r ig in ,

e .
g . : 3
9A ; s u dh e ,
'

p u r e ; . 9 0 3 da dh e , wr o n g ; 4 . x; mukh o ,

1 ) Sta ck e xh ibits in h is Sin dh 1 Gr a mma r th e p a r a dig ma

s a kh a r a and in fiec ts it in th e Fo rma tiv e P lur a l ; bu t in h is Dic tio n a ry
of I

he g iv es
e- w ( s akh a r u w h ic h is th e p ro p er termin a tio n I have
J
‘
a .
,

ne v
er met w ith an a dj e ctiv e e n din g in a , in fl e c te d in a n y w a y , fo r
’

u
0

mb ers
1 1

c a r dina l h a r dly b e cl a s s e d n der

th e nu
p j
an a five etc . c an

th is h ea d .
 S ECTI ON II . T HE I FL N EXION OF . N OUNS .

s u pr e me ; up }
; x
u se p l e a s a n t (g e n e r a lly p r o n o u n c e d
‘
s ho r t an d p a r tly a lso w r l tten U2 A); -
o Lco sade j o yfu l ;
,

31 ; e t Ag
‘

b a r ab ar e a br a s ri
g ht ; ba j ae p er :

, ,

fo r m e d ;
T h e fem1n 1 n e a ffixe s 11 1 , n e, an 1 am
(y ) , ai n e ,

( y a lne ) a re o c c a si o nally u se d w ith a d ecj tives en di n g in u,

o ,
u ,
1, if so me 1n h er en t qu a l i t y h a b i t o r c o c u
,

p a ti o n of livin g bein g s i s to b e ma r k e d o u t (th e

Cha p t er V II
d e t a il s s ee ,
as :
5 6 > Va ri

b in e
x
c h 6 ka r e ,
a g i rl h
( a b i t u a l
l y) h u m b l e ,
v) S
w ab .

s a dh u n l r a n a th r o u hly) vir t u o u s w i d Lg 35sb

a
( o g o w; G
o

h 6 diya n1 dac l ,
an tin a te (fema le)
o bs ca me l .

We j h er e a s u r v e y o f th e i n fl e d
'

su b o i n xi o n of a

j ec tiv e s .

1) A d j e c ti v e s en di n g i n
c
u
’
.

N
SI GULA R .

M a sculine . F eminine .

C au sa l a é é tu , “ I a c eta ; M A} ? a é éte .

th bu g h tle s s .

Fo rma t . u a > L a ce a lt W I a é eta ; M l a é ete .

V o cat .
[M g l a ce a t . a ce a t ; W I a cete ,

PL U A L R .

Cw l alé é tal .

a c etifi .

l aco e t ,
e tc .

Fo r ma t .
a cetu n e ;

V o c at . a é é to .

a c é tifi .
1 54 SECTI ON II . THE INFL EXI ON OF NO UNS .

3) A d j ec t ive s en din g in u

SIN GUL A R .

M a sculme .

sa hu , p ati ent .

j g ;

sa hu a .

jé;
sa hu .

PL U A L R .

No m 7g
; sa hu ) é
;
. s a h fl

Fo r m a t . i
v g
il . s a h u an e .

d
i g; sa h u a n e

v é
d e w sa hu n e l sa hu n e

5
1 8 3 1111 6
V o cat .
5 g“

4) A d j e c ti ve s en din g in a .

N
S I GUL A R .

5
No m . L 10 dat a , l i b er a l . L3 10 dat a .

3
Fo r ma t . L 10 dat a .

i
V o c at . L lo data . La lo i ot a
( .

PL U A L R .

No m . l at e
( .

$ 0 1
1
3
Fo r ma t . 5 1 datau n e .

0 10 datau n e .

V o cat . dat a6 .
 S EC TI ON II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOU NS . 1 55

5) A d j ec tiv es en di n g i n
0

1 .

N
S I GUL A R .

M e sculin e . F eminine .

No m . du khi , af fl ic t e d . du khi .

Fo r ma t . du khia . dukh ia .

Vo cat f du k hi
'

. .
g 0 .

PL U A L R .

du kh i é e tc .

Fo r m a t .

0 du kh i n e e tc
4 ! 0 du kh in e e tc
0
. .

V o ca t .

6) A d j e c tives en din g in e i
() .

S IN GUL A R

m
.

No m .
M hika mu th e , h ika mu th e .

u n an i mo u s .

Fo r m a t . h ika mu th e . hi ka m u th e .

V o cat .

4 1 2K? h ika mu th e .

m h ika mu th e .

PL U A L R .

thin e e tc .

Vo cat M hi ka m
p .

. u ~

th i6 .
15 6 S EC TION I I . THE I FL X I N E ON OF NOUNS .

C o mp aris o n o f a d e c ti v e s
j .

Th e Sin dh 1 ll a s th e c o g n a te i dio m s , h a s l o st
,
as w e

th e p o w er to fo rm a C o m p a r a t i v e a n d S u p e r l a t i v e
d eg r e e a fter th e m a n n er o f th e S a nskr it (a n d P e r si a n )
by me a n s o f a dj e c tive a ffixe s a n d i t 1 s v er y r em a r ka b l e , ,

tha t th e Semitic w a y o f m akin g u p fo r th e d eg r e e s o f

c o m p a r i so n h a s b e en a d o t e d I n o r der t o e xp r ess th e
p .

i d e a o f th e C o m p a r at i v e th e o bj e c t o r o bj e c ts w i th , ,

w h i c h a n o th er i s to b e c o m p a r e d i s p u t i n th e A b l a ,

tive ,
o r, w hi c h i s th e sa m e , th e p o s tp o sitio n s _
u é
L f kh a,

f s Co m a nj h a
u é
uj é
kh 6 ,
kh 6 , v
b? m a, L an d si

m il ar o n es (s ee th e ,

P o s t p o s i t i o n s) ar e e mp l o y e d , th e
adj e c tiv e its elf re m a ini n g in th e P o siti ve . In o r d er to
ex r ess
p th e i dea of th e Su per la tive ,
th e p rono min a l
a dj e c ti v e b efo r e th e A b la ti ve By
'

a ll is p l a c e d . th e
A b l a t iv e th e d i ff e r e n c e or di s ta n c e ,
w hi c h e xis st
b e tw e en th e j t
o b ec s c o mp a r ed ,
i s p o in t e d o ut

Mu ch s w ee e r t tha n sw ee n ess , t an d
( ) not b itt e r i s
th e w o r d . Sh Ka l
. . II I , 1 0 .

I o ,
f E
"> v b “
? 5 M h
w en : “
7
“
r

Mo r e va lu a b l e tha n a hu n dr e d he a ds i s th e b r e a th
of Plu n )
th e fri e n d ( Sh Ka l H 3 0 . . .
,
.

N ea r er th a n th e b r ea th and th e vein s i s th e u ni o n

of th e Maj . 5 .

T h e wi fe , w h o m tho u ha s t r es p e c e d , t h a vi n g l o v e d
h er m o r e th a n thy L o r d (Plu r ) . Mé n g h 6 8 .
1 58 S ECTION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOUN S .

. m0 da ha , ten .

II
0
5
3 5 y ar a h a
3; ,
ikar a h a ; kar a h a e le ve n , .

bar a h a, tw e lve .

ter a h a , thir teen

p a n dh r a, fift e e n .

s6 r a ha ,
sixte en .

v t een
I f I
5
5° s a tr a h a , s e en
0 .

II
ar a ha ,
el g h teen .

, ,
I I
‘
unl ha u n 1v1 h a
0 0 O

1 n 1n e te e n
"

, 4 73 0 , .

vi h a , tw en ty .

A n n o ta ti o n . Th e S in dhi , n u m e ra ls a re a ll deriv e d fr o m th e

m
_

S an s k it by th
r e me diu of th e P r a k it r . S an s k . 3
E 5 ,
one , Prak .

in S in dhi a e up ho n i c h
h a s be en p r o p o s e d , a s : h ik u

h ikku) . W h en c o mm e n c in g to c o u n t th e H in dfi s u s e to sa
y

d
0

k
f I ,

in ste a d of hi u: b a r kh u , an th e M u s a lm an s : a y
n ),
v ki S a n sk fg k
‘

b a r kh a t a , in o n
g t her e by a ble s sin g . .
,
tw o ,
Pra .

a ; in S indhi th e c r u de fo r m d v a h a s b e en a s sim i a e d lt to

v y a ~
an d th en ce to ba bb a ) . B es ide s A b a w e m e et a sol
o c c a s io n a lly th e fo r m dfl , wh ich h as S p ru n
g fro m th e P r a
‘
k it a F
r
m ‘
S a n sk a ,
thr e e , S in dhi
L5 }
?
tr e ,
‘
w h er e a s th e

mm
. .

P ak f m
r . or h as g i v en rl se to th e H in dustani
U
‘
M '

S k 3 31
an s .
,
fo u r , P r a k .
a mfi ; in S in dhi th e c o n un c j t tt

m
9
has ag a in be en e lide d (tar e . S an s k .
,
P ra k .
“a ; in
S in dhi ( an d P a n j abi ) th e t e n u is 6 h a s b e en ch an g e d into th e

m e dia j (bu t in H in dustani and M a r athi g a a 1n p a ne

) S a n sk

m
. .

HE , s ix ; Pra k .
fi ,
as in S in dhi . S ahsk .
,
s ev e n , Pr ak .

Hg S i n dhi s ata ( tta ) ; P a nj abi tt b t i H i dfi

‘

; : z sa : sa ; u n n

s tani an d M a r athi : s at , th e co n unc j t t t b e in g dis s o l v ed by lo n g

h
t en in g th e p r e c e din g v owe l . S an s k .

m ,
P ra k . 53
3 ; S in dhi
 S ECTI ON II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOUN S . 15 9

a tha a h
tt )a ; P a nj abi : a tth ; b u t H in dii s t . an d M ar athi : ath .

S an s k 313
3 n i n e , P r ak .
HHS ; S in dhi n av a ; P a nj abi : n 6;
k am
. .
,

H in d
—
i 1 st : n au ; M a r athi : n a v a S an s t en P ra k
m
. . .
, ,

; S in dhi . daha ; M a r athi . d a h a; H in du s tani an d P an

j abi : da s .

In S ans k itr th e fir st ni n e nu mb er s ar e
p r efix e d to
W \7
te n , to fo r m th e fo ll o w in g n nei n u m er a s l ; bu t i n P r a k it r an d
c o nse qu en tly in S in dhi ( as _
we l l as in th e co
g na e t dia le c ts ) th ey
un de rg o g a r ea l h at th e w a y
dy so ir ea t cha n g es
n w h i ch t h e y
,
t ,

h a ve b e e n c o mp o un de d i s a t th e fir s t s ig h t s c c e ly r e c o g n i s ,
ar

a bl e T h e P r akr it fo r m
.

a t ! i s i n th e s e c o m p o u n d s fi r st c h an
g e d
to
(g a n d th e c e t o (
g as P r akri t n S a n sk
H a fi ,
:
m .

el even ; S in dhi on of k
W y ar ab a w i t h
‘
e li s i o . w ith o ut , ,
r

e li s i o n o f k ika a h a o r ka ah a (ini ti al 1 b ei g dr o p p e d) P ak
’
r r n r

m
. . .

3 11g S k t w l e S i d h i b a h a P ak i t
m
a n s : e ; n . r ,
v : ra . r

fitg S k ar t h i t S i dh i t h a P k it
’

a s r e en n. é r a a r n , : . r

c ep ti
S an sk
on fo rm s th e
fo u rt e e n ; S in dhi .

m
c 6 da h a

S n
’
A n ex
i dh i : p a n dr a h a
, :

dhr a , fifte en , th e P r a
.

or
p an

k itr

un c t n 6 ,
fo r m of

w h i c h in
w hi ch 1 s
P ra
m
k it
h a s b e en a s simi a t e d t o h e c e r eb ra l
S an s k .

m
l
mt
,
th e con

j r

h vi b e en c han e d in S in dhi t o n d b efo r e th e li qu i da r

m
n
nn a
, g g .

P r akr it S an s k .
(V ar . II , Sixt e e n ;

S in dhi : s6ra ha ; H in dfi s tani : l

s 6 ab . Pra k it r S a nsk .

W , s e v e n e en ; t S in dhi : s a tr a h a ; Hi n du stani : sa ra t h .
— Pra

k itr W W g h t e e n ; S in dh
sk i a. a h a ei : r
,

th e P r kr t c e r eb a l c o nj un c t tth b e in g c ha n g e d in S in dh i t o
1 r

e e I n tr o d ) n d a ssi mil a tin h f ll i d n ta l r b

(s 7 2 a .
g t e o o,
w n
g e
y ,

th r o wm g o u t th e l o n g a ; P a j abi a thara; H in dil s tan i a th a ah ; n : : r

Ma athi (w ith eli sio n o f m e di al a) a tha r a S a n sk G E TM

-

r T- : . .

P r akrit fo r m u n kn o w n l h n tw e n ty L ti
( ) o n e e s s t a ( a n u n d e ,
.

v i in ti ; S in dhi
) n ni h a o r u n1 V1 h a t h S n skr it
W t

m
g e a : w e n t y ,

b e c o m e s in P r akrit ; th en c e S in dhi y i b a ; in c o m o un d
p :

n u m e r a ls th e is g en er a lly eli de d w h en p r ec e de d b y a c o n
v
,

so a t n asn u ni h a o r
, n ivi h a; P an j abi
: u n ni ; H in dfis tani uni s ;
u : :

M ar athi é ku n i s : .

ég
_ e‘ ql aki h a
1
,
t w e nt y one .

tr bavi h a , tw en ty tw o .
 60 S ECTION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UN S .

ha , tw e n ty fo u r
v

PP cow .

to p a n v i h
j a ,
tw enty fiv e , or : .
g
.

m
eg 7
. i .
s atav i h a ,
t w en ty se ven .

PA .
eg , a th av i h a ,
tw e n ty el g h t .
~

P4 un a tr i h a tw en ty ,
n in e
~ .
~

S o me of th e un i s t ar e l eng th en e d in these ,
co m

n o t a f er a t fixe d ru e l .

,
;
L c ar e ,
four i s , w h e n co m
‘
p o u nde d th er n u m er a l c o n tr a c te d to
w ith an o a fte r ,
c6 ,

a diffe re nt p r o c e s s o f a s simi l a ti o n W b ein g fir s t di s ,

s o l ve d i n t o a n d th e nc e in t o 0 6 b y a s simila tin
g
ca ur -
, ,

th e s em1 v o w e l r wi th th e fo llo wi n g v
-
Th e s a me is th e .

c a s e in P a nj abi Hin du s t an i an d M ar athi

,
.

an d c o n s e qu en tly in Sin dhi to h a . .

é
A
JL; é ali h a , fo ur ty,
’

(v er y lik e
l y s
—
ta ram )
? b ein g e lide d in S in dhi and r

c h a n g e d to l in P a nj abi a n d ,
1 as Ma rathi e ven to ,

ten s
.

c ali ,
c al i s ; Hi n du s tan i : c ali s Th e r em a in in g .
(

fo llo w th e c o mm o n r u l e s o f a ssimila tio n as : S in dhi ,

th e (
i
S hn d i k e epin g c lo s er to th e S a n s kr it in thi s wor d ,

th a n th e P r akrit ; P a nj abi like se : p a nj ah ; Hin dust an i

‘
p a é as ,
but Ma r athi : p a n n as . .
ejéio sa th e, s ix ty Sansk
,
.
162 S EC TION II . T HE I F L N EXION OF NO UNS .

l Q M ! 6 k6 tali h a , fo r ty one
I
.

M “
ég LLSLS ba6 tal i h a , fo r ty two .

”
Pi

,
ég 66 6 t ali h a , fo r ty fo u r .

p
é-d
p j 6
an t a1i h a ,
fo r ty fiv e :

chaé tali h a ,
fo r ty S 1x .

UM ; s a t6 tali h a ,
fo r ty se ven .

a th 6 tali h a ,
fo r ty eig ht .

r o
4 53 u n 1v a n J a h a fo r ty
0
v

M 73
! ,
n 1n e .

‘
i Lg
' e
L xS p a nj ah a é
’

. sa s (p r o n o u n c e d l
a so : , SD p a n
j ah u ),

w h en p r e c e de d b y th e uni s t ,
is , fo r eu p ho n y s
’ "

sa ke ,

c ha n g e d to Q,
SE v an j ah a th e ten uis p b e in
g s o ft e n ed

to th e m e di a b, an d then c e to v . T h e s a me c h a n g e
t a ke s p l a c e in th e kin dr e d i dio m s .

z
51 5
{bfs gh f 6 kv a nj ah a , fifty
bav a nj ah a , fifty tw o
o ne .

5
35 .

.S
D LS tr 6 va nj ah a \
,
fifty-
fo u r .

c6 v a nj ah a, fifty thr e e
’

Eg g ; p a nj v a
n ah a , fifty fiv e
j .

mLé g Lé;
’

, ch a v a nj ah a , fifty s ix .

Sbtié ifi
'
. s a tv a n j ah a ,
fifty se ve n .

z
b ék i
'

, a th v a n j ah a ,
fifty ei
g ht .

fl
e éjx
u n a h a th e,
fifty n in e .

sa the ,
S1xty .

i t;
g
sa th e an d
f
}; t
s a ar e , w h en p r ec e de d b y th
 S ECTI ON II . T HE I FL N EXION O F N O UNS r 16 3

uni s ,t are c ha n g e d h o n y s s a k e to b a t h e a n d
,
fo r eup
’
,

h ata r e n o w m e di a l ) s b e i n
i n iti a l (a n d so ft e n e d to h
, g .

T h e s a m e i s th e c a s e in P a nj ab i bu t in H i n dust an i a n d ,

M a rathi th e s o f S a t h i s r e ta in ed w h er ea s tha t o f ,

s a t t a r i s s o fte n ed t o h .

‘
li

‘
1? bah ath e , six ty tw o .

‘
J _gi éi ; s a tah a th e s ix ty
M
,

i a t h a h a th e ,
six ty ei
g h t .

e s! u n a h a ta r e , s i x ty n in e
f e .

7
2; t
s a ar e , se ven ty .

efi t 6 ka h a tar e , se ven ty o ne
r
.

c sb L S bah ata r e , v e n ty t w o se

tr6 h a ta r e s e ve n ty thr ee ,
.

6 6 h a ta re s even ty fo u r , .

p ja n a h a t are s e v en ty fiv e ,

Z é Lg 6 h ah a ta r e s e v e n ty s ix
é
)
.
, .

2é2: sa tah a ta r e s e ve n ty s ev e n
, , .

i a th ah a ta r e s e ven ty e i g ht ,
.

A ! s e v e n ty n in e
B
A u n as i ,
.

a si ,
e ig hty .

Th uni s t p r e c e di n
g 6 1” a si an d
66
; n av 6

Jo i n e d to th em b y th e tiv e
c o n un c j vo w el a ; th e sa me is
th e c a se in th e c og n a t e di a l e c ts
164 S ECTION II . THE IN FL EXI ON OF NO UN S .

ig hty o n e ;
’

M S
i
l
e g
6 k asi ,
e

"
M

tr iaSi , e ig hty thr ee .

1° 6 6 r asi , e ig hty fo u r .

L2; sa t asi ei
g hty se ven .

‘
,
6

n
s
i ath a i s ,
eig hty e ig ht .

f 1
,
o o
6 , 3L
5! un a n av e , el g h ty n 1n e .

S
n av 6 n 1 n e ty
6)
.
,

6 , a KJ 6k a n a 6 , v n in e ty o ne .

bi an av é , n i ne ty tw o .

bL tr i an a v é ni ne ty thr ee
’

a s
6 , r ,
.

6 l
f ” ; 66 r an a v 6 , n in e ty fo u r

HS ; p a nj an a v e , n in e ty fiv e
“
H
.

6 ) L-
G . a 6h a h an a v 6 , ni n e ty S ix .

s a tan a v 6 ,
nin e ty se ven .

6 3L
, g
3 i a th an a v 6 ,
n ine ty ei
g h t .

6: o 5 dh an a v 6 ,
3
va
6 7

i f

t. . s au ,
h u n dr e d .

We can n o t o ffer a s a tis fa c to r y ex

p la n a ti o n of th e s e tw o i
cu r o us

fo r ms ; Th e c o r r e sp o n d n g i Hin dus t . nu mer a l 1S : n l n an a v e

, h e P a nj ab i
t
We u n der s ta n d , h o w th e P a nj abi
‘
na rin av e . can n ar
(
n an nan

c o ul d be ch an g e d in Sin dhi to nad n a dh b ut w e

n ar
) or
; c an n o t w e ll

p er ce iv e ,
th a t d or dh Sh o u l d h ave be e n exch a n
g ed fo r a den ta l d or
166 S ECTIO N II. THE I FL N EXION OF N C UNS .

o ne hu n dr e d (a n d) s ix .

5 ,

M “ sa tyo sa u or : sa to ta r sa u
7 , ,

o ne hu n dr ed (a n d) se ven .

a
é
—
é
i
a fi

g a
g i thy 6 sa u or : a th o ta r sa u ,

on e hu n dr e d (a nd ) ei g ht .

n ar 6 s au ,
or : n ar 6 ta r sa u ,

one hu n dr e d (an d) n in e ;
5 ,

W 9 0 da h o sau or a r sa u
)
w
.

5 , ,

( an d
) ten .

r: ;; L § m
5 3 y
3
L
‘
yara h6 S au ,
o ara h 6 ta r s au ,

one hun dr ed (a n d) »

l
e e ve n .

; bar a h 6 ta rs a u ,
I

w b ar a h 6 sau ,
or :

one h u n dr e d an d
( ) t w e l ve .

s , r
t6 r a h o ter a h o ta r s au ,
.

“
IN s
7
“
I
s au ,
or :
)
. w
f p rI é
“

one hu n dr ed (an d) t hi r te en .

i i
m
, f O z

da h o d a h o ta rs a u ,
v v

c
)
W
. co sa u ,
or:
wf5 9 0
5 > co

one hun dr e d (a n d) - fo u r t ee n .

i I
6 3
f

Ho 55 4 1
; p a n dr a h6 sa u ,
or : p a n dh r 6

o ne hu n dr e d (a n d) fift e en .

a
s o ra h o or : 33 s o r h o ta r s au
p g fa sa u , 7
m
f 7 ) 5 w
..
,

one hu n dr e d (a n d) six e e n t .

a a O a é OI A'

sa tra h o s a tr a h o ta r s au ,
J

sau ,
or .

on e hu n dr e d ( an d ) se ven teen .

i “
3
? a r a 11 o 6
”
f
a r a Ho
“
:

a na sa u or a r sa u
g
u
y , ) j ,
.
,

o ne hu n dr e d (a n d) eig hteen .

4
3 i r e / 0 0

one hu n dr e d (a n d) nin e te e n .

i .

V 1l10 v 1h o tar s au
‘
w sa u or :
) .
, ,

one h u n dr e d ( an d ) t we n ty .
 S EC TION II . T HE I FL N EXI ON OF NO UNS . 16 7

w
i f o ,

re g
fit- a l 6 ki h 6 sa u ,
or : ! 6 ki h o ta r sa u ,
o ne hun dr e d (a n d) tw e n ty o ne .

m
s

fi u bé v l h é sa u OI :
'
)
M
fi g bs
‘
b a v é t a r sa u
j j z
.

o ne hun dr e d (a n d) tw en ty tw o .

‘
n »
.
; Lfi
j
’

s tri h 6 sa u ,
or: tr i h 6 ta r sa u ,

one h u n dred (a n d) thir ty .

h e.
j w ; g éa
c a li h 6 sa u ,
or :
w L; 6 ali h 6 ta r s a u ,

o ne hu n dr e d (a n d) for ty .

/O
’ 531 mm
i

M
z

LM
e ke ta li h 6 sau ,
or:
WI S
T
' Q
.

li h 6 ta r sa u , one h u n dr e d (a n d) fo r ty o ne .

e tc . e tc .

to .
j ; p Ls i S pa nj ah 6 sa u ,
or :
wf /
s u p a n j ah 6 ta r s a u
o ne hu n dr e d (a n d) fifty .

H. sa th y 6
w sa th y 6 ta rs au ,
N M . sau ,
or:
fl f
one hu n dr e d (a n d) s ix ty .

5 ,

i v. w s a ta r y6 sau or : sa ta r y6 ta r s a u
)
.
,

o ne se ven ty .

£ 1 £ 1 0
’

o ne hu
n dr e d (a n d) ei g hty .

3! o
‘
f

l
'
Il a 8 8 111 01 n a w y o ta r s a u
I j
aw O 7 ” fig 2
/
; 7

,
9 1 0

n 6 y6 n 6 y 6 ta r sa u
)
.w sa u ,
or :
r f
a s
yp ,

hu n dr e d (a n d) ni n ety
one

W h en th e n u m er a l a dj e c ti v e s o f th e fir st s er i e s
p re

c e de Pl u r a l o f 7 ;
th e sau ,
th ey mu st a g r ee w ith th eir
s u b s t a n tive in n u mb e r ,
as
I

M (LL or ) ; L KA 6 ka ba sa va (o r sa ) ,
lit er a lly :

tw o hu n dr ed s ha vin g or
p o s s e ss in
g o ne .

M ’

5L .
5 ba sa va tw o hu n dr e d an d tw o .
168 S ECTI ON II . T HE I FL N EXI ON OF NOUNS .

Th ese nu m er a l s ar e not u se d i n th e F o r ma ti v e ,
as

th ey are on ly e mpl o y e d in coun tin g . Th e nu m er a l s of

th e sec o n d s er 1e s re m a in un a lter e d ,
a c c o r din
g to their
o r ig in a l s ig n ific a ti o n .

Th e . hu n dr e ds ar e re
g u arl ly m a de u b
p y th e P lu r a l
of as

V“ L
(L or ) 52 .
3 ba . sa va (o r sa ) tw o hu n dr ed .

51
(2
3
tr e sa va thr e e hu n dr e d
,
.

L; ca r e sa va ,
fo u r hu n dr ed .

I
j va hu n dr e d
,

w ;
p a n a sa fiv e
)
6
.
,
.

; L "
g; va six hu n dr e d
(ah a
”

sa ,

sa t a sa v a s e v en hu n dr e d ,
.

.
é l a tha sa v a
a e i h t h u n dr e d
g ,
.

w n av a sa va n i n e h u n dr e d
) u)
. .
,

sa h asu ( s a h a s su )
W z
,
one th o u sa n d .

a z ar u

_ ba s ah a sa
3— ,
tw o th o u san d .

. 3 b a h a z ar a ,
la khu ,
o ne hu n dr e d tho u s a n d .

3 ba la kh a , fi o hu n dr e d tho u sa nd .

5 3 da h a la kha , one milli o n .

te n mi lli o n s (o ne hu n dr e d la kh s) .

ba kir o r e
P0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tw en ty 111 111
1 0 118 .

. 3 ba k6 r a ,
’
, O

|0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a rbu ,
on e th o u s a n d millio n s (o n e
hu n dr e d ka r 6 r s) .

{0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 ; jé f kh ar b u o n e hu n dr e d tho u sa n d milli o ns
,

h dr e d a rb s)
(o n e u n .
1 70 S EC TION -
II . THE I FL N EXION .
CF NO UNS .

Th e fo llo w in g mer a l s , fro m e l even e ig h ten , thr o w

nu

fin a l A nus var a o ff i n th e Fo r m a tiv e P lu ra l a n d dr o

p th e

s ho rt a
p r e c e din
g h as ;

‘
, ,

l ven ; For ma t P lu r
6 . 9
)
L3 y a r a h a , e e . .

O S
E Q ya r h an e
L .

6 9 L3 ba r ah a , tw e l v e ; bar h a n e
)
. .

t6 r a h a , thir t een ; 0
9 9 t 6 rh a n e
‘ ‘

r I
.

c6 da h a , fo u r t e en ;
” N
v ) ” p a n d r a h a
fifteen p a n d h r a ne .

a n dh r a
p ,

_ g,é v 1b a ,
tw en ty ; vi h a n e .

Th o s e m er a ls , w hi c h
i

en d in an d
6
“

nu e ,
are no t

c apa b e l of in flexi o n ,
as : sa th e ,
s ix ty t
sa a r e ,

se ven ty ; é f
n av 6 o r n o e , n in e ty ; but
s t
”? a s1 ,
ei
g hty ,

ma ke s th e Fo r mat Sin g [S i . . u a si a .

a
i s in fl e c te d ,
,

,
a .. sa u ,
-
hu n d r e d ; as fo ll o w s

SING . PL U R .

No m .

7
m - sau
°

sa va o r ,
c o n r a c ed t t LL s a .

Fo r m a t . sa va ; 6 7
W savan e ,
san e ,
sa ve ,

6 .

Th e c a r din a l n umb er s , c hi e fly th e de c imal On e s ,

l us e d l l e c ti v e mb er s , an d thi s
in
“

ar e a so as c o nu c a se

th ey in fl ec t e d a c c o r din to th eir r e s pec t iv e ter

ar e g
min a ti o n s , e .

g .

6 7
9 0 6 ) a
. tr 6 d h ua ,
thr e e t en s ,
Fo r

m a tiv e tr in e da hu n e L; c ar e sa the u ,

fo u r s ix ties ; 6 na ve fo r ms th e P lu r a l n a v 6 u,

ll ec tive
5
Fo r m a t . n av 6 u n e . W h en u se d m a co s en s e

th e se nu mer a l s a re mo stly p u t in th e Fo r ma tive P lu r a l

 SE C TI ON II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOUN S . 171

e n din g in v 1h 6 , in 6 , in
e ,
as :
W )
s c o r es ;
l
s av

h un dr e ds ,
W sa ha s 6 ,
in th o u sa n ds .

W h en a n o un in th e F o r m a ti ve Plu r a l ta k es th e
t er min a tio n n e or ,
th e pr e c e din g n u me r a l li k e a ll o th er ,

j tive s
a d ec ,
mu s t ta ke th e sa m e to o , or
6 9J 6
9 .)
.

to te n en e mi es , or a
.. an d do

not ad mi t of a F o r m a ti v e in ,
bu t ma k e it 1, as :

bi tr 1; of L; th er e Fo r m a tive w el l
6 9 , W) ”
)
1s a as

ln 1 as in e ; 6a 1 or : 6a 6 ; b ut th e F o rm a

tiv e s bi tr 1 6a 1, ,
are l
a so u s ed wi th Form a ti ves of n ouns

e n din i n
g ne .

Th e e m p h a ti c 1 h
( )
i m a y a so l be a ffixe d to th e
c a r di n a l nu m b er s to e xp r es s c o mp l et en ess or i n te n

s i ty , as :
69 ba1 or : b61 , a ll two b o th , Fo r

P lur a l : bin h1 ;
0

ma tiv e bin h1 or :
W or :

bin h in e , $ 1? tr 6 1 , a ll thr e e F o r m a ti v e
5 ,

P l ur a l : t r i n h1 or : trin h1; or z
'

tr im

6 a ra 1 L;
hi n e ,
tr in hi n 1 .

6 5
. L; or :
6 9) 6a r 61 , a ll

fo u r , Fo r m a tive P lur a l : 6 9 1 ; 6 a in 1 .

(5 66
56 - a th a 1 ,
a ll

ei
g ht ,
Fo r ma ti ve Plu r a l : 6 5é
. 2 l
. a th an1 ,
e tc .

T h e ca r din a l nu mb er s , fr o m tw o u
p w a r ds g e n er a lly
r e qu l r e th eir su b sta n tiv e in th e P l u r a l ; b u t th e y m a y
a l s o b e c o n st r u c t e d w i th th e S i n u l ar a ft er th e m a n n er
g ,

o f th e P ers i a n Sa u h a z aru s ah asu l a khu e tc

.
,
b e in g , ,
.
,

r o e r ly
p p su b s ta n t i v e s a r e e i th e r c o n s t r u c t e d w i th t h e

G e n i ti ve P lu r a l o f th e fo ll o w in g s u b s ta n ti v e o r th e y -
,

h a v e th e s a m é c o o r din a t e d in th e P lu r a l T h e n u m er a l s .

p r e c e di n
g a s u b s t a n t i v e m a y e i th e r b e i n fl ec t e d a c c o r di n g

to th e t e r mi n a t io n o f th e s u b st an tive o r th ey m a y r ema in
172 S ECT I ON I I . T HE IN F L E I X ON OF NO UNS .

u n in fl e c te d ; w h e n tw o or mo r e nu m er a l s p r e c e de a su b

s ta n ti v e ,
th e la s t o nl y is in fle c t e d “

Do not fo r g e t th e w o r ds ; in yo u th the r e a re tw o ,
thr ee s ho r t ”
d a ys . Sh . J a m Ka l V ,
. . E p il .

H a v mg t a ken p r o v1 s1o n s o f tw o ,
thr ee y ea r s .

,
dep a r t .

A m u lu M an iku St a c k s Gr a m p
,
’
. .

B e in g un w e ll sh e w e ep s m u c h a ll th e e ig ht w a t c h e s
w ith g r i ef . M aj . 562 .

M an h a s c o me in t o th e mi ds t o f te n en e m i
es

Tha t y o u n g m a n w h o w in s th e b a ttle o u t o f th e ,

m i ds t o f a ll th e s e ten e n e mi es e tc Sh B ar v6 . .

Sin dh1 Ch 6 t 1 8 ,
. .

Un de r who se co mm a n d a r e s ix ty ,
e ig hty b o n d m a ids ;
-

th o s e s ixty eig hty —

b o n d m aids ha v e e lle t b o w s in their
p
-
,

ha nds A mu lu M ani ku p
.
,
. 14 1 .

3 0 3 , a i a

In
“

tha t very p a la c e o n e hu n dr e d Fa ir i es a lso w il l

:

d an c e n ea r th e D 6 v Su f6 du T h en h e will say : if tho u .

1 74 S ECTION II . T HE I FL E I N X ON OF NOUNS .

24 .

II . O RD IN A L N UMBE R S .

p a h a r y6 ,

a p e h e r yO , th e fir s t .

p e h e ro ,

6 10 ,
th e sec o n d
B
.

tr i6 ,

th e thir d .

c 6 th 6 , th e fo u r th .

6h a h 6 , ~
th e s 1xth .

sat 6 , th e se ven th .

9 a da h 6 , th e t en th .

y ar h o ,
th e e le ven th .

6
9
5 3 L3 bar h 6 , th e tw elfth .

t6 rh 6 , th e thir teen th .

Pa nd mh é ?
th e fift een th .

a n dh r 6
p
s 6 rh 6 , th e s ix e e n
t th .

t h6
s a ra ,
th e se ven teen th .
 S EC TION II . THE I FL N EXION OF NO UNS . 175

l arh 6 , th e e ig hte en th .

l fi n 1h 6 , th e n i ne e e n
t th .

v 1h 6 , th e tw en tie th .

6 k1h 6 , th e t w e n ty fir s t .

L: be v 1h 6 , th e tw en ty s ec o n d .

e tc .

tr 1h 6 , th e thi r ti eth .

i
c al1h 6 th e fo r tie th .

s a th y 6 ,
th e s ix tie th .

satar y6 ,
th e se v e n ti eth f

l a sy 6 , th e ei g h ti e th .

11816 71 0
2 7
th e n in e tieth .

n a v eo

s a vi y 6 ,

sa u o - th e hu n dr e dth .

sa i -
o ,

Of c o mpo u n d nu mb er s o nl y th e l a st ta k e s th e fo r m
th e o r din a l an d i s i n fle c t e d , as :

0 i f

19 hiku h 6 , th e
'

t :
sau p e e r y o ne hu n dr e d
and fir st .

, 3 ba s a v iy 6 , th e tw o .
hu n dr e dth .

51 : ba sa b i6 , th e tw o hu n dr e d a n d se c o n d .
 ‘
ECTION T HE I NFL EXION NO UNS
6

176 S II OF
1

. .

A ti o n l l
The d rive d
o r din a s
f m hl
n n o ta .
g y e r o t e are re u ar

P akr it ; h r 6 th fi t th u h h o t f ll w d
r
p e e y e s o
g a s n , o o e r , ,

th e t r a c e s o f th e P akr it W ) b u t rt ak e n i ts ow n c o u rs e
,

o f a s s im il a ti o n ; S a n sk W the n c e p aha m a ; th e m o f p a
. :
,

h a m a h s b e e n c h a g e d in a a ther u n u s u a l w a y t o 1 (r ) p aha la
a n r , ,

a ha r a th n c e th e S in dh1 h r 6 or h e r y6 H in dfi s t an d
p e , p a
y p c : a . .

P a j 6 b1 p a h iltt M a r é th1 likew is e p a i l fi i b bi6 th e s e c o n d

h j
'

n : :
,
.
, ,

rte n e d fr o m
p o i n ts b a ck to th e P r akr it
ah (sh o

a d th e o th er fo r m s u b1j 6 c o rr e s p o n ds t o th e P a k 35 ?
$
3
n
55 r

—
,
.

,
2
tr i6 ,
th i d c o i c ide s w ith th e P r a r
th e r ,
n s k t Tfi fl W ith thi dif
i -
,

fe e n c e tha t o r ig in a l r h a s b e e n p r e s er e
r , .
n n - v d S i dh1 wfiG3}1 . -

66 th 6 th e fo u rth P ak it
,
th e o rig in a l d e n ta l (th ) h a s
,
r r

bee e s e r ve d in S in dh1 T h fo ll
g d nal s a r é a ll r e
p n r .

l ar l d e i e d fr o m th e c a r din als b a ddin th e a ffix 6 c o r

g u
y r v y g , ”

res
p o n din g t o th e S an s k . a ffix HR , w h ic h h a s in S in dh1 b e en
c hag n ed to 6 by th e e li s o n o f t (c o m p a r e : I n tr o d . In
H in du sta n1 an d P a n j 6 b1 t a ma h a s b e en s imi a r l ly ch an
g ed to
va , in M a r a th1 t o va ; he
t G u j a r a t1 h a s p r e s e r v ed th e a ffix m 6
,
and th e B a n g a l1 e v en th e w h o le a ffix ta m .

25 .

I n fl e xi o n of th e o r di n a l s .

Th e or din a ls ar e g re u arl ly in fle c te d as
“

j tive s
a d ec

a c c o r di n g to th eir r e s ec t iv e fi ni n a ti o n s
p
N
SI GU L A R .

F eminin e .

No m h y6 h r1
.
p c er .
p e e .

V o cat .
p e h e ry 6 .
p h
PL U A L R
No m .
p h e
er ya .
p e h e r y fi .

Fo r m a t .

f
}
p e h e r y6 .

6 45
5 9 . p e h e r ye ( p e h e r i 6 ) .
 SEC TION
“

178 11 . T HE I FL N EXION or NOUNS .

O n th e tw en ty se ven th o f th e b l e sse d m o n th of Ra
m a g an , a c c o r din g to l l ti o n
c a cu a ,

In th e ni
g ht of p o w e r th e s t o ry w a s co m p l et e d on

a T il e s da y .

It w a s th e ye ar o f th e H1j r a t e leven h u n dr e d thir ty

“

_
,

A D 1 7 2 4 8 J u n e)
th
s ix . .
,
.

By Faz il w a s c o mp o se d th e s c i en c e o f th e l o ve of th e
w is e o n es (i e Sufi s) M aj 8 2 9
. . ; . .

11 1 A
. R I T H M E TI C A L FI G U RE S .

Th e ar i fig u 1 e s o r n a es o f th e n u mb er s
thm eti c a l _
m
ar e exp r e s s e d b y a dj e c ti v e s , w hi c h a r e fo r me d by a ddi n g

th e a dj e c tiv e affix o to th e c a r din al n u mb er s ; s o m e

few h a v e a ls o , i n o r der to di s tin g u i s h th e a r ithmeti c a l
"

fig u r e s fr o m th e o r din al s , th e a ffix k6 ;

g i at é k m h ik6 , c o n a ini n t g th e nu mb er
mb er g
°
fi
’
th e nu or u re one .

mb er
t
(a b ik6 ,
. th e .
nu tw o
thr ee

“
se ve n
 S EC TI ON II . N
T HE I FL EXIO N OF NO UNS . 1 79

nu mb er c ni n e

’
s 1 xte en .

tw en ty one

e tc . e tc .

hu n dr e d

ar e re
g l ly
u ar in fl e ct e d as
j t
a d ec i v e s e n di n
g

th e mb er
nu thr ee co me s th e nu mb er fo u r .
1 80 S ECTION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOUNS .

g . 2 7 .

IV . CO L L E C T I V E N U M B E RS .

W e ha ve ti c ed a lr ea dy no that th e c a r din a l
n u mb e r s m a y a ls o b e e mp l o y e d a s c o ll e c t i v e n u mb e r s ;
'

b u t th e Sin dh1 p o ss e ss e s a l so a p e c u lia r k in d o f n u

m er a l s whi c h e xp r e s s a n a g g r e g a t e s u m ; thes e a r e i
,

5 Lmo da h ak6 , th e su m o f ten ; a b o u t te n

5
.

L
i
” ,
b vih a r o ,
th e su m of tw en ty ; ab o u t t w en ty .

Leg , Vl h aro
” ,

th e su m of thir ty ; a b ou t thir ty .

c alh yar C , th e su m of fo r ty ; a bo u t fo r ty .

fi g ; p J
a n é ’h l
’
th e su m of fifty ; a b o u t fifty .

t the ty ab o u t i s ixty
'

s ath 1k6 m o f si x
5&4
?
,
su , .

They are p p
r o e r ly j t iv e s
a d ec ,
fo r m ed by th e affixe s

k6 an d aro as : 5 6 3 dah ak6 , ma ki n g ten ;

,
3
L53 v ir ah o c o n ta 1n 1n g tw en ty Th ey m ay be con
” 2
,
.

t
s r u c ed t ei th er as su b s an t tives w ith th e n o un in th e G e

n iti v e ,
or as n u mer a l a d ec j tiv e s ,
e .
g . :
P f
ga
"
f e? 5{ §
L>3

Lmi
’

te n b o y s , lit er a lly . a d ec a d e of b o ys , or :
fir e? ;
To e x r e ss
p m o r e di stin c tly th e in defin i ten ess o f su c h
a n u mb e r ,
th e a d ver b
(f f
f kh an u
- l
( i t e r a ll y :
p , p
i e c e o r

tio n ,
Sa n sk (ENE) . is a d d e d to th em a s w ell a s to th e
c a r di n al n u mb er s ;
C
j fi 2
f L vihar 6 kh a n u bo u t
'

e .
g . »'
, ,
a

tw en ty .

Th ey w er e a bo u t fiv e th o u sa n d m en . M a tth . 14 , 2 1 .
1 82 S EC TI ON II . THE INFL EX ION OF NOU NS .

v . P R OP O R T I O N A L N UM BE R S .

Th e nu m e r a l s d en o tin g fo l d a re

j /
ut k.)

tr 1n 6 ,
thr eefo l d .

1 > c au n o
7 ,
fo u r fo l d .

, 9/

s a tfi n 6 ,
se ven fo ld .

l a th fi n 6 ,
ei g htfo l d .

i ” '

n afin 6 ,
n in e fo ld .

3 a
5,
. da hun 6 , t en fo l d .

L yar h Un C e e l ven fol d .

L: bar h Un C , tw elv e fo l d
thirt een fo l d
‘
t6 r h 11 n 6 , .

C6 dh un6 ,
fo u r t ee n fo ld .

p a nd hr 6 n 6 ,
fifteen fo l d .

s 6 r h un 6, s ix e e n fo
t ld .

s a tr a h fi n 6 ,
se ven t e en fo l d .

. arh fin 6 ,
ei g hteen fo l d .

Un i h Un C n in e ee n fot ld .

) ég
v1h 11n6 t w en tyfo ld
’

,
. .
 S ECTION II . T HE INFL EXION OF NO U NS . 1 83 .

‘
é ki h fi n 6 ,
tw en ty -
o n e fo ld .

cali h fm o , fo r tyfo l d .

s a ta r
yf m o ,
se ve n tyfo l d .

n a v eu n o ,
n in e tyfo l d ,

m h u n dr e dfo l d
-

s at as, .

In th e sa m e w ay th e a ffix un o
( cf
. 1 0 , 2 8) is
a dde d to th e fr a c ti o n a l nu m b er s , as :

a dh fi n 6 ,
one h a lf fo l d-
.

sa va 1116 -

,
one o r a c er a i n
( t su m ) an d a qu a r t e r

3
57 534 3 0 det nC o ne an d a ha lf -
fo l d .

a dh af m6 , tw o an d a h a lf fo ld -
.

W h en h e h a s b e e n br o u g ht ve r b y yo u th en
'

o , y o u

m a k e h im tw o fo l d mo re a c hi
-
ld of h ell tha n yo u r s elv es
,
.

M a tth . 23 , 15 .

/
O th er se e ds fill l
ooda n d ; th e s e b r o u g h t fo r t h
“

upo n
g
fru i t , so me h u n dr e dfo l d ,
s o me s ixtyfo l d s o me thir ty fo l d ,
- .

M a tth . 13, 8 .
1 84 S EC TION II -
. T HE IN FL EXI ON O F NOUN S .

g . 29 .

vi . R E D U P L I C A T I VE N U MB E R S .

Th e nu m er a l ad v e rb s ,
d e no tin g r ed up lic atio n ,

h é kar a
o n ce .

hekar a

tw ic e ;

tr ih ar a ,
th r l c e .

fo u r tim e s .

Th e fur th er r e du
pli c a ti v e s are Co m m o n ly m a de up

b y th e c a r dl n a l s w1 th th e n o un s 1
5) 5 va r o ,
or
5m “
I

A n n o ta ti o n . The a ffix
B LE
D
,
or Sho rten e d has taken its
o ri
g in fr o m th e S a n s -
k . 1
3 1 1, H i n dfi s t an 1 : b ara h ,
P a nj ab1 :
’

v ar1 ;

in S i n dh1 v h as b e e n e lide d an d eu
w n c i h i n s e rte d .

g . 80

V II : FRA C TI O N A L N UM BER S .

Th e f ra c ti o n a l nu m b er s ar e o f tw o kin ds ;
ei th er t
su b s a n tiv e s or a d ecj t i v es ;

n ) su b s t a n tiv e s a r e

é w}? C O th ELl ,
a: qu ar tel
 C O
S E TI N II . T HE I FL N EX ION OF NOUN S .

s ar be . .. Sfid ‘
g o and th e a d ec
j tive are a
pp a r en tly de r i v ed
I

l S a n sk f? wé , v
'

fr o m a n u n u su a . c o mp o u n d h a i n
g th r e e h a lv e s
,

H in du s t d e r b , P a nj a b1 de dh , M a r a th1 d1d a b o l h as dr a w n
s
. .

its O r ig in fr o m th e S a n
sk . 1 1W ,
H in du s t . a r h a1 , P an j ab1
dh a1 , M a ra th1 a d1ts .

In r e fer e n c e to th e u se o f t h e se fr a c ti o n a l nu mber s
_

it i s to be o b s er ve d ,
tha t is g en e r a lly u s ed with

uni s t ,
an d w ith tw o ,
t hr e e e tc .
,
as :
5 1
7 1 ,
a

r up e e w an ti n g a qu a r t e r thr e e qu a r t er s of a r u p ee ;
,

qu ar ter
I f

L19 L} ; tw o w a n tin g
3

7)
ru
p e e s a on e ru
p e e

an d thr ee qu a r ter s o ne h u n dr e d w an tin g a

qu a r t er 75 17 “ one qu a r t e r mo r e , as one

s er an d a qu a r t e r ; A M thr ee s er s a n d a qu a r ter
)
. .

i s no t i n fl e c te d in th e Sin g ul a r n o r in th e N o ,

m i n a ti v e P lu r a l ,
bu t it h a s a F o r m a t i v e P lu r a l m a s c .
,

v iz : sav a i n e s av ap e or :
y
sa v a e ,
a
.
,

and fe m . s a v ain e or : i
O ? l ” sa v ay un e ; but g e
’
”

m
”
ne r a llY i t i s no t in fl ec te d a t a ll e g - 1 I
9 1
71 9 9
e
037 “
.

a , a ,

m ay a so l p r e c e de m , s e tc as : w I’ M p ne
7 ) ,
)
. .

hu n dre d an d a qu a r t e r 2 12 5
g m one tho u sa n d
an d a qu a r ter 1 2 50 .

.
i l
sb o a dh u ,
h a lf ,
is a co m mo n a d ec j ti ve an d u se d

a c c o r ding ly .

Gao l;
‘
s adh a d di n half is ly u sed w ith
a, g one ,
on

n o un s of nu m b er su b s e qu e n t to
“
tw o
’

,
an d th er e fo r e
e v er fo u n d in th e Pl ur a l ; its fem . is s aJ hiyfi .
.
 S EC TI ON I I . THE I FL N EXI ON OF NO UN S .

Th en sh e w ei g hs w ith a b a la n c e n in e s er s an d a

h a lf o f r ea d l ea d . M aj . 32 0 .

dedh u , one an d a ha lf ,
is o nl y u sed in th e

S in g ul a r an d not c o mp o u n de d wi th o th er nu mb e r s , as

i ii a o
s one A nna and a ha lf ; 9 o n e r a t1 a n d
6 )
.

DSI
SLE ad h a1 tw o an d a h a lf ,
is on ly u se d i n th e
,
S

P lur a l ,
w ith o u t di stin c ti o n of
g en de r in t h e N o min a tive ;

in th e Fo r ma tive Plur a l it m a k e s fo r th e Ma s c .

O §
5
L>2
5 l
a dh ain e ,
u;
5
L>£
5 I a d h ay a n e or :
w BSI
iL a dh ai é , an d fo r

sb S I
w SI Lé S
’

th e fe m g L a dh a in e a dh a yu n e
é
e s
g ,
u
.

L§>3I tw o y a r ds h a lf ; 35 ml
g
a dh ai e ; and
G § a e
ev 7
- 5
6

tw o T o1s an d ha lf ; F o r m a ti v e :
/ 6 3k w Lé é l
a
u
s o
£
e tc .

Fr o m the s e fr a cti o n a l th er kin d o f a d

nu m b er s an o

j d e r ive d im p lyin g
“
ec tiv e s h a s b e en c o n s i s t in f o m
, g o c ,

p a e t
d at su c h a r a te s ta n di n g i n s u c h a r e l a ti o n
,
as

r
u b p an yo or 21A ;
1 an a ku
p y ,
o nl y u s ed i n th e

m p o u nd : g 3
6 5
5 c o mpu e d at t
3
co
51 3 » or : 1 4
,
,

at thr e e qu a r ter s of a r up e e .

p as ,
co mp o u n de d w ith c a r di n a l nu m b er s , as :

53L
.
; c o n si s ti n g of thr e e qu a r ter s .

s a v a yo ,
co mp u t e d at

w e de dh o ,
c o n si s tin g of 1
1
2 .

vfi
é dig o dé dh u d ,
t
s a n di n
g i n th e p l a c e .

s i ad h ay o , c o n si s tin g of

Lwo l a dh a d, t
s a n din
g i n th e p l ac e .
188 S EC TION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UN S .

The s e a r e u s e d a s c o mm o n a dj e c tiv e s an d i n fl e c te d
an d c o n s tr u ct e d a c c o r din g ly .

Th e o th er fr a c ti o n a l nu m b e r s ma y b e m a de up by
co m p o s i ti o n s , as :

3 LS .
l i
sb o a dha p au

e tc . e tc . e tc .

Fr a c ti o n s w ith sp e cia l app l i c a ti o n are

aru p o ,
p
‘
é L;
g p a i li ,
'

a qu a r t e r of a ru
p e e .

0 35
me r i .

gs }
33 ; ,
p ain ,
th e q u ar t er of a
?
2 y
( ar d) .

o ne thir d of a ru
p e e .

1 a dheli ,
,
‘

9549 30
ha lf i
a ru
p e e p e c e .

fi e l adh id
o ,

h a lf j h a lf dami r i
'

a or a
a
g ,

C h a pt e r XI .

P r o n o un s .

T h e p er s o n a l p r o n o u n i s in Sin dh1 of tw o ki n d s
it i s ei th e r u se d a s a n a b s o l u t e p r o n o u n o r as a s u ff i x,
a c c e d in g to n o un s , ad ver b s or ve r b s .
190 S ECTION -
II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UN S .

c o r r e s p o n ds to th e Pr akr it G e n i ti v e P lu r a l m
S
( a n s k .
m a t) .

A nnot ati o n . I n th e “
co
g t diale cts
na e th e A cc u s a i t ve h as Sl

m ila r ly b e en u se d fo r th e N o min ati ve ; M a r ath1 m1 (in fe r io r

P ra k it
r
1
dial e c t 313 , L a s s e n 183 , F o r m ati v e m a (P r akri t
G en itiv e Hg ) ; H in dustan1 m ai , F o r mati v mj h é e u or muj h (P ra

k it
r G e n iti v W );
e P a n j ab1 : mi F m tiv m
a , or a e ai ; bu t G u
jar a t1h u:
, F o r m a tiv e m a I n th e P l u r a l th e M a r ath1 .h a s i n

v
th e N o min ati e ah m1 , in th e F o r m a ti e ahma; th e Hi n dustar fi v
h a m , F o r m ativ e h a m o r ha m b; th e P a n j §b1 a s é , F o r ma ti e a s a ;
'

v '

th e G uj a r ati ha m e or h a mo , F o r ma ti v e h am or ha m o .

I n fl exi o n of th e fir s t p er s o n a l pr o n o u n .

N
S I GUL A R
i "

” ma , mu
I

N em L
2 g

or
}! au , u)
’ a ,
U U)
”

Fo r m a t
I n s tr u m
z

U
” ma
L
2

,
U
' a

) 0 3 _
a )
v

D a ti v e
A ccus

s
u é y
i tF ; mfik h a u é
L f Lo
'‘

A bla t L m fih éi ,
(g
f -
u)
or

11 15. kh a
P LU A L R

l a s 1, we
M
 S ECTI ON II . T HE INF L EXION OF NOUNS . 191

If th e y h a ve b e en s e en by yo u fo r ,
Go d s
’
sa k e tell (m e) .

A ft e r th e m my e y e s w e e p n ig ht an d da y . Sh . Hu s .

X ,
22 .

5? o
' at e
»
w e e d e
- » 41 -

5
5

By no me a n s I
“

s h a ll g i v e up my fr ien d till th e da y
o f res u r e c r ti o n . Sh Ked . . I V, E p il .

K ag 1 , wh y d oe s t th o u b ea t m e , havin g s ee n m e i ll
0 fr i en d ! M aj 2 5 1 . .

E ven b e fo r e m e a ll w o u ld ha v e p er h a p s s lide d do w n
i
( n t o th e ri ver ) ha vi n g t a k en th eir j a r s Sh Su h . . I, 4 .

w'
li

"
f

d el GP u
I ,

u h “ w )
l M 1

Sh e in b a shful b efo r e G o d .
an d fa ith ful to wa r ds us .

M aj . 671 .

O ur l o ve fl o w s e xc essi ve ly w ith o ur sw e e th e a rts .

M aj . 675 .

2) T h e p er so n a l p r o n o u n o f th e seco n d p er s o n .

T h e p r o no u n o f th e s e c o n d p er s o n i s c ; ti , w h ic h
”
p o in t s r a th er to th e S a n s k fi ,
th a n to th e P r ak n; . .

fi
th e F o rm a ti ve an d I n s tr u m en ta li s
5 3 to i s d er i ve d fr o m

th e P r ak . I n str um .

QR ; th e G en itiv e
v e
x; tfih fi or

tuh e (wi th 5g . e tc .
) c o r r e s p o n ds to th e A p a bh r a nsa G e
 SECTION II . T HE INFL EXION OF NO UNS .

Th e Plu r a l of this p r o n o u n p r es e n s t a
g r ea t va r iety

ta i ; or : av h 1 ( a vh e ) , a h 1, 1
3 1,
1

T h e fo r m s ta vh 1 e tc . h a v e b een ive d fr o
de r mthe
P r a kr i t No m P . l ur a l mg ,
tu ha vin g b e en c ha n g ed to
ta v , an d m e li de d . Th e fo r ms a v h 1, ah1 e tc . are

v e ry re m a r ka b l e . A s ini ti a l t is ne ver e li de d th ey ,

c an n o t w e ll b e d e r i ve d fr o m ta v h 1 e tc . It i s th er e fo r e
ve r y p l th a t th e s e fo r m s a r e to
r o bab e , b e r e fe r r e d to
th e S a ns k P lu r a l . Pr a k a n d w i th e l i s io n
,

o f in iti a l u mh e 111 S m dh 1 11 h a s ee n c ha n g e d to a v
c ’

y ,

a n d m e lide d a s i n ta v h 1 ,
.

0 ’
/0 ’

Th e Fo r ma tive who sn Fa vb a
1

; tav h a ,
u,
L ,
c o rres
p o n d s

to th e P r a k G en itive P lu r a l
. t-
“

g mm ,

A n n o ta ti o n . The g co
g t ti al
na e
p o i n
t s dia le c ts a re e m a ll s
e s en

w ith th e S in dh1 M ar ath1 t11 F o rm a tive hi o r tuj a (P r ak it

. : , r

; N o m P lur a l tu h m a n d F o m a tl v e ta hma
B ig or
a“ .
E m 1 r .

d ustan1 tu o r tai ; G en itive te

'
: ra
) r a b e 1n
g u s e d i n th i s -
,

in sta n c e to fo r m a p r o n o min a l a dj e c tiv e ; th e Fo r ma tiv e tuj h

i s p r o p e ly th e P ak it G e n iti e 3 3 a n d th e I n stru m e n ta li s
r
3 r
i ‘ r v
,

tu c o in c i d es w ith th e S in dh1 t 6 T h e N o min P lu a l tu m i s . . r

\

sho te n e d f o m th e P r akr it m
r r
g a n d th e fo r ms tu mh a (tu m ,

h a ra
) t u mb 6
,
tu mb
p o,
in t b a c k t o t h e P k it G e n iti v e P lu a l ra r r

m m P a n j ab1 t11 G e n itive te a : I n st u m e n t

,
t 1
(P r a kr it -
r ,
r . a

m t v k i G n itive fi N om P l u ral
Hi ) F,
o r a i e t a
(P r a r t e 1
) t u s1 . . :
,

F e ma ti e tu s a
r v : G uj a r t1 tu G e iti e tah r 6 F o r ma tive ta ;
. a : ,
n v : a- ,

N o m Plu r a l ta m e o r ta m 6 F o r m ative ta m o r ta m6
. : -
,
.

I n fiexi o n of th e s e co n d p er so na l p r o n o un .

S INGU LA R .

u)
; ta , 13110 11 .
19 4 S EC TI ON II . T HE I FL EX IO
.
N N OF NOUNS .

S ep a r a te fr o m th e e I c an n o t fin d an y , s tren g th in
my b o dy Sh S u h I I 4
. . .
, .

0 fr i en ds , do not hin der me a t a ll ! M aj . 95 .

I s h a ll no t at a ll
g i v e up y
( o u r ) s hed nor yo u r
do o r , 0 fr ie n d ! Sh . B ar v o S . I , 16 .

h a n ds o m e la dy !
O th e ma r k of yo u r fa mil y is

g r ea t n e s s Sh U m . M a r . . . II , 8 .

A fter my fr ien d (i s g o n e) I ta lko ver w ith yo u my

m is fo r tu n e s Sh Hu s V I , 5 . . . .

11 . D E MO N ST RA TIV E Pno no un s .

Th e m a te de m o n st r a tiv e p r o n o im i s
“

l) “
p r o xi h 1,

6
» he or
3 9 1 1111
( l
a so p r o n o un c e d : h iu ) ; in L ar

1n 1ti a l h “

is co mm o n ly dr o p p e d , as :
I
1, 6 1 6, é gj 1u .

0 0

Th e b a se this of p ro n o un is 1
( cf. B Opp 360
in th e Fo r ma tiv e ano ther p r o no mi n a l b a s e i s ‘
sub s tit u t e d ,

i -
na ,
B
( pp
o 36 9 ; co mp a r e a sol th e i n fl eX i o n of
{3 1 1
“ ’
thi s in

A n n o ta ti o n . T h e M a r ath i fo r m
"

o f this demo n str ati

‘
v e i s h a,

F o r ma ti v e:

F er ma tiv e : is
y a (P r a k it
r S an s k .

m ); H in dus tan1

Fo r mat ive : in
y eh , (S a n sk .
W ) ; P lu r a l : e
y ,
z
.

P a nj a b i z h F o rma tl v e : I n str u m en t l l h , Fo r ‘
.

1
,
1s , : ln ; P u r a : 1

m a tiv e : in a
'

.
 S ECTI ON II . THE I FL N EXI ON OF NO UNS .

I n fl exi o n of th e pro xima te demo n s trativ e .

6
9 h 1, th i s .

No m he ; hi u
59 h iu , m a s c this he
’
. 9 h 1; 9 or 9 .
,
G 6

h he ; h hi a , fe m , thi s ’
1; 1a sh e
5
L$9 s
L
. 9
a s
; or
55 9 .

h in a or
0 1 in a , co m .

5 1; hin a j 6 o r 5; 0 ! in a j 6

h i n a kh e e tc
09 .

hi n a kh e
A c cu sa t
S51 ; e tc .

h1 e tc
.

9 .

6
5
A b la t .

0
L§
I hi na kh a e tc .
°

L19 h in a .

R
PL U A L

; co m
’

15 5
h 1; °
cs
” he, ct h e s e ; they

3132
11
9 hi n e or ! in e ; h in a n e or in a n e
0 0
.

8 r

G en i t hin e j 6 ; 5 h in a n e j 6
.

5 ; a. .

D a ti v e .

6 9
,
hi n e kh e ;
0
29 b in a me kh e .

G e! 0
9 h in e kh e t
e c .

A ccus
h 1;
£ he
.

9 9 .

Ls
.

A bla t .

0
Léj hi n e kh a e tc .

Ther e is a sol an e mp h a ti c fo rm of this p r o n o un

h ei , thi s ve r y one .

3 0 ) , f ,

To t ve l
ra a f er t Pun hfi , this i s my h a p p m e ss . Sh .

Ma gs . II I , 1 .

/
W ith thi s w a t er sh e do es not wa s h a t a ll h er he a d .

Sh . Su h . Ch 6 t . 3 .
19 6 S ECTION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UNS .

N o thin g bu t w ic ke dn ess h a s b een in hi s hear t .

M aj . 2 44 .

N e v er i t w ill b e a fte r this in th e w o r ld . Sh Kha

.

h 6r . II I , 1 1 .

W h o e ver s h a ll g i v e to dr in k un o t o ne of th ese littl e

o n es a c up of c o ld -
w a ter . M a tth . 10

Go d c an
‘
ma ke so n s fo r A b r a h a m fr o mth e se s o n est .

M a tth . 3, 9 .

2) T h e p e mp ha tic ro xi m a te d em o n s t r at i v e
‘
i s 59 ! ih 6 , t h i s v e r y ; t h i s h e r e
’ t
I t i s p r o p e r ly a .

c o mp o u n d p r o n o u n , c o n s i s tin g o f th e d em o n s tr a tive b a se
an d
t
ho S a n sk g (E ) .
,
and th er efo r e in fl e c te d ac

c o r din
g to b eth t ermin a ti o ns .

S INGUL Q ,

1116 ;
} 89 1 10 ; 5 5541 16 ; masc
Us ! ih é ; é el
L i h a ; 1
L ! i n 11 1
; L fe m .

Format 0 0 o I 0 o z

1n h e 1n h 1 ; i nhi a i n eh a m
0

; 15 9 5 !
.

; ; co .

I n s tr u m . 1

G e n it 31 i nh e
v

30 e tc
.

£94 .

D a ti v e . i n h e kh e et c.

1 ) It v e ry r a rely o cc u s r ,
th a t th e Sin g u la r of th is pr o n o un is

(a fte r th e man n er of an a d e ctiv e

j ) j o i n ed to a n o un in th e P lu r a l .

2 ) In p o e tr y th e fo r m " a
e ! eh u a ls o is to b e met with -
.

1
198 S EC TION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOUNS .

3) T h e demo tr a tive ro n o u n ij h6 ,
‘
thi s
n s
~ p
o n e p r et i s o n ly u se d in th e N o m Sin g an d P lu r a l
s e n
’
. . .

I t i s a pp a r en tly c o mp o u n de d o f th e b a s e i a n d th e S a n s k
° ’
.

p ro n o un
E L s b e i n
g n o w a
,
n d th e n c h a n
g e d i n S i n dh 1
to j a n d e ve n to j h (s e e : In tr o d uc ti o n
,

SI GULA
N R .

1
j h 6 ; fem . Léé j i j ba .

PL U A L R .

Nom .

Th ey c o me h er e ; th e fa qi r s ha v e b een md a e ta w n y
r i ve r M
‘

b y th e Kak ( ) Sh u m R an 6 II
. 3 . .
,
.

4 ) Th e re mo te de m o n s tr a ti v e p ro n o un is
r
é hu

or
5 9 h 6 , in L ar p r o n o u n c e d
, i 11 or
5! 6 . Th e b a s e
of thi s p r o n o u n ,
ha , is not in u se in S a n sk ri t ,
b ut 111

Pr akr it a . re mn an t of it h a s b ee n p r e ser v e d i n th e Cre

ni tiv e
a ,
I ts th em e mu s t h a ve b e e n (a c c o r din g to B o p p ,
C o mp . G r a mm . 3 4 1) sv a ,
fro m w hi c h
c
hu
’
h a s b e en
re
g ul a r ly fo r md e I ts in fle c ti o n qu it e
g a r e es wi th th a t
‘
.

of ly hu () b ei n g s u b s t itu te d in s te a d of
’
hi ,
on 11 hi

in th e Fo r m a ti ve .

A n no ta ti o n . T h e M a r ath1 do e s no t kn o w
p m in al th is ro n o

ba s e ; it o n ly u s es S in dh1 8 6
t 6 , c o r r e sp o n din g
In to th e .

P a nj 6 b1 w e fin d u h , I n s tr u m a n , a n d F o r mati e u s , P lu r . v .

u h , F o r ma ti e u n it v
T h e Hin dfi st6 n1 u s e s : w o h , F o r ma ti e u s ;
. v
P lu r a l W 6 , F o r mat u n (H in du1 : w a h , F o r ma ti e v 6 ; P lur W 6 ,
—
“

. v .

F o rmati e: u n ) v T h e G u j a r at1 , li e th e M ar ei th1 , h a s o nly th e

. k
the me t6 .

S INGUL A R .

Nom 9 h 11 , 59 h6 ! ma sc
"

11
7 2 tha t ; he sh e
.
.
, ,
,
.

9 n a , fem
‘
h 11 (
5 9 h 6 ), g 9 hu a ; {9 1
,
.
 S ECTION ”

II . T HE I FL N EXIO N OF NO U NS . 149 9

Fo r m a t .

hun a 0 ! un a co m
In s tr u m , ,
.

D a ti v e .

4! hu n a kh 6 e tc .

15
A c c us .

1 11 11, t hua e tc
, g .

A bl t 0
6 9 h u n 6 0 L; 19
~
,
h u n ah é , 0
51 u n a ;
hu n a kh a .

PL U RA L .

Nom .

,
9 hfi ;
5 9 116 ; a
r
e? hfie ; fie ;
)
9 h 6e , co m .

Fo r m at .

h u n a ne , u n an e hu n e
; ,
I n s tru m .

D a t iv e .

154
! ha n a n e kh 6 ;
15 4! hu

A ccus .

9 hu ; 9 h6 e tc
) 5 .

0
S 0 19 h u n a n e kh 6
L§ . e tc .

5°
; 5 9 5 o Lée‘ é
3
f
-
3 as y .

H a vi n g tr a v elle d fr o m a fo r eig n c o un r t y he
co me . Sh . S6 r . I 3 .

I a m no t w o r thy of tha t s ho e ,
w hi c h th ey p u t on

th
( e ir ) fo o t . Sh K6 h . . II I , 8 .

L (H f ! !
5 ?) 4
.
é “
: C9
At th a t do o r th o s e a r e a c c ep e d , t who ha ve l o s t
th eir exi s te n c e Sh Su r ag I . .
,
E p il . 2
f aa 3 I f 3

M L: »
u

L
( S
gfl
-
3
d - Es
J
u

) vj
A
é
'

Tho se are th e m a n si o n s , tho se th e mo s qu es , th os e

th e l of th e K az i s Maj 137
'

p a ac es . . .
 “

S E C T ION
”

20 0 11 . T HE I FL N EX IO N or NO UNS .

Ye s ter da y w er e ra i s e d by them th e ma st s b y th e
su
pp o r t of th e nor th -
wi n d . Sh . Su r ag .
»
III , l .

5) Th e e mp h a ti c re mo te de mo ns t r a t i ve
mw
,

39 1 uh6 ,
(
t h a t v e r y ; it i s fo r me d in ’
th e sa e ay

b ein g sub stitu te d fo r

° ’ ° ’
9 ! ih 6 , o n ly u i
“

5 .

SINGU L A R .

5 19uh 6 or:
5 31 u 6 ,
,
ma sc .

L9 1 11h a or 111 u 6, fem

L .

Fo r ma t . ..
J e
,

un he ; nnhi a ; un i ha
In str um .

G en i t 11 11118 l e tc
.

5?

D a t i ve .

G e)
”
unh 6 .
kh 6 e tc .

A c cus .

5 1 9 9
uh 6 , m ; L ! . uh a , fem .

A bla t .

v é
L f an t e kh a .

No m .

G
9 1 uh 6 ,
co m .

Fo r m a t . e
,
9
’

u n h an e ; unh i n e ;
In s tr u m .

9 0
,

G en it . ,

5 s u n h an e j 6 . e tc .

/0 ,

D a t iv e kh 6
"

. !
we
un ha n 6 e tc .

G
a
g—f un h a n e kh 6 e tc .

A c cus .

A bla t .

0 9
Lf u n h an e kh 6 etc .

.
Th e e mph a ti c 1 ma y a so l be a dde d to this p r o
,

t h a t v er y
f

me fem L u h a 1,
’
9 1
(

L5 §
! uh 61,
n o un , L5 1
5 ” sa ,
. ,
 S ECTI ON II. THE I FL N EXION OF NOUNS .

SIN GUL A R .

PL U A L R .

l h com
6 @? u
j ,e .

I II . THE REL A TI V E PRO N O UN .

l tive pr o n o u n i n Sindhi is h
'

Th e
c ’
re a
j 6 w o , ,

what S a n s k at Pr ak
,
. th e Fo r m a tive Sin g u la r
,
.

fl it; j a h e c o r r e s
p o n ds t o th e P r a k r i t G e n i ti v e W
3 g th e vo w els h a vin g b e en n a s a liz e d in Si n dhi T h e
, .

N o m P lu r a l i s 45 i n P r akr i t a n d th e Fo r
j é a s > a, ;

m a tiv e c) g l u e o r J a n e p o i n ts to th e P r a k r i t G re
?
n i tiv e Pl u r . at m a, h a vi n g b een s h o r t en ed in S indh1 .

A n n o ta ti o n Th e di a le c ts do n o t differ e s s e n tia ll y
c o g n a te
“

.
.

fr o m th e S in dhi ; M a r athi : S in g j o , P lu r j e ; G uj a r a t“ S in g . . .

v
,

j ,
é P l u r a l j ;
e o H in d u s t : S g j
i n o o r j a u ; F o r ma. t i e j is ; P l u r .

I ,
6 F o r m a ti v e J 1 n o r
j in n : P a n j ab i : j o ,
I u st r u m j in
,
’

F o r m a ti e . v
i
j ;s P lu r 5 ,
6 F o.r m a t j i n fi , B a n
g a.l i : j é o r j in e ,
F o r m a t i e
’

v
(P r a k .
3 T“ ) P lu r .
j i ha -
ra.

SINGUL A R .

No m .

5; j ,
o ma s c .
; L; j ,
a fe m .

Fo r ma t .

e fih e co m
I n s tr u m u s J ,
.

G e n i ti v e j a he e tc
V

v g x;
. .
J O .

D a t i ve .

n fl ig j ah e kh e

A c cu s .
j ;
6 L; j a .

; a
A bl a t .

g é W
t f 55116 kh .

PL U A L R .
 S E C TION II . THE I FL N EXION OF NOUNS . 203

D a ti v e . j an e kh e e tc .

A b la t .

u é 9
L f ; jan e kh a et c :

I n p o etr y th e e mph a ti c 1 ve ry fr e qu en tly i s a dde d

to th e Fo r ma tiv e S in g a n d Plu r o f th i s p r o n o u n , as :
’

. .

‘
Fo r ma t . Si n g .

d
w
e ; lt
j ah 1; Fo r m a t .
p l ur .

6 1;
1 j a n i ( l
a so

w r itt e n
O ff}? J a m), ar tGE
-; j a n h i to
( b e w ell dis tin g u i s h e d

fro m th e Fo r ma t . S in g ) .

Th a t ,
w hi c h i s th e sp i ttl e of Pu n h u ,
of tha t w ill
I lic k a dr o p . Sh . Sa h . I I , E p il . 2 .

S h e , w h o h a s a lo n g in g fo r S ah a r a as ks not fo r a

s l o p e in th e fe r r y ;

der
.

T ho se , w h o thir s t a fter lo ve ,
c o n si th e b r o o ks as

sma ll s te p s Sh Su h III . . .
,
4 .

Tho s e wh o ha v e fa llen l
a s e ep on th e e ven in g ,
suffer

p a in s i n de e d . Sh Kh ah or i
. I II , Ep il . 2 .

T h ey w ill d epar t w ith fa ith , in Who se mo u th th e

c r ee d is . Maj . 87 .
2 04 S EC TI ON II . T HE I FL N EXION OF . NOUN S .

0 m o th er , g o an d br mg m e th e s p in n i n
g w h eel
fr o m th e c o u r tya r d .

T h e m o u n ta i n ee r , fo r w h o s e
, sa ke I ha v e s
p u n ,
is
‘
g o ne to Kec . Sh Hu s I II , 8
. . .

‘
5

Tho se d r in k dra u ht s , w ho se h ea ds are d evo t e d Sh

g . .

J a m: Ka l I I , 2 5 . .

IV . THE C O RR E L A T I V E P R O N OU N .

Th e pr o n o u n s o is n e a r ly a lw a y s u s e d a s th e

Co r r e l a ti v e o f it i s sel d o m fo u n d is o la t e d in w hi c h
‘
.

o ri i
c a se it r e ain s t its g nal s1
g n ific a tio n tha t It cor

r e sp o n ds to th e S a n sk ‘
Pr ak ffi ‘ The
.
p r o n o un
a t, .

Fo r ma tiv e Sin g . t ahe

‘
i s de r ive d fr o mth P ak e r .

se diffe r s so fa r fr o m th e Sa n skrit an d Pr akrit (3 )

havin g t
r e a in e d th e b a s e o f the Sin g l
u ar ; th e Fo r

m a tiv e P lu r a l ” ta n e i s to b e r e fe r r e d to th e Pr ak
?
.

G e n itiv e Er m a, h a vin g b ee n s h o r te n e d ,
as in mm .

A n n o ta ti o n . A ll th e ki n dr e d i dio ms kn o w th is p r o n o un ;
M a r athi : to, Pl u r a t é ;
G uj a r ati li ew is e : te, P lu r tea ; H indfi s t ' k .

s o o r tau n , Fo rm a ti e t i s ; N o m P lu r s o o r ta u n , F o rma tiv e

v
m
. .

tin , tinh o r tin h d

‘
P a nj abi z s o , I n str um e n t tin , F o r a tiv e
. .

tis ; P lu r s o , F o r m ati e
. v
B a n g ali r $6 , F o r ma tiv e tah a,
P lu r . tah a -
ra .

SIN GUL A R .
206 S ECTION II . THE I FL N EXION OF NO UNS .

In th a t ve r y time I ha v e ma de a n e n g a g emen t w ith

th e in h a b ita n ts o f th e j u n g l e Sh U m M ar I 1 . . . .
,
.

W he n they w e r e fa llen l
a s ee ,
p h a vi n g t t he d
s re c o ut

th eir fe et o n th e b e d ,

T hen th e y w er e le ft b ehin d by th e c ar a va n ,
w hi l st
sle e i
p gn Sh K o h I 8 . . .
,
.

f a ,

In w ho s e fa c ether e a r e hu n dr ed th o u sa n ds o f nes es ,

Cu t o ff fr o m tho se o n e the n w h a t o b lig a tio n is i t ,

to th em ? Sh M fim V I 2 2 . .
,
.

v . IN TE RRO GA T I V E P R ON O U N S .

1) T h e i n te r r o g a ti v e p ro n o u n
; A Y
I
ker u ,
who ?

'
”

This p ro n o un is on ly u se d a b so u el t ly . Th e No

min a tiv e b a s e
)
. J J ke r u is d e r ive d fr o m th e S a n sk r i t

1
35 1551 , P rak aifiq ( s ee I n
. t r o du c t i o n 2, b u t th e

Fo r m a ti ve Sin g u la r k a h e a n d th e ,
- Fo r m a t . P lu r a l
c}
t
: ka n e p o in b a c k to th e S a n s k a Ii i ; . G e n itive Si n g .

w ,
Pr ak . mg mg ; G en i tiv e Plu r a l in Prakr it
3mm th ,
e a o f w h i c h h as be en s h o r ten e d in S i n d hi .

A n n o ta ti o n . The co
g t
na e idio m s fall b a c k on th e San s k .

b a se a : (i e o
. n th .e A c c u s S in
g i) , a s M a r athi a
. n d G u .
fi
j a r ati : k o n ; H in dfi s t : a u n ,
F o r m a t ki'
s
.
; k
P lu r a l a u n ,
F o r ma t : . k
 E
S CTI ON II . THE INFL EXION OF NOUNS . 207

kin ,
ki h n ,
kin h d; P a nj abi z ka un
,
I n str u me nt kin , F o rmat
. . ki s ;
P lu r a l k a un ,
Fo r mti a ve ki n d . B a n g ali : k6 , F o r mativ e kaha ; '

P lur al kah a r a -
.

N
S I GUL A R .

F o r ma t
if
.

fh e ,
ka co m .

G t S/k a he j o
'

e tc
5; Lr G
-

ker u ; ; J S ker a .

M y kah e kh a
“

, .

v 5 ka n e , U K kin e u
f i
kin an e ,
kin in e ;
i
v2
3 k
. nh ane , ki n h in e .

D a tive ! S ka n e kh e e tc
g ? U
. .

S
!
Q u )
”
k an e kh e e tc .

A c cu s .

ke r e .

A b la t .

W ho tho u ? fr o m w h e n c e p ro c ee de st th o u ? w ha t
‘

art

is thy na me ? Maj . 16 7 .

W ho i s th e b r a hma n w o ma n ? w ho s e (G e n i t . P lu r ).

1s s h e? wh o kn o w s h er ?
“

Sh Ma ss. . I , 14 .
208 S EC TION H . T HE I FL N EXI ON OF NOUNS .

W h o h a ve the y been ? w ith e r are they g o ne? o f

what l
c a ss h a ve they b e en ? .
M aj . 659 .

2) T h e i n te r o g a ti v e p r o no un
Lg; ch a , w h a t ?

T hi s p r o n o u n is on ly u sed in a n eu ter s en s e and

h as no P lu r a l . T h e G eni ti ve 5; Lg ; c h a J O e tc s i n ifie s
g
v

. .

of w ha t so r t ,
o f w h a t kin d ? W i th th e p o stp o sitio n s

s g f kh e,
O K kan e , u g
L s kh a , i t
’
si
g n ifies : w ha t fo r ?

to w h a t p u r p o s e ? w h y ? I t i s d eri v e d fr o m th e Sa n sk .

A n n o ta ti o n T h e H in dustani u s e s kia , th e Pa n j abi ki a n d

' ’

ki a , F o r mat . kas ; th e M a r athi kay (F o r ma ti e a s a) ; B a n ali :

”

g v k ”

ki , F o r ma t . kaha H in dui : aha , Fo r mat

. ahe k . k .

I f th e sa vo u r of th e sa lt g o es ,
w h it w h a t sh a ll it

be sa lt e d ? M a tth . 5 , 13 .

8) T h e i nt e r r o g a ti v e p r o n o un k oh u ,
w h a t?

d j u st
“

This p r o n o u n is on ly u se in a n eu te r s en s e ,

as th e p r e c e din g o ne ,
an d i s in de c lin a b le . If g si ni fie s

v er y fr e qu e n tly
c
why
’

,
(
w ha t fo r
’
. In p o e r t y it i s oc

?
’

c a s i o n a lly s h o r ten e d to _
g kuhu .

A s to i ts d eri v a ti o n it i s i den tic a l wi th Lg ; ka,

ka h a ) , a h a vi n g b e en c h a n g e d to o in thi s in s ta n ce .

Th e sa m e i s a l so th e c a se in Hin du i ,
ka u n
w h er e ,

who ? m a k e s th e Fo r m a tive ei ther in ka , kohe o r k ahe .

1 h a ve b een ma d e a l iv e by re m emb er in g h i
( ) m ; w h a t
w ill h e d o to m e h a v in g m e t (me ) ? Sh . Su h . I V, 7 .
2 10 S ECTION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOU N S .

g . 36 .

VI . I N D E FI N I T E P R O N O UN S .

”
1) T h e i n d e fi n i t e p ro n o un 3 k6
5 ,
an y o n e ;
so me o n e .

thi s i n defin ite p r o n o un is th e sa m e a s

“

Th e ro o t of

th a t o f th e in terr o g a tiv e (Sa n sk afi s fq ) ; th e Fo r m a tive .

Si n g a n d Plu r a l is the r efo r e i den tic a l i n b o th pr o n o u n s

. .

N
S I G UL A R
I”
.

Nom { ko ; fe m 5 ka
.

5 . .

Fo r ma t
f
f f k ah e com
.

vg ,
.

I n str u m .

G eni t 5; u é 5 k n j t
“

a e o
‘

. . e c .

D a ti v e .

6 g
; 1
v 8
? k ah e k h
. e .

A c cus .

ko ; K ka .

A b la t .

g i g; u
..

é k ane kh a .

PL U RA L .

5; k u
?
a n e j o e tc .

ka n e kh e '

n g
, .

0 0

n O f k a n e kh e .

A c cu s
? ke
.

as

A b la t . L
u g
f o
f ka n e kh a .
 S ECTION II . THE I FL N EXION OF N C U NS . 2 11

N o thin g l w ill e se be of u se to th e e ,
e xc e p t tha t ,
‘
w h ic h tho u h a s t so w n thys elf ; f

No t a g m
ra
g 1v e s t th o u to a n y o n e a c c u mu la tin g ,

th o u h o a r de st u p tre a su re s M en g h o 1 0
. .

S o me (lig h te m n g s ) fia sh o ver Chin a ,

,
so me ta ke no ti c e
‘
of th e S a ma r qa n di s Sh Sar I V 1 2 . . .
,
.

I do not o th er (w o r k) fo r any , e ven h is I a m Sh .

U m M ar
. . V II , 5 .

Th e e m p h a ti c fo r m o f thi s p r o n o un s a sol

S IN GU LA R .

é } ? koi , a ny one ; fem .

6 3K kai

PL U RA L

6 3?
1 kei , or ka i , ka i .

F o r ma t .

as
A
,
? ka n i or
M ka n hi .

8
5

B e c a u se th er e w ill b e a t th e do o r o f my f e d
s e v e r a l) l o n i n l i k e me Sh J am K l V III
( r:
g g a . . . .
,

To so me , me m e n s o m e
so ( p e c u lia r ) kn o w l edg e h as
b e en a ll o tt e d . Sh S 6 r I ; 1 7
. .

In s t e a d of th e e m p h a t i c fo r m of th i s p r o n o u n
5?
ko ma y a sol be re
p e a ed : t
2 12 S ECTION II . THE I FL N EXION OF NO UNS .

So me r e pr o a c h o f th e l i qu o r -
se ller (fe m ) h a s fa ll e n
u o n th ei r
p g a ll -
ba g . Sh . J am . Ka l I V , 1 8
.
'

fo r m m
A n eu ter of
; is
S f ki , s o e t h i n
g ,
a

little ; it i s not i n fle c ted .

W ith h a r d l a b o u r sc o o p a little o ut th e he a r t fr o m
th e su g a r -
can e . G o l d en A lph a b V I , 8 . .

W ith a n e
g a t i o n s ig n ifie s : no o n e, no b o d y,
an d ki z no thin g ; fo r em p h a si s ’
sa ke they ar e fr e

qu en tly r edu plic a te d ,

i n w hi c h c ase th e ne a
g ti o n i s pu t

b e tw ee n them ,
as :
5K ; 5? ko na ko , n o bo dy a t

3 f ki k1 , th i n g ll
'

f t
’

na n o a a .

(s
,

9
L
y “
,
Af J
é tey a
c
:
s e es -o
ra
e
y s sy fl
t ?
“

I I
M
'

f
S n A n
é é é é
j fb é n

In thi s tim e tha t o n e is a

g ood c o mr ade
W h o h a s n o c hil dr e n ,
no b u ffa lo ca lf ,
no so n and

n o fo r tu n e ;

N o th in g in h i s b u n dl e ,
no thin g i n h i s la p , no bl a n k e t ,
no sa c k ,

A r o pe ,
at th e b o tt o m o ld an d at th e to p b r o ke n ,

an d no p l a c e w h a te ve r to li ve in . G o l de n A l

p h a b V II
. .

Not an y one fr o m thy fa mily w i ll b e thy c o mp a n io n

fr o m h en ce . M en g ho 3 .
 2 14 SEC TION I I . T HE I NFL EXI ON OF NOUN S .

R
PLU A L .

c}
; Q
"; j a n e ka n e ; o
f
t) ? J l n e

P 0
3 J a n e ka n e J O e tc .

6
1
g)
”

6
? 0 ; J a n e ka n e kh 6 .

! f kan e kh 6
V

J a n e
?
"
?
G u U
. .

A c cus .

A b la t . Léf u
“? d
; j a n e ka n e kh 6 .

W h a te v er (w o r d) b e i n
”

his m in d , h ea r th a t h is w o r d .

W h a t e v er thou w i lt p r a y to th e L o r d of th e w o r l d
th a t wi ll b e thy c o mp a n io n (i e to th e o th er w o r ld) . . .

M6ng h 6 9
In s t ea d o f K; j 6 k6 th e p o e ts v er y fr e qu e n tly u s e
5} ‘
5 r e v e r tin th e o r d e r o f th e t w o p r o n o u n s
7 5
5 , g .

; ? ? g
O 9

U7 LL
-éfif L5 } ..
gJ L L;

W h a t e ve r thin g th o u h a s t to say , 0 B ij a lu , l e t m e
h ea r tha t ! Sh S6 r . . II , 1 7

E
’’ O
? “ “Lei
5g “ 15 ?
j
- ) ?
Ls as ? q as

W h i c h tr e e s so e ve r g iv e no
g ood fr u i t , th o s e a re

cut o ff an d thr o w n in to th e fir e . M a tth 7 . 9 .

Th e r e is a so l a r e du l i c t e d fo rm of thi s p r o n o un
p a

j 6 k6 k6 ,
b u t it is o n ly u s e d in th e N o m i n a ti v e Sin g .

an d Plu r a l .
 S EC TION II . T HE IN FL «
EXION O F N O UN S . 2 15

N
S I GUL A R .

w si h kaka
” ‘

No m 1 fe m
93 i
h

6 (0 o 3e
3 ;
3
.

PL U RA L .

Nom .

M I
;
1
j 6 k6 k6 ,
co m .

‘
Th e n eu e r t fo r m of it i s : QQ; j k k
’

6 i 1 .

W h o so ev er i s an
g r y w i th h i s b r o th e r wi th o u t a

c a u se , h e wi ll b e g ui lty of j u dg e m e n t . M a tth . 5, 2 .

A n n o ta ti o n . A no ther co mp o u n d o f 55 is ha rk6 ,
e v y er

o n e, h o e v e r (H in dfi stani ha k6 i ) ;
w z r it i s o n ly u s e d in t h e
S in g ula r a n d i fl e c te d r e g ul ar ly a s
n ,
:

b ko fe m h ar ka ;
58
2
5

a
r .

i
/
,

Fo r m a t .

ve x h J : a r kah e ,
co m .

37 .

V II . THE RE CI P R O C A L PRO NO U N

LS
[J p lf
° ’
ana ,
s e .

Th e r eci l in Sin dh1 i s QB °

lf ’
“

p ro ca
p ro n o un
p ana
,
se ,

ln p e r so n ,
in c o n tr a di s ti n c tl o n to
U
L ;
p an u , s m . .
,
o ne s
’

o wn p er s o n or p e r so n a lity It i s . d er iv e d fr o m th e S a n sk .

SHITHT, -
so u l ,
se lf ,
w hi c h b e c o m e s in P r akr it e ith e r 33 W “

V
( a r HI .
,
48) or m m (V ar . V, Fr o m th e l a tt er

Pr akr i t fo r m a
pp ana , th e S i n d h1
“

h as s pr u n
g b y
dr o pp m g th e fir s t yll a b l e c ’
s ap .

‘
A n n o ta ti o n . T h e M a r athi r e ci
p ro ca l p ro no un ap a n p o in s t
li ke w is e ba c k to th e P r akr it a
pp ana
,
w h e r e a s th e H in dustani
ap (p o s s es s v e : i a
p )-
na i s t o b e tr a c e d b a c k to th e P r a k itr fo rm
a a
pp ; s i m i la rly th e P a n j abi z ap , p o s s es s iv e ap - na . I n G uj a rati
bo th P r akr it fo r ms rea
pp ea r : 6p , an d p o s s e s s iv e : a
p an -
n6 .
 16 S ECTION II . THE INFL EXI ON O F N C UN S .

‘
Fr o m th e o r ig
t i in a l
n of
6 p S
L si n ific a
’

g o ana ,
so ul
'

(l ik e t h e H e b r e w WBJ i ts a
pp l i c a t i o n m a y b e ea s e ly e x
'

p l a i n e d I t r.e fer s i n a s e n t en c e a l w a y s to th e c h i ef

s u bj e c t b e i t di s tin c tly e xpr e s s e d o r o nl y t a c i tly u n de r

,

s ood
t . I n th e G e n itiv e (5 ;
p ah a j 6 e tc ) ,
w hi c h
s er ve s as a p o sse ss i ve p r o n o u n ,
i t m a y b e t r a n s l a t e d b y
i t p o i n ts o u t w
°
o wn ;
’
but at th e sa me tim e ith a p e
c ul i a r m c e ty th e su b e c j t ,
to w hi c h it m u st b e r e fer r e d,

an d may then b e tra n sl a t e d b y th e r e sp e c tive p o ss e s si ve

p r o n o u n ,
re qu ir e d b y th e s u b ec j t .

S IN GUL A R an d PL U AL R .

;
G p
I ana ; se lf; ma sc . an d fe m .

GJ
L
’
p a na .

5? 0 6 1 9 1 5 115
.
5 6 ; 5; we » 3 511
1 1 54 10 : 5;
6
p j
1 6 ( i n L ar
) .

D a tiv e
L
; 1 3 kh e
.

0 ? P4
3
f
fi e » .

A c c u sa t .

A b la t L L L ! L n a kh a
S

p a na;
p a
u g
5 ’
L, O
. .

A n ad ver b ia l fo r m is p an a hi , o f, fr o m ,

him s elf or them s e lve s ,

in p e r s o n ? i n a si m i la r s en s e
A b l a ti v e
a
ll ; p an a 1s l
a so u se d .

B y hi m s e lf he kn o w s h is o wn p e r so n ; h is o wn

take s n o ti c e o f hi m s elf ;
p e r so n

By hi m self h e s e e s him self ; by hims elf h e is b e

“

lo ve d Sh Ka l I 1 8 . . .
,
.

fr i e n d) ;
’
Tho u th eyse lf ar t thy o wn i
( . e . thy so u ls
2 18 S ECTI ON II . T HE IN FL EX ION OF NO UNS .

g . 38 .

V II I . P RO N O MIN A L A D J E CT IV E S .

Un der thi s h ead we .

l
c a ss on ly su c h a d ec j ti ve s ,
as

p a r ti c ip a te mo re
l e s s o f th e n a tu r e o f p r o n o u n s a n d
or

a r e so m e w h a t ir r e u l a r i n th ei r in fl e xi o n a n d su ch as
g , ,

a r e d er i ve d fro m p r o n o m in a l th e m e s A ll o th e r a dj e c ti v e s .
,

w hi c h m a y a c c o r din
g ,
t o th e i r
p o si ti o n i n a s e n t en c e ,

su p p ly th e p l a c e o f th e p r o n o un w e e xc lu d e fr o m thi s ,
I o o o h

11 st s u c h a s : 35 k ful a n o a c er ta m p e r s o n
,
hi ki r o
, ,

one ,
5x5 bi 6 ,
an o th er ,
sa 6
j , w h o l e ,
as th ey ar e tr e a t e d
an d t
c o n s r uc ed t as re
g l
u ar a d ec j ti v e s .

1) I n d e fin i t e p r o n o m i n a l a dj e c ti v e s .

W e h a ve to d ea l her e w ith th e p ro n o mi n a l ad

j e c tiv e s ”
é “ : sa b h u ,
w ho le , a ll, e v er y one ; th e e mp h a ti c
fo rm of w hi c h is sa b h6 i ; wi th th e c o mpo u n d

w s a b h u k6 v er y o n e a n d
,
e ,
mi y6 1
r or

m ir 6 i , a ll ,
w ho le e v er y o n e
,
.

a .

) Th e p r o n o min a l a dj e c t i v e ..
é
x L sa b h u .

It is S a n sk H3 P r ak REE ;
d e r ive d fr o m th e .
,
.
“

Hin dus t an i : s a b (M a r athi : s a r v) ; i n Si n dhi b h a s b e en

a s p ir a t e d (a s in P a n j ab i : s a b h ) o n a c c o u n t o f th e e li de d

r ( s e e : I n tr o d B c) . . .

SI NGUL A R .

.
éx; sab h u ; fem . sab ha .

..
é x ; sa b ha ,
co m .

5; s abh a j 6 e tc .

s a b h a kh 6 .
 S EC TION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF N OU N S 2 19

. .
ej
au w sabh a : kh 6 .

,
é ; x sab h u ; fe m . sa b ha .

kh a
u é
A b la t . L f sab ha .

PL U RA L .

M ;
ex sa bh e co m .

sa bh an e , s ab hi n e ; sa bb i a

n in e ; sa b h 6 .

/ l

G e n it g sa b h a n e j 6 e tc
.

5 ;
a
n u 1. .

D a t iv e .

6 3
.K sa b h a n e kh 6 e tc .

S e! U S “ ; s abh a n e kh 6 .

A ccus U
s a bh e
.

A b la t .

u
lfpéxj . s a bh a n e a sa b h in a ) .

LS
wé $ 64; s abh a n e kh 6 . e tc .

I n th e N o m . Plu r . w e fin d o c c a sio n a lly sabh 6

w r i tt e n ,
in s tea d of " x
g . ; sa bh e . In th e Fo r m a tiv e P lur a l

w s a bh 6 ma y b e u se d ,
in s tea d of
W M e c t .
,
w h en

th e n o un i mm e di a te ly fo llo w s i n th e Fo r ma tive
O I I f . f 0
0 0 /
9 f a I a z ,

My w ho l e life is l my tim e (pl ) h a s been

'

u se e ss ;
lo s t by me . Sh S u r ag
. . V , E pil .

l w z

K L; ”
E l l l
5

E (5 5
7
3
b a

By A lla h a ll th e u n d er a t kin g s o f th a t fr i e n d a re

c a r r ie d o ut . M aj . 688 .

S ittin g th ey r e a d w ith lo v e ,
c a u sin g a lwa y s the i r
ey e s t o s h e d t e a r s ;
 20 S EC TION II . THE I FL N EXI ON OF NO UNS .

V o lu m e s b e a u tifu l in a ll wa ys ,
an d o ther eleg a n t
b o o ks . Maj . 140 . 14 1 .

It is an oa th of th e L o r d 1
( . c . b y th e L o r d) , tha t
m y fr ien d is th e m o st b ea u tifu l Sh Ba r v6 Sin dhi II , 6
"

. . .

b) T h e p r o n o m i n a l a dj e c t i v e sa b h6 i .

T h e in flec ti o n of
as ; c a ll
’

,
°
w ho le
’

,
°
e ver y o ne

is so m e w h a t ir r e g u l a r .

SI GUL A N R .

No m s a bh 6 1 ; fe m LQ sa b b ai
'

é é
’

-xm
fi “
f
. . .

ma t
fi W
o
s a bh 61 ; fem sa b h a l a
.

. .

n s ru m .

e tc .

PLU AL R .

S W sab h é i ,
or :
15
1 6 5 sa b h a i ,
co m .

W s a b hi n i or :
W s a b hi n i .

e tc

A b la t 5W sa bh 1 n a 1
W s a b h 1n e a 1
0

. 5 orz _ 3 .

6 (5

I
‘
Co me in Pun h fi! a ll i ! Sh D é s 1 II ,
’

,
o p a n s are
g one .

Th e s a fe ty of a ll , sa ys th e S a yy id ,
is the r e . Sh .

A b ir i V , 6
’

T o T 6 di S
( u h i n i ) b elo n
g s mo r e ho n o ur th an to al l
(oth er s ) . Sh . Su h . III , 9 .
222 S ECTION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UN S .

SINGU L A R .

No m £ 5 35 m i r y0 1 mi r 0 1 ; fem L5 ¢o miry a 1
. 5 5 or :
as i fifl .

6
5
3 .

F o r ma t miry 6 1 mir 6 1 ; fem m ir yaia

'

. or:
fi g . .

e tc . e tc . e tc .

PL U AL R .

Nom .

L ar ) ; co m .

Fo r m a t .

f> 5

h m1r 1n e a m
z z

A bla t or 1r 1n 1 kh a
v f }
? 524
. . .

Ev e r y g ood tr ee g i ves g ood fr u it . Ma tth . 7, 17

Th er e is no livin g in th e w o r l d ; a ll th e da y s ( of

life) are tw o . Sh Ka l
. . II ,
E p il .

ta kin g y e ster da y lea ve fr o m a ll

T h e d e vo t e e s , ,
w en t
o ff Sh R am aka li V II E p il
'

‘
. .
,

Th e L o c a tiv e Sin g m a sc m
’
i i ll
6 25
r 6 1 n . .
“
,
a ,

:
thr o u g ho u t ’

,
t
a lto g v er y fr e qu e n tly u s e d
e th er
’

, q
is ,

w he r e w e w o u l d e m p l o y th e s im p l e a dj e c ti v e a l l who le; ,

b u t it 1s to b e n o ti c e d th a t th e L o c a tiv e m i 61 r
,
s f

a lw a ys fo ll o w s im m e dia t ely th e n oun ,

on w hi c h th e s r es st
is thu s to b e l a i d .

A h o t w in d h a s s et in ; th e w o r l d i n (i
_
. e . th e
A
‘

w h o l e w o r l d) h a s b e e n si n e d
g Sh b i ri I , 1 1
. . .
 S EC TION II . T HE I FL N EXI ON OF NO UNS . 2 23

)5
“ 6
5
3 a
t; 5 5
5
T h e g r a v el s t o n e th r o u g h o u t (i e a ll ) m a k e r e d
- . .

w ith b lo o d fo r th e s a k e o f ( thy) hu sb an d Sh A bir i . .

V I II , 8 .

O bard ! u po n th ee (i . e . fo r thy sa k e) I s a c r ific e

a ll m
( y) p p
r o e r ty . Sh S 6 r
. . IV , 10 .

2 ) C o r r e l a ti v e a d ec j ti v es .

Th e Sin dh i p o s s es s e s a g r e at fa c i lity to deri ve c o r

r e l a t iv e a dj e c tiv es fr o m p r o n o mi n a l b a s e s .

(1) T h e pro n o mi n a l a dj ec tiv e s d en o tin g q u a n t i t y

° ’

a r e fo r m e d b y a ffixi n g to th e o r i g in a l S a n skr i t P r akr i t -

b a s e s o r o the r b a s e s fo r m e d a like th e a dj e c ti v a l te r ,

mi n a t io n r 6 a s M Y k 6 ti r 6 h o w mu c h ? Sa n sk fi l m
,
” ,
.

Pr ak Esta
. A s s im i l a r p h e n o m en o n i s t o b e n o t i c e d
i n th e c o g n a t e i di o m s a s H i n du s t an i : k i t t a a n d k i t
,

n a ; P a n j ab i : ki t n a ; M a r ath i : k i t i o r w i th th e a ffix k
-

ki t i k ; G uj a r ati : k6 t l 6 ; b u t B a n g ali : ka t
-
.

b) T h e p r o n o mi n a l a dj e c tiv e s de n o tin g
°
siz e
’
are ,

fo r m e d b y a ffixin g to th e r e s p e c tiv e p r o n o m in a l b a s e
th e te i m in a tio n :
53 d 6 as :
5 M k6 d6 h o w l a r g e ? Thi s
, ,

t e r min a ti o n i s p r o p er ly not an a d ec j t iva l a ffix , bu t an

a dj e c t iv e : d6 yll b l t f w h ith e fir s t
h
gva ,
r ea
a e o , c s

i s dr o p p e d i n t hi s c o mp o s iti o n Thi s i s c l e ar ly p r o ve d .

b y th e M a r athi a s : k6 v a dh a h o w g r e a t a n d th e G u
,
-
, ,

j a r ati : k6 v a t 6
-
(b u t P a n j ab i : k6 d a a s i n S i n d h i ) -
,
.

A ll th e s e p r o n o m in a l a dj ec tiv e s a dm i t a g a i n o f a
d i m i n u t i v e f o r m b y a ddin g th e a ffix r 6 (s e e
, as:

05 6 k6 d ir6 h o w s m a ll ?
53 ,

0 ) Th e p r o n o m in a l a dj ec ti v es d en o tin g k i n d are “ ’

fo r m e d b y a ddi n g to th e p r o n o mi n a l b a se s k 6 h a j 6 h a , ,

t6 h a ,
6h a h ii a (a h a )
,
th e di min u tiv e a ffix r 6,
in ,

c o n s e qu e n c e o f w hi c h th e l o n
g v o w e l o f th e p r o n o m i n a l
224 S ECTION H . T HE I FL N EXION OF NOUNS .

b a se is S h o r t en e d to i ts c o r r e s p o n din
g S ho r t on e ,
as

Ef ff- ké h aflfif) ,
Of w h a t kin d or ma n n e r ?
T h e p r o n o m in a l b a s es , fr o m w hi c h th ese thr e e ki n ds
o f a dj ec t iv es ar e d er i ve d , a r e : 6 o r hé , th i s ; 0 and

h6 h
( ),
i
l th a t ; th e r ela tive j 6 (j 6) th e c o r r ela tive ,
s6 ( ),
t6
an d th e in t er r o g a ti ve k6 .

W e exhib it th em in th e fo llo w in g su r ve y :
From
Quantlty .

the base

e tir o e do
4 0eaipf) é h ar é
”
4
6 1

h t 0 : h 6 d6 g h 6 dir 6
” j g hi ar 6
g
g
hé ”
Mu
5 459 a

this mu ch . as lar g e a s this 5a s s mall a s thi s o f thi s kin d .

126 that
h 6 tir 6
mu ch
5 5
as ar
0

l
g h 6 d6

e as that as s m a ll a s that of that kin d

g .

55 5)
6
j 6 tir 6 j d
6 ir6 j 6 ha r 6
an d as mu ch as s ma ll o f w hi ch kin d .

so mu ch so sma ll of that kin d .

k 6 ti r 6 ) 1
kedo kedir a keh a r o
h o w mu ch ho w la r
g e ho w s ma ll o fw h a t ki
nd .

A ll th e s e c o rre a l tiv e j tive s a r e in fle c te d r e

a d ec

ul a r ly a c c o r din g to th e ir r e sp e c tiv e t er min a ti o n (

ma s c
g
.

an d

be c o n fo un de d with j é f is th e in te r r o g a tiv e p r o n o
1) N o t to
fi
kad, w hi ch a“
D
mi n a l dj e ctiv e G of mo r e th a n tw o Sa n s k
.

;
A

a ,
.

ab o u t its fo r matio n se e In tr o d . 9 .
226 S ECTION II . T HE IN FL E I X ON OF NO UNS .

fin a l e té
( ) h a s b e en ,
dr o p p e d and t p r e s er ve d ( z at
) ,

w her e a s th e P a st6 h as r e a in e d
t th e o r ig in a l fo r m of

thi s p ro n o un ,
on ly w ith t ran siti o n of th e t en u i s in t o th e
m e dia o de .

Th e s uffix o f th e III p e r s . Sing s e is to . be re

fer r e d to th e P r akri t e n i tiv e a (s h o r t e n e d fr o m

liter a lly : h uj u s . In P e r si a n it h a s b e c o m e wh e r e a s
in P a st o s h a s b e en c a n g e d to
h h (Z en d h e) a n d the n

a lto g ether e li d e d “ e .

as '
0 0

P lu r hfi to
!
f
1

Th e s u ffix o f th e I p er s . . u or a c c e de s

tp o sitio n s o n ly n o su ffix o f th e I per s P lu r b ein g ’

p o s
:

, . .

i n u se w ith n o u n s I t 1 s a c o n tr a c ti o n fr o m th e P r ak
. .

Cenitiv e P lu r atri a th e fir st syll a bl e b ein g dr o pp e d in

r .
,

Sin dhi . T h e P er S1a n fo r m 1s LE m a , P a s t6 ) f o mu or

u m .

T h e su ffix Plur 5 v a is der ived frOm

of th e I I p er s . .

th e S an sk Pr ak G en itiv e Plu r fl ; P er sia n o n th e o th er

.
-
. .

h a n d L d: (p o in tin g to
a th e S a n sk . G en i t . P lu r QM.
)
b u t P aste 7 1 mu (m > v) .

Th e th e HI p er s P lur f n e o r n a h a s ap
s u ffix of .

r e n tl y sp r u n fr o m a n o l d p r o n o m i n a l b a s e a n a , w hi c h
p a g
‘
i s a l r e a dy i n ali s u b s tit u t e d fo r P ,
th a t ; th e r a ffi P k .

G en i t . P lu r . w o u ld b e mf g ( cf . L a s se n p 3 2 5 ; V a r VI , . .

s h o rt e n e d n e ,
or na fr o m m ,

Th e s e su ffixe s th eir e tym o lo g y s u pp ly

,
a c c o r d in
g t o , ,

w h en a tta c h e d to n o un s p l a c e o f p o s s e s s i v e ,
th e

p r o n o u n s ; b ut w h en j o i n e d w i th p o s t p o siti o n s o r a d
;
ve rb s the y m a y s ta n d in l ieu o f a n y in flec t ed p er so n a l
,

e s u ffix h o w e v er
“

p r o n o un Th . w h i c h p r o p er ly b elo n s
g ,

to th e n o u n m a y a l s o b e a tta c h e d to th e v e r b a s w ill
, ,

b e e xp l a in e d u n der th e v e r b a l s uffixe s .
 S ECTION II . THE INFLEXI ON O F NO UNS . 2 27

g . 40 .

I . P r o n o mi n al s uffi xe s a tt a c h e d to n o un s .

W h en a su ffix a c c e d e s to a n o un ,
i ts f i n a l vo w e l
un d e r g o e s in so m e in s ta n c e s a c han g e . B u t it i s to b e
n o ti c e d ,
th a t th e s uffixe s ar e not u se d p r o mi s c u o u s ly
w i th n o uns , b u t fo r th e m o s t p a rt o nl y wi th th e s e re

fer r in g to m a n , fa r l e s s w i th th o s e r e fe rr i n
g t o an i m al s
or to iri a ni ma te ob j ec ts .

In th e N om i na t i v e S i n g u l a r
m h an g e
“ ’
1) No un s en di n
g u u n d er o
g no c b efo r e
th e su ffixes .

2 ) N o u ns e n din g in 6 g en e r a ll
_
y s h o r ten th e sa m e to
bu t 6 may a sol ke ep its p la c e b e fo r e th e
s uffixe s .

3) Ma s c n o uns en di n g
. in 1 c ha n g e th e sa m e fo r
eu p h o n y s s a k e e i th e r
’
to y u or to y a .

4) Fe m . n o un s e n din g in i c ha n g e th e sa me ei th er
c ’
to ya or s ho r ten i t to i .

5 ) N o uns ma i n
“
e n din g in e
’
i
() re un a lt er e d b efo r e
th e s u ffixe s .

I n th e Fo m a t i v e S i n g u l a r th e s uffixe s a c ce de
r

to th e fin a l v o w el with o u t a n y fur th er c h a n g e , w ith th e

e xc e p ti o n o f n o un s en din g in 6 , th e Fo r m a ti ve Sin g ul a r
o f w hi c h te r mi n a t es b efo r e s uffix e s i n a an d n o t m e
U

.
,

In th e N o m i n a t i v e P l u r a l a fin a l l o n g v o w el i s
s h o r te n e d r e s p e c ti v e ly a n d fin a l n a s a l n dr o p e d b e fo r e
‘

p
th e s u ffix e s ; b u t fin al i o f m as c n o u n s i s c h a n g e d to .

y a ,
a s in th e N o m S i n
g . .

In th e F o r m a t i v e P l u r a l th e s u ffixe s a c c e de to
‘ ‘

th e t er mi n a ti o n n e w ith o u t a n y fur th e r c h a n g e .

N o uns en din g in u (u ) a n d a are h a r dly e v er fou n d

wi th su ffixe s o f n o u n s e n di n g in a th e r e a r e s o m e i n
’

s ta n ce s bu t t
,
h ey a r e ver y r a r e a n d o nl y fo u n d in p o etr y ,
.

O n th e w h o l e th e su ffixe s a r e fo r th e m o s t p a r t a tt a c h e d
P2
 SECTI O N II . THE I FL N EXION OF NO UNS
‘ C ’
to n o uns en di n g in u an d 6 ,
fa r l ess to th o s e e n din g in

Th e w a y, in w hic h th e su ffixe s a r e a tta c h ed to n o un s,

m a y b e st b e le arn t fro m th e fo ll o w in g exa mp l e s .

1) N d1ng m
( )
"

o uns _ en l n u a s c .

Nom . S1n n en u e 6 Fo r ma t . n ena .

3
‘
I p er s A M n en u m e , my e ye
P
. .

S in g . II p er s .

p e rs .
UM » n en u s e ,
h is e ye .

n en a h i s e
p e rs
M 9 n en a se ; W , fi
.

N o mina tive .

p e rs .

; A M
I
n en u v a , yo u r e ye .

p e rs .

Q
M »
. n en u n e p th e ir eye .

F or ma tive .

p e rsn

III Per s n en a n e 7 5 n en a h in e
°

' 'M

9
M“
: Q g
.
.
. .

i
Nom . P lu r . n 6n a
°

Fo r m . n en a n e .

N omin a tw e . F or ma tw e .

I p er s w e n en a m e , my e ye s y m} n en a m me
P
.

[
. .

i z

7 _z

m
J

Sm g II p e r s thy ey e s
,

M
.

n en a - e . n en a .
. .
,
I

II I p er s M h is y es n e n a n ise
.

l
n e n a se , e .

W f
W I
.
30 S ECTION II . T HE I FLE N XION OF NOUNS .

5 35
II p e r s .
p iu va ; 5h ;
p i a va ; fl . »
pi n h a va ,

HI p e r s G
)
; .
p i nna ; M p in h un e , th eir fa the r .

P LU A L R .

’
35 z>
“
p 1u r a ; Fo rma t p 1ura n e or: ? p i n n e
i
“
j “, cl
. .

N o min a tive .

f fi
p 1 u r a me p 1u ran 1 me
” s
i .
,

p i u n i m e .

i
"? p l ara-e , thy fa ther s ; “
p 1u n i
fi
k as ?
.

a
IH p e r s
, .

.
p 1u r a s e , h 1s fa th er s ; M p i u n i se .

’
z>
H p er s va yo ur mva
,

.
p 1u r a ,
fa the r s ; p i u .

II I p er s p r th eir fa th er s ; M i i
.

ar e 1 u a n a , p u n n e .

é Lég b h a u , b r o th e r .

N
SI GUL A R .

N o min a ti ve an d Fo r ma tive s Lég bh au .

; Lé g bh au m e ; Lég b h ame ; Lég b h a

'

a
C P
me , 7 bh an ime , m y b r o th er
rel 6
na - 4 .

II p er s ; bh a i g; bh an é thy b r o th e r
‘
-
e ; ,
.

s
_

w ég
L fiLé bh an u se , h is b ro th e r
'

III pe r s . b h a s e ; U
s .

i
Lé. b ha uva aL g é
“

II p e r s ,
b han u v a yo ur
, , ,
.

b r o th e r .

i
i

HI p er s
Q éL n b han na ,
. their b r o th er .
 S E C T ION 11 . THE INFL EXION or NO UN S .
231

P LU A L R .

N o min i g ) b h a u r a ; Fo r m a t : bh a ur a n e or
J
. .

d
i g . ) bh a u n e
”3

N o min a tive F arma tive

53g b h au r a me , LG” b h a u r a n im e
I p er s .

6 .
6)
(
”
- .

b h a un ime .

e tc .

5 6 m au , m o t h e r .

N
S I GU L A R .

No mi n a tiv e an d Fo r ma tiv e : L mau

5 » .

I p er s ILE mau m e ;
P
u mam e ; »
1e
n
y. m an hime ,
F
. .

my m o th er .

H p er s m ae ; i t} m a n e , thy m o th er .

S
.

II I p er s .

U
N A } ma u se ; g b? m a s e ; UM SLL m a n u s e ; a

ho m a ni s e 7 hi s m o th er
w .

m ava ;
o ,

H p er s L Lo m a n u va , y o u r mo th er
.

5 »
,
a a .

z
HI p e r s .

u
” ma n e ;
L man u n e , th e1r mo ther .

PLU A L R .

N o min . :
; LZ mau r a ; Fo r m a t : m au n e .

N omin a tive . F o r ma tive .

IL/
i
I p er s t; maur a me , my m o th er s ;
M 3 maun ime
”
. .

e tc . e tc .

w d h iu da u g hter
éi
s , .

SIN GULA R
’

N o min and Fo r ma t 3
dh i u (g wo dh i a )
. .

(5 343 0 .

S in g . I p ers . i
v ?
"d h i ume ;
P 3
4 9 .) dh i a m e ; 1
F ?
15 ” dh i

na me ;
Péé
mo dh mi me , my d a u g ht e r .
 SEC TION II . T HE I NFL EXI ON OF NO UNS .

H p ers {990 dh 1 y a -
e ;w e dh i ue
,
thy da u g ht er .

Sm g
I H p er s fm dh i u s e ; iSDO dh ia s e ;
M
.

w o u
-
M 5 dh i

n u se h is da u g ht er .

PL U A L R .

N o min
r g u .) dh iar u ; Fo r ma t :
v ino dhi un e .

N o min a tive . F or mtive a .

I p er s . my da u g ht ers . i
Vi ? "dh i u n im e .

e tc .

5
- n u h u (o r : da u g hter -
ih -
l a w.

SINGUL A R .

N o min a tiv e an d Fo r mativ e : + 3 n uhu .

I p ers n u h u me ; n uh a me ; s nu hi
.

I
“
? Pg
. )
r g i

na me n u hini m e , my da u g hter
Pi ?
“

3
3 ,

3
9

Sin g . H p er s . nu hu -
e,
s « n uh é ; S
h
e n u hi u é ,
/

i y y

HI p er s .

M 3 n u h u se ; n uh a se ; U N
}? nu

h irii s e , h i s dau g ht er - —
in l a w .

a ) ,

H p er s .

76
5
- nuhuva , yo ur dau g ht er - ih -
la w .

P 11113 HI p er s n uh un e ; nuh an e their

0 8
. --4 ,

dau g ht e r -
ih -
la w .

PL U A L R .

N o min ig ; hu ha r u ; Fo r ma t :
0 6
3
- - n uh a n e
J
.

N omin a tive .

, ,

3 n u h u n ime
a

I p e rs n u h a r u me
.
, M4 .

my dau g ht er s ih la w - -
.

e tc .
 4 SEC TION H . THE INFL E X ION OF NO UNS .

W h e n I si t ln l
s i en c e ,
hav
in g fo r g tten th eir a bu s es
o ,

The n my h ea r t g o es l i ke sa n d , m o a ni ng a ft er them .

M aj : 6 7 9 , 6 80 .

T o da y th er e is n o a
-
g
t lk ( LéJ L
‘
I ) of th i
a e rs ; th ey ar e

th e w ho le day i n th e h u t . Sh Mum Ren o. . V , 12

“

2) No un s en d1n g l n 0

N o un s e n din
g in 6 do not diffe r e sse n tia lly fr o m
’
th o s e in u a s r eg a r ds th e a n n exio n o f th e su ffixe s ;
c

th ey g en er a lly sh o r t en fin a l a to u b ut they m a y a lso c ’

r e t a in th e s a me i n th e N o m Sing w hic h is fre qu en tly “

. .

th e c a s e i n p o e tr y Th e Fo r m ativ e S in g a lw a y s ter
. .

mina te s in a n o t in 6 w h en fo ll o w e d b y s u ffixes
° ’

,
In ,
.

th e N o min P lu r a l fin a l a m a y b e li k e w i s e pr e s er v e d b e
.

’
fo r e su ffixe s in st e a d o f b ein g sh o r t en ed to a
t
.
,

m a tho, hea d ‘

7G
“ .

SINGUL A R .

No m ma th o ; Fo r m
n ma th e é gcfo m a th a
°

: . : .
z : ..

6
. .

F o r ma tive .

I p er s M m a th u me , ig /
3 ) ma th a m e ;1

‘
.

P P
my he a d ; “ m a th a h ime
r é Q
-- .

éé m
fi
H p er s . x ) m a th u -
e,
g r e m a th a -
e ;

thy hea d ; Q M ; m a th a h e .

H I p er s g
-3 3 m a th u s e , W m a th a s e :

r
O
.

h e ad ; m a th a hi s e
'

hi s W A
GG - M .

1 ) In
‘
Sir o th e p eo ple v ery c o mmo n ly s u b s titu te
‘
i i
’
n s te a d of
‘
a
’

in th e Fo r ma ti v e Sin g . as :
M math ime e tc .

2 ) I n p o etr y th e l o n g v o w el s ma y b e r e ta in e d ,
as : ma

th o —
e , math a-
na .
 SEC TI ON II . THE I FL N EXION OF NOUNS fi 2 35

a 1 0 I f
I I p er s
re
?“ . yo u r h ea d ; W '

ma th u va , ma th a v a ; m a th a hi v a .

HI p er s v i i—
Jo th eir h ead ; W W
mh mth mh
.

at un e ,
a an e ; at ah an e .

PL U A L R .

N o min Le m m a th a ; Fo rma t wé f ma tha n e

“

. : : xo .

N o mina tive F orma tive .

fv ma th a m me
Pf é
p e r s
ep e m a th a m e , w
P
. .

my h ea ds ;
p e r s .

g en e i ma tha -
e,
S t e
-X” m a tha n i ,

thy h ea ds ; m a th a n ih e
W .

p e rs .
M y ? ma th a se ,
h is h e a ds .

p e r s .

;éxjé ma th a va ,
W ma th a niva .

yo u r h e a ds .

p e r s .

ué
xo ma th a n e ,
f W ma th a n in e .

th eir hea ds .

W ho a rt tho u ,
w h en c e c o mes t th o u ,
wh t ia s thy na me?

a‘
l Li ) i
3 55 u é
W » . .
a l ls xso l

W he r e th e si
g ht of th e L o rd is , ther e are their
a b o de s .

These are th eir t o ken s : c o n c ea ed l th ey w a n d er ab o u t

th e w o r ld . Sh R amak
. . II , 9 .
2 36 SEC TI ON II . T HE INFL XI E ON OF NOUNS .

‘
‘
3) N o u n s en di n g 1n 1 m
( a sc ) .

‘
m r a lly c h a n e th e sa m e
N o un s en d n g
i ( ) g
'

1n e
1 . en
g
to y ,
a fa r l es s to y u ,
b efo r e th e a c c e s sio n o f th e s uf
fixes ; in th e F o r m a tiv e S in g . e m u st a lw a y s be c ha n g e d
to ya . Th e sa m e i s th e c a se i n th e N o m . P lu r .
,
s o th a t

o nl y th e t t
c o n ex ca n d ec ide , w h e th er a n o un i s p u t in
th e N o m in a tiv e or Fo r ma tiv e Sin g . or in th e N o mi n a tiv e
P lura l .

I n p o e tr y a fin a l s h o r t v o w el ma y be len g th en e d
b e fo r e a s u ffix , as :
U
N LZ Lé o dh a n y a s e , in s t e a d o f:
M o

dh an ya s e .

Nc m : dh a n i , m a st er ; Fo rm :
é? » dh anya .

N o in a tive m . F o r ma tive .

P3
4 5 0 dh a n
y a me,
P
a u se dh a n y e

m
3

dh an yum e , my m a st er
r

o .

—
d h a n ya e ,

p e r s
21 dh a yu e
.

46 3 0 n -
,
[

thy ma ster .
.
1

I I
[M o dh a n ya s e , dh a n ya se .

lu au dh a n yu s e , h is m a s t er

/
dh a n ya v a
I I

dh a n ya v a M
0

M ”0 o .

7 ,

w e dh a n yu v a
” ,

yo u r m a ster .

O
LE .) d h a n ya n e , w e dh a n ya n e ,

O LE ) . dh a n yu n e ,

th eir ma ster .
2 38 SEC TION II ,
. T HE INFL EXI ON OF NO UN S .

N
S I GUL A R .

No m b
'

. :
Ls §}
L
. ai , l a dy ; Fo rmat : b a ia
-
.

N o mina tive .

P
36 ba i me ,

1 3 baya m e , my la dy
P
.

G E
L? b a y a -
e ,
th y la dy .

Ué S
L bai se ,
i

b aya se h is la dy .

3 3
L ai va
§p ,
b aya v a .

p e rs .

b ay a v a , y o u r la dy .

USU bai ne ,
6
1 ; bayan e .

G
EL} b a ya n e , th eir la dy .

PL U RA L .

No m . :
u3
3L3 bayfi ; Fo r ma t :
0
. 3L; bayu n e .

N o mina tive . F or ma tive .

I p er s . SL: bayu m e
E ,
P
1 35 b ay u n l m e .

my l a dl es .

II p er s .

; 35 bayu -
e ,
b ay u n i .

thy l a die s .

II I p e r s . bayu s e ,
w i t; bayu n i s e .

h is l a di es .

II p er s . bayu va , bayu n iv a .

yo u r l a die s .

II I p ers u 35 bayu n e ,. .

th eir la dies .
 S ECTION II . TH E I FL N EXION OF NO UN S . 239

In p o etr y fin a l 1 i s o c c a si o n a lly no t ch a n g e d to a
y ,
b u t simp ly to a , a s
“ ’

LC .
P
AR; Ln ;
if ther e is a ny p o w e r o f mi n e , it i s tha t Sh Ked . . . I V, 9 .

fa th e r t h a s , b es ide s th e
”

h s is e r
'
’
p p
u i ,
a s ,
re

1 y

l fo r ms , l hm m h mime
g u ar a so
t e
h “ p u
p a e or
we “ p p
u
. .

Lik e th e m o o n on th e fo u r teen th of th e m o n th w a s
h is tur b a n in th e p l a in . Sh Ked . . V, 1 .

N o t by an
y m es s e n
g e r h a v e th e y b e e n as ked ; in s i d e
is their g r i ef . Sh R am a k V I , 4
. . .

5) N o u n s en di n g i n e f
( )
e m .

N o uns e n di n g main ei th er lt er e d b efo r e

U

1 11 e re un a

su ffixe s or c ha n g e fin a l e (i) to y a ,
a s w e ll in th e N o
mi n a tiv e as in th e Fo rm a tiv e S in g u l a r .

N o min a tioe .

sa m e .

ch 6 ka r y a m e .

6 fi ch o ka r e thy
, g i rl ; th e sa me .

]
5 1 0

II p er s . c h 6 ka r y a r
e .

ch 6 ka r ya he
[
o

ié
x
. .
56 . . .

U
“ f ch 6 ka r i s e , hi s g i r l ; th e sa me
i
.

I II p e r s .
2 40 S EC TION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UN S .

ch 6 ka r iva , yo u r i rl ; th e me
II p er s .
5 fl ;
g sa .

c h 6 ka r in e , th e ir g ir l ; th e s a me
'

III p er s .

R
I

PL U AL .

3 ?
}
I

No m : c h 6 ka r y fi ; Fo r m c h 6 ka r n e i
.

2 33
.

5g 9 .

N o min a tive .

m y g ir l s . ch 6 ka ri n ime
p 3 o

I I p er s . é h é ka r yu - e ,

ch 6 ka r in 1
''

III p er s . ch 6 ka r yu s e ,

c h oka r in is e
'

s . .

3 3
0

II p er s .

3 343
; ch 6 ka r yu v a ,

yo u r g ir l s .

I II p er s .

their g ir ls . ch 6 ka r in in e .

s u b s t an tive n o un J o e or Z oe , w1 fe ,
5}
9
} a ; .

w h en j o in e d b y s u ffixe s ,
s om e ir r eg u l ar itie s , as

N
SI GUL A R .

N o min a tive .

Sin g . I p er s . Th e sa me .
 2 S EC TIO N n; T HE I FL N EXION or NOU N
S .

W ha t e ver th e irlife time i s , it h a s b ee n s p en t in '

so r r o w .

Sh R am a k
. . I II ,
4 .

g . 4 1;

1T
P R O N O M IN A L S UFFI X E S
.

a tta c h e d to P o s t p o s i t io n s a n d A d v e r b s
'

-
“
.

Th e r u es ,l a c c o r di n
g to w h ic h p r o n o m in a l su ffixes
‘
ar e tta c h e d to n o u n s a r e a ls o a p p li c a b le in r e fe r en c e
-
a ,

to p o stp o siti o n s a n d a d ver b s A ny p r o n o min a l su ffix may .

b e j o in e d w ith a p o stp o si ti o n b u t w ith m o st o f th e m ,

o n ly th e su ffix o f th e thi r d p er so n Sin g u la r a n d P lu r a l

i s in u s e It i s h o w e ver qu ite o p ti o n al in Si n dhi eith er

.
-

to su bj o in a p r o n o min al s u ffix to a po s tp o siti o n o r to ,

u t th e a b s o lu t e p r o n o u n b efo r e i t in th e Fo r m a ti v e
p ,

wi th o r w ith o u t th e G e n itiv e c a s e S l g n as :
w ,
-

v a ti s e , w ith h im , or :
(3 5 h u n a va t e ;

1) T h e p o s t p o s it i o n s a n d6 .

‘
h
‘

s a n d6 is o r 1g 1n a lly n ot a p o stp o sitio n b u t a n ,

j t iv e
a d ec ,
and th er efo r e d e c l in a b l e a s w e ll a s th e
G e ni t i v e c a se - s ig n ,
fo r w h i c h it i s ver y f r e qu en tly su b
s titu t ed (s ee “ _
It
‘

c o r r e sp o n d s to th e Pa nj abi
san d a , ( S
b ein g
a n s k p a r t p r es H? HQ) a n.d s i g . .

° ’
n ifie s th e r e fo r e : b el o n g i n g to It is n o w us ed a s a .

re g u l a r p o s tp o s iti o n c hi e fly i n c o n n exio n w ith s u ffixe s

, _
,

b e fo r e s u c h n o u n s , to w hi c h s u ffixe s a r e n o t a tta c h e d ,

e i th e r fo r th e s a k e o f th e fin a l v o w el or fo r p er ,

s p i c u ity s sa k e ; o r
’
a s m p o etr y fo r t h e sa ke o f th e
, ,

m e tr e .

1 ) Sh o rt .
‘my a
’
a b e l en g then e d to _ a in p o e try fo r th e s ake of

th e rh y me .
 S ECTION H . THE I FL N EXI ON OF NO UN S . 2 43

Ma sc . s a n d6 .

5m sa n d o , Fo r m : ou t; s a n da .

5
1
0 ,

I p e rs 4 s an du m e , my M s a n da me
P
“
P
. . .

S in g sa du e ,
n thy s a n da - e
p e rs
. -
. . .

’ o , ( O /
p e rs .

W M s a n du s e ,
hi s .

U N M sa n da se .

35
‘

I p er s c1 sa n dfi , o ur
.

w3 .

, 0

P lu r
4

s a n du v a yo u r
_

.
p e rs .

5 , .

I
O z 0

p er s . sa n du n e , th e 1r M s a n da n e .

I I
fi
o
r
No m . : . s a n da . Fo r m . : M W sa n da n e .

I
o
5 _ ’
O /
s a n da m e , my
,

p ers
59 4 s a n da n i m&
P
. “
r
. .

p e r s . 2 M sa n da e -
,
thy . sa nda n i .

o I a O

u ogaw s a n d a se ,
h 1s .

W M sa n da n l s e .

é ,
O z
8 ,
3 a:

I p er s
0

th s a n da u -
o ur s a n d1n eu
fif
. “ .
,
.

P lu r . I I p er s . sau da v a yo u r ,
. s a n di n i v a .

nin e
O a

I II p er s s a n da n e th eir a s an da
‘
.
,
.
d“ .

I t h a s b e en t t ed a lr e a dy (s ee : no u n s e n di n g in o
s a ,

4 0, 2 ) th a t 6 a n d a ma y a l s o b e p r e s e rv e d b efo re th e
”
0 1

s u ffixes sa n d 6 m e IM s a n das e e tc
1i
as : . N
U
.
, , _
 44 S EC T ION II . T HE I FL N EXION OF NO UN S .

Fe m .
£5 94 “ s a n di .

SI NGUL A R .

N omiri a tio e .

2M
og -
l
s a n dy a m e ,
my . Th e sa me .

m s a n dya th y
'

-
e,
g “

s a n dy a s e , h is .

i
m
f 0 a

I p er s s a n dya u o ur
ufi
. .
,

P lu r . II p er s . 3
3 11 1; s a n dya v a ,
yo u r .

I
III p er s .

U S A L sa n dya n e , th eir .

PL U AL R .

I p ers .

d i l sa n d y u me , my .

[ éSM
. L s a n dy u ni m e .

‘
Sin g . II p er s . s a n dyu e , -
thy .

g a ll sa n dy u n i .

II I p e r s .
U M 3&1; sa n dy us e , h is .

g
U fi s a n dy u m se .

I p er s .
( otn . in _u se ) ( not in u se
) .

I I p er s . sa n dyu v a , y o ur .

ki cks
; sa n dy un iv a .

,
t
III p er s .

up
a . s a n dy u n e , their . san dyu n in e .

Th e P l u ra l
I

of is ver y little m us e ,

p r e c e din
g . a n o un i n th e Plur a l g e n er a lly in th e S in g ul a r .

Even tha t i s my ti ve t y w h er e my t
‘

na c o un r ,
sw e e

ver n m ent
'

Thy g -

o ,
S u m a r o ! h a s b e en
o r ec o n c i edl to
th e Lo rd . Sh . U m M arn i V I , E p il
. .
2 46 SEC TION II . THE IN FL EX I ON OF NOUN S .
.

I n th e sa m e w a y th e s u ffixes ar e a tta ched to W

se nu w i th . In th e thi r d p er s o n Plur a l w e m ee t o ften

in p o e
I

tr y th e fo r m b
v ”
. s e n an a or s en a n e , in
I
s en u n e .

a I I a
l—
,
3 0 3
z 3 9
“
I
“

L“
a

“ 89 -6“
5; 9 b T
55 5
:
a)
:

19 : v ca

A lo n g a s th er e i s a b r e a th
s wi th th e e ,
co mpa r e
none w ith P u n h fi Sh M a zfi V 5 . . .
,
.

My so ul
is g o n e vv1th the m ,
0 m o ther ! how s h a ll
I s it in B h a m b or u ? Sh Hus . . X I , E p il -
.

3) Po stpo siti o n s en din g i n

V

e or
‘

U S k an e
”
or
o f kan e ne a r , w i th , ,
to .

SING .

I p er s
; ka n i me , t o m e e
'

ka n fi , to
‘

us
r v)
. . .

II e K ka n e to th ee ka ni va to yo u
’

p r s .

G
.
,
.

III p er s .
U M ? ka n i s e ,
to h im . f
o )
? k ani ne ,
to them .

A b o u t th e de r i va ti o n of
o f se e 16 ,
4 .

O th e r p o stpo siti o n s of this kin d are

f g are to ;
i
,

u
; v a te ,
nea r , w ith ; ma nj h e , i n ; h e th e ,

b el o w e tc . B efo r e th e s uffix o f th e thi r d p e r so n Sin g

fina l i () e is o f ent len g the n e d to i as :
M y t
v a l se,

n ea r him , and b e fo r e th e suf fix o f t h thi d p

e r er so n Plur .

to 1 ,
as :
M a n manj h m a , in th em .
 S ECTION H . T HE INFL E XION OF NOUNS .
2 47

In l th er e l a kh s of do o r s , in th o u sa n ds
‘

o ne p a ac e are

are to i t w in do w s . Sh . Ka l I , 2 8 ;
.

be by them
~

If w e a re a te n .

,
e ve n th en it i s o ur (1

v a n ta g e . Sin dh1 Rea d B o o k .

, p . 64 .

W h a te ver b e th e m a tt er w ith th ee B ij a lu le t m e
‘

,
o

hear tha t . Sh . Sor I I, .

Do not u n b o so m thy s elf to th em ; w e e pi n g

“

do not

m a k e i t p u b li c . Sh Rip a . I, 8 .

His di s c ipl e s me t h im M a tth 5, 1

"

ca un o . . .

P o stp o sitio n s an d ad ve r b s e n d in
g in e are tr ea ted
differ en tly ; th ey ei th er r e ta i n b efo r e th e su ffixe s
‘
e or

th ey s h o r t e n thu s th e p o s tp o siti on
i t to e
n kh e ,

th e c ase si g n of th e D ative or A c c u s a tw e ,
re
t a in s its
fin a l e b e for e th e s u ffixe s ,
as «

W I
kh e s e , to h im h
( ,
er

m kh en a l
'

it) , g ! k h ene or
N ,
to th em , w her ea s
G
i

u te ,
u p o n ,
s h o r te n s fin a l e to e i
() as :
W I u ti s e ,
upo n

h im h
( e r, i t) or : u te h i s e ; O i l u tin e ,
u po n th em
or : u teh i n e . O th er s a g a 1n va r y ,
as :
as “
m a th e
upo n (r
p po e r ly th e L o c a tive of m a th o , th e h e a d) ,

5 6 3“
- ma th a -
e ,
u
p o n th ee (th e Fo r ma tive o f bu t

W m a th i s e , u
p o h im (b ein g p r o p e r ly th e L o c a tive
’

n
2 48 S EC T ION II THE I FL N EXI ON O F NGU NS
“

. .

-
D ur in g th e r a iny sea s o n ,
fo u r m o n ths , r a in s h a ve
fa llen u
p o n th ee . M aj . 646

Th er e is no re
p r o a ch u po n i t ; if tho u w i lt a sk a n y

thi n g ,
a sk it . Sh Kha m b h
. . I , 10 .

To th e p o s tp o si t io n
W m5 i
(n ) th e s u ffixes are

a tta c h ed in th e fo llo w in g m a n n er : W m 5s e , i n hi m

h
( , )
e r i t or :
W m a 1 s e (in Sir 5 ) ; . .11 » m ai n fi, in us ;
v3
‘

W m en e mé n a i
( n Sir 5 3 m a in a ) in th em
or
Q M
I
:
v
. 1 .

4) P o s t p o s i ti o n s en din g i n a a au ,
\
o .

Th o se , w hi c h t er mi n a t e in a ,
re m a in un a lt er ed be

fo r e a s u ffix , as : 9 1 56 1
) to th ee , U N LK ké n ase , to h im ,
l

whm!
i
ké n an e , to th em . Simi la r ly v é
L f kh a , fr o m , as

ur
gLé
-F kh 5se-f ro m ,
him , vgf khan e ,
fr o m th em (th e
fin a l l bei n g dr o pp e d befo r e fo ll o w in g den t al n ) ;
"

n a sa a

rly th e A b la tive
'

u é
L i i m a th 5 , fr o m u po n (p p
r o e of

ma th 5 , th e h ea d) ,
;
i
Léi o ma th 5e , fr o m up on th ee , w tty ;
m a th 5se , fr o m ,
upo n hi m ; p u th i 5s e , fr o m b e hin d

h im , a f er t h im (p r o p er ly th e A b l a t . of p u th e ,
th e b a ck) .

B efo r e th e suf fix of th e t h ir d p e r so n P lu r a l a eu

e c ia i n p oé try ,
3

p h o ni c 1 1s o c c a s i o n a ll y in s e r t e d , es
p lly
Les i ? m a nj h a m e , t
i n s ea d o f:
u é
L ; m a nj h an e,
’

as
gg
a a s x

o u t o f th e m .

Tho s e e n d1n g i n a u a u a u (termin a tio n o f th e A bla t , ,

.

Sing ) r ema in like w is e u n c h an g e d b efo r e s u ffixe s th e fin a l

.
,

1 ) Th is p o s tp o sitio n or a dv er b is ne v er fo un d with o ut su ffixes .

 O S EC TION III . T HE V ERB .

S E CTI ON 111 .

THE VERB .

Th e g re a t d e t e r i o r a t i on ,
th e mo de rn I n dia n Ia n
g ua es
g ha ve g u n d er he r e m
one , o r e a ppis
a r e n t th
now an ,

i n the ir c o nj u g a ti o n a l p r o c ess The y ha ve lo s t n ea r ly .

a ll th e S a n skr i t t en s e s e sp e c i a lly th o s e o f th e Pa s t
, w hi c h ,

w e r e to o i n tr i c a t e fo r th e c o n c e pti o n o f th e vu lg a r a n d ,
:

ha v e ther e fo r e b ee n c o mp ell e d to ha v e r e c o u r s e to c o m
i i i n o r d e r to m a k e u
I

p o s t o ns , p fo r th e l o st t e n se s Th e y .

differ v e r y g re a tly a s to th e m e th o d whic h th ey h ave ,

fo llo w e d in th i s r e sp e c t e v er y o n e o f th em e xhib iting,

s o m e p ec u lia r fe a tu r e s w hi c h a r e n o t to b e m e t w ith
,

in th e o th e r i dio m s
‘

C h a pt er X II .

For ma ti o n o f th e verbal th emes , th e I mperativ e an d th e Participles .

42 .

F o r m a ti o n f th e v e r b al th e m e s
"

o .

I . W e ha ve se e n l
a re a d y 7, 2) tha t th e In
fi ni t i v e Sin dhi v er b s t e r min a ting i n a n u c o r
of th e , ,

r es p o n d s to th e v e r b a l n o u n o f th e S a n s kr i t a n d Pr a kr i t .

T h e r o o t o f th e S in dhi v er b i s th e r e fo r e n o t to b e so ug ht
i n th e I n f i n i t i v e b u t in th e I m p e r a t i v e w hi c h e x
, ,

h ibits th e c r u de fo r m o f th e v erb w ith o u t a n a ddi tio n a l

in c r em en t e xc e p t th a t o f th e f i n a l v o w e l w hi c h i s
, ,

n o p a r t o f th e ve r ba l r o o t .

P ro p er ly sp ea kin g ther e i s o n ly o n e c la ss o f verbs

in Sin dhi a s a ll ve r b s w ith a s lig ht diffe r e n c e a r e in
, , ,

fl ec te d a l ik e T h er e a r e th er efo r e n o d i ffe r e n t c o n
.

j g
u a t i o n s a s i n ,
S a n s k r i t b u t th e s a m e ru l e s o f in ,

fl ec tio n a p p ly e qu a lly to a ll ver b s .

 S EC TI ON HI ERB ‘
. THE V .
4

2 51

In t en s es th o u g h th ere is a m ar ked differ e n c e

so me
be tw een n e u t e r a n d a c ti v e v e rb s a nd w e ma y ther e
l
"

fo r e fo r p rac ti c a l p u r p o se s divide th e S in dhi v er b s int o

, ,

n e u t e r an d a c t i v e o n es .

1) Th e n eu ter or in tr a n sitive ver b en d s in th e

I n fi n i t l v e m i n th e I m p e r a t i v e 1n u a s
“
an d
’ ’
an u ,
:

(1
z
,
I mp e r 3
,

h al -
an u ,
to g o ,
. h a l
> -
u , g o .

, a

Q”
var anu t
-
,
to r e ur n ,
var u -
,
re urn t .

B u t m d e r i v a t i v e ve rb s , w h er e th e t er mi n a tio n
o f th e I n fin iti ve i s p r e c e de d b y {
a, th e In fin itiv e e n ds
fo r eu p h o n y s sa ke in i n u a s
’
, ,

to b e bla c ish , k Im p e r . e
g g k ar a u -
.

W hen th e v er b a l ro o t e n ds in s ho r t ~
°
a
’
or
c
i
’

,
a eu i

p h o ni c v is in ser t e d b e tw e en it an d th e in c r e men t o f
th e I n fini ti ve , as

— to fa ll , I mp er
” pa v an u p a u
- -
:
U7 7
.
,
.

i
‘
U 3; n i v an u - -
,
to b o w , a ni u -
.

2 ) Th e ac ti v e or t r a n s i t i v e v er b en d s in th e I n
fin itiv e lik e wi se in ar m (in Sir 6 c o mm o n ly 1n
_
1n u ) ,
and

i n th e I mp er a tiv e in
“ ’
e ( an d p a r tly in as
I
Q? j h a l -
an u ,
to s e iz e , Imp er .

4g
1 ; j ha l -
e ,

u r ea
” p h ur a n u -
,
to p l u n d e r ,
)
"
é f
p h u r -
e .

B u t w h en th e in c r e m e n t of th e I n fin iti ve 1s
p r e
c e de d by a
’

,
a an d o ,
th e In fin iti ve en d s , fo r eu p ho n y s ’

sa ke in in u ) ,
a s

ma in u , to me a s u r e ,
-
I mp e r 10 ma -
e
6
. .

o é n
L g a lh a i nu
,
to -
sp ea k ,
g LéJL? g alha -
e .

dh é -
e .

1) S o me S in dh i s , es
p e c ia lly th e ,
Mus a lma n s , w r ite
‘
and
p r o n o un c e

i n ste a d o f ain u a - a n u o r c o n tr a c te d : an u .
2 52 S EC TI ON III . THE V ERB .

If a v e rb a l
t (a c tiv e o r n e u ter ) en d in i a n d ii
ro o

these vo w el s a r e r e sp e c tively sh o r ten ed b efo r e t h e in

c r em e n t o f th e I n fin i ti ve as ,

M p
—
1 anu ,
to dr ink ,
I mp e r .
p i—u .

3 76 9

? p u a nu
-
to t
s r n i g b e a ds , 19 11 11-
O) , .

like w ise
,

In so m e i n s ta n c e s r a di c a l 0 1s s h o r ten e d
th e In fin iti ve ,
“ ’
to u in as :

no dh u -
an u to w a s h , I m p er £ 9 0 dh 6 u
-
(” , .
5 .

) 9 ’

ru -an u to w e e p ,
u» ,

A Sin dhi ve r b s h a ve a di ffer en t fo r m

nu mb er of

w h en u se d in a n eu t er o r a c ti v e s e n s e bu t it w o u l d b e ,

w r o n g to sa y th a t su c h n e u t e r v er b s a r e c h a n g e d in to
,

a n a c ti v e fo rm ; t h e y r e c u r to a d iffe r en t S a n s kr i t fo r m ,

fr o m w hi c h th ey a r e d er iv e d a n d mu s t th er e fo r e b e c on ;

s i der e d a s in d e p e n de n t v er b s .

T h e mo s t c o mm o n o f th es e a r e

A ctive .

u
j h a m a nu , to be e xti n
v S é
L i uj h a i n u .

u i sh e d
g .

i oi
’

i lfi u dam an u , to fly Qé i u dain u

o
. .

, f f

b aj h a n u ,
to b e b o u n d .

u m
3

xu b
/
a n dh a n u ‘ '

0 -
63 b uj h a n u , to b e hea r d y ou .» b u n dh a n u

‘ haj
. .

u -
S G b ’ an u ,
to b e b r o ken b h a na n u .

to b e fr ie d bh u n a n u
I

b h uj a nu
.

s u s
N , u e .

I I
‘
:

nu to r n
7
3
6 n
3 .
p h a ta ,
to b e
b 9q p h a r a n u .

g e
l
- 3 J p
a a nu . 3 f ’

to b e b o r n 0 A j an a n u .

, 1 /

355?
-

ch u to b e t o u c he d éhuh anu
w e ;
p a nu ,
.
£
.

u s
O
xg é
I
0
chi an u
j ,
to b e p lu c ke d . ch in a n u .
2 54 S ECTION III . T HE VERB .

II A lmo st fr o m
. t tiv e v e r b a C a u s a l e ver y n eu er o r a c

ma y b e d er ive d Th o se c au sa l s w hi ch h a v e sp r u n g fr o m
.
,

a n eu t e r v e r b a r e as r e a r ds th ei r si n ific a tio n a c t i v e
g g , , , ,

w h er e a s th o se w hi c h a r e der i ve d fr o m a n a c ti v e ver b
, ,

a re d o u b l y a c t i v e .

T h e C au sa l i s de ri v ed b y addin g to th e r o o t o f a
‘

ver b th e lo n g vo w el a to w hi c h th e in c remen t o f the ,

~

I n fini tive a c c e de s a s u su a l ; e g : . .

o
v
f O

to b e tir e d ; c a u s a l : v ir
W v 1r c a n u
)
n
;
,
. .
,

é - a in u -
,
to ca u s e to b e t ir e d or to tir e .

da s a n u , v da s a in n ,
‘

w e . a .
,
to s ho w ; c a us a : l -

to c au s e to s ho w .

dh oiu n,
v . a .
,
to c a rr y ,
c au s a : l dh a

a in u -
,
to c au s e to c ar r y.

B u t w h en th e ver b e n ds in ho ni c v
r a di c a l ,
°
a f
,
eu p

is in s er t ed b etw e en th e fin a l r o o t v o w e l a n d th e c a usa l
-

i n c r emen t , as :

‘
—
3

v
3 a ,

m a mn , to m ea su r e ; ma
I

-
. a .
,
l

ca u s a l :
EL
G ?
” -
v a

i n u , to c au s e to m e a su r e .

E kc ep t i o
"

thi s l
‘

n s to ru e

a ) W h en a ver b e -
n ds in r adi c al r ,
r ,
rh ,
h , p re

b y a sho r t a , th e c a u s al in c r em en t m ay b e in
“ ’
c e de d -

s e r te d in th e r o o t i t se lf , c o a l e s c in g w ith th e s h o r t ra di c a l
t ’
a to a as :

v L; bar a n u , to
I

b ar a n u , . n .
,
to bu rn ; c au s : .

ki n dle .

if} ? g ar a n u ,
v . n .
,
to dr o p ; c au s .

QS L? g ara n u , to
c au s e to dr o p .

p a r h an u ,
v . a .
,
to r ea d ; c aus : .
p arha u ,
n
to c au s e to .
r ea d ,
“

to t e a ch .

/
g ah an u , v . n .
,
to w o r k ha r d ; caus : .

C’ s5 L ? ga
h an u ,
to make w o r k h a r d .
 S EC TION I II . T HE V ERB . 2 55

In a nu mb er of ve r b s th e fin a l r ()
r o f whi c h is
d d b y th e
‘
vo w e l i ’
,

a is i n se r te d b e for e th e fin a l
p r e c e e ,
“ ’
r a di c a l an d i dr o p p e d , as

o a
s u dh 1r a n u ,
v . n .
,
to b e a rra n g e d ; c a u s : .

6) s . m

s u dh ara n u to , a r ra n
g e .

v
1 ?

to b e fo r g o tte n L
k

v1 s1r a n u n c au s VI
6)
.
,
. .
, , ,

v . n., to b e s pr ea d ; c a us : . 1
6> §
N §

kh in dar a n u s pr e a d
'

to .

ran u ,
to la y w a st e .

e tc . etc .

B u t th e re
g u l a r mo de of fo r min g th e c a u sa l is l
a so

in u se , as :

"
,

f
v
3

to b e ht l l mu ,
p .

cau c au s :
a r an u n
g ; a a
r -
Cf fi j
-

O) ,
. . .
,

to en a n gt le .

ta r a n u ,
v . a . to fr y ; caus : . t ar a in u -
,
to

c au se to fr y .

I a
p a rh an u ,
v . a .
,
to r ea d ; c au s : .

6§
Lm
fi p a r ha
in u ,
to c a u se to r ea d .

W M “ sa mb ah a n u , v . n .
,
to b e r ea d y; c aus : .

sa mb a h a in u , to g et -
r ea d y .

) W h en fin a l v er b a l t b e prec e de d
s

6 r or r of a ro o

b y th e s h o r t vo w e l s
‘
i or
’ t
u
’
th e c a u s a l in c r emen t a
,

co a l e s c e s w ith them to e an d a r e sp e c tive ly a s : ,

p h i r a hu ,
v . n .
,
to tu r n ; c aus p h e r a
'

nu,

to c au se to tu r n .

65W
3

v r
,

kh in dir a nu , . n .
,
to b e sp e a d ; c au s

khin dé r a n u , to sp r ea d b
( e s i d e s
2 56 S ECTION III . T HE V ERB .

g é V 1 c h ur a n u v n to b e s ep a r a e d ; t c au s
uf z ,
. .
, . .

v i é h or a n u ,
to s ep a r a e t .

Th o se v er b s ,
i n w hi c h th e ro o t v o w el
-
g
i
’
l
c o a e sc e s

w ith th e c au s a l in c rem en t a to e ,
m ay a dd , b eside s
th e c au s a l in c r em en t , a to th e en d of th e ro o t , wi th o u t
a lteri n g th e si mp l e c au sa l s ig ni fic a ti o n of th e v er b : as :

a
" h v to tu r n ; h
M
r
Gl f g p
i a nu n c au s r a nu
,
. .
,
6 p e

S o m e ver b s wi th r a di c a l c
u
’

,
fo r m th e c au s a l in th e
c o mm o n w ay as : ,

ku r a n u , v . n .
,
to b e t1r e d ; c au s : . kur a -
mu ,
to tir e .

A fe w v e r b s c ha n g e in th e c a u sa l th e fin a l c e r e br a l
t (tr ) an d d to r ,
as :

m
9 I. )

b u da n u , v n to b e dr o w n e d , c au s
6
.
,
.

ran u ,
to dr o wn .

)
3 tr u t r a n u , v . n .
,
to b e b r o k en ,
cau s

r an u ,
to b r eak .

If verb en d in r a di c a l
‘
i
’ ‘ ’
is 1n ser te d
0 ) a or u ,
r

a fter th e c a u sa l in c r e m en t a , as

f a 5 -

v
3
L
o

(y o a t o g i v e ; c au s
di -
an u
6), 9 di a r a n
. u t o .
,
. : .>
- - -
,

c a u s e to g i v e .

is I v i
c u an u v n to l e a k ; c a u s :
v
-
L
,
c u a r an u
. .
,
. L;
- - -
,

to c a u s e to l ea k .

Th e sa m e i s th e c a se ,
w he n fin a l h is p r ec e de d
( ’
by i ,
as :

v eh a n u -
,
v . n .
,
to s it ; c au s : . v eh -
a-
r an u ,
-

to c au se to sit ,

b u t if fin a l h
_

b e p r e c e de d b y
“
‘
u
’
th e c ommo n r ul e
,

h o l ds o od,
”

as :
g
 58 S EC TION III . T HE VERB .

' ‘

si mp 1e ho r a n u
“

Vi c
°

do n b le c au s
w
c au s
'

. .

fi v
g
, . .

—
V 1c h o r a 1n u
-
to c au s e to s ep ar a e t
,
.

39 o o 39
I
Si mpl e c a u s h mu do ub le
V? l
p
. .

0 3 ) p e r a , c au s . .

“3
.
,

p h e r -
a r - -
a -
in u , to c a u se
( a no th er ) to c au s e to
tu r n
Simpl e c au s . : g h a -
r a - -
m u ; do u b l e c au s : .

h r a r
- - -
a in u
-
,
to c au se
(
an o ther ) to c au se to
wo un d .

A n n o ta t o n i T h e P r akr it fo r ms th e c a u s a l eithe r b y
. a ddin g
th e in c r e m e n t .
a (S a n sk a y ) o r av é (S an sk ap ay
.
-
abe . =
<
av é ,
cf . V a r a r VI I , 2 6 , . I n th e m o de r n I n di a n i dio ms o nly th e
latte r in c r eme n t is in u s e , w h ich h a s b e en s h o r ten e d t o a in
‘
S in dhi , ‘ H in dustani a n d B a n g ali , th e sylla bl e v e h a v m g b e en
dr o p p e d I n G uj a r ati th e c a u s a l is fo r m e d by a ddin g th e in
.

c r e m e n t av (a nd v ad , w h e n th e e r b e n ds in a v o w el ; in P a n
) v
j abi b y me a n s o f th e in c r e m en t aa . I n M a r athi av i s g e n er a lly
sho r te n e d to a v _
.

T h e in s e r tio n o f e upho n i c r in S in dhi (i n H i n dusta n i

_
an d

P a n j abi 1) h a s its p r e c e d en t in th e e upho n i c l hich

'
t d
’

,
w 1s 1n s er e

k
i n s o m e S a n s rit c a u s a l the m es .

T h e d ou b l e c a u s a l i s fo r me d in Hin dustani b y in ser tin g

v b efo r e th e s imp l e c a u s a l in c r e me n t a ; th e s a me is th e c a s e
-«

i n P a n j abi an d G uj a r ati .

IV . A lm o st fr o m e v er y n eu ter ,
ac ti v e or
‘
c au sa l
v er b a Pa ssive m a y b e d er iv e d b y a d d in
g to th e ver b a l
ro o t th e in c r em en t C} j
; a nu
(j -
anu ) A fe w verb s c hiefly ,

d e n o mi n a ti v e s , ar e on ly fo u n d ln th e p a s s i v e fo r m ,
I

as u ka n h
d yl a n u ,
t o lo n g fo r , an g ur l
3 O
j an u da m irj a n u , to b e
f

,
to b e e xc han g ed ,
)f
‘o an
g r y etc .

A n y n eu t er ver b m ay ta k e
th e p a s si ve fo r m , Wi tho u t
c h a n g in g i ts o r ig in a l s i n ific a tl o n
g .

Th e pa s sive o f n eu t er or intr a nsi tiv e ve rb s i s m o s tly

III p er s
u s e d im p e r s o n a lly ( Sin g ) w he r ea s tha t o f
.
, ac tive
an d c a u sa l v er b s is i n fl e c te d thr o u g h a ll p e r s o n s .
 S ECTI ON III . THE V ERB . 259

p Th e a s si ve
i n c r e m e n t 0 -5 j an u i s j o in e d to th e
v er b a l r o o t ,
i f i t e n d in a co n s o n a n t , w ith o r w ith o u t
th e t iv e v o w e l
c o n un c j °
i
’

,
as eu p ho n y may r e qu l r e it ;
b u t if th e ve r b a l r o o t en d in
“

a vo w el ,
th e co n unc j ti ve
v o w el i mu s t a lw a y s F ’
be e mp o
l yed a s ,

3 o 3

v
y z y r

to bu r y ; pa ss : j
” a p u r a n u,
-
r an u
L9) p u h
; .
, ;

to b e b u r i e d .
‘

x o
M an u , v
m
9

?
.» f f

h t to l ess en ; h t
“

g a
r
. n .
, p a s s :
e g a i

j a n u , to le s sen .

v
a f

i ma i n u , L? ) ma
0

lo o se ;
.

g g, v . c au s .
,
to p a s s :
0 3
.
v

i -
j an u ,
to b e l o s t

Th o s e v e r bs w hi c h en d in a r a di c a l .
t
a
’
an d in th e

I mp er
’ w

I mp er a tl v e
¢

in u ( s ee as
OP
c a-v -an u ,
.

j ; ca -
u »

,
to s p ea k ,
d r o p b e fo r e th e in c r e m en t
,
of th e
’ > /
ve ho n i c v ve
f

i th e of th e I n fin i ti ca
'
p a s s eup as : “?
, 0 g
i j
~
an u ,
to be sp o k en ; g h)
4
- p
—
a v -
an u ,
to fa ll , I mp er .

fl ,

p a ss .

O S
} p ;
—
a i -
j an u ,
to fa ll .

Th o se v er b s h t th e ir fin a l r o o t vo w e l
,
w h ic h s o r en -

(,
i ii ,
6 ) b e fo r e th e in c r em e n t o f th e I n fin i tiv e 42 ,

r e a int th eir lo n g vo we l b e fo r e th e p a s siv e t er min a tio n

j -
an u ,
as :

5
v
a

p l an u -
,
. a .
, to d rl n k ; I m p e r .
é
P I 11 ; p a ss u . s b e

p i -j a n u ,
t o b e dru n k .

é; p v; to ti b e a d s ; I mp er
-

u anu -
a s r n
g a ; 1 11-
,
)
.
,
.

p a ss .
p fi l j a nu -
,
to b e t
s ru n
g (
as b e a ds ) :

dh u an u ,-
v . a . to w a sh ; I mp e r . (1115 11 -
;

j
, z b

p a ss .

0 5
5 93 0 dh o -
l an u ,
to b e w a sh e d .

E xc e p t io n s to thes e r u es l a re
:

v
5;

th i to b e c o m e ; Im p er th i
W an u n
£
- -
u ;
,
. .
,
. 45 4
61

p a s s . thi -
j an u ,
to b e c o m e .
2 60 S EC TION III . THE VERB .

é) ! ka r a n u , v . a .
,
to m a ke ; Im p e r .

)
. f ka r e (Pr e c .

a
s

kij e) ; p as s .

u s xf k1 j a n u , to b e
-
do n e .

A n n o ta ti o n . In San s k it r th e P a s s w e 18 fo r me d b y a ddin g y
to th e ro o t o f th e v er b ; in P r ak . v
y i s di ss o l e d in to 1 a o r 1j j a , a n d
in th e A p a b h r a n s a di ale c t i j a o r ijj a i s e mpl o y e d fo r th e fo r m ati o n
o f th e P a s sive ( L a s s en , p 46 7) T h e in c r e ment . of th e P a ss i v e is
th er e fo r e in S in dhi j , j o in e d to th e a ffix o f th e v e r ba l noun o r th e
S i dh n d t o s o m e e xte n t th e P a n abi
I nfi n it v e ij T h e n - i (
anua j )
m
_ .

i s th e o n ly m o d e rn i di o o f I n di a , w h i c h h a s r e s e r v e d a re u l a r
p g
p a s si v
e v o i c e , a ll its s i ste r l an g u a g e s b e in g c o m p ell e d t o r e s o r t t o

c o mp o s itio n s , i n o r d e r t o e xp r e s s a p a s s i e v o i c e T h e c o mm o n v .

v v
w a y t o fo r m a p a s s i e o i c e i n th e in dr e d idi o ms i s , to c o m p o u n d k
th e p a s t p ar tic iple p a s si ve w ith th e v erb j an a , to ‘ g o , as in H in
‘
‘

; L}
LS L
5
‘

dus tani : ma i m ar a j ata h fi, I g o b e in g

b e a t en b e a te n
I B u t th e u s e o f t h e p a s siv e o ic e , if it
am . v
ma y be c a ll e d s o , i s v e r y limite d in th e c o g n a te l an g u a e s , a n d
g
i t i s a v o i de d w v
here er p o s sible , w hic h is g r ea tly fa c ilitate d by
a
g re a t n u mb er o f v er b s h a in
g a n e u t e r o r
p a ssi v e s ig ni v
fic a tio n .

Th e I m p e r a t i v e r epr e sen ts th e r o o t o f a Sin dhi

v er b , a s s ta te d a lr ea dy, a n d a s th e w h o le c o nj u g _
a ti o n a l

p r o c e ss d ep e n ds a ,

g r ea t dea l u p o n it , its fo r m a tio n mu s t

be e xp a in ed l in th e fir s t p la c e .

1 ) T he I mp e r a t i v e o f n eu t er an d p assi v e ver b s
‘
_

a lw a y s en ds in u as

o m ar -
an u to die ; I m p er : o m ar u -

r
f
.

)
. .
,

a o an -
u, to co me ; Im er z .
‘

l a c -u .

1) Th e o n ly exc ep tio n to th is r ul e is
, a ’
1 bu h a n u to s mil e w h i ch h a s in th e I mp era tiv e ,
( 9 7 9 -9
p a v n .
, ,

b e sides th e r eg u la r . Sb
fi
b p ab uh u , a ls o :
{r b a s t p a bu h e .
262 S EC TI ON III . THE

3 f

M l up m an u ,
to s 1ft
val up mu .

'

M
z I
,

akh a n u , to in fo r m é
f
.. l akh u an d

akh e .

é “ a l a rm
.
,
to de n y
,

(g
fi s buj han u , to un de r s a n d t .

63
5 A ) ; ba n d h an u to b in d . ba n dhu .

3
6 bu n dh an u , to h e a r . a dd s bu n dh u .

/
3

k
f

b h a na n u , to b r ea
.

-
su )
g e .. . .

u s u
é
. ) b h u na n u ,
to fr y .

p u r
j h a n u , to u n der s a n d t

U ), p a r u r an u ,
to u n de r s a n d t
’
_
z
0
a

p a sa nu ,
to see .

w m n u , to b e
j

p a g
) 5 9

to t
s r in g b
( ea d s )
w) ? p
u an a ,
.

I o
p l h a nu ,

M pi an u to d r i n k .

f
kn o w
5 a

o i ;
j a n an u ,
to .

a
vc ubh a n u to p r i c k
9 y
c ub h u
y

La g h u ? ,
.
 S EC TION III . T HE V ERB . 263

c a ra n u to g raze
e}? ,

u fi cu
g an u ,
to p e c k u
p fo o d
vc u
df é g a n u , t o p u n c tu r e
h
‘

g .

a 0

vc u m a n u o v

mu
to k1 s s cu
W
.

u }?
c a v an u ,
k to sp e a

0 6 > c u h an u to s o a k u p
,

c hi n a n u to p lu c k ,

8 ch u a n u
5 ?
37 to to u ch
,

Ch l l h ll

£ 5 0 dh au

dh un a n u , to c ho o s e . dhu n n .

L33
15
. ) 1 dh av a n u ,
to blo w (
w i th o dh a -
u or

dh u a n u , to w a s h £ 5 0 dh o -
u
.

5 .

533 da r an u ,
to eat up .

3
0 da ru .

di s an u , to se e UL) di su . .

I
0 5 0 da h a n u , to v ex .

o
5 0 du h an u , to nn lk
0
,

kh a n u k e ep
a ,
.

04 5 ra to
) , .

s ib a n u ,
to so w .
w sib u .

Gi
r t “
.
si ka n a ,
to lo n g fo r

I I

s a la n u ,
to d1v u lg e

a
tan d
3 9

muj h an u , to
_ 4

sa u n de r s
0 8 - .
2 64 S E C T ION III . T HE V ERB .

I mp er a tive .

a I 0 / o
sa mbhu a n u , to r ec o ll e c t sa mb hi ru .

s unana n u to reco n iz e
, g

9 I 3
to b l o wth e n o se

K? s u n i ka n u
0

U “ ,

I
Ug i w Sl n
g h a nu ,
to s m ell
3 / 7

K
a

u41 . “ . su n
g h a nu , { w su n
g h u .

su n a n u ,
to h ea r
3 a I
s ab a n u to e n du r e
W ,

ka ta na ,
to sp in

ka dh a n u ,
to p ul l o ut .
j am? ka dh u .

éfi é
lf f kh ain ,
u t o eat s l éf kh a -
u .

‘
i éf Cfe! kh a tu
é kh a tan u , to earn a .

;é
n
.
? k - a ha n u ,
to sa y

ku b a n u ,
to kil l
G
r g! ie kh a n a n u ,
to lift
W kh ah a n n ,
to s c ra ct h _ i
ééf k h ab u .

kh eda n u , to p la y

$4 khi a n u , to ea t

m g i n h a n u , to t ake . .
éf fl g inhu .

u r a n u , to w i s h
V

g; g h
?
g ah an u , _
to rub
é g a hu .

éé g a
f eb n a , to sw a ll o w
M la kh a n u ,
to a s c er a in
t
éé l
fi li kh an u ,
to w r it e
266 S ECT ION I II . THE — V ERB .

ni a n u ,
to ta k e awa y ; Imp er . i
( n s t e a d of 5
(s
‘i n u ) .

v er b s w hi c h en d i n th e Imp er a ti v e S in g . in
”
u ,
fo r m
th e Plur a l in 0 (or y o ,
w ith eu p ho n ic y ,
if th e ve r b
en d in an y th er vo w el b u t
o
“
a
’
an d th o s e , w hi c h
an d

en d i n th e I mp er a ti ve Si n g . in e fo r m th e ir P lu r a l in
y o or i f) ,
as .

I
,

1 a cu co me , P lu r .

6
,

dh o -
u ,
w a sh ,

j; p
—
a -u , fa ll ,

£5 0 I
( Q
3,
g i v e,

46? j ha l -
é, se i z e ,

A n o l de r fo r m of th e 11 p er s . P lu r . i s th e ter mi
n a t i o n hé , w hi c h i s a sol in u se ,
as ; fl i t-5
° j hal -
ih o .

Th e ther p er s o n s o f th e Imp er a tive mu st b e su p pli e d

o

fro m th e P o t e n t i a l .

Th er e i s a n o th er fr o m o f th e I mp er a ti ve en di n g in ,

h i ch i a dde d e qu a lly t th e ro ot of n eu t er
j e w s o _

a n d a c t i v e v er b s This fo r m o f th e Im p e r ativ e i s p r o
.
-

p e r ly a P r e c a t i v e i m pl y i ng e x h o r t a t i o n r,
e q u e s t ,

or pra yer as : ,

m o ta n u to r e ur n t ; I m p er . (
” no m o tu ; Pr e c .

m o t 1J e , p l e a s e to re tur n
-
.

vi ta n u to s c a tter ; Imp e r wt e F1 9 0 a
6 )
.
,
,

v i t i ye , -
p l e a se to sc a tter .

if a v er b en d 111
Q“ 9
1 or 1 ,
th e in
i tia l
' “
r of 119 is
dr o p p e d , as :

1 ) In p o e try is now an d th e n len g th en e d to e e,j w e ll in

‘
1 6 as
‘
“

1
-
,

n eu ter a s a c ti ve verb s , e n di n
g in th e Imp er a tive in u
’
or e
’
,
as :

ka r-ej e, fr o m
; ; I mp er van j
’

ka ra n u , ka r e
6
e e,
U
. .

fr o m U s v an I mp e r
0 ’

; a nu ,
to g o ,
 SEC TION III . THE V ERB . 267

W Pr ec
3

kh i a n u
‘
v . a .
,
to eat , I mp e r .

C
54
! 9
kh l -
u ; .

u se
?
th i a n u , v . n .
,
to b ec o m; e I m p er . th i -
u ;

Pr ec . i —
th je or th i -
j e .

o o I
I I
o
l ka r a n u 7 to do th e Pr e
0

u 1te 1r r e g u a r 1s 1n
~

L) 7

ca tive ,
as :
" , I
i ! ka r a n u Im p e r : ka r e , Pr ec f ki j e -
or :
U) 2 C C
. .
,

ka j
-
e .

N e u te r or suc tiv e v er b s a s e n d in th e
h ac ,
Im
p e r a tiv e in
c
u
’

,
ta k e fr e qu en tly e sp e c ia lly i n p oetr y , ,
th e
t er min a ti o n ij u in s t ea d o f ij e a s :
‘

W s un a n u to h ea r ; Imp er C } ; s u n u ; P r ec
6
. .
,

su n -
nu .

This t er min a tio n is a sol now an d th e n fo u n d i n

ac ti v e v e r b s ,
e n din g in th e I mp e r a tiv e i n
c
c
’

,
as
/
‘
Sf fi é?
L ' bb a -
m u ,
to thin k ; Im p er .

g l :
a g s .
—
bh a e ; Pr e c .

é u 11115 1311 -
s
p .

Th e Plu r al o f th e Pr e ca ti ve en ds m 130 ( or

as th e c a se m a y b e) , as
;

” p ur ne -
p ur ej ),
e -
s hu t up ; P lu r .
p ur
a
130

—
I n s t ea d o f 136 (j ) th e t er min a ti o n s a
V

e o 1J a ,
nae i
(j ) ,
e -

g ah u ij
( )au ij ah a
‘

ar e al so i n u se , e s p e c ia lly in a ho
n o ri fic s e n se ,
and are th er efo r e a sol r e fe r r e d to a su b ec j t
in th e N o min a tiv e , as

f v a r - nu r e u rn t Pl ur LL ; a
; v a r ij -

)
a;
,
)
. .

v a n ij u , Ls xs van i
o
g ;
-

g
-
j a-
e .

m su n -
nu hea r ;
6
,

9 —
— —
f f

arh 1 r ea d l ma h
v .

p J u , ; a s
fi p a r eJ a - u .

l
268 S EC TION III . T HE V ERB .

A n no ta ti o n . In Pra k itr th e diffe r e n t

( )
10 con u
j g at o ns i o f
th e S a n skr it ha v e alr e a dy b e en o n ly of dis c a r de d a n d th e fir st
th e m is in c o mm o n u s e T h e I I p e r s S i ng : o f th e I mp er a tive
. .

e n ds in P r akrit i n w hi c h i n S in dhi h a s be e n c ha ng e d t o u
’ c ° ’
a ,

a n d fe r e s e c tive ly ; th e I I P l S n sk
’
d i h ( 2 ]
‘

p p e r s u r en s n a a . . .

'

dh a ) , a n d i n S in dhi i n 6 , h b e in g c o mm o n ly dr o p p e d In
“

- -
.

th e c o g n a te idi o m s th e fin al vo w el o f th e II p er s S in g o f th e . .

I mp er a tive h a s b e e n dr o pp e d a lto g ether ; i n th e P lur a l th e I m

p e r a ti v e en ds in 6 ,
a s i n S in d hi ,
w
_
i th t h e e xc e
p tio n o f th e

M ar athi , th e P lu r a l I mp er a tiv e o f w hich e n ds in a , a n d th e

B an g ali ,
th e P lu r a l ”

I mp e r a ti v e of w hich is ide n ti c al w ith th e

S in g u ar l .

v
T h e S in dhi P r e c a ti e is to h e r e fer r e d t o th e P r a rit i n - k
c r e m e n t ij a or m,a -
w hi c h i s i n s e r t e d b etw e e n th e r o o
t a n d _

th e i n fiexio n a l ter min atio n s in -

th e P r e s e nt , th e defin ite F u tur e
a n d th e I mp e r a tiv e (
\
V a r a r VII , L a s s en j t
’
(p
s c o n ec u re .

that this in cr em en t h a s sp r u n g fr o m th e S an sk it P r e c a tiv e is

“

r ,

b o r n e o n t b y th e m o d er n i dio m s
_
r th e . T h e G u j a r at i fo m s
v
P r e c ati e in th e s a m e w a y as th e S in dhi b y a ddin g to th e e r b a l
“

_
v
r o o t th e in c r e m e n t a j e (P lu r aj o) I n H i n d us t a n i i y e i s
”
‘ ’

. .

j o i n e d to th e r o o t o f th e e r b fo r th e I II
p e rs S in
g (g v
e n e r a lly . .

w ith ap it b ein g c o n s id e r e d m o r e r es p e c tfu l to a ddr e s s a

p e rs o n i n th e I I I p er s Sin g ; a n d iy o fo r th e I I
“
. or
~
III p er s °

P lu r ; .
j i e i s o n ly u s e d ,
w h e n t h e r o o t e n ds i n i or 6 . In
P a n j a b i th e in c r e m e n t i i s dde d t o th e r o o t fo r th e II p er s
a
_
.

S in g .
,
an d i f) for th e II p e r s P lu r S i mila rly i 6 i s j o in e d to
. .
-

t in B a n g ali w ell fo r th e I I p e r s S in g a s P l ur
'

th e ro o ,
as . . . .

T h e p a r ti c i p l e p r e s e n t .

Fr o m th e I mp er a tiv e or th e ver b a l ro o t th e P a r
tic ip le p r e sen t i s d e r i ve d in th e fo llo w in g w a y
1) N t e r v er b s e n din g i n th e I m er a ti v e in
‘ ’
eu p u ,

a dd to th e r o o t th e a ffix an d6 (
s ee 8, as

b a l an u , to g o ; I mp er .
if » h al -
u ; P ar t .

h a l a n do
-
.

Th e me i s th e w ith t i v e ve r b s th e Im
“

sa c a se ac ,

as :
c ’

p e r a tiv e of w h ic h en d s in u ,
2 70 S EC TI ON III . THE VERB .

SQ khi -
an u ,
to ea t ; Imp er .

gg f kh i -
u ; Par t .
p r es .

0 1
5 ¢§ f kh i n df) .

Cf ) " di -
an u ,
to g i ve ; I m p er . de ; Pa r t .
p r e s .

u 9 .1 ni a -

n u ,
to take awa y; I mp er .

6
5 né ; Par t .
p r e s .

11t

Th e fo llo w in g v e rb s fo r m t h ei r P ar ti cip l e p r e s e n t
an ir r e g u l a r w a y :

I
'
’
3 3

m e ; Im p er Part
l

to
5

a o a nu co ac u -
; p r es
-
.

C
, . .

O .

v ari a n u to g o ; I mp er
5 v anu ; P ar t
p r e s
6
.
, . .

v en do or vi n do .

2) A c ti v e an d c a u sa l v er b s fo r m th e Pa r tic ip le
r e s en t by a d di n th e a ffix i n d 6 to th e t
p g ro o ,
as :

uj G
b h a r a nu ,
--é V a .
,
to fill ; I mp er . b ha r -
e ; P ar t .

p r e s .

50 29
zé4 b
. h ar .
-
i n do .

6 3 5 511? g an dh e —
i n ,
n to , ca u se to c o n n ec t; I nj p er , 11 n
g an d ha e ; P ar t
-
.
p r es .

50 414 56 0 3 g an dh a i n do
6
-
.

Th e ver b (”if ka r a n u , to d o ,
fo r m s i ts Par t .
p r es .

1?
5
b o th re
g ul a r ly an d ir r e g ul a r ly 50 5
n
, . ka r - i n d o or :
5 0

8) Th e p a r ti c ip l e p r e se n t o f th e
(
P a ss i v e v o i c e is
f o r m e d b y a ddi n g th e a ffix i b o to th e t of th e
’

ro o

p a s sve them e (o f
i . 8, as

3 a
v Par t
a

a to se e ; p a s s xte; p as a n u
M p a s a nu s p ;
-
,
. .
,
.

u .

p r e s.
5 m : p a s ib o -
.

I 9 b

v
3 f l a ;

ca v anu a to say ; p a s s ca 1J a n u ;
s
)?
- - -

UP ,
. .
,
.

U
Pa r t .
p r e s . ca ib o -
.
 SEC TION III . T HE V ERB . 2 71

5
v
3 3

dh u -
anu ,
. a .
,
to w a sh ; p a ss .

0 55 55 0 dh o lya n u ;
-

Pa r t .
p r es . dh o ib o -
.

M p i -
an u ,
v . a .
,
to dr in k; p a s s .
pi -
j an u ; Par t .

p r es .
p i -
h é .

MI thi -
an u ,
v . n .
,
to b e c o m e ; p a ss . _

[f i nes th i — an u ; j
Pa r t .
p r es . th i b o -
.

C 3 Jé j an u ; Pa r t
”
53
ka ranu , V . a .
,
to do ; p a s s . ki -
.

p r e s .

5 x
.
; ki b o -
( l a so :
55 ka b o) -
.

Th e P a r t i c ip l e p r e s e n t 1s a so l u sed in th e s en s e o f
F u t 11 r e , w il l b e u n d er th e futu r e t en s e
’

a as s e en .

45 .

T h e P a r ti c i p l e p a s t .

Fr o m S in dhi v er b s b e th e y n eu t er a c tive (c a u sa l)
a ll , ,

o r p a ssi v e a p a s t p a r t i c ip l e m a y b e d e r i v e d b y a ddin
, g
th e a ffix 16 o r y o (th e l a tt er a lw a y s w h en th e r o o t e n ds ,

in a v o w e l) to th e r o o t o f th e v e r b (se e 8 Th e ,

p a s t p a r t i c i p l e o f n eu t e r v e r b s i m p li es s im ly a
p p r a e

te r i te s en se w h er e a s th a t o f a c tiv e (c a u s a l) v e r b s a lw a y s
,

d en o te s a p r a e ter ite p a s s i v e s i g n ific a ti o n .

i
Gf ;
t j v to b e aw a ke ; f ;
L
i
a g an u , n p p y J a
g 10
-
.
,
. . .

h a vi n g b e en awa ke .

$ 345 kh a tan u , v . a .
,
to g a in ; p .
p .

M kh t a -
o
y ,
h a vin g b een g a in e d .

C
i Q; g LJ p a r b h ain u,
v . c au s .
,
to qui et ; p .
p .

y é
L a
;
ha vin g b e en qui e te d .

/
[r i
g 3
s 3 ,
p a r kh i a nu j ,
v .
p .
,
to b e test e d ; p .
p 5 . 1 !
g5
5

p a r kh -
i o ,
h a vin g b e en t este d .

Th o se v er b s w hic h in ser t eu p h o ni c v
,
in th e I n
fin i tiv e , dr o p i t a
g a in b efo r e th e a ffix o f th e p a st p a r
tic ipl e , as :
 72 S CTI E ON II I . T HE V ERB .

ca v an u
- -
to sa y ; p .
p .
_ ca -
y o .

n a-v —
a ;

Q” ) a nu ,
to b o w ; p .
p . na- yé .

‘ ‘
\

‘
\
If a v er b e nd in -
’
i or i , th e i n i ti a l i o f
’
th e a ffix

i o is dr o p p e d in th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e ; th e sa m e i s c o m
m o n ly th e c as e , wh en th e r o o t en d s i n o n e o f th e P a
la ta ls (3 , ch , j , j h .

2 5
‘
o
m to ta ke a wa y; 5
3
a
‘

-
an u
p .
p .

53 ni -o .

thi -
an u ,
to b e c o m e ; p .
p . thi o -
.

Ci to l iv e ; p V

;
J i -
an u p 550 31 0 -
,
?
. . .

we; ku e h a n u ,
-
to Sp ea k; p .
p .
, e
; . kn o b -
6 .

so j h a n u ,
to i n v es t i g a e t ; p .
p $ .

5 “ so
j h o .

If fin a l 6 an d i h a s b een h o r ten e d in th e I n fin itive

s
,

it i s t r es o r ed a g a in W
( it h a few exce p ti o n s) in th e p a s t
a r ti c ip l es as
p ,

3 5 9

L9 3
5” dh u an u
-
,
to was h I m
( p e r . dho -
u ); p .
p .

(1116 -
3 6 7 .

J l an e
u, to liv e (I mp er gga j i u) ; p p 3521 j i - -
o
U ?
»
?
s . . . . .

th e
fi ‘

m p o u n d affixe s ya l u o r i a ln , ya ré
‘
A bou t co - - -

i r é ) , w hi c h a r e a tt a c he d to th e p a s t p a r ti c i p l e , i n o r d er
( a - .

to i mp a r t to it mo re th e n a tu r e o f a n a d j e c t i v e , c o m

p a r e 9 , 22 .

A c o n s ider a b e l nu mb e r of v erb s fo rm th ei r p a s t

p ar ti c iple in i r r e ul a r w a y , tha t i s to s a y, th e y h a v e
g an

r e ta in e d th e o l d S a n s kr i t P r akr it fo r m o f th e p a s t p a r
—
ti cip le , mo dified o n ly a c c o r din g to th e l a w s o f tr an s
m u ta ti o n of l e tt er s ,
as c u r re n t in P r akr i t and Sin dhi .

W e su bj o in h ere a n a lph a b eti c a l li s t of th em

“

(3
2 .
l u bh a m an u , v . n .
,
to b o il up ; p p . .

£343; u b a h an u , v . n .
-
to s an d ;
t p . 3
p 56 33,. 0 1131
11 1 16 .

I ’

v
,

3 1 u ta n u a to s ay ; p p u to
v . . . .
,
. .
,
2 74 S EC TI ON III . THE V ERB .

un 6
; 5 ? p
C
A

)
11 3 ? “
P 3 V n .
,
to b e fin i sh e d ; p p .
,

/
be
,

v ked ;
1

U s p a c an u ,
. n .
,
to co o
p p . .
p a k6 .

p j
ur h an u v a to u n der s a n d t p p 0 p u r dh 6
7
. .
, ,
. .
,
.

, a /
p ar o t
v
d

p a r c an u n to b e r ec o n c i ed ; l p p
,
fi f
. .
, ,
. .

of
v
[

p a r n an u ,
. a .
,
to e n r us t t , p .
p 5 79 . 9
p a r t6 .

p a v a nu ,
v; n .
,
to fa ll ; p .
p .
p i 6 .

fi )
v;
)

c”9 p u an u ,
a .
,
to t
s r in
g ( as b e a d s) ; p .
p j , . 9 9
p u t 6 .

O LLé9 ph a s a n fi , v . n .
,
to b e c au
g ht ; p p . .

w té p h a th 6 .

p h it a nu , v . n .
,
to b e i n j u r ed ; p .
p .
p hi t 6 .

O s x&
9 .
p a h u ca n u ,
v . n .
,
to ar ri ve ; p p 5x . .

&
9
.
p a hu t 6 .

a
p h a sa nu ,
v . n .
,
to b e c au
g ht ; p p . .
p h a th 6 .

p h i sa n u , v . n .
,
to b u r st ; p .
p .
p h i th 6 .

6 49 P e h a nu 7
v to t th ‘

99 6
’

e 6
.

. n .
,
e n er ; p .
p . 9 9 9
p .
9
9

0 3 ° p i é
’

a nu
,
v . n .
,
to b e c r e di e d ; t .

p .
p 5 . 9 9 9
p i t6 .

p i sa nu
,
v . a .
,
to g r in d ; p .
p .
p i th 6 .

p i a nu , v . a .
,
to dr in k ; p .
p .
p i t6 .

p i h a nu ,
v . a .
,
to g ri n d ; p .
p 59 . 9 9 9 -

p i th 6 .

C929 tapan u , v . n .
,
to b e w a r m ; p .
p . ta t6 .

r
éil sa n u ,
v . n .
,
to b e g r a tifie d ; p .
p .
tu th 6 ,

tu th6 .

th a ka n u , v . n .
,
to b e w ea r y ; p .
p 5 9
1 23 . th a k 6 .
 S ECTI ON III . THE V ERB . 2 75

tr ah a n u , v . cau s .
,
to fr i g hten ; p p . . tr ath a
3

v
a ,

tr a h a n u , to be fr ig ht e n e d tr a th 6
“

. n .
, , p .
p . .

O L
L j p
a
9 a n u ,
v n . .
,
to b e b o r n ; p p 5 L4>
.
j a 6 ,
59 hé .
S
-

j a n a n u v a ,
. . to b r in g fo r th ; j a y6 o r
F9; j a n1 o .

U L9L J a n an u v a ,
. .
,
to kn o w; p p 9 L;
. .
j at6 .

v
1 1

j a b h a nu n to b e co
p u a l t
e d ;
a dh 6
. .

j
, ,
p p . . .

-
0 6 j a h a nu
3 v a ,
. .
,
to C o pu a e ; l t
991 9 ,j u m b a nu 5 v ,
. n .
,
to b e d ee ply eng a g e d ; P P 52;

v %
f I I

m
I

L
f

h to dec r ea s e ;
V 0 .

W 99 >
J a p a a nu
,
. n.
, p .
p .

5 9

j h a l t6
1
v 9 ;.
j h a l a nu , v . a .
,
to s el z e ; p .
p .

j h a l i 6

6n kanu v ,
. n .
,
to b e fini s h e d ; p .
p .

9 6 > 6 u k6 .

6h u pa nu , v n . .
,
to b e to u c h ed ;
hu t 6
p p . . c .

6h u h a n u v a ,
. .
,
to to u c h ;
c h u ta n u v n ,
. .
,
to g et lo o se ; p p

6 hij a n u , v n . .
,
to br ea ; k
é hi n é
W
.

p p
A

3 . o

b r ea k o ff ;
.
a

hi n a u n
v

c ,
-

v . a .
, to

6u h a n u , v . a .
,
to so a k up ;
p .
p . 6u th6 .

M 0 dh u n a n u , v . a .
, to c ho o s e ; p .
p 553 39. dh u 6 .

du bh a n u , v to b e mil ked ;
) d du dh 6
n
m
,
. .

P 5 s .

du h an u , v . a .
,
to m il k;
dr ij a n u , v . n .
,
to be a fi a id ;
'
p .
p . d r in 6 .

:
0

0 5
5
° dr a h a n u , v n to tu mb le d o w n ;
. .
, p p . . dr a th 6 .

d r ah a n u , v c a u s to dem o li sh ;
. .
, p p 59 . .
3

5 9 d r a th 6 .

v
A

di sa r m, . a .
,
to se e ; p .
p . di th o .
2 76 S ECTION II I . T HE V R , E B .

dh rap a n u ,
v n . .
,
to b e
f

s a ti a te d ;

dh r a mu v ,
. a .
,
to sa tia t e ;

d h a
a n u v ,
. a .
,
to to rm en t ; p p 5 m).d a dh o . 59 .

0 9
9 di anu , v . a .
,
to g i ve ; p .
p . din o .

r i an u
j ,
v . n .
,
to b e w a t er e d ; p .
p 56,. r id6

ri i
j o .

r ajhanu v ,
. n .
,
to b e b o il e d ;

é ém r a n dh a n u v co o k ;
5 ,
. a .
,
to

v 5
3 z 3

ru
j h a nu , . n .
,
to b e bu sy ; p .
p 5 . 900 rud h6 .

O ? ) r a 6a n u ,
v . n .
,
to b e imm e r s e d ; p .
p 5 ) . 3 r a t6 .

v l ky ;
, a ,

w r u san u n to b e su p p ru th6
)
.
,
. . .
,
.

v
3 3

mb h a n u ,
z

ru . n . to b e en
g g a ed ; p p . . rud h6
m b hi 6
3 I 3 '
r u bh an u , 01 ru
9 999 ,
.

5 )
v
3

r u an u ,
. n .
,
to w eep ; p .
p . r un o .

59 95 5
. . ri j h a nu , v . n .
,
to b e p l ea se d ; p .
p . ri d ho .

I 5

v
3 I

m a lj a n u , of
a

th e ye a r s
o

a dl S
0

0 . 9
0
? sa . n , . to _
a r r1 v e at

cre ti o n ; p p 5 5 C; . . 9 s am an 6 or :
59 2
L.L
L sa m ay 6 .

I 3

v
3 ,

j to b e sw o ll en ; sun 6
Us p p
s u an u ,
. n .
,
. . .

v :
3 1 3

M q an u ,
. n .
,
to b e h e a rd ; p .
p .

533 su 6

s un a n u v a . to h e ar ; s u n i6 .

,
.
,

0 65 :
-- s13 h an u ,
v n . .
,
to b e s ee th e d ; p .
p . si d h6 .

s u kan u v n .
,
to b e d r y ; p .
p 3X.3 . s u k6 .

s a la n u ,
v a . .
,
t o di vu lg e ; p .
p 5 9.; 9 sa lto
is a li 6 .

sa m aiJ an u , v . n .
,
to be c o n a in e d ; t p .
p .

sa m an o .
2 78 S ECTI ON III . T HE V ERB .

V to fai l ; p g u th 6 ,
g u sanu , . n .
, .
p .

u si 6
g .

85
35 55 l a in a , V . a .
,
to a pp ly ; p .
p .

5 5 l
3 at o or

'
u so éi l ah an u , V . c au s . to c au se to de s c e n d ; p .
p .

W 5}

M _
l a bh a n u , V . n .
,
to b e t
o b a in e d ;
p p . . la dh6 .

la h an u ,
\
V . a .
,
to o b a in t ;

i
é j l ik an u V ,
. n .
,
to b e h i d de n ; p p . . Iik6 or
5 g
2 li k16 .

5x! li
. t6 ,
lirnb a n u 7 V . a .
,
to p l a st er ; p .
p .

a f

W 3 ! l u sa n u , V . n .
,
to b e sco r c h ed ;
luh a n u ,
V . a .
,
to sc o r c h °

, f f

U$ m a ca nu , V . n .
,
to fa tt en ; p .
p 5 . 16 3 m a t6 .

mu sa n u , V ky ;
a

M n to b e u nl u c
0 . .
,

, a ’

W mu h a n u , V . a .
,
to c au s e lo ss ;

éé xiv mu nj h a n u , V
'

s . n .
,
to b e p er p l exe d ; p .
p .

mu r h6 .

g
s

; va th anu ,
v . a .
,
to ta ke; p .
p .

7
3
35 v ar t6 , 50 ‘
5;
v a r d6 , 96 5 4 v a th it6 .

V 1Jh a n u ,
V . a .
,
to thr o w ; p .
p . Vi dh6 .

V ir é a nu , V . n .
,
to b e w e a r i e d ; p .
p . V ir t6 .

‘
Q BLL V i s ama n u ; V t o be ex tin g u i s h e d ;
’

J n p p
L
Z
. . . .
,

V 1s a n o .

v a san u ,
V . n .
,
to fa ll ( as r a in ) , p .
p . va th 6 ,

jé l u th 6 , 5g
}

; v u th 6 .

Vikan 6 ;
’

é ,
Z K V ika ma n u , V . n .
,
to b e so ld ; p .
p .

gl o f, V ikin a n u ,
V . a ., to se ll ; p .
p .

7
2 5 Viki6 .
 S EC TION III . T HE V ERB . 2 79

L35 5 v a n an u ,
V . n .
,
to g o ; p .
p 5 ,
. 5 Vi 6 .

ga e ,
g s V é h e an u j ,
V .
p .
,
to b a th e ; p .
p . v e h e tfi ,

v eh a nu ,
V . to 811
3; p .

p . v é th fi ,

» h a a m an u , V lesse n ; l b a p an o
5

v 1 1?
.
p . n , . to p p 5 . . . .

, /
V to b e c o pu a e d l t
I

ya b h an u n ;
u e “
A ; ya dh 6
. .
s .
, ,
p 1 . )
F .

h to c o pu a e
W y a an u ,
V~ a. .
, , l t ;

T h e p a r ti c i p l e o f th e F u tu r e p a s s i v e or th e G er u n di v e

Th e p a r ti c ipl e of th e Fu tu r e p a ss i e v or th e G e r u n
d iv e 1 s fo r m e d b y a d din
g to t h e er b a l
‘

v ro o t th e a ffix
‘
_

o p ti o na l ly i n 6
'
’
in 6 *
f
‘

( or
'
an 6 ,
if th e Ver b en d in i (i ) an d

an d an 6 ,
if th e v er b en d in
“
u
’
T h e G e r un div e c an

b e d er ive d fr o m t i v e ver b s ; t e r ve r b s for m

’

o n ly ac n eu

a lso a si mil a r p a r t1 c ip ia l .
n o un by m e a n s o f th e a ffix

to b e Co n fo u n de d w ith th e G er u n di e ; v
”
'

in 6 ,
b u t it i s no t

s ee
”

T h e fin a l vo w el of a v ei bal ro o t u n der
g o es th e sa m e

c ha n g e s b e fo r e th e a ffix o f th e G e r u n di ve ,
as b e fo r e th e
a ffix o f th a t fo r p r a c ti c a l p u r
th e I n fin i ti ve so

p o ses th e r u l e m a y thu s b e g 1v en t h a t th e t e r m i n a tio n ,

o f th e I n fin i t iv e ar m i s sim p ly c h a n e d to
g a n6 i
( )
n 6 ,

in o r d er to fo r m th e p a r ti c ip l e o f th e Fu tu r e p a s siv e
‘

A b o u t th e d e r iva ti o n o f th e a ffix in 6 s e e

v
3

hin 6
a

0 V ij h an u , . a .
,
to thr o w ; Ger u n d f i g . »
)
V 1J ,

w h a t i s to be th r o w n .

0 9 di an u , 1 V . a .
,
to g i ve ; G er u n d 553 9 .
di a n o ,
w ha t

i s to be g ive n .

1) A kin d of
p a r tic i l e
p o f th e Fu tu r e ac tive is fo r me d by at

ta chi n g th e af fix h a m to th e I n fin itive , as : Lg i l m h ala n a —

h aru o ne
) ,

wh o is a b o ut to g o ; s ee 9 , 33 .
 S EC TI ON III . THE V ERB .

) 5 ’

dh u a n u, to w a sh ; G er u n d dhua n 6
'

V . .

or dh u in 6 , Wh a t i s to b e wa sh e d .

5) n. kh a m u V ,
a .
,
to ea t Geru n d . kh ain 6 ,

w h a t i s to be ea en t .

47 .

I n d e cl i n a b l e p a s t p a r ti c i p l e s .

The
Sin t u ses diffe re n t p a st c o n u n cti j ve or in
de c lin a b l e par tic i ple s .

g
"

1 ) Th e fo r m mo st in u se is th a t e n di n in

a ) N e u ter or su c h t i v e v er b s as t er min a te i n
a c ,

th e Im p er a ti ve in
Q
u
9
fo r m th e p a s t c o n j u n c tiv e p a r ti
,

ci
p l e b y J o m m g t o th e v er b a l r o o t th e a ffix i a s ’

, I / (

v a r an u -
,
V . n .
,
to retu r n ;
"

P3 813 p a r t . 0 9 11 1
v ar -i ,
h a v mg t
r e ur n e d .

w su n a n u ,
v . a .
, to h ea r ; p .
p a r t . co n j .

G
M . su n - i ,

h a vi n g hea r d .

Tho s e v er b s w hic h en d m a ra dic a l l w ith

”

11 c o a esc e
7

th e a ffix o f th e p a st p ar t c o nj i to 1 a s
‘
,
.

th ia nu ,
to b e c o m e ; I mp er . thi u ; p .
p . con
} .

th i ,
h a vi n g b ec o me .

Tho se v er b s , w hi c h en d in ii ,
sh o r ten 11 b e fo r e th e
a ffix i
(
"

a s b e fo r e th e a ffix o f th e I n fini ti ve ) ,
'

as

s) ; I mp er
5
;
3 )

O) ? p u an u -
,
to t
s r in
g (b e a d . i
) p u -
u ; p .
p .

7
9

th o s e v er b s w hic h s h o r ten
B ut r a di c a l fin a l 6 to
‘ i n th e I n fin itiv e r e s to r e th e s a me
’
,

a a in i n th e p a s t
u , g
rt i c i l e c o nj u n c ti ve
p a p a s : ,
‘

g) ; ru to w e e p ; I mp er r6 j ?» r6 i
“

-
anu ; p p con
5)
e
. .
, cs
. . .
 ‘
82 S EC TI ON III THE VERB
‘
. .

z Z
m o ta n u , v . n .
,
to r e ur n t ; p p c . . on j 53 35» m
. o t
.

-
y o

s i th an u , v . a .
,
to C o m p r e s s ; p p co nj . . . si th -
i6 .

;
v er b w ith th e a ffix
,

I f th e en d in r (i) , it c o a es c e s l
10 ,
as

di a n u , to g iv e ; p p , . co n j .
55 0 di6 .

U '
M p i an u ,
to din k (Im p er .

6
5 3 m
p ); p p . . co n j .

5533 p i 6 .

Th o s e ver b s ,
w hic h s h o r ten o r ig in a l 6 to u
’
i n th e
Infin itive r e st o r e ,
th e sam e a
g a in i n th e p .
p . co n j .

3 5
5 .) dh u -
an u to w a sh I m
( p e r £
5 5 0 dh 6 -
u ) ; p p
O5 , . . .

co n j .

5355 0 dh 6 y 6 -
.

C5; r u an u ,
to w e ep I m
( p e r .

5) r6 ); p .
p . con j .

5 5) 3

r6 -
y 6 .

Th e v er b s kh an an u , to lift u
p, b an a hu ,

to t ke Cs ri!
35
kar a n u to do dr o p , in th e p a s t p a r
“

, , ,
as
,

ti c ip le th eir fin a l r a di c a l
,
b e fo r e th e a ffix 6
y , a s

C l
f éf kh a n an u , P P kh a y6 -
or : kh a y 6 -
.

k3
515 . h an a n u , p p . . co n j : h a y6 -
or
5 5 na yé
5
-
,

33 ka y6
p p . . c j 5 .
-
or : ki y6 -
k
( i

3 ) Th e
p t p a r ti c ipthi r d
l e c o n j u n c t iv e i s fas
o r me d
b y a ddi n g to th e r o o t o f t r a n s i t i v e ver b s i r r e s p e c ,

tiv e ly o f th eir t e r mi na ti o n i n th e I mp e r a tive th e a ffix ,

j v
‘

j (j )
e i e a n d-
j ( )
i i i,
t o th e r o o t o f n e u t e
-
r e r b s .

This fo r m i s g e n er a lly u se d w ith th e P r e s e n t a n d

P as t ten s e s .

kh an a n u , v . a .
,
to lift up I m
( p e r . kh a n u );

v ir c a n u ,
v . n .
,
to b e tir e d ; p .
p . co n j .

4) Th e fo u r th p a s t p a r ti c ip le co n un c j tiv e is fo r me d
 SEC TION III . THE VERB . 2 83

by pu ttin g ka r e ,
th e p .
p . con j . of ka r a n u ,

t
a f er th e p a s t p a r ti c . c on j . e n di n
g in I or e . Th i s
co mp o un d fo rm is u sed wi th th e P r esen t ,
th e F u t u r e ,
th e P a s t ten s e s an d th e Im p er a ti ve ,
as :

! va r i h a vi n g
r a

6 kar 6 , r e ur n e d ;
t In f v ar an u
5 U) :
. .

6 ! $ 5 m a 16 kar 6 , ha vin g p o li sh ed ; In f m alan u

5
. .

3 5 h a vin g m o i s t en e d ; I n f
”
10 13 1 ka r 6 , b e en
“

L5
.

3335
3 3 10 13 -
a 1_
1u .

A n n o ta ti o n . T h e in dec lin a bl e p a st p a rtic ipl e s a r e fo r m e d i n

S an s k it r ei the r b y th e a ffix tv a o r y a I n P r a rit tv a i s . k
c ha n
g d t o tfi n a
e a n d (by e li s i o n o f t ) t o fi r m, a n d y a b e c o m e s
-

ia . I n S in t th e fir st fo rm f th e p a st p a rti c ip l e c o nj u n c ti v e
o

e n din
g in I ( or 6) c o r r e s o n ds
p t o th e P r a r it a ffix i a T h e k .

s e c o n d fo r m of th e p en d in i i i d e n ti c a l w ith
p j
. . co n .
g
t
n
y 6 , s

th e fir s t ,
an d th e s a m e mu st b e s a id b
f th e th ir d fo r m e n di n g
in jI ( or j6 ) ,
th e S an s k it
r a ffix
y a
(P ra k it r i a ) h a v in g be en
c ha ng e d m S in t
.

to 59 . as in th e ca se of th e P a s s i v e .

T hi s i s fully b o r n e o u t b y th e kin dr e d i dio ms I n H i n d u s .

t a n I w e fin d th e fo ll o w in g fo r ms o f th e p a st p a rt c o nj u n c tiv e .

(I nf m ar
. m ar , m ar 6 , m ar k6 , m ar ar 6 I n th e fir s t fo r m
- - -
k k .

m ar th e a ffix i a h a s a p p a r e n tly b e en d r o p p e d a lto g ethe r , w h e r e a s

in th e s e c o n d m ar 6 th e a ffix i a h a s b e e n c o n tr a c t e d t o 6 T h e
-
.

a ffix j 6 , j h a v i n
'

a ffix k6 in m ar - k6 , c o r r esp o n d s to th e S in t
g
b e e n c h a n g e d t o a g u ttu r al , w ith tr a n siti o n o f th e M e dia i n to a
T en u i s M ar ka r a n d m ar a r 6 a r e c o m p o u n d p a st p a rtic ip le s
.
- -
k k
con
j l i e t
.h e S int k f o rm S i m il a rly w e find in P a n j a b I
(I nf . .

h all na, to s en d : ) g h a ll an d h al l- k6
g g
-
.

T h e G u j a r ati u ses t w o fo r ms of th e p a s t p ar t .
-
con
j .
,
o ne

e n din ll yin I
i c o mp o u n d v u sed h i
g ( n a s l ak
es I p e c a er b s
) , ,

h i g w itte n a n d th e o the r in I I a s l a kh I nI T h e fi s t
‘

av n r n r
, ,
.

fo m is ide n tic a l w ith th e S i n t

r . a ffix I th e l a tter I nI co r , , ,

r e s o n ds
p t o th e P akrit a ffix u a I ha vin g b e e n s ub stitu te d
r n
,

fo r I1

The M ar a th I us e s on ly o e n fo r m f the p a st p a rt.

o . ,
co n
j .
,

en din g in fin , a s ka r un , v ha in g d o n e ; this a ffix qu it e c o in

c i de s w ith th e P r a r it a ffix un a k . T h e B a n g a l I u s es ei ther

2 84 S E CTI ON III . T HE V ERB ;

th e affix y a as d 6khiya (d 6k 6 o r d 6 kh I als o b e in g - -

e mp l o ye d , o r th e L o c a tl v e h t t d kh i
) o f t e p a s p a r i c i l
p ,e 6 it 6 ,
n

th e sta te o f h a in g s e e nv .

C h a pte r XIII .

Fo rmation of th e Ten se s an d P erso n s .

48 .

In tr ea tin g o f th e T e n s e s i n Sin dhi w e m u st dis

tin g u i sh s i m p l e a n d c o m p o u n d T e n se s »
.

I . n p l e te n s e s
S ix .

I n th e A c tive an d P a ss i v e Vo i c e th e r e are on ly
th r ee si mp l e te n s e s ,
th e A o r is t

and th e F u t u r e .

T h e P o t e n t i a l , w h i c h i m pl i e s p
'

o s sib i l i t y, u n
i

c er t a i n ty i
or a w i s h , i s fo r me d b y a ddi n
g to th e ro o t

o f th e v er b e
th e i n f l e xl t e r m i n a t ion s Th e a h
o n al .

s o lu t e p e r so n a l p r o n o u n s m a y a l so b e p u t b e fo r e th e
- .
.
-

ver b wh er e a n y str e s s 1s to h é l aid o n th e p er so n b u t

,
‘
”
'

th ey m a y a l so be o mitt e d w h er e su c h 1s n o t th e c a se , ,

th e r es p e c ti ve p e r s o n b ein g su ffic i en tly p o inte d o ut b y _

th e 1n fie xi o n a l t er m in a ti o n i t s el f .

i n tr a n s i ti v e
'

N eu t er an d su c h ver b s , as en d in th e
Imp er a tiv e in
‘ ’
an d a ll ver b s ve th e r ec ei
u p a s s1v e
-

, ,

sam e p er s o n a l t er min a tio n s , w he r e a s th o se tr a n sitive ver b s ,

w hi ch e n d in th e Im p e r a tiv e i n e , differ fro m th em in

° ’

th e I an d p a r tly in th e II p er s . S in g . and in all th e

p e r so ns of th e P lu r a l , g by r e a in i n
t th eir c h a r a c ter istic i
° ’

() bee fo r e th e i n fl exio n a l te r mi n atio n s .

2 86 S EC TI ON III . T HE V ERB .

S in g . h o w e ve r v m a y be a so l dr o pp e d , as ca- é
th o u ma y st sa y ; as “ ca e
l
) ,
h e may sa y .

I th III P l u r v er b s w hi c h m
‘
u
) en d
’
0 n e
p
e
rs . .
, () u

or o r ig i n a l 6 ) a n d a
’

(
w i th eu p h o n ic v i ns er te d) fr e
qu en tly c o n rac t t th e i n fiexio n a l t erm in a ti o n u a n e ,
a

v an e to un e ,
as . ru n e ,
th ey ma y w eep , in s t e a d

of
c »)
ru - an e ; p u n e ,
th ey m a y fa ll ,
in s t ea d
II
of
L, 33
p a va n e ; 93
“
> cune ,
th ey m a y sa y , in s t ea d of . ca va n e .

A si m il ar c o n ra c t ti o n t a ke s p l a c e in th e II p er s .

Sin g a n d in th e III r s o n P lu r i f v b d
.
p e a e r e n i n 1 .
,

()
1 a s : di ,
th ou m a y s t g 1v e in s tea d o f
6 455 3 {Ii 5
, ;
-

G 3 " d 1 ue th e y m a y , g 1v e 1 n s tea d o f
,
f
ef ?
d i an e ; ‘
cfi i

n1 tho u m a y s t ta ke
,
awa y , v 33
. n 1n e , th ey my t k a a e

awa y; u,
é 3
p i ne, th ey ma k e drin k ; v 33
! . khi n e th e y ,

m ay eat ; b u t th e u n co n rac ed t t fo r m i s e qu a ll y m u se .

cl ) V erb s , w hic h en d in a r a di c a l a a n d in th e
,
Im
p e r a ti v e in
c
11
’

,
i n ser t in th e I p e r s ; an d . Sin g an d Plur .
—

in th e II p e r s
‘
. P lu r a: eu pho n ic y b efo r e th e fiexio n a l
.

i
d ‘ ‘
—
'

t er mi n a tio n , a s: 3 3 b be c o m e
i

w L L
sa u dh a y a ,
I m a y
-
o l d,

U3 3 Lf
o d 3 b u dh a y u ,
bu dh a - - -
y-
o, we , y o u may
b e c o m e o ld I n th e I II p e r s Plu r
. . . th ey en d li k e w i s e ,

fo r eup ho n y s ’
sa ke ,
not in a n e, bu t in i n e , as .

w Léf
kh a in e ,-
th ey ma y ea t . A n e xc e p ti o n to th 1s r u le is

c, é
L f kh a,
I m a y ea t , in s t e a d of kh a y - -
a .

Ih r e fer en c e ve r b s
to e n din g in th e I mp er a tiv e in
"

‘
-

o b s e r ve d
’
e ,
it i s to b e
v
“

m
’
i f m
c
1) T h e h a r a c t er i s t i c
c () th e I e
p e r a t
o i e a y
be c o n t r a c t e d w i th th e in fieX i o n a l t er mi n a ti o n o f th e

1) A } ca e is eve n co n tr a cte d to
6
5 ée , wh e n u s ed mo r e i n
6

th e s en s e of a p a r ti cle ,
to q u o te th e w o r ds of th e s
p e a ker
‘
( y sa s
 S E C TION III . T HE V E RB . 2 87

I an d II p er s . Si n g . an d th e II and I p er s o f th e Plu r . .

to y (y ) , y
a
y , i u , y ,
oe o r n o t ,
if th e v er b e n d in a
c o n s o n a n t ; b u t th e c o n tr a c ti o n m u s t ta k e pl a c e , if th e

v er b en d in a vo we l ,
as :
wd e a. ch a dy a , or
(9
6 W :

c h a( I y e o r
w a d e; cha di e e tc .
; bu t : U I eg
L L b h a

LQ bh a ye e tc fr o m U S LG-P b h a in u to th in k In
y W
-
a ,
J .
,
.

p o e tr y h o w e v e r th e lo o ser fo r m 1s a s o l in u se ,
as : LI
v Qe
L ;

bh a ia -
, or
U
Ll éLéa b h a iy a
’
-
. In th e II p er s . Si n g . th e in

fl e xi o n a l ter m in a ti o n y e or yi m a y a sol be c o n tr a c te d

to e or i, as :
W eb b] . s an dh é or
w il d ; S an dh i , th o u

m a ys t c h er sh i
‘
.

I n th e I II p e r s P l ural i i s
g e n e r a lly l e n
g th e n e d
’

‘
.

"
to
Q
1 ,
an d th e in iti a l a o f th e in fl e xi o n a l term i a tio n
’
n

a m dr o p p e d in o r der to di s tin g u i sh th e n eu te r an d act v e i

v er b s . B u t i n e is ag a n i fr e qu e n tly p r o n o u n c e d a n d w r i tte n
in e , e sp ec a ll i y w h en th e v e r b en d s in a l o n g a , a s :

fi LéJ lf g alh a in e , th ey m a y -
sp ea k .

2 ) Th e v er b
C
13
! ka r a n u , to do ,
fo r m s th e I II p er s .

P lu r a l e ith er re
g l ly
u ar i n ka r 1n e ,
or i r r eg u la r ly
in
U
S ka n e or
o f k i ne .

A n n o ta ti o n . T h e S a n s k r it o te n ti a l h a s a h e a d
/ M
P
i d is ;

a p p e ar e d i n P r a k ri t B u t , a bs tr a c t e d fr o m t h i s s ig n i c a n t c ir
. fi q

c u m s ta n c e ,
th e r e c a n b e n o d o u bt , th a t th e S in d h 1 o te n tia l P
c o r re s p o n ds o ri
g in a lly t o th e r ak ri t r e s e n t ten s e I P
n S in dhi P .

its e l f th er e are m a n y r emin is c e n c e s , th a t th e o te n tia l

p p
ro e r ly P
re
p r e s e n ts th e o ld P r e s en t of th e Pr k a r it ; fo r it is v er y o ft e n ,
c hi e fl y in p o e tr y , u s e d w ith o u t th e c h a r a c te r i s ti c 3 i n th e
j g ,
- u

s e n s e o f th e r e s en t P
A fte r th e c u s to m h a d g a in e d g r o u n d, t o
.

e xp r e s s th e P
r e s e n t b y j o in in g th e
5g » th o t o t h e o ld r esen t
,
. P
th e o l d P
r e s en t w a s r es er v e d to de n o t e a o ten tia l m o o d Th e P .

i n fl e xi o n a l te r min a ti o n s o f th e S in dhi P o t e n tia l c o rr e s p o n d v er y

l
c o se ly to th o s e o f th e P akr r it P r e s en t
,
as : P k
ra I p er s S in g
. . .

mi S n sk mi) S in dh 1 a s i (S a n s k
a
( a . a
, II p e r s S in g
a ; . . a s i) , S in ~ .

dhi e
( or i) , a b ein g dr o p p e d (a s a c o nj u n c ti v e vo we l) an d s
2 88 S EC TI ON III . T HE VE RB .

b ein g fi r st c h an g e d to h an d th e n dr o pp e d a lto g eth e r ; II I p e r s .

S in g . a -t i or a - di
(S an s k . a - ti
), and by e lis io n of t or d: a e
,
-

S in dhi 6 . I n th e I p e r s lu r th e r ak rit h a s . P . P diffe r en t t e r mi

n a ti o n s , a s a m 6 (S a n s k a- m a h ) , a m 11 , a 1n a , o r
-
.
- -
a m6 ,
a -
mu e tc .

T h ese l a tter te r min a tio n s h a v e g iv e n r is e to th e S in dhi ter mi

n a ti o n s i
m b ein g
t , e l i de d a n d n al fi u
’
l e n g th e n e d t o u an d
na s a l iz e d a t th e s a m e tim e ; II p er s . Pl ur . a ha -
(S an sk . a th a ) ,
S in dhi 6 , h h a v in g b e en dr o pp e d an d a
’
l en g th en e d to 6 ;
III p ers . Pl
( S u r. n ti , S in dh i
) a - n ti an e
,
t h an s
a v i n
g bk. a
e e n -

e l id e d in thi s c o nj u n c t l e tte r T h e H i n d fi s t an i , a n j a bi . P '

a n d G u j a r a ti c o in c i de in thi s r e sp e c t w ith th e S in dhi , fo r min

'

g
th e Po t e n ti a l in th e s a m e w a y , a s th e S in dhi , o n ly w it h m o di e d fi
in fle xi o n a l t e r min a ti o n s T h e p ro p e r o te n tia l o f th e M a r athi
.
,
P
"
w h ic h i s n o w c o mm o n ly c a ll e d b y th e r a m m a r i a n s th e a st G P
H a b i tu a l
”
e xh i bits l ik e w is e th e s ig n s o f th e o ld r akr it P
P r e s en t. T he B an g a i l
a o ne has
p l
r e s er v e d th e o ld r P es ent

ten s e , fo r m e d by j o i n in g th e i n fl e xi o n a l t e r min a ti o n s t o th e ro o t

o f th e v e r b ; th e P r e s en t i s i n B a n g ali l
a so u s ed i n th e s en s e o f
a P
o t e n ti a l .

2 ) Th e Sin dh i h as a re
g u arl A o r i st or Pra e te
i te ten s de n o tin g th a t an a ct o n i o n ce to o k p l a c e i n
‘

r (
e ,

tim e p a s t .

a ) Th e A o r i st i s fo r m e d fr o m n eu ter verb s ,
by
j o in i n g to th e p a st p a r ti c ip l e th e te r m in a ti o n s o f th e

(now in Sin dh i ) o b so le te su b sta n tiv e v er b a s , to b e h is . T

t e n s e i s th er efo r e or ig in a lly a c o m po u n d , an d th e p a r

ti c ipl e mu s t b e p u t , to th e g e n der r efer r e d to , a c c o r di n g

e i th er i n th e m a s c o r th e fe mi n i n e T h e in fie xi o n a l ter
“

. .

m i n a ti o n s are o nl y a ffixe d to th e I an d II p er s o f th e .

S in g m a s c .a n d fem , to th e I p er s
. . . o f th e P l ur ma sc . .

a n d fe m a n d to th e II p e r s o f th e P lu r m a s c , th e
. . . .

I II p er s o n o f th e Sin g a n d P lu r m a s c a n d fem . b ei n g . . .

l e ft w ith o u t a n y in fiexi o n a l ter min a ti o n s , a s w ell a s th e

I I p er s o f th e P lur fe m
. . .

b) Fr o m t r a n i ti v e b s , th e p ar ti c ip l e p of
l

s v er a st '

lw a y s
i

h as i v e s i g n ific a tio n th e A o r ist is

'

w hi c h a a p a s s ,

1 ) A s i n the Mar ath i G ra l

mmar , pu b i sh e d by th e A merica n Mis sio n ,
B o mba y 1854 .
2 90 E
S CTI ON III . T HE V ERB .

(I
th o u h a st g one ; N }
2 i th é ,
th o u -
w a st s ee n ; b efo r e

th e infie xi o n a l ter m in a ti o n th e 11 p e r s o n fe m a , fin a
of l .

s h o r ten e d i a (o c c a s i o n a lly a l s o a s i n th e
v ;
to
“

1 is 1 -

f> I I
I

M h a li
" f.
m
2!

) th o u h a s t g
0

to
a sc 1- e as : 93 a ; one
w s
-
t)
.
, , e
di th i -
a , th o u w a st s e en .

In th e fir s t p e r s o n Plu r a l th e in fiexi o na l termi

n a ti o n si 6
( ),
S s fi is a ffixe d to th e m a s c . or fem . P lu r a l
o f th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e ,
as :
w a m h a li a si , w e h a v e g
s
o n e,
0

a é h a l iu i S dith a si ,
LQC
’

s we w er e
M
-

s e en ,
J
‘J W
W O dith iu s i -

I n th e II p e i so n ma s c . th e fin a l a of th e P lu r a l (fil m)
b e fo r e t h e in fie x1 o n a l ter m in a ti o n
’
is s h o r te n e d u a u,

h a ly —
re ; d
a u , y o u w en t ; g s i th a -
u , y o u w er e s e en

to th e II p er s o n fe m n o i n fie xi o n a l ter m i n a ti o n i s a dd e d , .

th e P l u r a l fem o f th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e a l o n e b e1n g u se d
.

th e s u b ect j of w hi c h m u s t b e in di c a te d eith e r b y th e
a b s o u te l p e r so n a l p r o n o un or g a th e r e d fr o m th e c o n text .

I t i s to b e n o ti c e d ,
th a t i n p o etr y th e in fie xi o n a l
ter mi n a ti o n s are fr e qu e n tly l e ft o ut ,
in w hi c h c a se th e
j
s ub e c t , i f it b e n ot i n di c a ted o th er wi s e b
(y an ab

l l ) m u st b e g l e a n e d fr o m th e
'

s o u te er so n a ro n o un e tc
p p ,

c o n te xt .

A n n o ta ti o n T h e th r e e pra e te r ite t en s e s o f th e S a n s k r it,

.

w ith th e e xc e tio n
p o f a fe w tr a c e s
(V a r a r V II , h a v e b e en .

a lrea dy dis c a r d e d i n P akr r it , th e ir f o r m a ti o n b e in g pp a a r en t ly

to o in tri c a t e fo r th e c o n c e p ti o n o f th e vu lg ar . In th e ir li eu th e
p a st
p a r ti c i
p l e h a s b e en s u b s titu te d
-

in th e s en s e of an A o r i s t,
e ith e r w i th or w ith o u t i n fl e xi o n a l te r min a ti o n s , th e P
fe c t
er

e r b i d en o t e d b a c o m u nd t e n s e T h in fl é xi o n a l
p p
ro e n
g y p o e .

ter m in a ti o n s , w h i ch a 1 e a ffi xe d i n S in dhi to th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e ,
a r e d er iv e d fr o m th e S a n s k r it s u b s ta n ti v e v e r b a s , to b e , th o u g h

th e y b e n o w s o mu c h mu til a te d a n d di ffer s o c o n si d e r a bly fr o m

th e fo r ms u s e d in P r a k r it (L a s s e n , p th a t th e y a r e s c a r .

c ely r ec o n is abl e
g Th e t e r min a tio n .o f th e I p er s o n S in
g
— s .
 S ECTI ON III . T HE V ERB . 91

c o rr e s p o n d s t o th e S a n s kr it as mi (P akr . a mb i , )
“
m h av in g b e e n
’

th r o w n o ut i n S in dhi
I n th e II p e l s .
(S a n sk . an d Pr a k . a si
) s
—
h , h a s b e en
dr o p p e d a n d n a l 1() l e th
g e fi
n ed i th e mas c t oe e w h e ea s
n n .
,
r

in th e fe mini e t h e i iti l a no f a si h a s b e en e t a in e d
n a an d r ,

th e l a tte r h lf o f it d o p p e d a l t og e th e
a T h e m s c u li n e te r mi
r r . a

n a ti o e is h o w e e
n a l s o n o w a d th e n a pp l i e d t o th e fe mi in e
v r n n .

I th e I p e s o
n P l u r a l th e S a n s k it s ma h (P k it a mb 6 )
r n r ra r
,

h a s b e en chan g ed to; s i (8 6) or s fi; in th e II p er s o n m a s c . th e
S a n s k rit fi
'

s th a h a s b e en rst ch an g ed to th a , th e n c e t o h a , an d
“

e lis io n o f h
’ ° ° ’
w ith th e to u .

I n H i n d us t a n i ,
P an j ab i
'

an d G u j ar a ti th e A o r is t is m a de
b t h a st r ti c i l e w i th o ut th e a dditi o n o f i n fl e xi o n a l
u
p y e p (
p a p
te r min a ti o n s , bu t in M a r a th i in fl exi o n a l t e r min ati o n s a r e a f xe d fi
t o th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e , a s in S in dhi T h e s a m e i s th e c a s e i n
’

.
_

B a n
g a i
,
b u l
t w i t h th i s d iffe ren c e
,
th a t it c a n fo r m a n A o r i s t

o f th e a c tiv e v o i c e n o t o n ly fr o m n e u te r v e r b s , b u t a l s o fr o m
a c tiv e v e r b s ; in th e g P
a s s i v e th o u h it mu s t h a v e r e c o u r s e t o a

com o s iti o n
p .

3) T h e Fu tu r e

i m pli e s Sin dh i n o t o n ly th e s en se o f futu r ity,

,

w hi c h in
but a sol of p o s s ib i l i ty u n c e r ta i n ty
,
i s fo rm e d ,

a ) In th e A c ti v e V o ic e, by a ffix n i g to ~ ~
the

p r e sen t p a r ti c i p l e th e sa m e in fle xio n a l ter m in a ti o n s

as to th e A o r i s t .

b) In Pa ssive
th e V o i c e, by _
a ffixi ng to
p
th e
nt r ti c i l e s i th e me in fiexi o n a l ter mi
p r e s e p a p p a s v e sa

n a ti o n s ,
as to th e p r e se n t p a r ti c ipl e of th e A c tiv e .

A nn o ta ti o n . T h e S in dhi h a s qu i t e l eft th e tr a c e s o f th e
P k ra r it in fo r mi n g th e F u tu r e d fa ll e n b a c k to a c o mp o siti o n , an

i n o r d e r to m a k e u p fo r th e l o st fu t u r e t e n s e I t h a s a p pr o a c h e d .

in thi s r e s p e c t a g a in n e a r er t o th e S a n skrit , w h i c h lik e w i s e fo r ms

th e I F u tu r e o f th e a c tiv e v o i c e b y a ffixin g th e in fl e xi o n a l t e r
min a ti o n s o f th e s u b sta n tiv e v er b a s , to b e , to th e p a rtic ip ia l n o u n
° ’

e n din i T h d d d ff ry r e a tl y
g n ta
( )
tr e m o e r n A. r i a n i i o m s i e r v e g
fr o m e a c h o th e r a s to th e m eth o d , in w hi c h th e y fo r m th e F utu r e .

T h e H i n d u s t an i an d a n j a bi P
e xp r e s s th e F u tu re b y m e an s

o f a c o m o u n d v e r b ; th e y a dd t o th e
p o t e n t i a l o f a v e r b th e P
p a s t p a r ti c i
p e
g a l (i n s te a d ,

of th e c o m mo n i
g )a ,
fr o m th e -
ro ot

g am
,
t o
g o ,
t h e g en d e r o f w h i c h mu s t a
g re e w ith
v

th e s ub e ct j
 2 92 S ECTI ON I II . T HE V E RB .

in q u e s ti o n T his i s p r o p e r ly a D e s i d e r a t i v e , a n d n o t a F u
.

tu r e ; b u t a lr e a dy in S a n s k rit th e D e s i d e r a t i v e i s n o w a n d
th en u se d in th e s en s e of a F u tu r e T h u s w e h a v e in H in dfi
I
.

s tani ka r ii n g a , m a s c -
. an d ka r fi n g i -
,
fe m . I sh a ll
do ,
lite r a lly
w ill d o o r
: m g o n e (L
I a f g a) , th a t I d o (L9 ) k a ru) , i e
s h a ll d o ; s im il a r ly in P a n j abi : k a r an a , m a s c k
; . .

I g a .

r an
g i ,
fem .

The G u j ar at i o n th e o th e r hand acce de s a

g a in mo re c lo

se ly to th e P ak r r it ; th e j
c o n u n c tiv e vo we l o f th e P ak r r it (i) h a s
b e en l en g th en e d in th e I p e r s o n S in g a n d . Pl ur . in o r d e r to

m ak e p f o r th e
u d o u bl e s s , w h i c h h a s b e e n re du c e d t o a s in g le
one (o f I n tr o d
. . as : la kh -
i s ,
I sh a ll w r it e , Pl ur . l a kh
i sfi ,
we sh a ll w r ite .

I n th e I I _
d I II p e r s o n S in g
an . an d Pl ur . th e c o n u n c tiv e
j
v o w el h as b e en dr o p p e d a l to g e th e r , as II p e r s . S in g . l a kh -
se ,

th o u w i t w r ite l e tc .

T h e F u tu r e o f th e M ar i s qu ite p e c u lia r , a n d , a s it
a th i

s e em s , m a de u
p fr o m th e diffe r e n t te r mi n a tio n s o f th e F u tu r e ,
u se d in P ak
r r it .

T h e te r min a ti o n of th e I p e r s o n S in g i n (an ) s e e m s t o .

h a v e a r i s en fo r m th e P r ak r it te r m in a ti o n h imi
(V a r a r V II ,
.

an d th a t o f th e I p er s o n Pl l ur a i,
l fr o m th e P ak r r it sisi

hi si ; L a s s e n , p th e na . fi l i ° ’
o f w h i c h h a s b e e n dr o p p e d
a n d in c o mp e n s a ti o n t h e r e o f m e di a l l e n g th en e d si s ; fin a l “
i
’

h a s b e e n h a r de n e d t o r a n d t h e n c e t o c l
° ’
T h e II p er s o n
’ ’
5 .

P lu r en ds in al w h ic h I w o u l d r efer to th e P r akr it te r mi
.
,

n a ti o n ssaha th e l a tter h a l f o f w h i c h (a h a ) s e e m s t o h a v e
-
,

b e e n dr o pp e d a n d th e c o nj u n c t s s r e du c e d t o b y l e n g th
° ’
, s

th e p r e c e din g (c o n j u n c ti e ) v o w el
°
a a in s e em s
’
e n in g as ; s g v

t o b e h a r de n e d t o r l A s imil a r p r o c e s s a pp e a r s in th e .

III p e r s S in g e n din i i l t h e P r ak r it t e r mi n a ti o n i s
.
g n .
,

s i di) ; th e in iti a l h h a s b e en el id e d a n d i d (i ) l e n g th
° ’
hi di ( 2

en e d t o i d fin a l d b ein g c h a g e d a t th e s a m e tim e (a s it
,
c ’
n

i s u s u a l in th e p a st p a r tic ip l e ) t o l T h e II I p e r s o n P l u r a l
” ’
.
,

e n din
g i n ti l i s qu it e
p pe r l e xi
g W e w o u l d r e fe r t o th e fa c t n .
,

th a t in P r ak rit h i t t h a i s a l s o u s e d in s te a d o f h i s s a (tth
—
ss ;

L a s s en 8 5 8 V V I I t h h t i t d t t h I
’

, p ; a r a r .
,
o u
g r e s r c e o e
p e r s
. .

P l u r a l ; I n M a r athi it a p p e a r s , th a t tth h a s a l s o b e e n u s ed i n
th e I II p e r s . P
l u r a l , s o th a t th e I II p er s l u r a l w o u l d p r o p e rly . P
te r min a te in h itth in ti ; o f th is in iti a l h i h a s be e n el i d e d a n d
th e as
p i ra te c o n u n ct j tt h re du c e d to tt t; n i s i n M a r athi
a lw a ys dr o p p e d in th e t e r min a ti o n of th e I II p er s . Pl u ra l and
 S ECTI ON III : T HE V E RB .

I
a
g ree w ith th e g e n de ro f th e sub e c t , j as :
,g
b
U
bke
J

w “ !
I g o ; fem .

(S g
e
U
I
D e
.
U7
I3I I g o .

T h e d e fi n i t e P r e s e n t w h i c h impli e s h a b i t
, ,

usa
g e or th a t an a c ti o n is s till g o m g o n a t th e ti m e , .

o f spea ki n g ,
i s fo r me d b y c o m p o u n di n
g th e p r e se n t
p a r

ti c ip le w ith th e Pr e s en t of th e a u xi li a r y v er b
U,
e h u an u ,

as
U
L
I
g
éI I a m w r itin g ,
or I a m u se d to

w r ite ; e ! he is i n th e h a b it of w e e p in g .

L5
.

In p o e tr y th e a u xili a r y v er b i s o fte n le ft o ut an d

th e p a r ti c i p l e u s e d b y i t s e l f ,
d e te r m i n e d by a n o un or

p r o n o u n as j
su b e c t .

A n n o ta ti o n . The P o te n tia l ,
w h i ch ,
as s ta te d l
a rea dy , re

p r e s e n ts th e o ld P r e s en t te n s e , i s no l o n g er c o n s i de r e d s u f fi c ie n t,

t o exp r e s s th e r e s en t b
y it P
s e f ; th e a u m e n t
g l th 6 is th e r efo r e
a d de d , t o r e n de r m or e
p r o min en t th e s e n s e of th e P r e sen t . T h is
au
g m e nt
5g ; th 6 is de r i v e d fr o m th e S a n s kr it a dj e c ti v e s th a

d th e en d of c o m p o u n ds a n d s ig n ifi e s s ta n di n g
( as u se at
)
as :
j g é
’

U
LLS i el I se e litte ra lly : s ta n di n g I s ee I am in
Ur
e
, ,

th e
, s ta te o f s e e i n
g .

I n H i n d ii s t a n i th a is u se d as an au
g m e n t fo r fo r m i n
g
th e I m p e r fe c t , w h e re a s th e co mm o n or i n de n ite fir e s e n t is P
e xp r es s e d by th e p r e s e n t p a rti c ip l e a lh ue
‘

,
a n d th e d e n ite fi
r e s en t P
b y th e a d diti o n o f th e a u xilia r y v e r b h 6 n a T h e s a m e is th e .

c a s e in a n j ab 1 , P
w ith th e o n ly differ e n ce , th a t th e S a n s k r it
s th a h a s b e e n a s s im il a t e d in a n j abi to s a In u j a r a ti th e P . G
i n d e fi n i t e re sent P
i s fo r m e d b y a ddin g th e a u xilia r y (d e
fe c tiv e) v e r b ch a u e t c , I a m e tc (d e r iv e d fr o m th e S a n s k . . .

s u bs ta n tiv e v e r b a s , t o b e ) t o th e o t e n ti a l , a s : h ii la k h u ch a u,
c ’
P
I w r ite , a n d th e d e fi n i t e r es en t b y j 6 1n 1n g th e r e s en t P P
o f th e a u xi l ia r y v er b h6 vfi , to be , to th e p r e s en t
p a r t c ip e , i l
as : h u la k h 6 h 6 ii (th em, I a m w r itin g .

T h e M a r a th i fo r ms th e c o m mo n o r i n d e n ite re s ent b
y fi P
a f xi nfi g th e i n fl e xi o n a l t e r m in a ti o n s o f th e S a n s k s u b s ta n ti v e v e r b .

b e , to th e p r e s e n t p a r tic ip l e , e n din o r i in a lly ) in ta,

’

(
c
a s , to
“

g g
w ith w hic h th e t er min a tio n s c o a l e s c e , a s t 6 , t6 s e tc B e s ide s
t h is t h e M a r athi u s e s th r e e o th e r c o m p o u n d fo r m s fo r t h e d e f i n i t e
‘

P r es en t, th e fi rs t o f wh ic h is c omp o u n d e d w ith th e p r e s e n t
 S ECTION III . T HE VE RB . 2 95

p p l
a r tic i
e e n din
g i n
°
a t
’
or
°
it
’
,
an d th e ir r e g u ar l fo r m o f th e
a u xil ia r y v e r b a s a n6
,
i
v z : ah 6 , as:mi lihi t ah 6 , I a m w ritin g ;
th e s ec o n d a dds th e a u xi li a r y v er b ah 6 e tc t o th e in de n ite . fi
P din g in t6 mi li h it6 ah 6 , I am
'

r e s en t en e tc , . as : w r itin g . B o th
th e s é fo r ms o f th e d e fi it P
n e r es en t , w ic h do not diffe r fr o m ea c h

o th er as t o th ei r
«
si
g n ifi ti
ca on , d e n o te an a c ti o n
g o in
g on or en

d u r in g at th e tim e _
of S p e a ki n
g . The th ir d fo r m a d ds to th e
p r e s e nt
p a r ti c i
p l e e n din
g in at
’
or it
’
,
th e re
g u arl P r es ent of

th e a u xilia r y v e rb a san e to be , i
v z : a sa t6 e tc . as : mi lihi t
as a t6 , I am in th e h a bit o f w r itin g ,
an d i mp li e s a h a b it,
c u sto m or d i s p o s i t i o n ; it ma y
n a tu r a l th e r e fo r e be t e r m e d
th e P
r e s en t H a b i t u a l T he B a n g al i . has , as n o ti c e d al

r e a dy , a s imple r es e n t, P
fo r m e d by a f fixi g n th e in fl e xio n a l
t e r min a ti o n s t o th e r o o t o f th e v e r b , a n d a d e fin i t e P r es en t
fo r m e d b y u n itin g th e a u xi lia r y v erb a hi
v

e ct . w ith th e p r e s en t
a r ti c i l e e n din i t th e in itia l a f w h i c h i s dr o p p e d th is
p p g 1 n e ,
o 1n

co mp o s iti o n , as : ami d e kh ite c hi , I a m s e e in g .

3) Th e H a b i tu a l A o r i s t ,

w h i c h im p li es ,
th a t an a ct o n i w as re
p e a te d i n p a s t tim e
or
_
w en t on at th e tim e i n di c a te d ,
is fo r m e d b y a d din g
to th e A o r i st th e in de c lin a bl e a u g m en t 6 g ) th 6 wh i c h “

m a y fo ll o w o r p r ec e d e i t a s th e a u g m en t o f th e P r e s e n t ; ,

e
g. :
L5 g
s
.

,
! 7
5> h e c ame
. . r e e a te dly)
( p e o r w a s c o m in
g ,
: .

Th i s te n s e i s qu ite p ec u li a r to th e S i n dh i ,
no an a

l o g y to it b ein g m et w ith in th e kin dr e d i di o m s . Th e

i n d e c li n a b l e a u g m e n t th e is a
pp a r e n t ly th e L0
I

ti v f th 6 , ig n ifies : w h ic h
“ ’
c a e o an d s in s ta n d i n g ,

a
g r ees we ll w ith th e im p o r t o f th i s te n s e .

4) Th e Imp e r fe c t ,

w h ic h d en o te s , t h a t an _
a ct o n i w as pr o g r e s s i n g or re

p e a te d at a p a r ti c u a r l tim e p a s t ,
i s fo r m ed by
"

.
.
a dd n g i
to th e p re s e n t p ar ti c i p le th e A o r is t o f th e a u xi li a r y v er b

ii)
’

h uan u as :
we e ei I was w a n d e r in g abo ut ;
,
,
‘

» e e ! I w a s b e in g dr iv e n o ut T h e Im p e r fe c t m a y
g y fl
u
}
.

be r e n der e d mo re e mp h a t c i by pr e misi n
g th e p a st p a r
296 S ECTION III . T HE V E RB .

/"
Li e lGJ w Liua e
O

ll th e y
O

tic ipl e
l

514 p 10 h
( a v in g fa e n ), as : G
7 , ,

w e r e in th e h a b i t o f s e ei n
g .

A n n o ta ti o n I n H i n d fi s t a n i th e I mp e r fe c t i s fo r m e d , a s
.

a l r e a dy a ll u d e d t o b ddi th a t th s t ti c i l e
, y a n
g o e
p r e e n
p a r
p ;
P
‘

th e s a m e i s th e c a s e i n a n j a bi
,
w h i c h a d d s s a ; t h e M a

r a th i j o in s th e A o r is t o f th e a uxil i a r y v erb a s a n 6 , viz

h 6 t 6 e tc t o th e p r e s e n t p a r ti c ip l e e n din g i n a t o r it
. The .

s a m e m e th o d i s k e t t o
p i n u j a r a ti a nd B an
g a l i ,
G i n th e

l a tter l a n g u a g e w ith th e s l ig h t diffe r en c e , th a t th e A o r ist o f th e

a ux il ia r y v er b ( v iz : é h ilam e tc .
) is l
c o a e s c in
g w ith th e p a r tic ip le
r e s en t
p .

5) T h e P e r fe c t ,

w h ic h i mpli e s an a ct o ni ,
th a t h a s b een co mpl eted i n
tim e p a s t , i s fo r m e d b y a dd n i g th e au x i li a r y v er b
U
Li g bi
ab iy a e tc . t o th e p a s t “
p a rt c i ip l e ,
as :
U i
L g BI I a m

g one , U ig
L i
s
5 4g
5 ; I h a v e b een i
s e z ed .

A n n o ta ti o n . A l l th e kin dr e d i dio m s fo r m th e P e r fe c t in th e
s a me w ay as th e S in dhi ,
by a ddin g th e P r es en t o f th e au x ili a r y
v er b to th e p a st p a r tic ip l e .

6) T h e P lu p e r fe c t ,

w hi c h impli e s a n a ct o ni th a t h as b e en l
c o m p e te d in
r e m o te
p a s t ti m e c hi e f ly in l
r e a ti o n to s o m e o th er tim e ,
e xp r e s se d or o nl y u n de r s t o o d , i s fo r m e d b y
- a dd n i g th e

A o r ist of th e a u xi lia r y v er b
U,
e h u a n u to th e p a st p a r

ti c ip l e ,
as :
v
.
5 9)
g i g s I h ad g one ;
wi se
L5 g
. ce o I had

b ee n e n ti c e d

A n n o ta t o n i . In H i n d u s t an i an d P O
a nj a bi th e Pl u
p e r fe c t

ti c ip le .I n M a r a t h i th e A o r is t h o t6 e tc . is j o in e d to th e p a s t
’

p a r ti c i l e
p an d s im il a r ly i n G u j ar ati h a t6 e tc . In B a n g a i l
(w h i c h mu st n o t r es o rt to a p a ssi v e c o n s tr u c ti o n in th e c ase o f
tr a n s i tiv e v er bs , as th e o th e r i di o m s ) th e A o r is t of th e au

xilia r y v er b, v iz : th i l a m
E e tc . is u n ite d wi h
t th e p a s t p a r ti c ip le
en din g in y a .
298 S ECTION III . T HE V ERB .

P re c a t i v e .

PL U R .

may st th o u b e . hu -
j o , _

m a y ye b e .

P a r ti c i p l e s .

1) Pr e s e n t p a r ti c ip l e : 5G3, si> . h 6 n d6 , b e1n g .

2) P a st p a r t c ip e i l h6 ,
hu6 ,
h a v in g b e en

Ver b a l n o u n .

5
a m hu -
an 6 ,
b e in g .

I . T H E P O TENTIA L .

1) THE S I MPLE P OTEN TI A L .

N
S I GU L A R .

I p er s .

U
L? L9
6 3 :
Uf a 6 6 hu -
a ,
h uj a, I ma y b e .

II p er s .

U
a fi
w ie
U7
3 t6 h u -
6 , h uj 6 , th o u m a ys t b e .

II I p e r s .

U
é 0
s
i si:
7
5> h 6 h u 6 ; h uj 6 , h e m a y b e
- -
.

PL U RA L .

I p er s
U7
§ e
U M ! a si h 6 h uj —6 we m ay b e
U7
. .
, , ,

II p e r s ! ah i h6 , hu h uj 6
o , yo u
e
w e 0 -

,
.
,

may b e .

? e i e
’

,
‘
I II p er s U " sa h 11 h u -
an e h i me , h uj -
a n e,
U, U ,
.
c c

th e y m a y b e .

I n th e I I p er s
‘
Sin g U s }
. .
( v
ak i é h u i , h uj i i s - -
e qu a lly
in u se . In p o e tr y w e m e e t i n th e I II p e r s o n S in g . fr e

q u en t ly e
5e h6 -
e ,
in ste a d of
6
5
55 h:u 6 -
.
 S EC TION III . THE VERB . 2 99

2 ) THE COM POU ND P OTENTI A L .

a ) T h e p r e se n t p a r t i c i p l e w i t h t h e P o t e n ti a l
M a y b e b e i ng
“ ’

U
L.» e tc . .

SI GULA N R
/
L
fi O
L” ) t£ 5
cu
b ” s
v C (g

h un do h u a, h uj a - -
. h 6 n di h u a, h uj 6 - -

II p er s .

h6 nd 6 hu -
6 ,
h uj -
6

e . h 6 n d1 h u 6 , h uj 6 - -

III p e r s . fi i n: Q i n;
G l
(g (S “g

h6 nd 6 h u 6 , h uj 6 -
. h 6 n d1 h u 6 , h uj 6 - -
.

P L U RA L .

U} ?
;
-

I p er s . 2
“97
9 3
b 6 n da h 6 , h uj 6 -
. h 6 n d i6 2
) h 6 , h uj 6 -
.

?
II p e r s .

5g 0 6
- 5
3
59
w g i n :

h 6 n d a h u 6 , h uj 6 . h 6 n di6 h u 6 -
,
h uj 6 -

111 p e r s 9 » s »
0 0
1
w a
,
.

h 6 n da h u an e ,
h uj ane . h 6 n di 6 h u a
an e ,
h uj -
ane .

b) T h e
p a st p a r tl c 1p l e w i th th e P o t e n ti a l
Lisib May h a ve been
‘°
e tc .

S IN U L A R G .

i si
5 5253 h u 6 h u 6 ti pi 555 h u 1 h u 6
‘
I p er s t
’

a ,.
U U
.

6
.

II p e r s . hue .

I II p er s
c
w
_ .

1 ) Th e a b s o u te l p er s o n a l p ro n o un s are l e ft o ut in th e fo ll o w in g

te ns e s , as th e y ma y b e e a si ly su
pp l i ed .

2 ) Th e P lu r al fe m h 6 n di6 ma y a so l be p r o n o un ce d

Uj é
i

y6
’

an d w r itten d éj flb b un d an d so a ll th e

p r es en t
p a r tic i
p l es in th e fe m . P lu ra l .
300 S EC TION III . T HE VE RB .

M e sa .

PL URA L .

I p er s U
)
» Lin; h u a h 6 » sa huy6 hu
U) Ur
. .

I I p er s . hu6 .
A
5; hu 6 .

I II p er s 193 h u an e h u a ne
0
. . .

II . T HE P R E SE N T .

1) THE INDEFIN ITE PRESEN T .

Th e P o t e n t i a l wi t h th 6 .

m
’
I
(
a .

SIN UL A R G .

1 p er s .

was. h u 6 th e .

6 6 3
v
163 h u é th i. , .

II p e r s h; h u 6 th 6 i n; h u 6 th
t
.

wi .

w
,
111 p er s .

s
i p» h u é th o . 15 h u 6 th i .

PL U RA L .

"
I p e r s Lg;
.

of
; h 6 th 6 .

II p er s Lés i sib h u 6 th 6 f6i: h u 6 thi6

) 5
. . .

II I p e r s Léb U m h u a n e th 6 fgs h 6 a n e th i6
“

I »:
Uj U
. . .

O ld Pr e s en t o f th e Sa n sk . su b s ta n ti v e v erb

m
“
I
’ ’
as to be . a .

SIN G . P L UR .

I p er s .

U
LZ QI 6 hi y6
U
II p er s .

W ! c M ! 6h 6, 6h i . 6 h iy 6 .

II I p er s .

U
s» ! 6h 6 .

wf ) Ug T6h i n e 6h i n e
s ,
.

T h i s fo r m i s co mm o n ly u sed in th e P r es en t ,
and

a lw a y s i n co mp o u n d ten s es , w h e r ea s U
LI SD h u é th 6 .

i s s e l do m to _ b e me t w i th , an d n ev er in a co mp o u n d
te n s e .
302 S ECTION III . THE V ERB .

11 p er s .

w as h6 nd 6 hu 6 . 655
19 2 1 5
6 5
7
5 h 6 n di

h6nd 6 116
2
III p er s 555
. .

h 6 n di h u i , h i

PL URA L .

b 6 n da h u asi h 6 n di6 h u y6 si
‘ '

. .

11 p er s .

b6 n da hua -
u ,
hu6 . h 6 n di6 huy6 .

i”
111 p er s 15>
.
,
f
L sé
b 6 n da h u a , h a . h 6 n di6 h u y6 .

IV . THE AO RI ST .

1) THE SI MPLE A ORI ST

&
.

p a s t p ar t i c i p l e w i t h t h e i n f l e xi o n a l
”
m in a ti o
’
1 was
< (
n s .
,
or: h a v e been

S INGU L A R .

M h u y a se -
.

2 i si
I I p er s U a i m h u e —
h u i 6, h u 1 e
§ > -

U
. . .

III p er s 3 h6
5 . .

PL URA L .

35 9

I p er s U M LI m
. h a S1
u -
.

fo r
e "
II p er s .
( 7
1 53

hua -
u , h u—
6 ,
h6 .

II I p er s L5
.
(
I
L 56 116 6 , h a .

I ) Or h u ié .
 S EC TION III . T HE VE RB . 303

In s te a d of
W LIE h u a si , -

Ur
i I
L sé h u a -
su ,
th e con

tr a c te d fo rm s
i

U a sB h 6 ,
-
si ,
h a su ,
are a so l in

u se . Th e i n fl exi o n a l te r mi n a ti o n s ar e now an d th en
d ro p p e d a lto g eth er ,
b u t in th i s c ase th e a b s o u te l p e r

so n a l p r o n o un mu st a lw a y s be p r e fi xe d , as :
5 35
0) . s
66 h 6 ,
I was etc .

2 ) THE HA BI TU A L A o msr '

.

Th e si mple A i s t w i th th é
’
'

o r
6 3 3 .

“ ’
I u se d to be .

SIN G UL A R .

M a sc . F em .

I p er s
3 3» h 6 s e th 6 3 hu ya s e th 6
3
5 5
L3
. .

6
.

e tc . e tc . e tc .

PL URAL .

L233 h u asi th é
0 3 )

I p er s 3 h u y6 si th 6
:

5
.

LS
3 U 2 M .

LS 3 W 7 2 3 .

e tc e tc . e tc .

v . PE RFE CT
not “1 “ 89
VI P L U PE RFE CT
:

V II . T H E FU T UR E .

T h e p r e s e n t p a r t i c i p l e w i t h t h e i n f l e xi o n a l
t e r m i n a ti o n s I sh a ll b e
“ ’
. .

G
S IN U LAR .

M asc .

I p er s W ei h 6 n du -s e mf é 1
o h6 n dia - s e )
u u
. . .

I II p er s . h6 nd 6 .

Ls éé ‘
é h 6 n di .

1 ) In s te a d of
w é a
j
p) h6 n dia - s e We fin d a so l 0
12 39 5
7
5
3 h 6 n di
3 04 S EC TION III . T HE V ERB .

PL U RA L .

M as c .

I p er s . h 6 n da S i -
.

II p er s h6 n di6
’

.
.

h 6 n da -
u ,
h6 nd 6 .

f
III p er s . b 6 n da .

Uj
c
pf i
b h 6 n di6 .

Th e co m p o u n d fu tu r e ten se s ~ ar e no t in u se .

A s fr o m a ll n e u te r v e r b s , so a so l fr o m th i s au x ilia r y
an imp e r s o n a l or p ass i v e fo r m ma y b e d e r i v e d, as :

III p er s . Sin g . P r e se n t h 6 ij e th 6 -
,
liter a lly
I

it i s b ee n ; III p er s . S in g . Futu r e : h 6 ih 6 , -
liter a lly
i t w ill b e b e en
fi
“h u a n u )
3

A n n o ta ti o n The ro o t st 11 6 (I nf 5) c o rr e sp o n ds
5
-
L97
. .

S a n sk i bh 6 b e c o me , w h i c h i s l
t o th e . ro o t
i ,
to a s s imi a te d in
Prak r it t o h 6 or h u v a ; th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e o f it is in P ak r r it
hu 6 or h6 6 , th en c e th e S in dhi h u 6 I n r e fe r e n c e . to th e
P o t e n ti a l b e k ep t in min d , th a t
h uj 6 e tc , . r ak r it
it i s t o “
P
u s e s a l r e a dy fo r th e r e s en t
(a n d F u tu r e
) s P
u c h fo r m s a s h o jj a
,
’

h o ua e tc w h ic h L a s s en d e riv e s fr o m th e S a n sk
. r e c a tiv e . P WQ,
(L a s s en , p ,

T h e r o o t h 6 is u s ed
_
in a ll th e kin dr e d i dio ms .

The o ld P r e s en t L5 T 6h iy6
5 I am , i s der iv e d fro m th e
U 3 ,

P r e s en t o f th e S a n s k . s u b s ta n tiv e v er b 3“
“
as
’
to b e , P ak r ri t

a mbi e tc . Th e M
fo r m o f it a p p r o a c h es v e r y c l o s e ly
ar a th i
to th a t o f th e S in dhi , a s : ah 6 e tc I n H i n d fi s t a n i (h 6 , h ai , .

h a i e tc ) in itia l a , w h i c h h a s b e e n l en g th en e d in S in dhi a n d
“ ’
.

M a r athi , h a s b e e n d r o pp e d ; th e s a m e is th e c a s e in a n j abi
,
P
a s h 6 , h a i , h a i e tc In u j a r a ti , w h e r e in itia l
.
“
a
’
h a s be en G
lik e w i s e th r o w n o ff , w e fin d th e fo r m s 6h a 6 ,
6h 6 , ch 6
’

e tc .
,

P ak fa
'
w hic h c o r r e sp o n d to th e r r it fo r m Ba a éé hi e tc .
(L a ss e n
,

p . 2 66 ,
I n B ang l
a i w e m e e t w ith th e s ti ll m o re p r imi
tiv e fo r m 6 61 6 e tc .
30 6 S EC TION III . T HE V ERB .

2 ) COMP OUND POTENTI A L .

a ) Th e p r ese nt p a r t i c i p l e w i th th e P o te n ti a l o f
3 5 3
M a y b e b e c o m1 n g
“
» h u an u
U,
. .

S IN UL A R G .

I p er s
U
2
L
. 53
L9
63 6 9 6 - 3
66

th i n d6 h u 6 . th i n di h u 6 .

II p e r s .

th i n d 6 h u 6 . th i n di h u 6 .

’ ’

111 p er s
D 9
in o ue ln 1 6 6
A
.

PL U RA L .

I p e r s U ?»
7
.

th i n d 6 h 6 . . th i n di6 h 6 .

II p e r s . 1413323 3 th i n d 6 h u 6 5533 U .

SM th i n di6 h u 6 .

£ 3 5
III p e r s U m:
.

thi n d 6 h u a n e . . th i n di6 h u a ne .

‘
b) T h e p a s t p a r t i c i pl e wi t h th e P o ten ti al o f
5
M a y h a v e be c o m e
2 )
“
h u an u
’
»
U5
.

SIN GUL AE:

M ace .

I per s .
I
(U 2
L 33
II p er s U 2 ?»
.

II I p er s . i st hu6
G U

PL U R A L .

3 fl 3 g
m
2 g

LI 3 3 th i a h u th i u h u
.

I p er s U »
3
1 5
, 03 U7
. . .

II p er s . hu6 . hu6 .

I II p er s
U
m
. h u an e .

U
m h u an e .

L; h u j éI
’

Or U etc .
 S EC TION III . T HE VERB . 30 7

1) THE PRESEN T INDEFIN I TE .

Th e P o t e nt i a l w i th
5
3 3 th 6 .

I bec o me
“ ’
’

G
S IN U L A R .

I p er s 53 5 U LA 3 5 th i6 th 6 LA 3 th i 6 th
° '

3 3 5
U
. .

i 3 th i6 th o -3 i 3 3 th i 6 th i
,3
5
U
2
3 3 U
2
.

15
.

III p e r s 3 3 th i 6 th 6 th i 6 th i
’

5
5. .

6 3 .

PL U R A L .

5 5
I p eI S L6 } ~
g 3

th l u th l u
0 .
'
3
L9
? U3 3
. .

III p er s L3
5
. I
U 3 5 th i
“

an e th a . I
U7 3
5
U
I
3 5
‘
th ia n e thi6 .

2 ) THE PR ESEN T DEFI N I TE .

p r e s e n t p a r t i c i p l e Wi t h U L2 5 7 6h iy6
3
“
I a m b ec o mi n g ’
. e tc .

G
S IN UL A R .

I p er s L235 1 511 212 3 3

U
.

th i n di 6 h 1y a . .

th i n d 6 6h 6 . th i n di 6 h 6 .

I II p er s . s» ) 6
35 !
U

th i n d6 fil l é . th i n di fih é .
3 08 S EC TION 111. T HE V ERB ‘
.

P LURA L .

M us e .

II p er s .

th i n d6 abi y6
. . th i n di6 abi y 6 .

2
III p er s .

th i n d6 . 6h in e . thi n di 6 6h i ne .

III . THE I M PE R FE C T ;

T h e p r e s e n t p a r t i c i p l e w i th h 6 se e tc .

I w a s beco min g
“ ’
e tc .

SIN G UL A R .

M asc .

th i n d 6 h 6 s e . th i n di h u ya se .

I I p ers ist 5 3
.

wa 2 5
3 5

”
th i n d6 h u 6 th i n di h u i a .

PL U RA L .

th i n d6 h u asi
. . th i n di 6 h u yu s1 .

(223 M
2
II p er s . : F

thi n d6 h ua u -
. th i n di 6 h u y 6 .

3 3 6

13 3 3
”
vf w
th i n d 6 h u a th i n di6 h u y6 .

2 ) Or
53 53 h uo
,
ho .
3 10 S ECTION III . T HE V ERB .

THE PE RFE CT
V . .

Th e p ast p a r ti c i
p l e W i t h t h e a u xi l i a r y U 23
L 5T6hi y 6 .

I h a ve b ec o me
“ ’
e tc .

S INGUL A R .

M a sc .

"

3 5 th i o ab iya .

u
2235 1 .

6 3 5
°

th i h y
I I p er s . 6h 6 . 6h 6 .

II I p e r s

PLURA L .

3 i
L2 35 th 1a
2

a bi yu g

U 7 23
5 1

II p er s . ab i 6 y . th i6 ab iy 6 .

II I p er s 5 l
’

6 h in e 6h i n e
U3
. . .

I THE PL U PERFE C T .

Th e p a st p a r t c i ip l e w i th th e A o rist u33 ,35 h 6 se e tc .

I had beco me
’
e tc .

SINGU L A RT
M asc .

‘
I per s . th i 6 h 6 se .
UM ”
Ls 3
. 5 th h y
II p e r s .

k3 2.233 :

hu6 . h ui a .

I II p er s .

P L U RA L

3 3 f>
p
- ”
13 3 3 6 45 L)

th i a h u asi . th i6 h u y6 si .

£ i
L23 3 th i6 h u a
5 3 3 3

II p er s th 1u h u yu
'
-
u 2 35 I
3 5
U7
.
Uj
. . .

III p e r s L233
3 ,

. hua . h u y6 .
 S ECTIO N III . T HE V ERB .
3 11

VII . TH E FU T URE .

1) THE SI MP LE 0 11 IN DEFINI TE FU TU RE .

p resen t p a r t i c i p l e w i th th e i n f l e xi o n a l
h all b ec o m e
“
t e r m i n a t i on s I
’
. s . e tc .

S IN UL A R G .

I p er s W .
M th i n du s e .

th i n d6
2
II p er s th i n di a )
32
5
3 2 2
3 5
k9
5 1
3 3 1 1 5
. . . . .

III p er s . th i n di .

PL U RAL .

I p er s . thi n d asi .

II p er s .

2 23
2
4 5 2 h —
t n da u
i .
3
) U7
5
9 . 32 33 th i n di6 .

5
I II p er s . th i n d6 .

2 ) COMP OU ND FU TURE TEN SES .

a ) T h e d e fi n i t e F u t u r e .

T h e p r e s e n t p a r ti c i p l e w i th th e Fu tu r e
U g h) ;
h 6 n du s e e tc .
“
I s h a ll be b ec o min g
’
e tc .

S IN G ULA R .

M asc .

I p er s .
u a wj é
th in d 6 h 6 n du s e . th i n di h un di a se .

5
I I p er s : 3 9 5 ”
5 2 2
3 5 4
-

l
0 7

thi n d 6 h 6 n d 6 . th in di h un di a .

III p er s é fi é 6 M
g
u
.

th i n d6 h 6 n d 6 . th i n di h un di .

1) o u ..5 a al y s
M a m e. th i n dyas e .

3) Or t hi n dc .
3 12 S ECTION III . T HE VE RB .

P LURA L .

o é
r

th i n d a b un dasi . th i n difi h un difisi .

9 5 3 11
MW
,

II p er s 4)
3 a
. .

th in d a h un da -
u . th i n dl u h un difi .

3 5
I II p er s . M i nes .

th i n d a h un d a . th i n difi h un difi .

I?) T h e p a st F u tu re .

T h e p a st p a r t i c i p l e W i t h t h e F u t u r e hundu se .

t
I s h a ll h ave -
b ec o me
.
’
e tc .

SIN UL A R G .

I p er s w a s
.

j
i fii -g a
sa

th i h undi a s e
“

e tc . e tc . e tc . e tc .

PL UR A L .

th i a b un das i t h ifi h un difisi
I '

. .

e tc . etc . e tc .
‘
e c t .

C h apter XV .

I n fl exi o n of th e r eg u ar l ver b .

I n fl exi o n of th e n e u te r or i ntr a n s i ti v e v erb .

All th e n e u ter v er b s en d i n th e I m p er ativ e i n

‘
’
u

th e p a r ti c i p l e p r e s en t in
'

4 8) an d in an d6
3 14 C O
SE TI N III . T HE V ERB .

I; T H E P O T E N TI AL .

T H E S IM PL E P O T E N T I A L
’

‘
I ma o
’
e tc
y g .

5
i
”

f 5 Q4 ”
3 3

I p er s
w
e .
\
au h al -
. . a si h a l ii -
.

tu h a
p e r s
wo t »
u}
: e
,
l sa
$
9 1 ah 1 h al 0

II I p er s .

2 ) COMP OU ND P OTEN TIA L .

t p a r t i c i p l e w i t h th P o t e n ti a l
"

r esen e
p
i
L st h ua e tc I ma y b e g
’
. o in g .

G
S IN UL A R .

M o se .

I pe rs u li é LE 5 1 b a l an di h u a
'

5 4 1 5
O
. .

h a lan do h u a .

h a l a n do h u e .

III p er s . i s;
(s

h a lan dc) h u e
"

PLURA L .

m
é f

” v
w f
b a la n da h fi . h a la n difi h fi .

a
m
i L

I I p er s ; 253 $54 15
3
D
u
5 uf e
b a l a n da h u 6 . h a la n difi h u 6 .

5 3 é
_

I II p er s
v
i . sa
w »
£ 3,
3 l

b a l a n d a h u an e . h ala n difi h u an e .
 S ECTI ON III . THE VERB . 3 15

b) T h e p a s t p a r t i c i p l e w i t h P o t en ti a l
“

th e Le t
I may h av e g
“ ’
o n e .

SIN GULA R .

M ose .

h ali o h u a .

v
lfsifi h ali h u a .

hu6 .

Th e P o t e n ti a l w ith th o .

“ ’
I g o etc .
3 16 S ECTION III . THE
‘

VERB .

2) THE P RESEN T D EFI NI TE .

T h e p r e s e n t p a r ti c i p l e w i th ;
L T ahi fi e tc
Q Q@ y \ . .

m g
“
I in g ’
a o e tc .

SIN GUL A R .

M asc .

I p er s .

j a il ?» u I
L QJ I 6 m
h a l a n do abi y a ba l a n di ahi yé
'

. .

II p e r s .

h a l a n dc) ah e b a l an di ah e
"

. .

III p er s .

S i ch lé h a la n dé ah e . b al a n di ah e .

PL U RA L .
‘

h a la n da ahi yfi . h a la n difi ab iyu .

I I p er s 45
3 .

g M l l s? a

h a l a n da ah iyo . h a lan difi ah iy o .

II I p er s .

b a la n da ah in e . h a l a n difi ahi n e .

II I . T HE I MPE RF E C T .

T h e p r e s e n t p a r ti c i p l e w i th sa h 6se e tc
Ly s .

“ ’
I was g o i n
g e tc .

SIN G UL A R .

M aso

h al a n dc) h 6 se
"

h al a di h u ya s e
n
. .

5
i st
II p er s .

m
h a la n do h u e . b a la n df h u i a

II I p er s z j m 05115 h a l a n do h 6
5
.
3 18 C
SE TION III . THE VERB .

PL U A L R .

M use .

V . THE PE RFE C T .

p as t p a r t i ci p l e w i th 9
“ ;
1 n ahiya

m g
“ ’ “ ’
I a o n e or h av e g one etc .

SINGULA R

‘
I p er s
54
5 55 h a l i c) aniya
wQ
L f I $ 5
3 h l i ab i y a
”

. . a .

I I p er s .
M l ahe ah e .

III p er s ‘
S
fi T ah e .

6
55
‘
PL U A L R .

I p er s a .

g o ? i
L l ?
» h a li aab iyu .

w ig s! i
w l e b a l iu ab iy u .

I I p er s . ah iy o .

III p er s . a hi n e 1 ah in e .

VI . TH E PL U PE RFE CT .

p a st p a r ti c i p l e w i th t h e A o r ist W5 »
“

’ “ ’
h ad g
“
I was g o n e or o n e e tc .

S IN GU L A R .

M e sa . F em .

I p er s . h ali o h 6 se .
M s» J o» ? h a li h u yase .

, g 15 5
II p er s ” fi m“
D
hu e
9
h u 1a
l
. .

w » .

III p er s g m
.
 SE TI N III C O . THE V ERB . 3 19

PL U RA L .

M as c .

h a li a h u asi h alifi h uyfisi

'

. .

£5
I I p ers
7
m i
L
. l ?» h a li a h u a -
u .

II I p e r s . 6 5> hu a .

V II . T HE FU T UR E .

1 ) THE SI MPLE or IN DEFI N I TE FUTURE;

T h e p r e s e n t p a r t i c i p l e w i th th e i n fl e xi o n a l
I sh all g
“ ’
te r m i n a tio n s . o e tc .

N
S I GU L A R .

M o se .

I p er s w . ifi l fi h a la n du -
se .
“ M IA EIPB b a l an dia -
se .
1
)
II p er s
v
g d fl fi h a la n d é
.
-
.

; fl é b a l a n di a ) -
.
2

II I p er s . h a l an do .
6 9 3 153 b a l a n di .

PL URA L .

11
w iw
f
f
o o

b a la n da g u m h a la n d l u
,
a g g

I p er s
.

flb s1
i SL
- -
o
v
. .

II p er s .
j mé h a la n da -
u .

wf di lé h a l a n difi .

33 15 b a la n d a
I II p er s $ . . h a la n dl u
'
.

2 ) COM POU N D FU TU R E TEN SES .

a ) T h e d efin ite Fu tu r e .

T h e p r e s e n t p a r t i c ip l e w i th Ly on s» h un du s e
’
.

h a l l b e g oi n g
“ ’
I s e tc .

SIN GU LA R .

-
0
’
3
I p er s w oh »
,
.

h a l an do h u n du s e b al a n di h u n dia se
' ‘

. .

1) O r h a la n diya s e , M m? » h a la n dya s e .

l
t

,
ba a n di -
e.
3 20 C O
SE TI N III . THE V ERB .

SIN GULA R
‘

M o se . F em

H P9 “
0 3 4 5
27
‘
h a la n d o h un d é . b a l a n di h un dia .

I II p e r s .

h a la n dc) h un do b a l a n di h un di
" '

. .

PL URA L .

I p er s . $5315
b a l a n d a h un d asi
‘
. h a l a n difi h un di fisi .

II p er s
fi h ’ s»
s
,

G m
b a l a n d a h un da -
u . h a la n difi h un difi .

b a l a n da hun da . h a la n di fi h un difi .

b) Th e Pa st Fu tu r e .

T h e p a s t p a r t i c i p l e w i th t h e F u t u r e w j dsj é
h un du s e .
“
I sh a ll h av e b
( ) g
e on e
’
e tc .

N
S I GULA R .

I p er s
9
4 . . 55s
.

h a li o h un du s e . h a li h un di a s e
~
.

? 5m: hun di a ‘
5. h a li
11 p er s .

wof o 5
$5
.

''

h a h c) h un d é .

5: h a li o h un do
s h un di
'

III p er s .

54
5 .
5 9 3
. .

PLURA L .

h a li a h un dasi h a li fi h fi n dl fi SI .

11 5 i
"
3 2

L9 34
”
w ”“
Pf
h a li a h f mda -
u . h a li fi h un di ii .

m
i
III p er s .

o f
h al i a h un da . h a lifi h andle .
 2 SEC TI ON III . T HE V ERB .

b
( ut en d n i g 1n th e Imp e r ati v e m w h ich ar e co n

s tr u ct e d in th e Pa st ten se s l ik e n eu te r v erb s ,
an d not
3
7> 9

p a ss i ve ly as
w g s1kh 1u s e I le a r n t (1 0 13 5 g Q

1
a 5
, ? }
.
,

1
fro m £351 3
. sikh an u , v . a .
,
to lea r n ; M M s iki us e , I

lo n g e d fo r , fro m si kan u ,
v a .to l o n g
.
,
fo r .

B ) I n fl e xi o n of th e tr a n s i ti v e v er b .

T h e i n fl e xi On of th e tr a n s i ti v e an d .
cau sa l ,
v er b

a
g r ee s on th e w h o le w ith th a t of th e n eu te r v e r b i n th e
P o t e n ti a l th e P r es e n t th e I m p e r f e c t an d the E u
mth
, ,

t u r e ; b u t it diffe r s fr o e in fie xi o n of th e n eu ter v er b

b y b e in g de s titu te of th e P a s t T e n s e s o f th e A c t i v e
V o i ce ,
w h i c h mu st b e c i r c u m s c r ib e d b
y th e p a s t t e n se s

of th e P a ssiv e Vo ic e , th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e o f tr a n s iti v e
v e rb s h avi n g a lw a y s a p a s s i v e s i g n i fic a ti o n T h e a
g e n t .

'

mu st th e r e fo r e in th e p a s t te n s e s b e p u t i n th e I n
s t r u m e n t a l , o r it m a y , if th a t b e a p r o n o u n , b e a ffixe d
‘

to th e p a st p a r ti c ip l e in th e s h a pe o f a S u f f i x I t is .

u n d e r sto o d , th a t th e p a st p a r ti c i p l e p a s s w e m u st a g r e e

w ith i ts sub s tan tiv e in g en der a n d nu mb er , a s w ell as

th e j
a d ec t v e i .

Fr o m ev e r y tr a n sitiv e ( and c a u sa l v er b an d
p a r t ly
l
a so a s n o ted a lr ea dy fr o m th e n e u ter v er b) a p a s s i v e
m
, ,

th e e m a y b e de r i v e d w h i c h i s r e g u l a r ly i n fl e c te d th r o u h
, g
a ll te n s es .

We e xh i bi t now th e in fie xi o n of tr a n sitiv e v er b,
’

in th e I mp e ra tiv e i n
c ’
en d n g i e .

1) A CTIVE VOI CE .

I n fi n i ti v e

a an u , to g 1v e
”
cha
U M ;
-
u
p .
 S ECTION III . THE VE RB . 3 23

I mp er a tiv e .

SI N G . PL UR .

II p er s 94 >. cha d -
e, g i v e u
p 5 4g
3. ; ch a d i 6 -
1
)
g i v e ye up .

Pre 0 a tiv e .

l
a é?
l- cha d 136
-
, p l e a se to

g iv e up .

P a r ti c i p l e s
1) P r e s en t p a r ti c iple : , @ ué ch a d i n d6 , g i v i n g
-
u
p .

2) Pa st p artic ipl e : 3394 ; ch a d i 6

—
,
h a v i n g b e e n g i v en u
p .

3) P a st j
c o n un c tiv e p ar ti c ip l es

‘x
‘
P fif
c h a d - 16
h a vi n g g iv en u
p .

I . T HE P O TE NTI A L .

1) T H E SI M P LE P O TEN T I A L .

I ma y g
’
(
iv e u
p etc .

S IN G . P LUR .

f.
I 34 8 c h a d 111
W 1 -
.

11 p ers .

M I ah i cha d i6-
.

5 h a ch a d e 94 5 d
‘

II I p er s -
0 4 3 0 h 11 c h a -
in e
3
)
7 ,
. . .

é ch a d y o ; th e fo r m 4g? ch a d eh b is l
‘
1) O d- » 5 in
s
a
5 a so us e
-
r - .

0
V
0 . I
324 S EC TION III . T HE VERB .

2 ) COMP OUN D P OTEN TI A L .

a ) T h e p r e s e n t p a r t i c i p l e w i th t h e P o te n ti a l u
I
L 5 .

t
I may be g 1V1n
g up
’
e tc .

G
SIN UL A R .

M us e . F em .

6 3

u
h ” us é m H-
s

‘
ch a di n d6 h u a ch a di n di h u a
'

. .

a
I I p er s
6 35 ”
7 Q
A
F ” as ? “
$ 6?
.

III p e r s .

£5
5 6
d M LX- 5
e
é h a di n d 6 h u e cha di n di h u 6
''

. .

PL URA L .

ch a di n d a h 6 . ch a di n difi h 6 .

II p er s 525
3 . $ 5 45 ;

é h a di n d a h u 6 cha di in difi h u 6
’

. .

m p er s
5
5

15 5 5 o
w w M ’
W
cha dm d a h u a n e . éh a di n difi hu an e .

T h e p a st p a r ti c ip l e , w ith th e II I p er s Sin g ul a r a n d .

Pl u r a l of th e P o ten ti al o f th e au xilia r y v er b ”
U7 ?

th e a
g en t be1n g p u t i n th e I n stru m enta l .

‘
By me tc may h ave b een g iv en
’
e . u p .

G
SIN UL A R
The ob ect
j being masc . The ob ect
j being fem .

, 3
D
” s ak e»
s
0 0 f w e

m 6 ch a di h u 6
’

i” I f) Ch a dI h u 6 .

as

C9 5 hun a
326 S ECTION III . T HE VERB .

THE PR ESEN T DEFINITE .

T h e p r e s e n t p a r t i c i p l e w i th u
t ab i y a etc
g
.

m g ivin g c
“
I
’
a u p et .

G
SIN UL A R .

M e sa .

d ‘
ch a i n d6 abl ya . ch a di n di ab iy a ..

II p e r s .

é h a din d6 ah 6 . ch a di n di ah 6 .

III p er s .

h
‘ ‘
ch a di n d6 ah e . éhad i n di a e .

PL U RA L .

cha di n d a a h iy 6 é h a di n difi ah iy6

'

. . .

II p er s .

cha di n da
'

ab i 6 y . é h a di n di fi a iy6
‘
h .

II I p er s .

ch a di n da ‘
ah in e .
‘
é h a di n difi ah in e .

I II . THE I M PE RFE C T

p r e s e n t p a r t i c i p l e w i th t h e Ao r ist ”
W 5
c 9 e 9
I g ave u p or . w as g 1V 1n
g u
p e tc .

G
SIN U L A R .

M us e F em .

o‘a
w ake ?
.

I p er s .
5M g
4 e? -
w e a
‘
6h a di n d 6 h 6 s e é h a di n di h u ya s e
’

. .

II Per s w 5 ) M ckez
t
.
.
” ‘ M

”
we S
9
Q
2

M HD
0

‘
ch a di n dc) h u 6 é h a di n di h u i a
“ ’ '

. .

III p er s 5
5 .

as ?
” S M ‘
f fi?-'

ch a di n d6 h 6 ch a di n di h u i
' '

. .
 S ECTI ON 111 . T HE V E RB . 32 7

PL URA L .

fi 9 9 11
9
9
z f ,

ch a di n da h u as i . ch a di n difi h u y fi si .

’
9 55 9 9 9 x
>

‘
é h a di n da h u a -
u ,
hu6 . ch a di n difi h u yfi
9 9 i »

‘
ch a di n d a h u a ha é h a di n difi h u y6
'

. .

I V T HE. A O RI S T .

1) T H E S I M PLE A OR I S T .

T h e p a s t p a rt i c i pl e (p a s s i v e) , w i t h t h e a
g en t
th e I n s t r u m e n t a l .

“
By me e tc . w a s
g iv en u
p
’
.

ob ect being masc

S IN U LA R G The ob ec t being fem
The j j
.

. .

9 v 2

mu
2

c h a di o » mu c h a di
v,
. .

77

3; 3. I 3 g v o
‘ v
mu mu
2

Lu k e»
.
2

c h a di a . c h a di u .

e tc . e tc . e tc .

THE HA BI TUA L A ORI ST .

Th e Si mple Ao rist w i th 3 th e
5
.

$
5
“
By me e tc . us e d to b e g iv en u p
’
.

‘
SIN U LA R G
The ob ect
j being masc .
.

The ob ect j being fem .

 S ECTI O N III . THE VE RB .

PL URA L .

The ob ect
j being masc: The ob ect j being fem .

ma é h a aia th e . m e é h a aifi th e .

e tc . e tc . e tc . e tc .

V . THE PE RFE CT .

Th e p a st p a r tic ip le ( p a ss v e i ) w ith 9 4 ah 6 an d !
d e
u )
(5

ah ne i ,
th e a
g en t b e in g p u t in th e I n s tr u m e n ta l .

By me
“ ’
. etc . h a s b een g iv en u p
‘

G
SIN U LA R .

The
f

ob ect
j being masc . The ob ect j being fem .

s f
” 4
5 6
£4
;
u)
”

m u ch a d16 ah 6 . m 6 ch a di ah 6 .

e tc . e tc . e tc . e tc .

5 ’
o o

mfi ch a dia ah in e . mu cha din ah in e .

e tc . e tc . etc e tc .

VI . T HE P L U PE RFE CT .

Th e p a st p ar ti c ip l e (
p a s s v e i ) w ith h6 , hu a e tc .

“
By me e tc . h a d b e en g iv en u p
’
.

G
S IN UL A R .

T he ob ect
j being masc . The ob ect j being fem .

‘9
5 54-6?
w ”
5 4” LS ‘
I w ”

m6 ch a di h u i
'

etc . e tc .

PL U RA L

m6
'

,
oba di a h u a . mu ch a di fi h u y6 .

e tc e tc e tc e tc
“

. . . .
3 30 S ECTION III . T HE V R E B .

PL U RAL .

0 5 0 9

cha a d h d i cha fii n di fi h un diu SL

'

i n é , un é s .

i f
0

‘
ch a ai n dé hun da cha ai n diii h un difi
“
’

,
-
, u . .

é h a amda é h a amd fi h u n dl u i
‘
hun de . .

b) T h e P a s t Fu t u r e .

p es t p a rt ci ip l e (p a ssive) Wi th
th e a g e n t b e in g p u t i n th e I n s tru m e n ta l
“
B y me e tc . w ill ha v e b e e n g i v en u p
’
.

SI GUL AN R .

The ob ect
j being masc . The ob ect
j being fem .

fi ch aaié h un dé mfi ch a ai hun di
'

In . .

e tc . e tc . e tc . e tc .

a 3 13 a .

mfi cha fli é , hun da ,. m fi é h a fiifi h un difi .

e tc . e tc . e tc . e tc .

2) P A S S IVE V O I CE .

I n fi n i t i v e .

—
ch ad
L1; -
an u ,
to b e g iv e n

Imper a tive .

SING . PL U R .

ha d ly e
II p er s
é é é cha a lJ u c
- - -
.

? , ,

b e g iven up . b e ye g i v e n up .
 SECTION II I . THE V ERB . 331

Pa rticiples .

Pr e sen t p a r tic ip le : fig mg c h a (Ii bo b ein g g i ven é ,

up .

P a s t p a r tic iple 55 mg c h a (Ii 6 ha vin g b e en g iven

: ; ,
up .

Fu tu r e p ar ti c ip le o r g er u n di ve c h a Ii n o : ( ,
to
b e g i v en u p .

Pa s t c o nj un c tive p a r tic ip les

I . T HE P O TE N TIA L .

1) TH E S I M P LE P O TEN T I A L .

I m ay b e g i ve n
c ’
u
p
SIN G . PL U R .

II p e r s .

II I p er s .

2) COMP OUN D POTEN TIA L .

a ) T h e p r e s en t p a r ti c ip l e w i th th e P o te n tia l
“
I may b e bein g g i v e n u p
’
e tc .

SI GUL A N R .

M e sa

fl
ch a (Ii b 6 h u a . c h a ( i biI hua .

‘
ch a (Iib 6 h u e ch a (Ii b1 h u e
'

. .

II I p e r s .

a?
”
7
: 4
n 6
m
Si m
cha( Ii b 0 hu e c h a (Ii b i h u e
''

. .

éh a di j i
‘

w g
'

1) Or a
e» .
3 32 S ECTION III . T HE V ERB .

P LU A L R .

M e sa .

%
,

3 é
I p er s .

u n
9b LQ >

ch a (Iib a h i .

9
II p er s .

ch a (Iib a h u 6 . ch a (Ii b ifi h u 6 .

III p e r s 0.
1 Siiéa
3 L 9 .

ch a (Iib a hu a n e . ch a (Iib iii h u an e .

b) T h e p a s t p ar ti c i p l e W ith th e Po t en tial

(
I may have been g iv en
’

u
p
’
e tc .

N
S I GU LA R .

M es a F em .

I p er s
u
I
L.9 : ni ck
fi y . ch a( Ii o h u a .

u
I
L 9:
6 ¢ G> cha( i I hua .

II p e r s v .63: hu e en im
d
. .

III p er s .

I uh u
fl
I p er s .

g93
. 9: Li me; ch a( Ii a h u g ” 9:
c
.
” : a g ?
cha( i .

II p er s fl ”. huo . h uo .

III p
er s .

v
i :
sa i hu a n e .

1) THE I NDEFIN I TE P R ESEN T .

Th e Po te n ti a l w i th 5g “ : ,
th e .

“
I a m gi ven u
p
’
e tc .

S IN GU L A R .

ch a (Iij a th o .
3 34 S ECTI ON III . T HE V ERB .

III THE I MPE RFE C T .

Th e pr es en t p a r tic ip l e w i th 99 h 6 s e
W5 .

I w a s b e i n g g i v e n u p e tc
“ ’
.

SINGUL A R .

M a sc .

‘
I
c h a ( i bo h 6 se . ch a (
Ii bi h u ya s e .

I I per s .

M mp
g i

ch a (Ii b o h u é . c h a (Ii b i hu i a .

I II p er s 5: : C
5 5 éL a
. . c ha( i bo I ho
ts
S
. A é
s
s
g x
flé c h a ( i bi I
i

PL U A L R .

m
I
UIS il
o “M

I p er s
O I/
:
. [E LL

ch a (Ii b a hu as 1 . cha( Iib iu h u yu si .

9 £6 9 I 9 9

II p er s 5i 9: ” . a : b a g;

I
c h a ( i ba hua -
u ,
ch a (Ii bifi h u yfi .

IE
II I p er s L : LS Lé>
.

Q
ch a (Iib a h u a . ch a (Iibifi h u yfi .

IV . THE A O RI ST .

1) T H E S I M P L E AORI ST .

p a r tic ip le w ith th e i n fl exio n a l t er min a tio n s .

“
I w a s g i v e n u p
’
e tc .

N
SI GUL AR .

M asc . F em .

I p er s .
Uj éé ; ch a ai u -
se .
1
) w k
ae ?
ch a (Ii a - s e .

«L
g
. » ch a( i - I é .

h a (Ii o Ch a aI
I II p e r s .

fig é é c . .

1 ) O r Qu a d-es ch a (Iyuse , M xé
e -»
. ét ya s e .
 SEC TION III . T HE V ERB . 3 35

PL U A L R .

M a sc .

II p er s
; é a ch a (Iya u
-
. b .

frxéé
II I p er s L . ch a (Ii a .

2 ) THE HA BI TUA L A ORI ST .

The Si mp le A o ri s t w i th Q " th e .

S I ‘
d to b e g i ve n
“ ”
I use u p e tc .

SI GU LAN R ‘

F em .

W 14 ? ch a (
Ii a se
5
‘
e tc . e tc . e tc .

V . TH E PERFE CT .

p a s t p a r ti c i p l e wi th L
L
w gJ I 5311157 5 .

“
I ha v e b een g iven u p
’
e tc .

N
SI GU L A R

‘
.

I Pe r s u
n -e l o er? " (s a
ke
-e

ch a (Ii o ah iy a ch a (Ii abiy a

"

. .

II p er s .

ch a (Ii ah é .

I II p er s .

6
9 ; g ig »
. ch a (Ii o ah e .

G
s ; 6 M? ch a (Ii h
PL U A L R .

ch a (Iia ahi yfi . ch a (Ii fi ah iy fi .

II p er s . Eg g ;

ch a (Ii a ahiyo ch a (IiiI ahiya

' ’

. .

II I p er s .

ch a (Ii a ahin e , ch a (Iifi ahin e ,

336 S ECTION III . T HE V ERB .

VI . THE PL UPE RFE C T .

T h e p a s t p a r ti c i p l e w i (
th h ose .

;
I h a d b e e n g i v e n up
“
e tc .

SINGUL A R .

a o
’
. z

w ” (s e w
ch a (Iio h 6 s e .

“ M
”
x
”
I I Per s we f é s:
w
e (s e e
. e s

e
ch a d1 6 h u e ch a (Ii hui a .

i n p er s 59 ch a (Ii o h o
IL ch a (Ii h
c

L
G
. .

PL U A L R
5 fl a 0

I p e r s U M LA SS b ike
. L .

ch a (Iifi h uyfisI .

th e
2
0 0

I I p ers .

7
A 9: }

ch a ( Ii a h u a w
u .

IP
II I p e r s L.: ig
L ga

hu yu
‘

cha (Ii a h u a . ch a (Ii fi .

V II . TH E FU T URE .

THE SI MPLE mTE

'

1) or i NDEPi FU TURE .

p r ese n t p ar ti c i p l e w ith th e in fl exi o n a l termi n a tio n s ;

b e g iv en
“ ’
I s ha ll u p e tc .

SIN GUL A R .

i 5§ é h a (Iibia
‘
I p er s .

w }? e ch a (Ii b u - s e .
w s e > .

ii p e r s . i
w ée e e ch a (Iib é -
.

v
i
t a e ; ch a dibi a -
.

Ii i p er s é h a aib o ee? ch a dibi

g
. .
.
 S ECTIO N III . T HE V ERB .

b) T h e Pa s t F u tu r e .

T h e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e w ith h un du s e .

“
I s ha l l ha v e b een g iven u
p
’
etc .

S ING L A RU .

F em .

ur
e
é e e
y
e-
(s e Ge

ch a di o h u n du s e . ch a di h un dia s e .

I
II p er s
v
g. fi j fi: 5346? -
wé f e ”
6 M ?

ch a (Ii o h un d é . ch a (Ii h un dia .

III p er s .

ch a (Ii o hun do . ch a (Ii h un di .

R
PL U A L .

o i o 9

ob a di a h un dasi ch a difi h un difisi .

é ’
9 i a fi é é.
e 0 9
, ’

II p er s . L Qe» u .

ch a (Ii a hun da é h a difi h un difi

'
-
u . .

i 0

III p e r s . CM ;
ch a difi h un difi .

C h a p t e r X VI .

C o m p o u n d v e r b s .

Th e Sin dh i p o s se s s e s a g r e a t fa c ility in g iving dif

\

fe r en t s h a do w s o f m e a n in g to a ver b b y c o mp o u n din g
“

i t w ith th er ver b
ano .

1 ) Th e m o st c o mm o n w a y o f c o m p o u n din g a v er b
w ith a n o th er i s to p u t th e p a s t co n j u n c ti v e p ar
 SECTION III . THE VERB . 3 39

ti c i p l e of th e a c tiv e or p a s si ve mo o d, e n din
g i n

i or 6 b e fo r e i t .
2
) Th e c o n s ru c t ti o n ver b thu s
of a

co m p o u n d e d d e p e n ds en tir ely on th e de fin it e v e r b n o t ,

in an y way on th e p a s t c o n un c j ti v e p ar ti c i p l e . In thi s
w ay are fo r m e d
a ) So -
c a ll e d I n t e n s i t i v e s , w hi c h i mp a r t to th e de
fin it e ve r b a p e c u l ia r si
g n ific a t o n i ,
ar i s mg o ut of th e
se n s e of th e p r e c e di n g p a s t j tive p a r ti c ip le
co n un c ,
as :

bi ; s
“

va thi v a fia nu ,
to t a k e o ff liter a lly : to , g o

h avi n g taken ; bi ; ma r i
“

s v a na n u ,
to b e d e a d , l it

bi ; 2; ca r h i
“

to g h a Vi n g di e d ; v a fia n u to a sce n d ,
o s
L5 “
9:
3 ,

li t . : to g o h a v in g a sc en de d ;
533i M : khu l i
p a v a nu
,
to

be o p en e d , fit : to fa ll h a v in g b e en o p en e d ; “33
4
LS ; j i

p a v an u ,
to b ec o me a live lit er a ll y :
,
to fa ll ha vi n g lived ;
va hi p a va n u ,
to p o u r d o w n ( a s r a in
) li t e r a ll y
to fa ll ha vi n g flo wn .

bg; 3
v a dh e V ij h a n u , to

cut do w n ,
fit : to thr o w h a vin g cu t ;
bi nl f
6 33
i . S6 r e

ka dh a nu , to p u ll o ut , fit : to p u ll h a vi n g m o ved ;
bi I oar h é an a n u ,
to han g u
p, fit : to b r in g

ha vin g c a u se d to a s c en d ; go
d 'fl"
?
l or h é ch a da n u ,

to flo a t o ff ( a ct ) ,
li t . : to g i v e up h a vin g flo a te d aw a y;
i
b g; 3
i: L
3 t ani 6 c hin a u n ,
to p l u c k o ut, fit : to p lu c k
o ut h a vi n g p u lle d ; bi : 6 3» m 6 ta -
e ni a n u t o b r in g
$ ,

b a c k , lit . : to ta ke a w a y h a vin g c a u se d to t
r e u rn ,
e tc . e tc .

I t i s to b e no t e d tha t , 6 3g! kha ni ,

th e p a s t c o n un c j ti v e
par t i c ip l e of
b i g! kh a n an u , to lift u
p, is u sed w ith a ll

1 ) T h e p a st c o n u n c tiv e
j a r tici l e e n din i n i o is a l s o o c c as i o n a lly
p p g
u se d t o m a ke u p a c o m o u n d v er b
p .

2 ) In p o e tr y th o u g h th e p a st j
c o n u n c t ve i a r ti ci l e ma y als o fo ll o w
p p
th e defin ite e rb v .
3 40 S ECTIO N HI . T HE VE RB .

so r s t of ver bs ,
to i n t en sify th ei r
g fi ti o n si ni ca ,
im

p ly i n
g , th a t the a c tio n is do ne fo r thw ith a s bi i l ,
.
i
g
i
G

kh a n i likh a n u , to s et to w r itin g ;
L33
;l L; f
Lsfie
'' kh a n i uj a

r an u ,
to s et to p o li s h , b§;
L 3 G
i
g ? kh an i va ai
j n u, to

i n str u men t) ; bi khani ‘

se t to p l ay (
a n s
9 3
i
v a fia n u ,
3 6
to be o ff .

I n th e sa m e w a y th e p a st co n un c j ti v e p ar tic ip le of

to fall , is pu t
''

g £33
:
p a v a n u ,
v1z : .
p ai
S5 2 or “
p e i ,

b e fo r e a ver b ,
to in t en sify its s i nific a ti o n
g ,
as
b i
gf (s f

p a i khi a n u , to eat on or u
p, lit er a lly : to eat
_ h a vi n
’

g
fa lle n upo n it . Th e au
g m en t
3g 3 th 6 of th e P r e s en t
ten s e i s dr o pp e d , w h en th e v er b is thu s co m p o u n de d
‘ ‘
wi th p a i or

‘
W h en h e L a ti f
’
was r o wn h e di e d A bd ul s
g u
p,
- -
.

T a ke th e a dvi c e o f th e p il o t s ,
th a t th o u ma y s t p as s

th e ful l t id e Sh Su r a g V . . .
,
7 .

T e a r s tr ic kl e ki n d h e ek
“

d o w n to th e o n e upo n th e c .

M aj . 459

In c ro ss m g th e o c ean th ey w er e fo r c i b ly c a r r i e d o ff .

Sh . S am I , 1 1. .

B r in g (a n d) fa s t e n thy o wn se lf i n th e mi dst of th e
fu rn a c e . Sh . J a m Ka l II I , 1 3
. . .
3 42 S ECTION III . THE V ERB .

c) T h e i dea of c o m p l e t i o n is e xp r e ss e d b y p u ttin g
If
a p a s t j
c o n un c ti v e p a r t i c ip l e b e fo r e th e ve rb s : m
0 ) ra

han u ,
to re m a in , (j g )
; v a th a n u ,
to ta ke , bi ; cu ka n u ,

to be at an en d ; i
tf f
n ibh a n u or
Cy}; n i ba n u ,
to b e

3 ? } b a s e ka r a n u , to l e a v e
e n de d ; si mil a r ly b efo r e
C
,
} U M

h a ve va thi h a ve
z z

o ff , to do n e , han a
'

as :
6
3
6 5 ra ,
to

ta ke n ;
I

m
1

m1 rah an u o ff ; i !
“

to be
gy ) ra , M E G l g

kh ae v a th a n u ,
to ha ve do n e ea tin g ; kar e cu
,
a a
ka n u h a ve
I

to do n e ;
; b a s e ka r a n u , to
v

ca1
, G) we
h a ve do n e sp e a kin g .

In o r de r to se e th o s e lig hten in g s he sat do w n .

A mu l u M an .
p . 146 .

r r u< i > t»
a )
e s
-
a
Th e Car a n ,
h a v in g s ungl th e harp upo n h is s h o u l de r ,

w en t i n th e ni
g ht . Sh . S6 r . II I , 5 .

W ho so e v er l o o k s u
p o n a w o ma n w ith h ea r t o f
a

fo rn ic a ti o n th a t,
one h as e ven th er ein c o mm i tt e d a l

r ea dy fo r n i c a ti o n w i th h er in h i s m in d . M a tth 5 , . 4 .

W ith h im fr ie n dship h a
s be en a l r e a dy m a d e M aj . . 19 6 .

h a vin g hea r d h is do c tr in e , b e c a m e t
a s o n is h e d M a tth
. . 7, 2 8 .
 S ECTION III . T HE V ERB . 3 43

d) D u r a ti o n or r e p e titio n is e xp r es se d by
p u ttin g b efo r e th e d e fin it e v er b th e p a s t co n un c j tive
p a r t i c i p l e e n di n
g i n i f) ,
to w hi c h a ls o th e e mp h a ti c 1
, z a

m ay b e a ffixe d a ls :
0 9 )
p a r h io
p a r h a nu to r ea d
,
7 ,

o ver a g a in ,
to ke e p
‘
on r e a di n
g .

a
I

R e a d o v er a
g a in th e l e sso n of thi s v er y p a i n . Sh .

J a m Ka l V , 3 1
. . .

E v en tha t th a t lett er,

I r ea d o ver and o ver a g a in

Sh . J a m Ka l V , 3 3. . .

ten sitive s
‘
2) A n o th er kin d of In is fo r me d b y
, a /
p u ttin g th e p a s t p a r ti c ipl e of
O)
?
p a v a nu ,
to fa ll , v iz

52 3 p ic , b e fo r e th e I m p e r a t i ve ,
P r es en t l
) or Imper
z

fe c t of d efin ite ve r b fiLfi 5

E
L i m m
"

a ,
as :
u
s 13
p c) a j a se
,

LI» pi a thia n e , i?» Li »

fi
en o j y h er ; M . th ey b ec o me L .

th ey w er e s ee 1n
g .

O I‘
LS L/
“

i;
“
“
“ o
u, y “

i f
W h en sh e c o mes to th e co uc h ,
th e n p u ll o ut h er
fe a th er s ; a f er w a r d s
t en o j y h er . A m u l u M an .
p . 14 7 .

In th a t (p a l a c e) sp a r ks are m a de like lig ht en in g s .

I bi d u p . 1 40 .

Ma n y of h 1s m 1r a c l e s th e o th er b o ys u se d to see .

A bd -
ul -
L a ti f ’
s life , p . 3 .

1 ) In th is ca s e th e au
g me nt th e is dr o p p e d as u n n e ce s s a r y .
3 44 S EC TI ON III . T HE V ERB .

3) Th e ide a of co n ti n u a ti o n is expr e s se d by

p u ttin g a p r e s e n t p a r ti c i p l e b efo r e t h e verb s r ah an u ,

m a in
to re an d
v . 3
5 v a ta n u ,
to g o a bo u t ,
as :
6 5
9

v en do r a hi h e c o n tin u es g o in g ; 3
; &
5 3 L
; 1
car i n dc)
'

)
,
6

v a te h e ke ep s o n g r a z in g
, .

C a z

He k ep t on tr a vell in g ln fa tig u e fr o m Eg yp t ( an d )
Syr ia . M aj . 3 57 .

I
O

Hi s fa th er Sh ah H a b ib con tin ued s e a rc hin g ( an d )

s ee k in g him . L ife of A bd -
uI -
L a ti f p 9 ,
. .

R ae
“

B ij a lu g r a z in th e h o r s es Sto r y of
“

o es on
g g .

D i acu , p . 2 .

“
ver b s m a y a lso be j o in e d by pu ttin g th e
4) T w o
In finitiv e o f a v er b in th e F o r m a t i v e c a s e b efo r e th e
I v
ver b s : v i i ! Ia g a n u v n to a p ply Q» ! a c an u to c o m e
f

,
. .
, , ,

I n th 1s w a y I n c ep t1 v e s
0

0 s
; v a n an u ,
to g o . so c a -
ll e d
9
I a 5 ,
T
fo r me d , f) to b e g m to
0

are as :
O . r u an a Ia g an u ,
cr y ;

II a
v m e to m;
z

l to
v

v a
w ; a sa n a a c an u ,
co ra
0 s
‘ ,
sa da n a v a na n u ,
to g o to ca ll .

Th e lig ht en in g s ha v e c o me to fla s h (to r a in ) ; th e

mo n so o n h a s a s c e n de d (h i s) c o u c h Sh S6 r I V 1 3 . . .
,
.

The n w hi l s t th e y w e n t to b u y , th e b r i de g r o o m ar
ri ve d . M a tth . 25 , IO .
3 46 SEC TI ON III . THE V ERB .

T o th e p a s t p ar tic ip le p a s sive e ven t wo s u f f i x e s

“

ma y a c c e de , th e fir s t expr e s sin g th e I n s t r u m e n t a l a n d
th e s e c o n d th e D a t i v e o r A c c u s a t i v e , a s w ill b e
s ho w n a f e r w a r ds
t .

T h e w a y , 111 w hic h th e s e v er a l s u ffixe s a r e a tt a c h e d

to th e i n fie x1 o n a l t er min a ti o n s o f th e ve r b , w il l b e b e st
s een fr o m th e fo llo w in g su r vey .

55 .

I . T h e p r o n o mi n al s u ffi xe s a tt a c h e d t o th e a u xili ar y

fi 2 5

1) Th e I mp er a ti ve .

Th e sa me as th e I I p er s . Sin g . an d Plu r . of th e
P o t e n ti a l .

Th e Pre c a tive .

SI N G . P L UR .

be to m e

III p er s .
4

h uj o -
se .

b e to h im . b e to hi m .

1; 3

b e to us . b e to us .

III p er s 0 L? . h uj a - -
ne . b uj o -
ne .

b e to them . b e to th e m .

In th e sa m e w a y th e s u ffixe s a re a tta c h e d to

w th ij a m e , b e c o me to me , w a s h es th lj
“

th i j u , as : a
- -

r
éi b e co m e to h im
’

-
se ,
.

Th en 1f th o s e are in fr o n t , be th o u in th ei r b ac k .

A mn lu Man .
p . 1 44 .
 S EC TION III . T HE V ERB . 3 47

2) T h e P o te n tia l L9
6 5) h u a, I m a y b e .

SIN GU L A R .

Suffixes of th e I per s . Suffixes of th e II pers Suffixes . of th e III per s .

I i a; h u fi e
L -
. h u a se -
.

II
I
h u g me -
;
M 53 hu é -
se .

i s; h u e m e 355535
0 hu e
w i sh h u e
” se
- -

I
. .

hfi -
e .

533 hu 6 m e )
1
h 6 se
u -

P5
-
. .

f 3

III
[5
5 4 9 3 hu a m m e -
.

as i” ) hu a n M A 93 h ua m -
se .

PL U A L R .

E
C

m
z

u
L h ua -
ne .

O A TS; IRI S

5
II I f hue u -
hue -
va
a si ” h u e -
ne
v,
. . .

—
h fi v a .

i y g
II huo ?) huo
uf fi p
sa -
u -
ne
u
. .

III
ufi é
‘ 13> 5 )
—
” hu a n e u .

75
m h u am -
va . hu a m -
ne .

1) Or 9 h o me , ho
P5 i
-
sb -
se .

2) Or hu an e i -
.

3) W h en a n a s a liz ed vo w el 5
() i fo llo w e d by de n ta l na s a l ,
“

s a

o f n a s a li sa tio n
th e s ig n (u i n A r a b ic c h a r a c te r s
) is g en er a lly dr o pp e d
9
’
z
‘
f p
’
z
as s u p er fl u o u s ; th us W 9: hu e ne , 1n ste a d of hu e -
ne
-
,
l I
0

h fi -n e , in s te a d of
v 9 . 9) hfi -
ne .
3 48 S ECTI ON II I . T HE V ERB .

In th e sa m e w a y th e s u ffixe s ar e a tta c he d to th e

P o ten tia l u LfG thi a I may b ec o m e a n d

-’ , ,
to th e In

d efini te P r es en t u
i
L é h u a th o a n d e
v x
5
-
thi a
th e , 13 5 h u e me th o , th o u art to m e
‘

e tc
1
as : 3
3
-

6 P
.

9 1>

Fin a ll y p u sh it o f , f le t s an y da m a g e b efall th e h ip
s

(
l it e r a ll y : l e s t a n y d a m a
g e b efa ll th ee as re g a r ds th e shi p ) .

Sh S u r ag
. . II I , 7 .

If my b r ea th m a y e xp ir e , yet ca r r y (my) c o rp e to th e
M a li r Sh U m M ar V , 1 4
“

. . . .

3 0 )

If th er e b e to thee l a khs o f sw e eth ea rt s ,

co mpa r e
none w i th P un h fi Sh Ma gs V 4 . . .
,

3) T h e Pr esen t £9 n abi y a .

SIN GUL A R .

Suffixes of th e I pers . Suffixe s (if th e II per s Suffixes . of th e HI per s .

M T éh é -
Se .

I II s —
’ ah e m e
r ?
.
3 50 S ECTION III . T HE V
‘

ERB .

W ith g ir l s h a ve
“

of my ag e I an a
pp o in tm e n t ,
t
a f er

r a in h a s fa ll en . Sh . U m M ar V , 2 1
. . .

I h a ve a s ec r e t ma tt er ,
co me n e ar ,
the n . I w ill tell
i
()t . Sh S 6 r
. . II , 2 2 .

h e b e c a m e g la d ; h e
"

Then h av 1n g h e a r d t h e l ess o n
h as n o o th e r w a n t M aj 1 8 9 . . .

a I I 3

If th o u ha st a de sir e in s e ein g ,
th e n lift no t thy
t
s ep fa r o ff Sh Ka l II 4
. . .
,
.
.

E xc e p t th e w o r sh ipp in g of th e L o r d a ll o th er thin g s ,

th e e lfishn e s s ig n o r a n t ! M en g h c) 4
'

ar e to se ,
o o ne .

W e h a ve n o ke dn ess in h ea r t ; tho se lia r s

\

w ic o ur

c a lu mn i at e M aj . . 2 55 .

~ l

W e h a ve no th in g to do w ith th o se t
s o n es , ,
bu t
is w ith th eir m a s t er L ife o f A bd ul L a ti f,
’

- -
o ur c o n c e rn .

p . 20 .

Y ou h a ve no t a st e of th e p a 1n ; now y o u la u g h Sh . .

S am II I , . E p il . 1 .
 S EC TION II I . THE V ERB . 351

N o w i c ke dn e ss is in th eir h ea r t ; th ey ha ve kn o w n
t
r e r ib u ti o n . M aj . 2 18 .

4) T h e r ist .

a ) T h e m a sc . fo r m

S IN GU L A R .

Suffix I per s . Suffix II per s . Suffix III pe

rs .

II I P5” h é m e — 11 6
p 6
'
P -
. . , . .

0 9 f

h u asfi -
se .

III h u a me 1
m —
hua e hua
M
P
) -
.
) fs .

UM » -
se .

P L UR A L .

3
L1
3 5 m h é s a va
.
-
. hi
w p : h os a n e -
.

fi sfi hué -
ne
v
.

‘
I II 1
v3 5
» . . ho -
su .

5 s ho -
va .

“fi
hést -
ne .

m m
6

03
; h u as a -
ne .

II I 0 m
3
a

mh
ri a
» u a sfi -
.

3m hua -
va .

M ~
hu a =
ne .

m
£ 3

1) In p o e tr y lo n g a 1s fr e qu en tly r e ta n e i d, as ; a
(
h u a -me ,
5 5 6 9

La st) h u a -e , U N L
A QD h u a -
se e tc .
 S ECTION III THE VERB
‘
352 . .

b) T h e f e m : f o r m l

u u
g é h u ya se .

SINGULA R .

Suffix I pers . Suffix II per s . Suffix III per s .

hu i sa -
se .

(I) II
M 5 huiya se -
.

h u iy a m e )
-
.
1

II I 15 h ya m e
u —
P
.

) o a

‘
h uyii sfi -
e .

h uyii -
m e .
“
i
ii: —
h uyft se
‘

—
O 3 9 ' 0 9

hu yu me .

W h uyii -
e .

w
I as h u yu 7s e .

P LU RAL .

33W si
> hu i s a v a
”n 5 h u Is a me -
.
-
.

a a

w i se hu l y a -
ne .

, a
m
f

m
oo

3
h u ya -
va .

m h u ya -
ne .

2 0 3 O 7 O 3

h u yfisfi -
va . h u y fisfi -l
ue .

O 9

h u yfi s fi
-
.

é
‘
hu hu
”

a I s n

h u yu -
su .

a 0 3 O n ,
”
m
M
- me
Or h ui é h u y é -me h a
'

M
W
‘
)
“

1 Sb - e M 7 u y
[
.
3 54 S ECTION III . THE V ERB .

SIN GUL AR o n T HE SUFFIX

Suffix H t Suffix III pet s
’

Suffix I per s . ers . .

th i asfi -
se .

R
P L U A L OF T HE SU FFI X .

thi os a v a -
. th io s a -
ne .

thi o -
su .

th i asfi - n e .

b) T h e f e mi n i n fo m w i g g th ia s e
‘
“

e r .

'
SIN GUL A R O F T HE S UFFIX .

Suffix l per s . Suffix11 per s . Suffix 111 pers .

EM
G th i sfi e -
.
MW
th i s a s e
-
.

2
72 I
I J
[
i g
s th1 a m e-
.

thiaru me ; U5
thl aru -s e But in th e I an d
r ul e s
s
a-
e a
? etc
-
as a “
[
. .
,

II p e r s . th e diminu tive a ffix is v

ne er a dded.
 S ECTI ON III . T HE V ERB .
3 55

N
SI GU LA R O F TH E SU FFI X .

Suffix I pers
’

. Suffix H pers . Suffix III per s .

3 o i o 0 5
3

R
P L U A L O F THE SU FFIX .

;w i a—
th s v a .

w w thi s a -
ne

i
Q G
J th 1a -
ne

3 o 13
>

5 9>
g al i
W h e n hi s fa th er h avi n g g one an d h e d (a fter
s ear c

h im) to o k an d br o u g ht hi m , th en h e was co min g fo r th .

Life of A bd -
u l- L a t1f p . 3 .

I , O /

A s mu c h as w as n ec e s s a r y to h i m, h e wa s t akin g
o ut o f tha t ves s el . Ib i d .
p . 21 .

i
1 ) O r w ith o u t th e fin a l n a sal : thiu-me
r g
u . ) .
35 6 ,
S ECTION III . T HE VE B R .

H ear in g this st o r y h er min d b e c a m e m a d . Maj 3 7 5

. ,

, 0 / r

W itho u t th em (i . e . re mo ve d fr o m them) a bu n dan t

p a i ns h a ve b efa ll en m e in th e f u r n a c e . M aj . 663
3

Ha v m g r em o ve d th e little da u g hter a n d ,

p l a c e d h er
i n th eir o w n h o u se th e y made h er r ead (i th ey in
'

, . e .

s t ru c t ed h e r ) L ife o f A b d ul L a ti f p 4 6
.
- -
,
. .

W h a t ev er p i ec es w er e re main in g them fr o m
to .

ea ti n g ,
t h e se th ey u s ed to p ut in th e h o le o f that ta
m a r i sh u l -L a ti f s li fe
’
tr ee .
“
A bd -
, p . -
23 .

5 ) T h e Fu t u r e .

Th e m a s c u lin e fo rm c k j sib h un du s e
g
a ) .

SINGUL A R OF THE SUFFIX

i
.

Suffix 1 per s .

. Suffix II pers . Suffix III per s .

h un dosa e -
.

h un du m e é)
'

a
, hun du -
se .

1) In p o e try fr e
_
qu ently A 35}; h fin do -me,
A XE; S h un da-me etc
2 ) O r g s dxgyé h un dé
i

.
3 58 S ECTION III . T HE VERB .

SIN GUL A R OF THE S UFFIX '

Suffix I pers . Suffix III per s .

‘
‘
o fi o y

hu n di a -
me ) .
1

O f O 3

h fi n dya m e lif mdya

?
-
) -
e .

o 5 a 3 o o f; o y

‘
0 , O 0 , O

o a ) o

h un dyfi m e -
. h fi n dyfi -
e .
—
h fm dy u s e .

R
PL U AL O F T HE SUFFI X .

O 0

h un di s a v a -
.

o a f o

h un di a -
ne .

O l 0

W
“

h u n dya -
va .

, o 9 0 33 0 )

h un difisfi h un difi sfi
’

-
va .
-
ne .

o i o 9

‘
h un di Ii -
sii .

o 51> o 7 z
? )
9

h ii n dyfi -
va .

O 3

fin q
‘
2 ) Th e al 1 (y) of h un di i s fr e u en tly dr o pp e d in p o etry ,

as , 33
V 7
}; h un da me , in s te a d
- of
(5 1 3
7
5
01 1 h un dya -me h
( undi a me
) -
.
 S ECTION III . THE VERB . 3 59

j é
fi

I n th e sa me way to h un du s e an d
as u qj
h un dia se th e s u ffixes ar e a lso a tta c h ed to th e Fu tu r e of

th e a c t1v e an d p a s si v e vo i c e a n d ,
c o n se qu en tly to th e

p r e se n t p ar ti c ip l e of b o th v o l e es .

Th e h ea d , 0 fr ien d , I h a ll g ive to th e e w ith

s
‘
l
sa u

ta ti o n as p r e sen t 0 b a r d ! Sh S6 r I II E pil
*

a ,
. .
,
.

The m er c i fu l o ne , h a v 1n g b es to w e d m er c y , w ill j o in
me -
w ith h im v Maj . 18 2 .

Thy
( ) swe e th ea rt will j o in th ee on th e H a bb , as a
‘

g u ide on th e W 335,» Sh Ma gs V 5 . .
, .

k tha t sha ll
‘

Wh a tever els e h e will as ,

b e g iv en to
h im . St o r y o f Rae D iaou , p . 7 .

I f l a z m es s w ill b e m a de , th en a so l d e a th w ill by
no m e a n s g iv e us up . Sin dhi Re a d . bo o k , p . 63 .

é /o /

Y w ill b e an g r y w i th m e an d tu r n m e o ut of
”

ou -

th e s er vic e . Sin dhi R ea d b o o k , p . . 51 .

3 fiw ’ o ,

Sis ter s , sa ys A bd -
u l- Lati f my ,
fr ien ds wil l re m e mb er
me . Sh . U m M ar I ,
. . E p il .
 0 S ECTION III . THE VERB .
.

th o u
x

0 11 w h o s e n o se s e es t th e n o s e r ing th a t o n e , ,

h a vin g :

r ec o
g n ise d , ta k e o ut, th en tha t o n e I sh a ll b e
to th e e . A m ulu M an .
p : 1 50 .

B e re
a dy
(a nd ) c a r e fu l ,
th e li g hte n in g w ill fla s h
u po n thee s u d de n ly . Sh . Su r ag V I .
,
5 .

So
i t i s g o o d , tha t w e h a v in g g o n e fa ll a mo n g s t
th em a n d w ith th e a s sisten c e o f e a c h o th er we ha ll b ea t
’

an d su b e c j t them . Sin dh1 R ea d . bo o k , p .

\
64 .

Th e n th ey w ill to h e r : ri n c e s s , la st n ig ht “

s ay 0 p
th o u h a ds t g o n e to an a mu sem en t . A mu l u Ma n .
p 1
. 4 5 .

56 .

II . Th e pro no mi n al s uffi xe s a t ta c h e d to th e r e g ul a r

v erb .

1) T h e I m p er a tive .

T
( h e sa m e as th e Po te n ti a l .
)

H a vin g co me h e sa id to (h is) mo th er : g i v e m e l ea v e
(an d ) p e r mi ss 1 o n .
'

M aj 7 7 . .

T h e p eo p l e
,
s a id to h is moth e r : a sk th o u th ys elfl
362 S ECTI ON III. THE VE RB .

W he n I dismis s t h e c o u r t , th eh kill h im . Sto ry of

R ae Diaé u , p . 4 .

2) Th e P o ten ti a l .

SI NGUL A R ’

O F THE S UFFI X .

S uffix 1 p er s . Suffix 11 pers . Suffix III pers .

é h a di é -
se .

é h a dé m e ch a dé
1
-
.
) -
se .

‘
cha dé me -
. ch a de i .
-

‘
2; z;

ch a difi ch a di ii
‘
-
e .
-
s e;

c ha di o me -
. ch a di é -
se .

ch adini me —
c h a din i 5h a din 1
’

-
. .
-
se .

PLU RA L O F T HE SU FI F x .

c adi é v a
h — . . ch adi a -
ne .

£ 0

So II
ch a dé -
né .

ch a de ch adé - n e
'

-
va .

1) Cr e
[
x
/m u
f 0
éh a d
iE
N

S-me , M ack-4 >

[ I 3 0
ch a (Ii me -
.
 S ECTI ON III . THE V ERB . 633

PLU A L O F T HE S UFFIX
R .

Suffix I per s . Suffix H per s .

é h a di fi -
va . é h a di fi -
ne .

é h a di é -
ne .

’
o o

ch a di n e fi -
. cha din i -
va . ch a di n i -
ne .

I n th e sa me w a y th e s u ffixe s a c c e d e to th e Po ten tia l

of th e p a ssive v o ic e T h e P o ten tia l a n d Pr e s en t o f th e
.

r e u lar
g p a ss i v e i s h o w e v er v e r y r a r e ly fo u n d w i th a

s u ffix m or e fr e qu en tly th a t o f in tr a n si tiv e ver bs i n th e

,

p a s s i v e fo r m a s :
5 —
6 3
, g g } ? g a di j fi
l e thé I
- m
'
ee t a e
-
,

In the I m p e r f e c t th e - s u ffixes a c ce de ,
as t t
s a ed

l
a r ead y ,
to th e a uxi l ia r y v e r b v 5
. 5» h 6 se .

L o rd , g i v e le a v e o f a b s en c e to th e p r in c e , th a t
h a vin g l a i d hi m a t th e fe et o f th e Fa qi r
‘
I ma y c o m e
’

'

A m u lu M an , p . 1 .

é ,

g
b O W A
P N L-w
u e ué
w ’
y fim

H a v in g g one s p ea k ,
0 g u es t tha t
,
I m a y g iv e th ee
th er e thi s h ea d . Sh . S6 r . I , 13 .

f I

E v en th o u m a in e s t m e i n th e hea r t ve n t o w a r ds
‘

re e
,
,

th ee (a r e my) eye s . M aj . 2 11 .
364 S ECTION HI . THE VE RB .

Then t h e m o th er in h
( )
e r w 1 s e
g i v es h er h er o wn

ad vic es . M aj . 2 88 .

W h a t e v e r ma y b e n e c e s s ar y to th e e ta ke tha t,
o ut

of thi s (v es s el) . L ife o f A b d u l L a ti f ,

p
- -
. 21 .

W h a t e v er h e m a y a sk y o u fo r , th at b ring an d g i v e

h im . A m u lu M ar i , p . 1 48
fi

O B r a h man i wo m
! b ec o me pi e c es o f
an fle sh ,
in o rder

tha t th e d og s o f Ké é m a y e a t th ee ! Sh . Ma sh I, 1 .

11 ,

O th e r ec o r d l
(p ) of ou r con ver sa tio n s kills
us . Sh M am . . R an ?) V , 1 0 .

Th o u g h th eir w o un ds fl o w , ye t d o th e y not the ir

S i g h div u l g e to th e p e o p l e . S h Ka l II , 2 3
. .

3) T h e p a s t p a r t i c i p l e .

(Th e 111 p e rs . of th e A or s it) .

T h e w a y , in w hi c h th e p r o n o min a l s u ffixe s a c c ede

to th e A o r i s t o f n e u t e r v e r b s , m a y b e x
s e en fr o m th e

p a r a di g m o f u M -J
G th i u se . I n th e A o ris t of th e p a ssi ve
vo ic e th e ly a tta c h e d to th e HI p e r s
s u ffixes ar e on .

Sin g a n d P lur o r to th e p a st p a r tic ip l e p a s si ve T h e

. . .

s u ffixe s thu s a tt a c h e d im p ly e ith er a D a tive A c c u sa

t i v e (th e obj e c t i n g en er a l) o r a n I n s t r u m e n t a l T h e .

s u ffixe s o f th e I a n d II p e r s o f th e Sin a n d Pl u r ma y
_g . . .

a t th e s a me t im e de n o t e th e o b j e c t o r th e a g e n t but
-

,
 66 SEC TION HI . THE VERB .

Th e fem. Sin g .
£5 565 5 cha df
‘
.

Suffix I pers . Suffix H pers . Suffix HI pers .

ob a di a —
me . ch a dya -
e .

é h a dié —fi

0 3 o‘ .

S in g . ‘

P éfi
b

ch a difi m e ) é h a dyu é h a di a
1 -
.
-
e .
-
i .

3 o i 1

ch a di n -
su . ch a difiy u -
.

A n o the r fr u it of this sw ee ne s s t was ver t by

“

ne e a en

me h a st se e n th a t hig h b an , o f k
.

Ha v mg co tho u x

wh i c h th o u h a st h ea r d w ith (thy) e a rs Sh fiS ur ag I]I , 9 . .

-
.

My
( ) fr i e n d h a s b een s ep a r a e d t by A

th e e Ca l c u l a t es
‘
S Or ath i Sh S 6 r I E pil
'

. .
,
. .

vW
i
L -
G ff S ui
P
31; l f
-
go Sf 5
M5? er e
13 -
W EL
L ;
;
553

By h er a s on w a s bo rn ,
to w ho m b y th e m th e
n a me Mi a G hul am Sh ah was g i v en A bd ul Iia ti f s 3
life
'

- -
.
,

p . 35 .

1) W ritten a n d p r o n o u nc ed fre q uen tly

F Qg
A - > . ch a din -me , with o u t

an in ter venin g n a sa l .
 SECTI ON IH . T HE V ERB . 367

Ha vin g dr un k a c u p ,
of l o ve we un der s o o d t e ver y
thin g Sh Kal II , E pil
. . . .

If by y ou th e B ar Oé , th e s w ee th ea r t ,
h a d b e en s een

w i th th e e ye s ,
as b y m e; Sh . Hu s X I , 1 . .

1 0

W a s n ever s en t b y th em to th e e ‘
an y m e ss a g e wi th
l o ve ? Maj 6 4 8 . .

W o ul d th a t I h ad not s uffer e d so mu c h a nxi e ty

th e m o u n t ain ee r Sh A bir i V, 17
'

ab o u t . .

E ven fr o m th e mi dst h e w a s c u t o ff by th ee ; th o u
di dst not ma k e o ne t
s ep . Sh Hus X
. .
,
27 .

—
,

w
, O

u
5 L;
@ W & M> f
é é fi j
i w
( f

I ha v e ne ver inf o r m e d m e ab o u t th e e nor re m em

b er e d th ee ,
0 _ fri en d ! M aj . 7 57 .

Wh at w an ts un c ti o n sh e d o es n o t a n o in t; h er b ea u ty
h a s b e en w a s te d b y g r i ef . Sh . U m M ar . . II I , 7 .

W e h av e n o t an y b r ead t a k en w i th th er efo r e he
’

‘
us ,

I li ke ly w o ul d no t h a ve b e en t
s o pp e d b y yo u ; yo u
a ll w o ul d h a ve s li de d do wn i
(n to th e ri ver) havin g taken
,

j ar s (to s wim u
p o n ) . Sh . Su h . I, 3 .
 S EC TION HI THE VERB
1

3 68 . .

Fo r th e sa ke of s e ei n g m y fr i en d I , a pp li ed littl e
p e e i
p gn s ,
i . e . I p e ep e d a li ttl e thr o u g h .
“

Sh Ka mbh
.
'

. II
E pil . 1 .

L e st so me say to m e : b y
“
th e e :
th e da u g hter s of th e
Th ar h a ve b e en p u t to s h a m e . Sh . Um . M ar II .
, 17 .

Th en ha vin g thr o wn (y o u r ) m o u th in to (you r ) s l e eves ,

y o u w o u l d h ave ma de w a ilin g s i n th e de s er t ; Sh Hu s . .

X II , 6 ~
.

S u ff i xes o f t h e III p e r s S i n g . . an d Plu r . d en o tin g

‘
t h e o bj e c t

um
%
N§s é b a dia —
se

é o a
“
5 _'

P lu r
. a

c h a di u n e c h a di a n e
c
v

96
- -
9 - 5
0
. . .

S in
g .
fi é é? Sh a di a -
se .

P lu r w ee s ch a dia
‘
.
-
ne .

O ne sa ys : a j i n n h a s fa ll en in to h i s b o dy, an o th er
ys : h is u nd er s a n din t h as tu r n e d r o und i
( he h as
“

e
sa g . .

M aj
i

b ec o me m a d) . . 40 .

‘
Y e s te r da y m et wi th us a K ap a r i ,
a m en di c an t b abu .

Sh Mam
. . R an O III , 4 .
3 70 SEC TION I H . THE V ERB :

me
‘

Th ey w en t h a vin g g i v e n u
p ; s Om e (w or d) h a s
fa llen u po n th eir g ll b aa
g . Sh M a sh
. . III ,
E p il .

é U ,~

w e ’E U M ”0 5 >
e
In th a t , w is e , as th e ad ic e s v ca m e to h er , sh e , h av 1n g
g o ne , a n s w er s h im . M aj . 42 4 .

By th e w m e no thin g w a s do n e to th em ; b yth e
ill -
la n g u a g e of th e r elea sed o n e t h ey w er e kill e d Sh . .

J a m Ka l IV ,
. .

At a w ee e ver y b o dy take s o ffenc e ; m

( y) fr i en d s

have ta ken o f en c e
f at m
( y) vi r t u e s . Sh A sa . I V, 2 4 .

By w ho m w er e en c h a n tm ent s made to th ee ? h o w w a st
-

th o u c o n fu s ed o c a m el ? ,

Up o n thy
( ) e y e s a r e h o o d s ; i n th e p l a i n thy
( ) fe e t w er e
g r a te d; Sh K a m b h II 3 9. .
,
.

Of l
s en der lo in , of s rait g ht n o se ,
their e ye s fill e d
w ith lam p b la c k-
. Sh . Sam I , 3 5 . .

b) T h e p a s t p a r t i c i p l e w i t h t w o su ffi x e s .

T o th e p a s t p a r tic ip l e p a ssive t w o s u ffixe s m a y b e

a tt a c h e d , th e firs t d en o tin t h t d th e l a tte r
g e a
g e n a n

th e ob j t (D a tiv e
ec -
A c c u s a ti v e ) , as
 S EC TION I II . THE VERB . 3 71

m
j g
fl

é h ad O m e
i 5 4 3 Q?
5 5
-
; »
S v7

th o u w a st g i
’

v en up by me s
'

,
liter a lly : by
”

m it w e as g i v e n

u
p i n ,
r e fe r e nc e to th ee .

xe s o f
5

To s u ffi th e II p e r s
’

. Sing . an d P lu r . no . fu r th er
su f fix is a dded ,
j o int s u ffixe s of thi k ind b ei n g m o s tly
fo u n d i n th e II I p er s . S in g an d P lu r .
, ve r y se ldo m in
th e I p er s S ing . . an d P lu r .

Th e su ffix u s e d fo r th e I p e r so n Si n g u l a r i s in this
c a se no t me, bu t m 5 (
t h e I n s t r u m e n t al of
U7
“ ! au ) ,

as
°
me
’
wo uld not be s ron
gt en o u
g h to s u pp o r t th e
fo ll o w in g su ffix . T h e I ns tru men ta l s u ffix o f th e II I p er s .

S in g u la r is ei the r c o n r a c ed t t w ith th e r d i
’

I p ec e n
g a

to 5 , or is t
r e ai n ed b efo r e a fo llo w in g s u ffix ; th e s u ffix

th e III k e ep s ‘
of P lu r a l l
i ts b f
”
.
p e rs o n
p a c e e o r e
'

an o th e r a c c e din
g s u ffix , bu t is fr e qu e n tly sh o r te n e d

.
No c h an g e of ,
g e n de r an d fn u m b er c an take p la c e
111 f
. th e ti c iple p a r j o i n e d by th e s u ffix Of th e
, wh e n
I II p e r so n S i n
g u l ar o r P l u r a l ; b u t w h e n t h e p a r ti c i p l e
‘
‘
is p r o v i de d w i th a s u ffi x o f th e I p e r s o n S i n
g u l a r

or Plu r a l it m u st a g r e e wi th its su bj e c t in g en der

,
'

an d nu mb er .

‘/ v vc h a di
/ mi
z

ha di o m a 1 ma
3

L
c c 1!
Q °

O a ck b
9
e e
E j c
A
- -
.1
eA .

6 ?
.

Su ffix c ha dio m a - -
se .
(j a i l ed-e ; cha dI m 5 -
se .

I p er s .

S in g . c h a dio - —
m5 v a .

3
3 19
46? c h a dI m5 v a
— -
.
 72 S ECTI ON HI . T HE V ERB .

Ma sc . a nd Fe m . Si n g . an d P lu r .

me
O fi ’
z
v
b gke;
ou
z

W b c}? c h a di a - i -
or a c h a di a -
me
r
.

0 £ 6 vo
GM
1

M
z

; c h a di a - 1 - s e or :
W LJ LLP b a di a - se .

fi g ‘/
la me;
z O wfl ’ I O o o
?

h t/LQA c h a di a - i c h a di a
v

i va or
f va
- -

fl g .

g 5
‘ v I
1
_'

S G -S
“

x
g

b
Q’

o b a di a i n e c h a di a n e
. O
V
- -
or
M
-
3
v S? .

A o ‘f 0

w
O
—
.I
g 0
2 ’

h a di o h a d1
V V
. 9
c -
su s e c -
su s e
Q
-
s
Up
. . .

I p er s .

/0 ’
v
P lu r
o o
2 2

. Ag ? c h a d 10 -
su v a -
.

fw g gé c h a d1 -
su v a -
.

vfl f
P
‘
H '
?
c
V

ha di o - —
SII n e .

c)
c ha di -
eu n e -
.

Ma sc . an d Fem . Si n g . and Plu r .

W e é h a di 5 fi - -
se
Su ffix y
.

II I p er s P l ur
. .

i f a I

— o g 9;

o b a di a u v a
v

d ea .
- -
.

35

g in g c h a di a u n e
v
- -

a ? .

0 5 fi 0 9 a
1) Or s h o rt e n e d : i n bég > é h a di I
e -fi- me and with e lis i o n of
F
i 6
. r.

th e fin a l n a s al : A U QQ> éh a dI a -
u- me
P
.
 C ON
SE T I III . THE VERB .

69 6 1
3 9
6
in )
)
ZXb 51>
)
xiié {
. n ew
7
95!

Ha vmg g i v e n al l this a s , a
g ift to th e Fa r he
t t
s a r ed them o ff . A mu l a M 5 n -
.
p . 1 40 .

They ,
h a vi n g p l a c e d th eir m b n e y i n
”

- depo sit wi th
O ld Wo m a n s a i d to h e r Sta c k s G r a m ’
1 35
“

an . .
p . .

H a vin g p r ep ar e d br e a d a n d b r o u g ht (it) , they pla c e d

it b efo r e h im A b d u l L a tIf s life , p 4 8
’
- -
. . .

4) T h e p a s t p ar t i ci p l e w it h th e au xi l i a r y
53 ! a he e tc .

$
1

(T h e P e r fe c t .
)
“

Th e s ngi le su f fixe s , b e th e y r e fe rri n

g to th e a
g en t
or th e o b ec j t ,
ar e j o i n ed to ah e an d bu t

c hi efly to th e fo r m ,
e l g a th a an d not t o th e

p a r ti c ip le i ts e l f .

mel
,

B u t to t h e fo r H a a th a do ubl e Su ffix may b e

a ,

j o in ed ,
th e fir s t i mp lyin g th e a en t a n
g d th e l a tt e r th e

w
f

o bj e c t I have ve n to the e lit er a lly

,
as :
g a l
5 3
§ g i ,

it h a s b e en g i v e n by me in r e fe r e n c e to th e e . Th e
s u ffix o f th e I II Sin g u la r a nd of th e I I
p .
er so n .
p e rso n

P lu r a l do e s n o t a d m it of a s ec o n d su ffix .

‘
Th e o rig in a l i of qflq a tth i an d
“
- r ea
pp ea rs a
g ai n

is le n g th e n ed at th e sa me ti m e ,
w h en fo llo w e d by a
do u b l e su ffix in th e II . an d I II p er s o n . Sin g u la r , to g iv e
a su
pp o rt to th e h e a vy j o in t su ffix .
 S ECTI ON HI . THE V ERB . 3 75

Sin g u la r an d P lu r a l .

é h a di f) a th I -
m5 -
e .

é ha di 5 a th I -
m5 -
se .

‘
I p er s Si n g
'

h di atM m 5
. .

c a - -
va .

é h a difi a thi m5 - -
ne .

a th e i - -
me .

—
a th é I -
se
Su ffix .

II p er s S in
g a th e i
.

7)
- -
su .

a th é -
I -
ne .

a th -
Ii e -
.

a th -
ii -
se .

I p er s . P lu r .

a th a -
ni -
me .

a tha -
ne -
I .

a tha -
ni se -
.

III p er s . Plur .

a tha -
n e- ii .

a th a - —
ni va .

a tha -
ni na -
.
 . 76 S EC TI ON IH . THE V ERB .

In a dre a m I ha ve s u ffer e d ma n y thin g s fo r h is

ke M atth 2 7 ,
"

sa . . 19 .

H e h a s p l a c e d h i s n ec k u p o n th e
“
'
kn ee Of Hu sin e ,
th e fa ir y qu e e n A m u lu Man p 1 5 2
“

. . .

Then h a vin g dr i e d th e ha ir s th o u h a s t as ke d fo r
c o l the s . I b id p . . 14 6 .

Th e li o n s a w a ke n e d h im (
say i n ):
g th e fa i r i e s h a ve
co m e to t he e . I bi d p . .

5) T h e p as t p a r tic ip l e w i t h th e au xi l i a r y » e tc
5 .

T
( h P l u p e r fe c t )
e .

Th e
g l e s in s u ffixe s are j o ine d to hé e tc .
,

w hic h s e e Thu s . . i n th e III p e r s o n Sin g u la r a n d P lu r a l

th e in s tr u m e n t a l s u ffix i an d u is a lso a tt ac h ed to

i sfise
’

e tc 3 9 -65 é h a di O h u 5 b y hi m i t
w
'
as :
5 9: .
, 5
)

xs l si: i fi éXé
9

h a d b e en g iv , vj
en up A é h a di O h u 5 5 , -
by
, th em i t h a d b een g iven up

B u t to 5» hi e tc a do u b le s u ffix m ay l a so be
5 .

a tta c h e d ,
th e fir s t d e n o tin g th e a
g en t and th e la tter < th e

o bj e c t , as é h a di c) hé m 5— th o u ha ds t
“

: - e,

b e e n g iv e n u p b y
,
me , lit er a lly : it h a d b e en g ive n u p
b y me i n r e fe r e n c e to the e The s e . d o ub l e Su ffixe s h o w e ve r
of in th e II p e r s o n S in g u l a r an d
”

are rare o c c u r en c e ;
P lu r a l th ey are not in u se .

3 ‘
;
’

f
, 3 6 ’

1) In s te a d of
v é bL
g A SD h u a- I an d
uj
aé ixsb h u a-ii th e c o n tr a c te d

é
53 s
‘
LQ ro m
0

for ms “
. ha I -
and
wy AQ ha fi-
(
f
5 ) se ar e a ls o in use .
3 78 S EC TION HI . THE VERB ~
.

Masc . an d Fem . Sin g . an d Plu r .

Py
i I
L i (
a
5 g
3 s:
1
1 ; é h a dié h u 5 fi- m e -
.

Plur
‘
p e rs . .

hu5 5 - -
va .

Su ffix

ch a dia h u a m 5 cha di i h fi m 5
'
- -
e . f u
y .
- -
e .

etc . e tc . e tc . xe tc .

Su ffix

é h a dia h u a s fi é h a difi
‘
h u yu
'
- -
e .
-
us e -
.

e tc . e tc . etc . e tc .

n o f th e p o tt e r! w m a de
”

0 so
i th me th o u h a d s t a

t er m of tw o m o n th s . Sto r y of R ae D i acu , p . 5 .

G ive us th a t lett er ,
w hi c h tho u ha ds t p r o mi s ed . A bd
u l — a tIf s
L life
’
, p .

p . 9
I 9
A

He lo o ke d to w a r ds th a t s er va n t ,
w ho m h e h a d in
t
s ruc ed t b efo r eh a n d I b id p . . . 9 .

fi 3

1) Or sh o r te n e d h s!) hua me , d W i th i i
el s o n th e fin a l
F of
u c -
u- ~a n

é £
lm h u5 u me
3

n a sa l of th e fir s t s u ffix: a - -
e tc
P
.
,
 S ECTI ON IH . THE V ERB . 379

/0 ’

By r ea s o n o f tha t w o r d , w hi c h th e Fa F h a d sp o ken
to y o u ,
h e h as not co me him self . A bd -
ul L a tif
-
’
s life ,

49 .

Tha t n o serin g ,
as it h a d b ee n s a id to h im b y th e
”

fa ir y , h e thr ew i n to th e j ar of th e l v
s a e
g i rl A m u lu
.

M an .
, p . 1 50 .

W ha t ro ya l w o r d h a d b e en s po ke n by th e m . I bi d .

p . 14 3 .

6) T h e F u t ur e .

A
( c tive a n d p as si ve vo i c e .
)
Se e th e p a r a dig m of
u w xj j fi h fi n du s e
é
g
.
3 80 SECTI ON I V . A D VERB S , O
P STP SITI O ONS

S E C TI ON IV .

A DVERBS , POSTPOSITIONS , CONJUNCTIONS

"

‘
A ND INTERJEOTIONS .

C h a p ter XVIII .

A dv erbs .

57 .

Th e Sin t h as on ly a limite d nu mb er o f o r ig in a l

ad v er b s ) ?
A dve r b s are no t der ived fro m adje c tive s by
an y c ha n g e of th e a d ec j tiva l t er min a tion , lent th e a d
(

j e c tiv e as su c h (in th e m a s c . Sin g ) . is ei ther u s ed in an

adv er b i a l s en s e , or th e ad ec j tiv e ,
a
g r e e in
g in
g e n d er a nd

nu m b e r w ith th e su b e c j t r efer r e d to ,
i s e mp l o y e d , w h er e
w e w o u ld
. u se a n ad v er b as a co mp leme n t to th e ve r b ,
as

A , / ”

e w e e p s mu c h : ?
l

" r h
n ?
9 A 3 A “ p

h re g
»
f t L5
1 5) ,
i .

s
a
L5 )
he ea s t on ly b r ea d .

A nu t tiv e s a r e a t th e s a m e ti me
m b er of sub s a n

a l s o u s e d a dv e r b i a lly
. e ith e r in th e N o m i n a tiv e th e In
,

s tr u m e n ta l th e L o c a tive o r th e A bla tiv e c a s e s im il a r ly

, ,

s o m e a dj e c t i v e s in th e L o ca tiv e a n d A b l a ti v e h a ve r e
c e iv e d a n a dv er b i a l s i g n ific a ti o n .

1 ) A dv er bs b o rr o w e d fr o m th e A r a bic or P e r s ia n are h er e o nl
y
so fa r ta ke n in to c o n si de r a ti o n ,
as th e y are co mmo n ly u se d in
Sin dhi .
3 82 E
S CTI ON IV . A D VERB S ,
O
P STP SITI O ONS

c l? g a du , t o g e th er . n ika n i , th o r o u g hly ;
lu r a ,
t
s rai
g ht w ho ll y .

fo r w a r d ; i n s ta n tly ne th e fin a lly at l a st
G M ;
.
. . ; , .

ma s
“
ff g
,
v é ta r e , ver y tly
“

g r ea .

L
M m a sa
U ,

6
5
5” now ; im
Lm b m e dl a tely
fi
an e -
1,
(s fi
.
<
3,
W m u ftu g ra ui o u s
t t ly .

—
9 ,

( ) h ar ubh a r fi , t ly
’

p e rs
p
c er a i n
h
a
g p
a .

not f
3 na
, .

.
,
.

N UD hi a r a now
a ) ,
. .

n i p a tu v er y ; ex
hun da p o ssib ly ; ,
c e e din g ly.
r ha s
p e p .

u } ni u t ,

mo e up; ni u t p ra u t
r , ,

11 1 0 11 7 Wi th a w ellc o me
till fu r th er
.

3: ”

l
0

bi cLx fi
’

A .) u
6 o Ls

I am v er y l o n g in g as w e ll a f er t th e s p i n n in
g p l a c e

as a f ert th e co un r t y . Sh . U m M ar : . II , 1 .

‘
A s y e t th o u a rt 1
g n o r an t ,
tho u ta k t es no no ti c e of

th e fu r n a c e . Sh . J am . Ka l TH , 1 1
. .

t h ed (it) qui c kly

‘
Hav m g sn a c sh e r o s e a n d fl ew awa y .

A mul a M a n .
p . 14 7 .

Th e t
r e u r n in
g of h im , w h o fa lls i n t o th e fa c e of

Mfi m a l a ,
is e ffe c e d t w ith diffic u lty . Sh Mum Ran o. .

In , 5 .
 CONJU NCTIONS A ND I T N ERJ ECTIONS . 3 83

G
ig 3
“

/ W A S ?” sfi )
fi ' ” Qt
-“
ate
M .

At leng th the kin g ,

s ittl n
g an d
( ) si ttin g ,
b e co m es
A mu lu M an
)

d is sa ti sfie d .
p . 14 3 .

‘
If tho u h a vin g Kan z th e Qu dfi r i , th e
r ea d th e ,

Kafia u n d er s ta n de st th em a ll ,

It i s as if a la m e a n t w hic h h a s fallen i n to a w e ll , ,

c o n t emp l a t e s th e s ky Sh J a m Ka l V 4 . . . .
,
.

z I

P er ha p s I ha v e b e en fo r g o tten fr o m th e m in d of

th e b elo v e d . M aj 5 0 7
. .

In s milin g th ey (i e th e t e eth) a r e
. . a p p ar en t , as if
th e su n fl o We r s w o u l d la u g h M aj 5 5 . . .

a s?
! 65 w ; e (u s e

‘
Th o u a rt w el c o m e , tho u art w e lco m e ! A m u lu
M an p 14 1 . . .

II . P e c ul i a r use o f A dj e c ti v e s .

Th e fo llo w in g j tive s
th e r u s e d a s
a d ec ma y b e ei

( in d e c l ) a d v e r b s o r th ey m a y a r ee w ith th e1r su bj ec t
g
i n g en d er a n d n u mb e r e v en in su c h c o n str u c ti o n s w h er e ,

in E ng li sh a n a dver b Wo u ld b e u s e d .

1 ) Gr amma tic a l tr eatis e s in A r a bic .

2) is s u b s ta n tiv e ,
a fter w h ich ka r e is to b e s u p p lie d ;

i . e. h a v1n g ma de a fa v o u r th o u a rt co me = th o u a rt w el c o me !
3 84 S ECTION IV . A DVERBS ,
P O STP O SITIONS

5 7 ado
0 o p p o si e t ; 1n fr o n t .

o citoly , u n e x ec e d
p t ; u n exp e c e d t ; su dde n ly ; by

c ha n c e .

n ea r .

l a v el o , o ut o f
“

tim e ; la t e .

c au dh ar i ,
r o un d a bo u t .

o le da dh o , h ar d , in ten s e ; ver y muc h .

sa j h u ru e ar ly .

sa mu h f) , i n fr o n t .

s a v ar é ,
ea r ly ; at a n ea r ly h o u r .

sa v er o ,

s udh o acco mp a n i e d l by ; a ong

th e I n str u m e n ta l) .

m a h a n diy 5 in fr o n t ; b e fo r e .

vé j h é ,

n ea r
°

l
c o se to
h 1r o d 1m
.

s v ej ,

I n th e sa m e w a y th e A d j e c tiv e s ,
im p lyin g t im e or

p l a c e ,
d er i v e d fr o m ad v er b s b y t he ,
a ffixe s ah 6 or

ar e ar e ei th er u se d a dv e r b i a lly or th ey ma y a g r ee

wi th th eir j t
s ub e c in g e n de r an d nu mb e r , as
38 6 S EC TI ON IV , . A DV ERB S , O
P STP SITI O ON S ,

B y c h an c e one m o u se ma de a ho le i n th e v i c ini ty
of th a t g a r n er . Sin dhi Re a d B o o k .
, p . 54 .

Thy
( ) fr i en ds h a ve d e pa r t e d ea r ly lo o k th o u
, ,
-
0 l o st
—
o n e ! to d a y . Sh . Sam H , E pil 2 . . .

Th en h is mo th er ha vi n g s h e d t ear s (a n d) havi n g ,
-

wep t ver y mu c h r etur n ed M aj 19 9 ,

. . .

of the
“

Th en th er e is so me v ery a n c i en t g e n er o s it y
E g yptian s M aj . . 1 35 .

J o in in g th e L am w ith th e A lif th ey w r it e nic ely

lett ers . M aj . 1 44 .

If th e y h a d p er fo r me d the a dvi c e , th e y w o u l d h a ve
quic k ly b e c o me w h o l e Sh J a m Kal II , 2 . . . . .

H ot w in ds bl o w , t h e da y s ar e e xc e s si e v ly h ot Sh .

D esi I II , E pil .

~ i a
M
o 9 3

?
,

er g
! -5
er g
-
un ) a
”

W ith hi m th er e ar e o n ly w o r ds .
~
A m luu Ma n
p . 1 50 .

Ro u n d abo u t so u n d th e b ell s of th e w o o dm e n . Sh .

Su h . I V, 2 .
 CONJUN CTIONS A ND INT ERJ EC TION S . 387

ye s a r e
Th e e o pp o si e t to th e e ye s th e w h ol e da y
( ) g
a n d n i ht M aj . . 219

Tho u ha dst fa ll en as le ep e a r ly h a vi n
g w p
r a t , up

th
( y) fa c e li k e th e d ea d o n e s Sh K ah I 1 1 . .
“

.
,
.

Do n ot tur n m e ba c k ; I a m a h ea d . Sh ; S6 13
IV,

III . S u b s t a n ti v e s u s ed a d ve r b i a ll y in th e
im i n fl e c t e d s t a te .

A nu mb er o f su b s a n t ti v e s ar e at th e sa m e time a l so

‘
u s ed as ad e r bsv ,
as :

f )
a ver a , o ut of time ,
l a te ; su b s t . f . a vé ra
Ag ) ! av é la , de la y .

’ ’

u ch é ,
w é
L s b u n p e a sin
g l ly ; su b s t . f .

u é
L s b u é h a di s g u s t
,
.

é t tar i ya d a ily ; su b s t f tari ya da t e

'

’ a
)
. .
, ,
.

‘ J é m
f v er y ; 35
?
) ’
fo r c ib ly ; su b s t m . >
j 6 r u ,
fo r c e .

G) EG di h a m ,
d a il y ; su b s t . f .
£5
}? n di h ar i , da
y .

W
0
su ba h a ,
to —
mo r r o w ; su b s t . f . su b a h a , th e

s a v er a ea r ly ; su b s t f sa v er a th e ea r ly
fit
“
, ,
. .

ho ur of da y .

Th en , b e c au se th ey wi ll s eep o u t o f
l time th er efo r e ,

th e w ill ven th er e ri s e to th em A mu lu M an 1 4 5
’

sun e . - .
, p. .

Bb 2
3 88 S ECTION IV. A DVERB S, P OS TP O SITIONS ,

“ w as ,

My l o ver M aj n 6 is so r e ly disp l ea se d . Ma j . 2 94 .

D aily it t
( h e mo use) u sed to sp en d a g r ea t p o r ti o n
fr o m it fo r th e sa ke of th e co mpa m o n s . Sin dhi Rea d .

Bo o k , p . 55 .

IV . S u b s ta n ti v e s an d A dj e c ti v e s u s e d a d v e rb i a ll y i n th e
i n fl e c te d s ta te .

1) Su b s ta n ti v e s .

ag a hi (in st ea d o f a g eh i ) b efo r e L o c a t wi th , ,
.

e mph a ti c h i fro m C 4
5 ! a g u th e fro n t
, ,
.

a g ,
e b e fo r e ; L o c . fr o m .

g ? “
ag 6 ,
th e fo r epa r t .

’
) z O

a n da r e in si de ; w ithi n ; Lo c fro m
.
‘

,
. an

d a r u , th e in si de .

i a n da a, Io
) r fr o m w ithi n ; A bl . fro m
J
21 . L .

a n da r 6,
hea lth ; I n strum fro m
,
f a x

M ! a nan d a , w ell ; in g ood .

M ! an a ndu h a ppin e ss
,
.

J ? 6ra ke at la s t ; 11 0 6 fr o m 3 55! 6r a ku th e en d
}
.
, , .

5
3 5 ba h
3 har e , o u si de
t ,
Lo c . fr o m
3 e L§ ba
ha ru the
har a
,
b
L3 b fr o m th e A bl
J } 3> ,
o u si d e , t .

LS p a re , on th e o pp o s i te
Z
; LS p ar u , th e
’

s i de , Lo c; fr o m

5 p ar a, fr o m th e
0 6 o pp o si e t O p p o s it e side .

s i de , A bl .
3 90 S ECTION IV . A DVERB S ,
O
P STP SI TI O ONS ,

n ih 1 c e , c er t a in ly ; I n str u m . fr o m n ihi é 6 ,

t
c er a in ty .

Vi c e ,
in th e mid t ; s L o c f ro m
. v1 6u ,
th e
m i ds t
M
h a deh i , m ph ha du
’

fr o m A
‘
a t a ll
a
; Lo c
i ‘
e
.

,
.

h a de th e c o re .

h eth e ,
b el o w ; 11 60 .

h eth e fr o m b e l o w ; A b l
,
the b o tt om
.

I n si de i s to th e Ad esi s (J 6 g s) ‘
th e L o r d p er so n a lly
’ '

1 .

O u tside an o th er sp eec h is u sed ; in th e h e a rt there

is a w o u nde d fier c e lo o k . Sh R amak. . II I , 2 .

N o thi n g e sel at a ll he as ks ; g i ve th e inv a lu a b le

th
( gin ) to thi s one . Sh . S6 r I , .

I n fro n t w ill b e Mu eta fa ; in ; th e r ea r th e w o rl d

i .

m ar ch Sh B a r v6 Sin dhi II , E p il 2
. . .
“

2) A d j e c tiv e s .

I
L2? ! 6
“
a i a
g y , b e fo r e ; A bl fr o m g l a i
g y , fir s t ;
v5
.

r io r
p .

!
o

m
f

e ! a na n te , e xc e e d m g ly ; L o c . fr o m M ! an a n tu ,

en d e s s l .

5
4 ’
me ans
°
1) 9 0 a nd si
g n ify in n eg a tive s enten c e ,
a‘ by no
 CONJ UN CTIONS A ND I T N ERJ E CTI ONS . 391

L555
! 6 ré , on this side ;
n ea r ; Loo . fr o m 6 ri y 6 , of

thi ssi de ;
‘

5 o r iy é fr o m thi s si d e ;
‘

U 55
! ,
n e ar .

n ea r ; A bl .

a v a se , help les s ly ; L o c fr o m .
U
s
? a v a su , h e lp l e ss .

(s
i g
-2 b h a l6 , w ell ; L o c . fr o m
5 ?
1 3 b h al6 , g ood .

bedoh e , fa ul tl e s sly ; L o c . fr o m b edoh u ,

fa r ff ; L c c
i

p a r e ,
0
fro m p a r u re
73 . ,

é , fr o m di s t a n c e ; m o te , di s ta n t
“

a
p are
,
.

b ey o n d ; A b l . fem .

p eh e r é, at fir s t ; L o c
fi
.

h e —
r é i , fr o m th e fir s t ; A b l
‘

h er 6 , th e fir s t
p e . .

c a ni a, w e ll ; in a g ood m an n er ; A bl fem fr o m . .

dh i r e , g en tl n oc . fro m
5J e a .) dhi r 6 , g en tl e .

vi o len tly ; 5
'

dadhi é , A bl . fem . fro m 3 0

5 15 da
h
d ,6 l
vi o en t .

s a b h e a, e ffe c u a t lly ; A b la t . fr o m ..
eg L
L s ab h e ,

s am h u ne , in fr o n t ; L o c fro m . s am hun 6
of th e fr o n t .

sa v er e ,
ear ly ; Loc . fr o m . sav é r6 ,
e ar ly .

m a thi a, di s g u s ti n g ly ; A b l fem . . fr o m ma
th 6 ,
bad .

h a ur e or
55
3: h 6r s , g en tly ; Lo c
55
5
L fr o m 3
. .

“
3 :

h a ur i é ; A b l fem . .
h aur 6 , g en tl e .
392: SECTI ON I V . A DV ERB S ,
P O STP O SITION S

Th e p a in went far o ff W ith th e c o mi n g of m

( y)
fr i e n d Sh J a n Ka l II , 1 0
. . . .
“

bli e /
?

N i
e é?
l 3 34
-
o g 5
Y ou w ill feel v er y di s g us e d t . Sin dhi Read B o o k .
,

St a n din g on th e ro ad
g i v e fo r c ib ly thr e e c r i es an d

sa y .
I b i d p . . 66 .

V . A d v e r b s d e r i v e d fr o m th e P r o n o min a l b a s e s .

Fr o m th e p r o n o min a l b a s e s a n um b r o f ad ver b s
e
is d e r ive d b y m ea n s o f c er ta in a ffixes , w hic h c o a esc e l
w ith th e pr o n o min a l
. b a se . We ex hib it them in th e
fo llo wi n g su r ey v .

Pr Ma n n er Di tio n Time
'

o n ba s e P la c e
“
. . . . r ec . .

i 1 6 he .

g m! i a )
l
u i ite
2
) (5 11 1 1 63616 )
3
M ! e si-
4
)
l

i h m hé si
'

h a re he te an ed e
g e e W
-
e a
S

16 her e i n th i s u p to th i s time
u
s
e! .

in this w i se .
di r e c ti o n ( p
o r l a c e) . .

1 ) Or s ho rt : ia,
£ } 315 hi a ;
é l f
i é a , j la etc .

2 ) Or ite , e h ete ; a l so
e ! i
eth e; a l u te
‘
etc
g f S G

3) Th er e ma n y ot h fo r ms of thi s a dv er b as : SDA -3 ! e d ah a ,
are er , U

0 5>: l e deb u , v e o ue b eda b a e tc .

; se e S ta ck s Sin dh i
’
Di ti c o n ary

u n de r th e diffe ren t fo r ms .

i l eesi a
r M s e t o f a dv er b s
}
is g e
4) Or
g m
C e tc Th i s
’
a e es a - a
s
.
,

to -i
n er a lly comp o un de d with th e p o s tp o sitio n s t T,
a -

c g} ; or

L
M E W ” i tai sh o r te n e d : é LM !
-

3 “3 191 , etc
(5 35 - as : ' es or
v
es -
ta1 etc .
3 94 S EC TI ON IV . AD VER B S , PO STP O SITIO NS ,

k ede ke si -
ka de -
hi

ki—é ka te -
ka m -

in w h a t w h er e ? in w h a t how lo n g . w h en ?
w is e ? dir e c tio n

S o me of th e se adve rb s ar e a
g a in co mpo un d e d wi th

a dv e r b ia l p o s tfixe s an d
( p ar t ly p r e fixe s :
) as :
g g ;
sL j i
e
‘

ki -

r
g
ues t; j a ki ta,
- - -
so lo n g a s; j a deh -
a ko ,
-

5 5 }g
f e
fi j a de h k ur a (a ka r a ) fr o m ned; j a deh -
a- -
,

g g
s u c h a t ime a s 5 3 k
'

s in c e fi t a ki or
1 4
5 t ai
,
i t i .
-
1
-
,
“

a s lo n g a s ; ta deh akd 55 3 9 ta deh o li o

; E S
; e
L éi f 5 L J -
,
5
3 - -
,

ta deh a ku r a fr o m th a t tim e ;
- - —
k a de h a ko ) etc -
1
.
,

fr o m w h a t tim e ? e t e
d , u
~
é b ib l e d ta i or
uée
b da l

e d ta hi ,
-
a little in this dir e c ti o n ;
g e m j e -
ka de h e i f

( at an y tim e) .

}
Th e ad v er b s im p lying { p la ce an d
°
di r e c ti o n
’

b e p u t in th e A b l a t i v e ,
3
may a so l as : L
u )
i t é},
-

i t afi , u r j i i t a h fi, v 7 935 1i t ah fi ,
-
é - -
fr o m thi s p l a c e , h en c e ;
,

Li
S
ut -
a, “n
l
i
ut -
fi, vj é i j‘
ut -
ah fi , fro m th a t p l ac e ,

1) Th e fo r ms : j deah -
a -
ko e tc a re p ro
p er ly do u b l e

/
.

c o mp o un ds i
v z :.

U
LSDA >
j a d eh -
a ,
th e A bl a tiv e an d 5 3 kc or
U ; ku ,

a p o st
p o sitio n
(i den tic a l wi th
L9 7 6
: kh u ) In th e s ame w ay

Q LX;
SL L
SDM
‘
‘
ka r a is co m fr o m
) j a deh a. -
p o u n de d
U j a de h -
a ( )
A bl .

an d f ka r a (01 ku 1 a ) p o st
p o s itio n u
p to lite r a lly : fr o m w h ic h
) , ,

time u
p .
 CONJ U NCTIONS A ND I NTERJ E OTIONS
-
'

. 395

nce ? l
‘
fr o m w h a t l w he i ! éd é, 3 d
”
“

d (i
p c e -
a
_
, w e £9 ,

mthi
-

éd -
ah u ,
é d ah fi
-
e tc . fr o s di r e c t i o n .

Th e em p h a t i c 1 i
() er h 1 h e
( ) v er y fr e qu e n tly ac

c ed e s to th e s e ad v er b s ,
as :
g W
9

e 31ei e 1, in this v er y w is e ;
/

(5
33 ita -
1 or
g g j l i ta hi ) ,
l
e ven h er e ; g
e t5L ita -
1,

Ls§ j
. 3L
3
it -
ah 1-
e v en h e n c e ; é da q
M M é aa h i _

in this ver y dir ec tio n wa s e d -

a 1 -
,
fr o m this ver y di

r ec ti o n e tc .

Th e e ye s my b o dy a r e
of th er e w h er e ,
th e s i de

( o t y) o f my c o mp a n i o n s i s Sh U m M ar I , 12
”

c u n r . . . . .

W h er e is m o ti o n
’
one to th e c e of y e s ter da y ?
1s g

Th en c e a c am e lma n has co me ; thi s in fo r m a ti o n i s

c o r re c t Sh . . Um . M ar II , 6 . .

A s th o u ‘
w ilt , e v en so it s h a ll be un t o th e e M a tth . .

1 5, 2 8 .

1 ) T h e fin a l e 0 th e s e a dv er b s is ch a n g e d to a b efo re th e em

ph a tic 1 ,
fo r th e s a ke o f e u p h o n y ; bu t 65 ke e p s its p la c e a ls o , as

u te - i ,
in th a t very p l a ce .
3 96 S EC TION IV . A DVE RBS , P O STPO SITIONS

I , a sk , 0 ,
g a lla n t yo un g man ! ho w fa r di d yo u r
p ur
p o s e g o ?
Then .
he sa ys : .
I dw ell in th e ci ty of Mekka ,

my p u r p o se w en t up to th is p l ac e . M aj .

1 68 , 16 9 .

A s lo n g as they g et .
r ea d y ,
a s c en d th o u an d si t

d ow n . A mu lu M an .
p . 144 .

fi "
n

Sin c e t i n t o c o n n exi o n w ith th e J a ts o

I en er e d ,

c o mpa ni o n s !

T h e m o u nt a in eer i s o ne o fi h a vi n t m
g g o r n
( y) ,

b o dy ; -

I a m a l s o fr o m th a t ti m e (o n ly) h a lf (a n d) a fflic te d .

D esi Chat 6 ,
. .

VI . C o mp o u n d ad verb s .

Sin dhi u s e s a c o n sider a b le n u m b er o f c o mp o u n d

Th e
”

a dv er b s w hi c h a r e fo r m e d e ith e r b y r e d u p lic a tin g th e

a dv e r b (o r n o un) o r a d di n g a s i m i l a r a d v e r b (
,
o r n o un )

o r by a d din g an a dv e r b ia l a ffix o r p o s tp o siti o n

1 ) Such c o mp o u n d adve r b s ma y be W r itte n in o ne w o rd or se

p a r a tely . W h e n j o in e d by a c o n j u n c t i v e v o w el it is u su al to j o i n
th em als o in w r itin g .
 98 C O
SE TI N i v ; A DV ERB S , P OSTP O SITION S ,

3) A d verb s co m
p o un d e d wi t h an a dver bia l
p e s tf i x o r p o s t po s i t i o n ;

i
L éfi p t b d a l i ttl i th
’

e o e a -
r e ar
vg , e n e .

r at -
a -
ka r a ,
s 1n c e n ig ht (lit fr o m . ni
g ht u p) .

wy é
f L J g k alh a kfi ,
s i n c e y e s t e r da y -
.

Co mpa r e a lso th e c o mp o u n d a dverb s of 58 .

1
f
They r ememb er n o p a in s i n th e b o dy , c o n s an t tly
th ey a r e h a pp y M aj 8 0 1 . . .

One, havin g j o in ed all b o ne s , pl p l

”

a c e u on p a c e ,

h a vin g r ea d an in c a n t atio n ,
b e sp r i n k l e d th em. Sin dhi
Read B o o k
‘

.
, p . 53 .

C h a p t er XIX .

P O S TP O S I T I O N S .

s . 58 .

Th e Sin dh1 h as p no r e p o si tio n s ,

bu t on ly p o s t
i t1o a l l a dve r b s or r t i c le s w hi c h in flu e n c e
p o s n s ,
as p a ,
,

in a ny w ay th e n o un ,
are p la c e d af t e rfl
th e n o un an d

n ot b efo r e it O n ly re ma m ay b e o p tio n a lly

$5) , 6 )
.

u se d a s p re
p o s i ti o n or p o s tp o s it i o n ) .
1

1 ) In p o etry th e p o stpo s iti s a

on fre que re n tly tu rn e d in to

p o s iti o n s ,
if re qu ire d “

by th e metre .
 CONJ UNCTIONS A ND I , NTERJ EC TIONS . 3 99

Ther e is ly m a ll nu mb er of o r i g in a l t
‘

on a s p o s

p o s i t
1o n s in Sin dh1
“

,
w hi c h re qu i r e th e n o un in th e F o r

m a ti v f th t t t f th t i ti now
‘

e ; a r e g r e a es p a r o e p o s p o s o n s

in u se a r e o r i g i na lly a d v e r b s (i e s u b s t an tiv e s . . an d

a d ec j tiv e s u s ed ad ver b i a lly ; cf .

g ,
5 7, I I II I I V) . .
,
w hi c h

ei th e r th eir o r ig in a l
r e a in t ad v er b i a l si
g n ific a ti o n an d

are c o n s e q u en tly c o n st r u c t ed w i th j ,
e or w hi c h are
g ;

l
a r ea d y tr ea t e d as p o s tp o sitio n s a r
id re qu ir e th e Fo r
m a tiv e of th e n o un
g th
o v er n e d
e m ; th e
g r ea t e r p a r t by
of th em ma y th er efo r e b e c o n str u c te d w i th o r w ith o u t
; j ,
e an d b e p u t b efo r e o r a fter th e n o u n , th ey
6

g o ve rn .

I . P o st p o s i t i o n s p ro p er ,
r e q u i r in g t h e Fo r ma ti v e

o f th e n o un g o vern ed by them .

bha r a , th h t do wn w a r d ; t;
i

o n, w su c a p a r a a in s
g
b ha r e , su p p o r e d t fr o m S a n sk HI
. .
,
a di )l

p a re ,
on , u po n ; S a n sk .
W .

tai
up to , till ; S a n sk W E
I ; Hin dfi st .

0
1
-

55 ta i .

to 1 ,

up to ; till .

1) ‘
é" b h ar ha s a lre a dy in Hi n dus tani a s ig n ifica tio nb o r derin g
)
on th a t of a
p o s tp o s itio n In Sin dh1 th e s ubs ta n tiv e
e ? bh a r u , p r o p ,
r
.

s up p o r t ,
is a lso in u se ,
of wh i ch
)
.
é a bh a r e i s th e L o c a tiv e .

‘
A pp ar en tly deriv e d fr o m
g j b tafu r the en d ;
L5 3" f
.

2
,

5 53 3
- to re -i ,
e mph atic L oc ative .
4 00 S ECTION IV . A DV ERB S ,
O
P STP SITI O ONS

6
; ts on ,
u
p o n ; S a n sk . E FL .

L3 i
f fr o m
)

; fr o m ;
? -
u po n u p on f th e
(9 5 3
“

16
3 ,

like as ; S a n sk .
TN ".

t o w a r ds ; in th e dir e c tio n of .

fr o m th e d ir ec tio n o f; t o wa r ds
A bl . fo r m .

w ith o u t ; S an sk at?! .

J S LI . s ar u , a c c o r d in
g to ; c o n fo r m a b l e to ; S a n s k r it

1 ) In ste a d of te , ta e t c . th e P a nj abi fr o ms u te
‘
an d ut i are

a ls o o c c a sio n a lly u se d in Sin dh i .

2 ) Th e fo rms
G e o dah a a ,
n .) da h fi ar e a ls o m u se ; emph a tic

0 46 - l d ah i .

3 ) Th e A bl a ive fo r ms t {13 11 5 etc ener ally u sed in th e

“

. ar e g s en se

of th e L o ca tl ve .
02 S E C T IO N 1v .
,
A DVE B S , P ST PO SITI
R O ONS ,

fo r m
c

L
Z m a nj ha m m;
'
fr o o ut o f ; A bl
un
m
a .
,
.

0
“ me , in ; to (
w i th v er b s im p lyin g mo tio n ) ; s ak ns

W Hi n du s t W .

fr o m — in ; o u t o f; A bl fo r m . .

va t e ‘
S a n sk
[

,
n ea r to ; w i th ; in exc h an g e o f; .

,
b

‘
L v
S
a ta fr o m — fr o m ; aw a y fr o m ; A b l fo r m
u ; ,
n ea r ;
"
. .

é i
fi fi fl ’

g é
g r
au

Sh a h Sah ib ,h av in g g o n e to o ne mo un ta in w a s fa
llen ,

a s l e ep o n ly in g o u o n e Si de) fo r six mo n th s
o n e s id e (
\

L ife o f A b d u l L a ti f p 3 9 - -
,
. .

Ha ving o ffe r e d ma n y th a n k s to G o d an d
( ) h av in g

d e s c ende d fr o mh i s
‘’
co u c h h e w en t to h is
. co ur t an d sat

d o wn . A bd -
ul -
L a ti f s life , ~ p . 30 .

O fa th er , I s a c r ific e m
( y se l f ) up o n th e na me of G o d,
i. e . f o r Go d
’
s sa ke . A mu l u Man .
, p . 41 .

T h e lig h te n i n g s g l itt e r ed i n th e
,
nor th like a sun

fl o w er S h Sar II , 1
. . . .

H a vi n g to w a r ds th e Ma h r
‘
”

di r e c t e d h er fa c e sh e

w e ep s ; havin g s o o d up
t sh e sa ys Sh Um Mar III
. . . .
,
8 .
 CONJ UNCTIONS A ND I T N ERJ ECTIONS . 40 3

B y th emse lves th e fr uit s r ip en w ith o u t g u a r din

g ,

w i th o u t a fen c e . Sh . Um . M ar I II ,
. 14.
£ 3 0 ) "a

Retu r n w ith I u n h fi
’
a m o m ent ! a wa y with tw e lv e
m o nth s wi th o ther s ! Sh M a st
. . VI , 6 .

In th e u pp er r o o m s r epr o a c h
“
h a s b e en my l o t al l
m
( y) li fe lo n
g Sh . . V, 1 .

f
o
I
.

’ '
0 f I

Th en Wh a t d o th ey s ee ? th a t a ve s s el o f w in e _

fill e d u p to th e ri ms is l d th S i dh R ea d
"
”

p ac e e r e n 1 . .

B O Ok, P 68
‘
. .

w
5
m
’
£ 3 2
b f r r a. te b
1

? w
v a e a s u
j f fi

I wi ll co lle c t an d g uard p p
r o e r ty an d n o t
g i v e any

th in g to a ny o ne . G o l d en A l p h a b . X ,
7 .

I am me h a vin g t a ken m a tt er hidden to th e e

”

co a .

Sh S CI
;
“
. II , 1 8

Ha vin g g o n e to the heu s e o f s o m ebo dy (a n d) h a vin g

s t o le n fr o m h is fo o d it (
i e th e m o u se) a te it Sin dh1
" “

. . .

R ea d B o O k g p
; . 62
40 4 S ECTION 1
IV . A D VERBS ,
P O STP OS ITI ONS

Ha vi n g ca lle d M aj u d fr o m th e s i de o f h i s m o th e r

T h e fo llo w in g p o s tp o si tio n s (m o stly o f fo r e l g n o r ig in )

m a y b e o p ti o n a lly co n s tr u c t e d w ith g > j e .

313 b in a , w ith o u t ;
L t (Hin dus t )
e xc ep

A r ab P er s )
G t
“ s 1v a e , w ith ou t ; e xc ep t ( . .

S ka r e ,
by m ea n s o f; by ; o n acco u n t o f; Sa n sk
)
.

15 6 fo r th e sa ke o f; on a c c o un t o f; P anj abi
la e , la 1 ; Hin du st . li y e .

Th en th ey (i e th e flo w er s) w er e c o n side r e d
. . b y th e
her o a s th o r n s w ith o u t th e s i g ht o f th e fr ie n d A j ai b ,
V, 2O .

"
W ith o u t th e S o dh o ,
o co mp a n i o n s ! th er e is n o
ttin g w ith life ; I t li v e Sh M um
”

e on 1 e c an n o
g . . . . .

B an d I , 8 .

3 0 ,

E xc ep t th e a do r a ti o n o f th e L o rd th o u h a s t no bu
s in e ss ,
0 lo st one . M en g h o
40 6 S ECTION IV . A DV ERBS ,
O
P S T—P SITI O ONS

u
l f j l
é
o r i a , fr o mthi s s i de .

6 L; bah ar e , o ut si de
7
. .

0 3 b a dir e ,
fi n li eu of; in st ea d of .

Lg p a r e , on th e o pp o si e t s i de ; a c r o ss
)
.

fr o m th e o p p o si e si de t ; o n th e p ar t o f
.

p as e ,
o n th e s i de . of ; n ea r to .

fi tii; t n da r e cc o r din g to m
( tly i th t
'

c p a a a o s w o u
) ,

p u thi a ,
on th e b a ck of; a f er
t .

b e h in d b a ck
’

p a r a p u th e ,
one s .

p a re ,
b e yo n d ; fa r fro m .

'

u n an o ,
p a f ert s u b se qu ent to
; .

p u nan a,

p 6 e ,
a fte r
( lw a y
a s c o n s ru c e dt t
th e A bl a tiv e) .

p u a, on th e b a c k of behi n d .

x
ati a cc o un t f (A r ab )
”

r e ,
on o .

cau dh a r i ,
r o un d a bo u t .

cau g i r de, a r o un d (P er s )
 C ONJ UNCT IONS A ND INTE RJ EC TIONS . 40 7

6 3 0 dhari ,
6 w ith o u t ; t; ro u n d a bo u t
( l
“

a par a so
0

v é
Law dh ar e, t
co n s r . w ith t f or th e A bl .
)

p p
r o of ) .

, a ,

r fib a r u, in th e p r e s en c e f
'

0 2!

L sa mh u n o , in fr o n t ; b e for e ; o ve r a g a in s t
.

sa mh un e ,

san g é ,
on a c c o un t of .

s an g a ,

s ir e 0n o on th e to p of
, ,
,
u
p n ; .

K kar a n e , on a cco un t of fo r r ea s o n

fo r th e sa ke of .

635 la g e , on a cco un t of as c o n c er n s mo stly

la g e ,

m a th é , fro m u po n .

m j h ara,
an
fr o m W i th m ; o ut o f.

‘
1) O r 0 54 A; sa mu hé ,
wéiou sa muh ui .
4 08 S EC TI ON IV . A D VERB S ,
O
P STP SITI O ONS ,

JA / m u q a b
Eo i l e ; o v
.
e r a
g a i n s t ; o pp o si te to A
( r a b ) .

Hg )
; i
unu j i b e ; a c c o r d i n
g t o ; c o n fo r m a b ly to

O I /
du ng » . m a b a n de ,

m /
~ I O I I

i o m a h a n da
m e ,

l va s t e ,
on ac c o u n t of A
( rab ) ;

va n g e ,
‘

lik e to ; as
“

m
( o s tly w i th o ut

i
‘
v an g i a,

Vl c e ,
in th e mi ds t of .

v ig he by r e a so n of by .

v é ta r e , b e si d e s m
( o s tly w i th
Véj h o ,
n ea r to
h ir o , D im
j
.

ve .

h eth e b el o w .

) 0 /

H avin g p a i d thy res

p e t befo r e Sh ah S ah ib
c s b
(of h im ) . L ife of A bd -
ul L a ti f p 3 4 ,
. .

a fi

Tho s e w h o h a ve die d b e fo re dyin g b e c o me n o t ex ti n c t

w h en h a vin g die d Sh M a i S IV 7 ‘

. .
,
. .

1) € 3 v ig he , a pp a r e n tly s ho r te n e d fr o m f
wg ) - v ig hin e , No m
2
a .

t§

CJ G )
f
' - o b s ta cl e ,
Sa n sk Fai r ,
is u sed o n ly wh e n s p eakmg o f so me

dis a b ility or distre s s .

4 10 S EC TION Iv . A HVERBS , P O S TP OS ITIONS ,

Ch ap t e r XX .

Th e j
tio n s ser v e to expr e s s th e r e l a ti o n 111
c o n un c
“

w hi c h e ith e r th e sing l e w o r ds o f a s e n t e n c e o r tw o o r
‘

mo r e sen te n ce s s ta n d to o n e a n o th e r A c c o rdi n g t o th ei r .

s 1 m fic a ti o n th e c o n j u n c t i o n s ma y b e d1V 1 d e d 1 n to
g

1) C o p u l at i ve
‘

C) ? p g
u “ :

as w ell as .

He a so l ,
t
a f er h e w a s g ro wn u
p, di e d .

’
L a ti f s l ife , p . 2 .

‘
1 ) Gen e r ally w r itte n , fo r th e s ak e o f abbr e via tio n 2 .
 CONJUNC TIONS A ND I T N ERJ EC TIONS . 411

T h e r efo r e th e y are o f en
t ! a l s o b e aten . Sin dh i Re a d .

Bo o k , p . 50 .

I a m ver y l o n g in g
.
as w ell fo r th e s p in n i n g p l a c e

fo r th e c o u n tr y Sh U m M ar II , I
’

as . . . . .

2) Co n c es si ve .

ta , th en (a s a p o do si s in a c o n ditio n a l t
s en en c e

ta g e n erally n o t tra n sl a t e d
) .

ta b i ,
ne ver theless ; then a lso ; even the n .

a; ta de hi b1 ,

a ltho ug h ; no twi th sta n din g .

j (5 ,
a ltho u g h ; if .

I f fr om h er limb s th e h
c lo t is t
s ri d th
( )
“

e
p p e ,
n a

b r illi a n c y like lig hte nin g is e ffe c e d t . A m u lu M an .

p . 14 1 .

5 u
F b
v ?
”
gs
? Ca l
u
’
u
l
as
?
“

v
b

Th en he sa ys : (if) I die I o b ta in h o n o r ; ,
I if t
r e u r n;

it i s , to say so a sh a m e
,
M aj : 4 0 8 . .

-
1 ) Ve ry o fte n al so w r itten se
p a r a tely :
5 2I
>
412 S EC TION I V . A D VERB S , P O STP O SITIONS ,

Tho ug h th eir w o u n ds fl o w, ne ver th ele ss th ey di vu lg e “

no t th
( e i r ) g
s i h i n
g to th e vu lg a r . Sh Ka l H
. . .
,
23 .

h e a r t a l s o s hal l b e g iven to o n e th o u g h hu n dr e ds
Th e -

c o ve t (
k

it) Sh B a r v o Sin dhi II I , 7

. . .

Cha n g e tho u that c o mp a n y a ltho u g h ,

th e p r o fit

of a th o u sa n d w ou l d a c c r u e to th ee Sh . R am .

VIII ,

3) A d v e r s a t ive .

ei th er .

g h; ,
a
j , ei th er ; or .

— L; j a — a
j ,
a
ei th e r
v

{ f a ma g a r e ,
e xc e p t; b ut .

as na ta ,
o th er w 1 s e ; l
e se .
4 14 S E CTIO N IV . A D VERBS , PO STP O SITION S ,

W e h a ve o c onc ern with tho s e st o n e s

!

n ,
bu t o ur

w ith th ei r ma s t er
‘
c o n c er n is L ife o f A b d .
-
ul -
L a ti f,
P

4) Ca u sal .

_ an d

ta , th a t ; in o r d er tha t ; a ls o a n e x l e ti
p ve ,
in q u o t in g th e w o r ds of a p e r so n .

tha t ; so tha t ; in o r de r th t
b ec a u s e ; as .

j ,
o tha t in o r der th a t ; b ec a us e
5 4; ,

b ec a u s e ; w h er e fo r e .

J é lafit é l
-
a ,

c o r r el a t . b ec au se th er e fo r e=

fi é
L
bé cha jo b e ca u se .

I ) We h a v e c l a s sed th e c a u s al d fin al c o n u n c ti o n s
j de r o ne
”

an un

h e a d , b e c a u s e ma n y of th em are u sed in th e one or th e o t h er s en s e .

2 ) Th e s e co m
p o un d c o n u n c ti o n s
j ar e c o mm o n l y w r itten s e p ar a tely ,

bu
t by so me th e y a re a ls o j o in ed in o ne w ord .

Lg ; lite r a lly : wh y ? b e c a u s e e tc . ; o f differ ent kin d a re s u ch

e xp r e s s i o n s as i A a }; (fI? fo r th i s s ake , th a t 2 becau s e :

 C ONJ UN CTI O NS A ND IN TERJ EC TIO NS . 4 15

5 “ so ,
th er efo re .

j 5 -
s5 c o r r el
,
. be c a u s e th er e fo r e .

s 5 k5 h u -
ta

S mao
,
not
,
in a pro hib i t i v e se n s e
‘

( co n a

th e Im p e r a ti v e
”

t
s ru c e d t w ith or Po

L e m a t a,
y be it not th a t ; l e s t (c o n s tru c t e d
j 5 ma ta ,
With th e Po t en ti a l) .

m a ch an e

h th e
3 I

m a cha n u , l e st (co n str u c ted w it Po

1

ma c hu n e
‘ ’

ma ch u n u ,

T hi s 1s no t b e c o m in g ,
th a t we, h a vin g o o mi tte d a
‘

th eft ,
d r in k w i n e a f er t . S in t R e a d Bo o k
.
, p . 69 .

O M en g h5 ,
h a vi n g dir ec t e d (thy) fa c e an d h a vin g
r i s en se e k ,
in o r de 1 tha t thou m a yst fin d i
()t in th e
b o dy M en g h c) 23
’

. .
41 6 S ECT ION IV .
‘
A DVERB S , PO STPO SITIONS

a .
v

In o r de r th a t I ha vin g , r i s en ,
may I ma ke s o me

s ear c h fo r th e u n ity M aj 9 . .

Tho u b o a st e d an d s mil e st th er ea t ,
th a t p p
e o e l c a ll

th e
c
Mi a :
’
Go l den A lph a b . X ,
3 .

3 ) 0 /

T hi s i s th e cu s o t m of th e fr ien ds th a t th ey ,
d o by
mean s p lu c k th e p lu c k e d Sh B a r v5 Sin dhi III , 9
"

no o n es . . .

a /O /

S a yin g z y o u r ho n o u r , it is n o t b ec o ming thu s that

-

l au g hin g th ey sha k e ha n ds M aj 34 8 .
-
. .

Th er efo r e th ey w er e ch o s en b y th e L o r d , b ec a u se
th ey w er e m ixe d u
p i n th e _ Un ity . Sh Ka l . . I, 8 .

B e c a u se j o yfu l m o m en t is b ette r th a n a p a in fu l
a

life . Sin dhi R e a d B o o k p 6 2 .

,
. .

a
5
A ' A w
'

—
o 0

h
,

d 9
“ ,

a s r ez fi w e
A A

cr e
? e
7
»

Th e a dv a n t a g e is o n o u r side b e c a u s e (o u r ) n a m e
.

wi ll b e c o m e g r ea t an d r en o w n w i ll co me out o f it . I bi d .

S ?” 39 5 i ff }? ufi w
'
a
5
“
“ t
I -
6

Th e m b ec au s e th e y w ill s l e ep o u t o f tim e
-

,
th er e
fo r e th e su n w ill r ise to th em in tha t v er y p l a c e . A m ul u
M an p . . 14 3 .
41 8 S EC TION IV . A DVERB S , P O S TP O SITIO NS

6) I n t e r r o g a tive .

i ter r o g a tive
n e xp e ti l ve , g e n er a lly no t

tr a n sla te d .

O p r in c e s s , d o w e dis s u a de yo u ? Amu l M an.

"

.
p 1 4
. 5 .

i N T E RJ E C TI O N a

g . 60 .

In tr ea tin g of th e I nt erj e c tio n s w e ab s r a ct t fo rm

su c h n o un s or p h r ases ,
as are or ma y b e u se d in th e

I n t erj e c ti o n s , b? m ath e ,
li
s en s e of e .
g .
g l
s i en c e ! ( s . f),

j ig; é a no ,

kn o w s ! (li t
g ood!
éG ; sa c u

d i s wi s er ,
, tr u e ! F
i

sc i
s

l th a n
t A ll a ll ahu
I) ,
a zla mu ,
ly
Go d . o . an d on

a ddu c e s u c h p ar ti c l e s ,
as h a ve now b ec o me s tr i c tly i n t er «

B esides th e V o ca ti v e s 1g n s , m e n ti o n e d alr ea dy in
16, 8 ,
th e fo llo w in g are th e m o st co mm o n ; the y
imp ly
1) A ss en t .
 CONJ UNCTIONS A ND I T N ERJ ECTIONS .
41 9

y e s ! tr u e ; e ven so !

w e ll ; g eo d !

j i u y e s ! ( a r e sp ec tfu l t er m o f a s c en t).

ao ma ru ,
; e ! 1n d ee d ! w e ll !
y a

Th e D av s will sa y to the e : w i lt th o u r ec o
g n i se h er ?
Then s ay : y e s . A mu lu M an , p 1 5
.
0 .

W ell , sho w m e tho se t hin g s . I bid p . . 147 .

A b a te too hig h a c rim o n y ; if they sa y to th e e : b5 da

(
p o o h) ,
say th o u : j i u (ve r y w ell) Sh J a m . . K a l V III , 2 2
. .

Th ey ,
wh o h a ve l o v e to Go d , th ey ,
i n de e d , bo a st .

Maj . 778 .

My he a r t do e s not re ma 1n a m o m en t w ith o u t th ee ,
‘
tr u ly ! 0 S ir ! 0 L o rd ! 0 B ar5 5 ! Sh . A b ir i Ch 5 t .

E pil 2 . .

1)
Q ;
j iu is a pp a r e n tly t h e Imp e r a tive of
6M ; p a nu
,
liv e!

D d 2
42 0 S ECTI ON IV . A D VERB S ,
O
P ST P SITI O ON S ,

2) C o m m e n d a ti o n .

)
i i 55! a l5 3 15 , b r a vo ! b r a v o !

u sa SLé; ch ab a s e
s b r a vo !
o s a b a se
v _

u
n
s ,

o2 v

L3 “ g a s qu ,
o
p r a 1 se to ! A
( rab )
Lfi m
‘ zl s qu ,

5M; vahu , w e ll don e !

A ll sa id : fr i e n d , th e p r 1n c e h a s th a t v er y s a me dr awn
“

o ut fr om so m a ny ! p r a is e b e to h im ! a n d h a v in g g ot
”

br a v o ! b r a v o ! h e w en t y A m u l u M an 151
'

a aw a . .
p . .

O /

ve n (a n d)
h

P r a i se to R ae D i aou ,
w h o h as g i ex h ib ite d
h h ea d ! Sto r y of R ae D i aé u , p
( )
1s .
\
17

3) A s to n i shm e n t .

15 l o o k th ere ! b eh o ld !
m are ,

m ar e b h i n i ,
‘
w o n de r fu l o h!

Co mpa n io n s ,
I s h a ll n o t s a y th e n : b e h o ld th e p a in
an d th e r e p r o a c h of m
( y) fr i e n d s ! Sh . Su h V , E p il 1
. . .
42 2 S ECTION IV . A DVERB S , O
P ST P SITI O ONS

6) D 1 s s e n t .

é ya ir u not e xa c tly (a li t
f , so p o e no

1;
j g;
L5 5 x
a i r u i x a 1r u , g a ti o n ; A r ab .
)

.. a na , no .

Ha ve
?

w e b e fo r e co mm i tt e d a ny th e ft on th e e ? Sh e
sa ys : no i rls ; ye h a v e no t m mitte d ‘
th eft A mu lu
, g co any .

7) D i s a p p r o b a ti o
f

n a n d r epro a c h .

t emptu o u s
'
b o du , p o oh ! fy ! ( a co n r ep ly )

, ié
g g p h i th e , ho o t !
a

u se hfi , tu sh ! p i sh !

i
g g s: b ath e , d o w n w ith ! (
aw a y -
w ith !

8) G r i e f a n d c o mpl a in t .

ah a ,
a la s !
LBI ah a l
a as ! w ha t a p i ty !

1) L537 ah a is at th e sa me time a lso an in terj e c tio n den o tin g

p l e a s u r e, ah a !
 O
P ST P SITI O ONS A N D INT ERJ E CTIONS . 42 3

0 A; li a ifu , w o e to ! A
( rab
)
g h ora
g h o ra a asl! l
a as ! o m 1s er
y !

vav é l a , a la s ! la c ka da y ! (A r a b : P er s ).

l
a so ! wo e !

hué

ho e , ah ! a asl !

hué

b a ib ate , a asl !

Woe to my t t
s a e ,
th a t I a m w i c ke d (and
) l
u se e ss !
M aj . 7 56 .

w an k
e r ? »

o a s e s F ee !
{ la m a e? -

T o m a ke , a asl ! l !
a as in su c h a b u si n e s s , fo r w hi c h
m e dy i s im p o s s i b l e m w is d o m
'

a re is no t th e c u s to of
:

.
,

Sin dhi R e a d B o o k .
, p . 56 .

1) C o n tr a cte d a lso 5) he
3
.

L5
42 4 S ECTION I V . A D VERB S P O ST PO SITI ONS CONJ UNCTIONS
, , e tc .

W o e ! si s ter s ! I s ha ll no t live th en w ith o u t th e J a t !

P
( l u r ) Sh D esi
. V II , E pi l . 2 .

i s}
S

H a vin g m a de l
a as ! a as l ! sh e lift e d up ,
b u r n in g ,
h er
ha n ds . Ma j . 7 58 .

L3

L a c k a da y ! la c k a da y ! w h y w er e ye t er r ified ? emp ty
h a s b ec o m e th e m en
’
s a p ar tm en t !
42 6 I . T HE A NA L YTI C A L PA RT .

is a tten tio n to th e c o n te x t . On th e w h o l e it ma y b e
re ma r k e d
1) A c er ta 1n nu mb er O f n o un s h a ve by th e ms elve s
a d e f i n i t e m e a n in g as : m h 1 5 , th e m 1n d , s 1j u ,
u5
a
, . “

th e su n , 5 5
55
134 ! u b h 1r a n d o ,
th e ea s t , f )” su r
g u ,
th e

h ea v e n , ,
g a ! u bh u , th e s ky e tc . Simil a r ly a ll
p ro
p e r

n o un s .

2 ) If a n o un s a n ds
t in a p p o si ti o n to -
a p ro
p e r n a me
it i s th e r e b y r en d r e d e d e fi n i t e , as :
o n ;

c o un r t y of Chin a ,
m ; . th e fa ir y H usin e

If fo r an y r ea s o n a n o un i s to b e p o int e d o ut as

i n d e f i n i t e , th e nu me a l r a d ec j tive On e , or th e in
d efin i t e p r o n o un 5, s o m e o n e , any one 1s u se d Th ere
5 ,
.

i s s o m e sli g ht di ffe r e n c e in th e Of and K th

“

u se e
5 I / 5 ,

fir st p a r t i c u la riz i n g th e n o u n b y im p lyin g th a t o n ly o n e .

p e r s o n o r th i n
g i s u n te r s to o d , th e l a tt e r
g en e r a l i z in
g th e

sa me , b y im plyin g ,
th a t so me one o ut of ma n y , or

so m e thin g , wh i c h i s not fu r th e r d e s c r ib e d , i s i n t e n de d .

5559 may l
a so be u sed in th e
;
Plu r a l ,
e s p e c ia lly b e fo r e

an o th er nu m e r a l , to r en der th e n u mb e r s o m e w ha t d o u b tful ,

0 5
5 5
5 . s l f as
5 I
so me tw o m
_
en ,
or ab o u t tw o me n ,

th e nu mb er no t b ein g fixe d a s c er a in t . If so me p o r ti o n
or q u a n tity Of a thi n g i s t o b e in di c a t e d 3
5 ;
( ( or

ki) i s p u t b efo r e th e n o un ,
i r r e s p e c tiv e ly Of th e g e n d er
”
’

o f th e n o un (
as i n H in dust an i g g xf ) .

T h e d o n key , h a vin g b ec o me j o lly ,

beg an to sa y to
th e t g
s a . B
( o th th e do n k ey and th e s a t g h a v i ng b e en
m en ti o n e d b e fo r e ) Sin dhi R e a d B o o k .
, p . 68 .
 I . THE A NA L YTI CAL PA RT . 42 7

‘
H e as ke d fro m th em a ve s s e l of m a i
( g ) p
c o w e r ; at

len g th the y g ave hi m th e v e s s el an d i ts m i

( g ) p
a c o w e r .

Sin dhi Rea d B o o k p .

,
. 67 .

So me b o ys r ea d th
( e ir ) l e s so n ,
a pp lyin g th e t
( h e i r)

min d . I bid p . . 50 .

Hi g h a rt th o u upo n th e s ky ; I a m a w a n de r er u p o n
‘

ear th . Sh . S5 r . I, 3 .

In th e ci ty of B h ambh é r u e vil c h a t s ar e c o n s a n t tly

ma de ab o u t me . Sh M a g s
. . I V , E p il .

W ith m e p h y si c i a n th e r e w a s a s er va n t ;
so o ne da y
th e hy si c i an g a v e hi m s o me m edi c l n e to p o u n d S in dh1
p .

R ea d B o o k
.
, p . 51 .

A m o n g st us th er e we re so me se v en br o th e r s . M a tth .

22 , 15 .

A r e ye (
som e) a mi r s ,
'

a re y e (
som e ) ve z i r s ? A mu lu
M an p . . 16 0 .
42 8 I . THE A NA LY TI CA L PA R T .

W h a te ver mil k an d scu m of tte the e w ill

bu r r be ,
t ha t I w ill g 1v e to fo r e ig n er s . Sin dhi R ea d B o o k p .
,
. 60 .

S o m e vill a g e r h a d put so me qu a n tity of g ra n i in

h i S
( ) g a r ne r . I b id p 5 4 . . .

C h a p t e r II .

O n th e g en der o f nou ns .

62 .

T h e Si ndh 1 p o s s e s se s th e m a s
"

on ly tw o g e n de r s ,

cu lin e an d fe m i n i n e ,
th e n e u er t h a vi n g b e e n l o s t i n
th e c o u rs e of tim e . A s to th e s p ec ia l us e o f th e g e n der s

i t i s to b e r em a r ke d : i

l) Th e m as c u l i n e
g e n der i s th e ne xt
‘
an d r e fe r s

ei ther t o m a l e b e in g s , or to thing s a n d a bs ra c t t ide a s .

a ) Th e m a s c u l i n e g e n d er d e n o t e s li vi n g b ei n g s m

g e n er al t
( h e fe m a l e s b e 1n g in c l u d e d th e rein ) a s: 5
“3 3
5
a m a n (g en e r a lly) ; 55 b a c5 , a c hild ; j an va ru ,
an

a n i ma l - ? b 5 5 h o r se (g e n e r a lly) B u t in me
g 3r a so
:

5 56 ,
.

n ou n s ,
im p lyin g i n f e r l o r a n im a ls th e ,
f e m i n i n e in

c lu d e s bo th g e n d er s ,
as : 315 b a l a , a sn a k e (g en e r a lly) ;
"gi g m a kh e , a fly ;
a )
; fi
j ; a lo u se e tc . B u t if th e

g e n der cf a n o un i s to b e e xp r e s s ly m e n ti o n e d , c naru ,
)
.

m a le , an d ;
L m d fe m a l e , mu s t b e p ut b e
'

a (5 3
.a i ,
a

fo r e i t .

T h e p e o p l e o f th e ci ty o f Mkk e a a s se mb l in g fo r m
c r o w ds Maj : 3 8
. .
43 0 I . THE A NA L YT ICA L PA RT .

f th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e p a s siv e m a y b e
“

o u s ed in th e s en s e

o f a n eu t e r s u b s t a n ti v e .

Y e w ill b e co m e like G o d , kn o w in g g ”

ood and e v11

Sin dhi Re a d B o o k .
, p . 19 .

W ill h e no t g ive to them g ood thin g s ? M a tth . 7, 12 .

Su r e ly w h a t i s w r itten (i n fa t e)
,
‘
, w ill be fu lfill e d ;
fro m th a t w hi c h i s w r itt en n o o n e w ill
5

M aj 2 5 8
“

, , e sc a pe . . .

) 0 )

Sh e do e s not, w ha t I sa i d , g o th o u and s u bdu e

c) In su c h no u n s , in Whic h a d is tin c tio n b e t w e en a

lar g er or sma ller s i z e i s a dmi s si b l e , th e m a s c te r .

m1n a ti o n 1s u se d to exp r e s s th e i d e a of r e l a ti v e lar

g en ess ,
m ak5 r 5 , a la r g e an t, m a kh 5 ,
a big fl y ; i i i bh u n g 5 , a h o u se (la r g e h u t) ; k5

la r g e m; 33 5 kam beam
3 ‘
th o ,
a ro o u, a
(
a b ig s ti c k ) e tc .

2 ) Th e f e m i n i n e g e nde r r e fe r s eith e r to fe m a l e
b ei n g t 0 th i n g an d t
a bs ra ct ide a s
'
’

s, or s .

Th e f e m i n i n b e in g c o n si d e r e d th e w e ak e r s e x,
‘

a ) e
_

th e i d e a l a t i v e s ma l l n e s s l i t t l e n e s s o r w e a k ne s s
of r e ,

is e xp r e s s e d b y th e fem ter m in a ti o n 1 n all su c h n o u n s .

,

w hi c h a dm i t f su c h v a r l a ti o n of m e a n in g SL3
’

o a
-
as :
, 6 ) ,
9
m ak5 r i x

,
a s mal l an t , _efi m akh e , a sm a ll fly ; g
,

b hu n g i ,
a s m a ll hut e tc .

r g 5 g
,

s ta n tiv e ,
as : f u - r ig ht (
and
) le ft , sc il . which i s to be
s u ppl ie d .
 I . T HE A NA L YTICA L PA RT . 43 1

b) A nu mb e r of j tiv e s
a d ec ar e on ly fo un d i n th e

fe m . fo r m A DA M : san h
d ,e b a rr e n
( s aid of w o m en ) ;

p a c ha r a ,
b a rr e n ( s a id o f ca ttl e ; g a r b hi ni or

g a r b hi n e , p re
g n an t (s a id of w o m en ); l ij e su a , m il c h

( sa i d o f a ni m a ls) ; (5 3
1 44 ? g a bh 5 r ar i ha vin g a c hi l d i

22
,

( s a id of a m o th er ) f v a r é ti h a vi n g a hu sb a n d
,

(sa id of a m a r ri e d w o m a n ) ,
n
o
,
v ada v a r a , fit to be
ma r r ie d e tc . e tc .

0 ) A dj e c tiv es or p r o n o u n s m th e femin i n e are fr e

28
qu en tly u sed eli p ti c a l l
y, th e n o un _el Li g al b e , - w o r d,
I
ma tt er , b ein g u n ter s to o d Th e n o un
?
k t ar i ya , d a t e ,
6 5
.

d a y , is a so l o cc a si o n a lly o mi tt e d .

Th en th e m o th e r as ks M aj n 5 : w ha t h a s h a p p en e d
to th e e ? Maj . 44 .

lit-5
fi ts ? W 92 “

0 fa ir h u sb a n d of S 5 r a th e ! d o so m e (w o r d) of m in e !
Sh . S5 r . I , 11 .

L: l j i sl ) O
'

P W é gfifi '

[
-“
fg
v u>
$ 8 95 >

On _
th e fo u r t e en th d
( y)
a th e mo on ro se ; on th e
tw en ty -
ni n th th e vu l g a r s e es it . Sh Ka m bh
. . II , 1 0 .

C h a p t e r III .

N u m b er .

Th e Sin dhi h as y tw o n u mb er s th e S i n g u l a r
o nl

a nd th e P l ur a l ,
th e D u a l h a vin g b e en dr o p p ed a lrea dy
432 I . T HE A N A L Y TI C A L PA RT .

in P r akr it (c f . A s to th e ir s p e c ia l u se it m a y
r em a r k ed
"

be
1) A r ab ic n o un s i n th e so -
ca lle d b r o k en Plu r al
e
"
are ( a c c o r di n g to g t itheir
o n ) t r e a t do ri
a s g i n al si n ific a _

c o l l e c t i v e n o uns a n d c o n s e qu e ntly c o n s tr u c t e d wi th
,

th e Sin g u lar o f a v er b (o r a dj e c ti ve) T h e A r a b i c fem . .

Plur a l in m l is likew i s e tr ea t e d a s a Sin g u la r B u t n o w .

a n d th e n th e A r a b i c P l u r i s c o n s t r u c t e d wi th th e P lur al

it i s p u t i n th e S in dhi P lu r a l fo r m
.

o f a v e r b e tc
"

or .
, ,

a n d tr e a t e d a c c o r din g ly .

A sk , if so me c hildr en ar e d eti d fo
s ne r m e fr o m th e
thr e sh o ld of Go d . A m u lu M an , p . 1 39 .

I 4

sy, :
0

Bles sed are tho se w h o a r e pe a c e m a k er s ;

,
-
fo r they
h a ll ll e d c hi l dr en o f Go d M a tth 5 9
"

be
‘

s ca . .
,
.

T h en th e L o r d g i e s t h ee v a m e a do w , W h er e th e

g a r de n s o f E de n a r e Sh S 6 r I . . . 9:

$ 6 ” E
LT S ?
“
W
D o ye n o t see ,
th a t th e L o r d of th e w o r l d w ith
a ll c o m p a n i o n s , an d a ll p ro
p h e t s are co me . L ife o f A bd
ti f
'

u l-L a , p . 37

2) W ith S in g u l a r fo r m o f a n ou n
nu m er a l s th e
m a y b e u s e d th o u g h th e P l ur a l i s m o r e c o m m o n (c f
,
.

8) Th e P l u r a l i s fr e q u e n tly u s e d i n a h o n o r ific
s en se w n p
h e
,
s e a ki n
g w i th r e s p e c t o f a n y p e r s o n A n o u n .
434 I .
THE A N A L Y TI CA L PA RT .

SINGUL A R . PL U A L R .

A mi ru , s . m .
,
-

Lo rd ; th e
v
S'
or c o ffin of

A mi r . th e Im a m s H a sa n an d E u
s a in ,
c ar r ie d ab o u t in th e
M u h a rr a m .

p e o k
,
A dj .
,
b e l o n g in g Li a . »
p e a ,
k th e re a l ti o n s of

’
fa th e r
’
o r re a l tin g to o ne s . one s w i fe (h e r fa th er
’
s

s m a g r a1n a
M
var u va r a
. ” a

ié "L l
c ea n s e d r l c e
. .
'
ca s > ca
)f of c ea n sed l ) 7
g
(
111
g e n er a 1
cokh o , ri c e . Leg ; co kh a ,

5 m r a in L IS dan a , g r a in (in g en era l)

3 S

5
s . .
,
a
g . .

0 /
z a r di z a r diy fi, th e da r k
’

£5 9» ,
s . f .
, y e l (”ea

lo w n ess ts in th e t e eth
Sp o o f an
a r dl
.

£5 97? j ,
old h o r s e .

t; s ar i s f a
g r a in of s a r i yu rl c e 111 hu sk
(Q ,
. .
, ,

ri ce i
(n hu s k) . i
( g
n en er a l) .

”fi
at; s ah u r o , A dj ,
b elo n g m g l wLw h u ra th e r ela tio n s
sa ,

fa mil y) o f o n e s fa th er
’
fa the r
’
or re a l tin g to one s

i n la w -
.

2
9

5 “ s ei s f a Pi e ce of s ey u ve r mi c elli (in
1
a ,
.
7
.

5
,

v er mi c el h .
g en e r a l) .

3
L G n a n a n o, A dj , b e l o n g in g L 5 5
E
i
n an an a , l ti o n s
th e re a

to a m o th er s
’ ’
o r r el a tin g of one s m oth er (th e
m o th er fa th e r s fa mil y)
’ ’
s .

5) Th e fo ll o w in g n o un s are o n ly u se d in th e P lur a l
0 7 i
; babu r iyfi ,
s . f t ft
.
,
u s of ta n g l e d h a ir (a s worn
b y fa qir s)
'

ufl
e
f
tr eyfi, s . f, . c e r a in t fun e r a l r ite s , p e r fo r m e d d u ri n g
thr e e da y s t
a f er th e d e c ea s e of a p e r so n .
 I . T HE A NA L Y TICA L PA RT . 435

j u n da ,
s . m .
,

i m D im th e h o r t ha ir
s of an
j un d r a, s . .
,
.

i n fa n t .

j hi nda ,
s .m .
,

j a v ira , s . m .
,
a n ec k o r n a m en t of g o ld b ea ds .

t
Ci ra , s . m .
,
th e h o t da y s .

s dh any ,
i fi s . f .
, g a
r i n b o il e d an d a ft e r w a r d s

p a r c h ed .

r a tiri ya , s . m .
,
A kin d o f s up eri o r r ic e .

ka tiyfi, th e P l ei a d e s .

kuh a r a , s . m .
,
b oil e d dr y g r a in .

'
Ls g
i

g an j ,
a
'

s . m .
,
a kin d o f ri c e .

m 6 tiya , s . m .
,
a ki n d o f r i c e .

m u h a dr a s . b a r l ey se
p a r a ed t fr o m th e

m u h a dh a , h u sk .

v ap a mb a , s . m .
,
th e c a p sul e s o f th e Go r e ya
a r b o r ea ( a m e di c i n a l p l a n t ) .

h a th é r iyfi , s . f .
,
ha n dc u ffs .

Ch a p t er IV -
.

Th e c a s es of th e n o un .

g . 64 .

I . T h e N o m in a tive .

A s to th e sp e c ia l u se o f th e N o mi n a tiv e it m a y
be no t ed
I ) N o un s o r p r o p er na me s t
s a n di n g pp in a o s iti o n

to a n o th er n o u n ar e
g en er a lly c o o r din a t e d to th e sa me ,
E e 2
43 6 I . THE A NA L YTIC A L PA RT .

? the h a r b o u r K ar ac i ; (fit !
5 th e
''

as :
$
”

é LE
3 0

l a y l ik a 3
a L liké ti ; th e kin S h m
p é M g a su e tc ; b ut .

th e n o u n in a pp o s iti o n m a y a l so b e su b o r din a t e d b v me a n s

o f th e G e n i ti v e ; c f 67 4 .
,
.

W ell ! s m i l e s th e q u e en -
m o th er o f th e k in g P i acu ;
1 . e . sa yin g : w e ll ! sh e s mile s e tc . Sh . S 6 r II I , 6
.

L a ila i s th e na me of a w o man , wh o .
i
()s th e d a u g ht e r

o f th e
“

Qaz i Q ama r . M aj . 33 .

Th e m o n th (2 m o o n ) (o f) Mu h a r r a m w as see n ; an

Sh Ked I 1
'

xie ty b e fe ll th e p r 1n c e s . . .
, .

2) Su b s ta n tive s im p lyi n g a nu mb er or qu an tity

ma y -
b e lik ewi se c o o r din a t e d
.
to ano th er no u n, i n st e a d
'
'

of g v e
o r n in g i t in th e G en itiv e
.

(cf . as : 55
lo t s o f lib er a l p er s o n s .

Th er e a r e th r o u g h o u t lakh s (o f) t a
le b ea r er s a n d -

s c o u t s u p o n l o v er s M aj 2 5 4 . .

H a v in g cu t w ith (th ei r ) sw o r ds th ey ma de h ea p s
( ) of c a r c a ss es . Sh Ked . . I II , 4 .

Ha vi n g t a ke n bu c k et s (o f) h e art p l ea sin g -
g ifts be

c o n en t t! Sh . S5 r . III ,
4 .

3) Th e d u r a t i o n o f t i m e is e xp r e s s e d by th e N o
m1n a tiv e (o r b y th e u n i n fl e c te d c a se g e n er a ll y) .
4 38 I . T HE A NA LYTICAL P A RT .

Sh e re m emb e r m g th e Lo r d , tr emb lin g ,

s ha kin g ,

fe a r i n g , lifte d up h
( e r) n ec k an d m a de : M an . Sin dhi
R ea d B o o k.
, p .
~
64 .

,
3

Th en ye w ill b ec o m e c hi ldr e n of y o ur fa th er , w h o
is in he a ven. M atth 5 45 .
, .

6 5;

II . Th e V o c at i ve .

By th e V o c a ti thin g take n ve a
p e r s o n or p e r s o

n a lly i s a d dr e s se d ; th e V o c a tiv e s t a n ds th er efo r e in no

c o n n exi on wi th o th er n o u n s o r w i th a v e r b an d ,
is g e
‘

n era lly p u t a t th e b e g 1n n 1n f s en t e n c e
”

g o a .

.
1) Th e V o c a ti ve is u se d w i tho u t an y in t erj e c ti o n a l
ti cl e if ti c ul a r s tr e ss is la id th e a ddr e s s
p a r ,
no p a r upo n ;
b ut if th e a tte n ti o n of th e p er s o n sp o k en to is to b e

r o u se d , th e i n t e rj e c ti o n a l p a r ti c l es L3 y a , 6 ! e, 6 ! a i,

5 ! 6, 9 ar e u se d p o
r m i s c u ou s ly w it h m a sc an d fem
5
-
. .

n o un s , 6 1 .
i and
5
(
3? a i on ly w ith f e m . n o un s .

In a dd e s s r mg an i n fe r i o r p e r s o n , o r w h e n s p e a king
-

ver y a ffe c tio n a te ly to a p e r s o n ,

t h e i n t e rj e c ti o n a l p a r

ti c l es re (6 ) re
) an d ar e a re ) ar e u se d w i th

m a sc . n o un s, and ri
(6 ) r i) an d ar i ari ) ,

(cf . 16 , N o t e) w ith fe m . n o un s , be the y in th e

Sin g u lar or Plu r al . ba r i ,

6)
ri a nd r 1u are
 I . THE A NAL YTICA L PA RT . 43 9

l
a so u sed in dep e n d en tly of a n o un ln a ddr e s si n in
, g an

fe ri o r fe m a le ( or in tim a t e fri en d) .

3 0 ,

I
I h a v e b e e n q ui c k e n e d
“
,
co mp a n ion s , c o me in my
P u nh fi ! Sh D esi II E p il
.
,
.

5 5t ; ;
sL
5 9 .
é »

Fo r G o d s
’
sa ke “

,
ca m elm e n , d o not d ri v e on th e
ca m el s !
Fr ien d ! th o u a r t th e pr o tec to r o f m y c r ip p l e d li fe !
Do not e xtin ui s h (
g m y) a f
f ec ti o n o sw ee th e a r t ! Sh ,
.

D esi II I , 1 .

L
EL/
al h
J
a w ! PK ;
5ai

0 3A li , 3A l i ,
m i s fo r tu n e i s on th e ha n s ! o rp

Th e o r der o f Go d h a s co me , 0 Ima m s Sh Ked V . . .

h a vi n g
‘

H a llo ! so n of m a n , do e s t th o u g o b ea t en
o ur m o th e r ? A m ul u M an .
p . 148 .

k
“

H a ll o ! co o ,
b r in g b r ea d ! Ib i d p .
-
. 14 4 .

A dj ec tiv e s p r ec e din g or fo ll o w in g a n o un in th e
V o ca tiv e ar e likew i s e p u t in th e V o ca tiv e . B ut if an

j t iv e
a d ec d efin e s a n o th e r a dj e c tive in th e s en s e of an

a dv e r b ,
it re m a in s u n in fie é te d .
 ‘
440 1 I . T HE A
"

N A L Y TI C A L PA RT .

h a r min g
Sw eet ,
c fr ien d ! ma y s t th o u fer tili z e th e
W h o l e wo r l d ! Sh Sa r . . IV , 12 .

0 v e r y k in d ; S i ng ) h a v e
g i vfr i en d !
e n they . she .

me up w ith difficu lty (

i .e U n w illi n g ly) : M aj 6 6 4 . .

3 ) T h e N o min a tiv e
'

P lu r a l ‘
lly u s ed in
is o c c a si o n a

t
s ea d of th e V o c a ti ve ,
e s p e c i a lly w i th n o u n s te r min a t in
g
° ’
in u

W ho ar e y e ? w h en c e do y e c o me fr o m ? ye men
o ff o r e ig n ap
p e a ra n c e? N an g a j o Qi s s o ,
v 23
. .

Y e , tha t la b o u r an d ar e h eavy la den ,

co me t
un o

me ‘ M a tth
. . 1 1, 2 8 .

4) A . n u mb e r o f n o un s ar e co mm o n ly fo u n d in th e

V o c a t ive
’

ly as :
’

f? ! m are ama n e) ! ai A) !
i
on a
, ,
s f ,

a y l a e ,
-a ! a mi , S g n mai ,
L 0 m o th e r ! an a ffe c tio nat e
6 ;

t erm fo r fema l e ; ! a di d adi s i s er t ! L

é x>
'

o
a
6 9 , ,

—V
t ; 13La da 1135 da d a N
( m
V

s i g-
"

o or o
j j l a or
L5
x j 1 1,
j aun . .

5 ! 0
° and
j o b ) 0 b r o th er ! L3! aba an 3 b a b a (fr om
d L3L

5 5 an d o fa th e r ! a te r m ,
w hi c h m a y b e a
pp l i e d

even to a c hil d (ma l e or ,

fem a le) ; U
Li A O m1ya (Sing . an d

P lu r ) 0 . f i r en d a
! r e sp e c tfu l a ddr ess .

3 0 ,
3!
M 3
6
; Be we e f
.
es
. w ! 6 5 4
3

0 m o th er ! ho pe i s fu lfill e d , P u n hu has a r ri ved at

Kec . Sh D esi Ch 6 t
.
,
. 4
~
.
 42 I . , THE A NA LY TICA L PA RT :

‘
Suhin i was killed ,
sa ys th e S a yyid ,
by h
( )
e r re

l a ti o n sh ip . Sh . Su h :
. V , 17
-
.

B y th e_
lo ver s (Go d) is ne ver fo r g o tte n . Sh . J am .

Ka l V II ,
.
“

me a n s o f (
By my) fee t I c a n n o t a r r ive (th e r e ) ; th e
c o u n tr y o f my fr i e n d P I f
'

( ) ( ) i s a r o ff Sh Kh a m b h I E p il . . .
,
.

By dr o p s th ey a r e n o t r ec o n c ile d ; they h a ve f '

e s pie d

th e j ar s of th e h er o e s Sh J a m Ka l I V 9 . . . .
,
.

2 ) T h e I n str u m e nta l exp r es s e s c a u s a

‘
l i ty ) (by r ea s o n

o f, b y din t of )
°

O n the ve n th in th e m o n th th e b l o o d w e n
t ou t
“

se

of th e ve in s by r ea s o n of dr yn e ss ;
the m o nth th e lover
‘
O n th e ei
g th in e ye s of th e
‘
1

die of thir s t . M aj . 478 , 47 7 .

.

m a n ne r ,
[

3) T h e I n s tru m en ta l e xp r e s se s th e w a y and

in whi c h a ny thin g is do n e .

Hek ep t th e cus o mt (g ood breedin g

) i n a g ood m a n n er
‘
b e fo r e th e Qaz i . M aj . 17 3 .

1 ) In a mila r
si se n s e th e p o s tp o s itio n
u
L
- f ma y
é a ls o be e mplo ye d .
 I . THE A NA L YTICA L PA R T . 3

’ 0 /

in b o th ma n si o n s wi s e
’
Ther e is in thi s
(
no p p
ur o s e ,

t h ey sp o ke . Sh . J am . Ka l V , 2 3 . .

z 3

To , b o th h e lp l e s s o n es (th e re i s ) p l e a sa n t talk in
ma n y w a y s . M aj 1 9 8 . .

4) Th e I n stru m en t a l e xp r e s s e s th e p r i c e , fo r w hi c h
1
any thin g i s b o u g ht or so ld ) .

A re not tw o s p ar r o w s o ld fo r a p i e c e ? M a tth . 10, 29 .

I 3

Fin e b la c k w o o ll en b l a n ke t s co me th er e to ha n d
fo r a p a ltr y Sh . U m M ar . . VI , 8 .

67 .

IV . T h e G e n i t i ve .

1) I t m u s t b e m emb er e d , th a t th e G e n itive in
'

re

Sin dhi is o ri i n a lly d j e c t i v e , fo r m e d b y th e a ffix

“

an
g a

w hi c h lw a y s r e q u ir e s th e Fo r ma tive o f th e n o un ,
3g ,
a
\

to w hi c h i t a c c e de s ; th e G e n i ti v e ad mi ts th er e fo r e o f
g e n d er ,
in fl e c ti o n an d n u mb e r , lik e o th er a dj e c ti v e s In .

t
s ea d of its dimin u tive fo r m j is l fo u n d
"

a r c) a so

in p o e tr y , an d e s p e c ia lly s a n d6 ( gcf . . 1 6 , 6) an d

its di m fo r m j éu g ; s an dir é Th e G e ni tiv e si

j c a se
g n
-
. .

e tc may l
a so a c c e de to a n o un w ith s u ffixe s ; in
5; .

p o e r t y it i s fr e qu en tly dr o p p e d a lto g eth er ,

to b e s u p p li e d

fro m th e co nt ext . may l o be

a s s ep a ra e d t fr o m th e
no un ,
to w hi c h i t b el o n g s .
\

a
1 ) Bu t th e p o s tpo s itio n u L
-w ma y a ls o be u s ed in thi s s en s e .
“
4 44 I . T HE A NA LYTICA L PA RT .

Th e u n d er s a n din
t of th e du ti e s f faqi r is
'

g o a not

ea s y . Me n g ho 37 .

0 fr i e n d , in t o m y so u l fa ll s th e de sir e af er t thee !
“

‘
Sh .
’

B a r v o S in dhi II , 2 .

By m ea n s of th e m a g i c p o w er o f th e b u c ke t h e

b ec a m e w e a lthy . Sindhi R e a d oo , p 6 7 . . B k .
’

Th e m a s te r s h o u s e h a vin g g o t u p w h a t do
of th e
th ey s ee ? th a t a thi ef h a vin g c o lle c te d a ll thin g s o f th e
,

h o u se h avin g b o u n d a b un dle h a v 1n g dr u n k w in e (a n d)
, ,

h a vin g b e c o m e in to xi c a te d da nc e s I bid p ,
. . .

H a vin g
l

t l
s o en da ily fr o m th e h o u s e s of m e n al l so r st
of foo d t h ey w e r e b r in g i n g i t to h im . Ibid p . .
62 .

E M
5 4>
N
LGJ
g ; 5 ” 9

T o th e fo r e s t w ith th a t th y s o n w h o w ill c u t ,
o ff

th e h ea d of m y b r o th e r ! S t o r y o f R ae D i aé u p ,
.

T he g ra ss of m
( y) fa th e r l a n d I c o n s id e r a s mu s k .

2) A g s r e a r ds th e p o si t i o n o f th e G e nitive it g e ,
.

er a lly p r e c e de s th e by :w hic h it is g o v e r ne d l ike

'

n n o un , ,
 46 I . T HE A NA L YTICA L P A RT .

In “
my h ea r t ther e is a thir st a fte r th e J am A r i .

Sh Hu s
. . . V III E pil ,
.

Co m pla in t s ab o u t th e se
p a r a ti o n I ~
ha ll
s u tter to
dea r P u n h fi , 0 fr i en d ! Sh . Hu s VII I, E p il

4) O n e no un is t m a de d ep en da nt o n th e o the r
o f en
“

by m e a n s of th e Ge n iti ve w h e r e w e sh o u l d p r o p er ly
,

e xp e c t an ap p o si ti o n ) ?
In )
th is w ay na lo ,
na me
an d si m il a r n o u n s s ub o r din a e t th e a pp e lla tio n in th e G e
.

n itiv e . Th e sa me s u b o r din a tio n i n th e G en itiv e d

t akes
p l ace ,
w h en t h e g en u s 18 n e a r er de fin e d b y th e s p e c i es ,
”

as : a fig tr ee o r w h en a
-
, g eo g p
r a h i c a l a pp e ll a t i o n ,
a s

to wn m o u n ta in r iv er e tc is f o ll o w e d by a p r o p er n a m e ,
'

.
, ,

v er I n du s In me in st an c e s th e E n g li sh i di o m
~

as : th e ri . so

r es o r s t to th e sa me t
c o n s ru c tion ,
as th e Sin dhi , e .
g . th e
c it y of L o n do n .

Fr o m w h o m h a s t th o u l ea rn t th e w o r d (of)
~
°
s e ~

fr i e n d ! Sh B m o Si n dhi II 8
’

p a r a ti o n ,
d ear .
.

,
.

é
m o ne y
’
T h e w o m a n; u tt er e d th e w o r d f
( )
o l
s ow ly .

Sin dhi R e a d B o o k .
, p . 68 .

Th at ver y dr y p o st s t o o d a s a
g ‘
r e en ta m a r i sk tr e e
h a vin g b e c o me b i g a n d thi c k L ife . o f A bd - —
u l L a ti f, p 2 3 . .

Ther e was a v ery res

p e c a b e t l i nh a b i t a n t of th e to w n
of Th a t a I bid 45
“

. .
p . .

l
l ) See §
. 64 , 1 .
 I . THE A NA LYTI CA L PA RT . 44 7

5 ) T h e G e ni i
‘ tv e d e s cr ib es th e m a t e r i a l , of whic h
so m eth in g is m a de or co mp o se d ; i n thi s c a se th e G e
n itiv e qu i t e su p
p l i e s th e p l a c e o f an a dj e c t i v e .

Th e g a r m e n t o f J oh n w a s o f c a m e l s h a ir
’
an d ro un d

h is w a is t a g ir dl e o f l ea th er M a tth 3 , 4 . . .

She ha vin g p u t o n b r a c ele ts a n d

,
'

b u tto n s , w ill c au s e

to b r in g (c a ll fo r ) a g a r men t o f p e a r l s a n d r u b ie s . A m u lu

6 ) T h e G e n i ti ve d e s cri b e s th e
t u r e o r qu a l i ty n a

G en itiv u s qu a
?

o f th e n o u n o n w hi c h i t i s d e p e n d en t (
,

lita ti s) B u t in thi s c a se th e G en i t1v e mu st a lw a y s b e

.

a c c o m a n ie d b y a n t t t th t d c tiv e
p a r i b u e b e a a n a j e , ,

n o u n o r a n o th e r n o u n i n th e G e n it i v e ; th e r e etiti o n
p r o p
o f a n o u n m a y a l so s er ve as a n a tt r i bu t e
{ In
p o e try .
,

a n d e ve n in r o se , th e G e n i tiv e c a se s i n i f q n tly
p g s r e u e -

d r o p p e d s o tha t c o n s tr u c ti o n s o f thi s k in d c a n h a r d ly
,
‘

b e di stin g u i sh e d fr o m th o s e wi th theL o c a ti v e s ee 70 4 , ,
.

On e th em w a s n in e ye a r s
of o ld , th e o th er ei
g ht
ye ar s . Sin dhi R e a d B o o k p 5 0 .
,
. .

. a
as ? [
J o
LEO , i
3
s m (5)
W ith o u t u n d e r s a n din t g s c ien c e is o f n o u se . Ib p 5 4 . . .

Fr o m K ec me va n m el s ki n d
?

ca a cara ,
ca of a fin e .

Sh D esi
. H I, 8 .

I 3

H a v in g g i v e n c o l the s of differ en t ki n ds he s a r ed
t t
th e m o ff . A mul u M an .
p . 140 .
44 8 I . T HE A NA L YTI CA L PA RT .

W he n th e G e n i ti ve i s d e p en de n t o n n o un s, i m
7) «

, q y a
in
p ly g a p a r t u a n t i t o r m e s u r e , it e x r e s se s th e
p
w ho le of th at , o f Whi c h th e g o v e r n in g n o un s
fo r m s
a p tar . B u t if no su c h n o un
p r e ce d e an d a
p a r t is
to be s in
g l e d o ut ,
a
p o s tp o sitio n mu st be u se d
( as

W hic h a w o m a n t oo k (a nd) h i d in thr e e mea su re s

of flo ur . M a tth .

A: j ar of wi ne fell i n t o hi s h a nds . S in dhi Re

ad .

Bo o k p ,
‘
. 62 .

’
o )

I n on e of th o s e (h eu se
s) my be a d stea d sh a ll b e , 1n

th e o th er tha t of th e k in g .
’
A mu lu M an p 14 2 , .

I f tw o p er s o n s o f y o u b ec o me o ne h e a r t ed
— r es
p e c ti n g
a p e titi o n . M a tth .

8) A ta in n u mb er o f a dj ecti ves a n d a pp e
ce r ll a tiv e s ,

w hi c h ha v e p a r tly t a ke n th e s i g n ific a ti o n o f su b st a nti ve s ,

m a y s u b o r di n a t e a n o th er n o u n i n th e Gen itiv e O f thi s .

‘
kin d fo r m e d b y the
‘
are th e n o uns a ffix aku , a u
( see

an d o th e r s .

L o ve r s , dr in k er s of p o i s o n ,
ar e v er r y h a pp y w hen
s e ei n
g p o l so n ;
Th ey e a lw a y s u se d to th e h a in an d th e exe c u
'

ar ;
c

c u ti o n er . Sh Ka l
. . II , 3 3 .
4 50 I . T HE A NA L Y TICA L PA RT .

By da y th ey u sed to s it
. in its s h a de . L ife of A bd
nl -
L a ti f , p . 23 .

1 0) A n umber of a d ec j tive s r e qu i r e idio ma ti c a lly

th e in fl e c t e d c a se of th e Ge n itive (i e . . w he n a

n o un i s m a de de p en d e n t on t h em . T h e mo st .
co m mo n
of th e m ar e : 3 37 ado i n fr o n t ; 3
5 5 ! o d d (D
, im 5395
3 ! o dir o), .

L; s amuh d , 1 n fr o n t o f , o t
1 ,

n ear , to ;
OW pp o s i e ;

n e ar Th e se a dj ec tiv e s b ein g m o s tly

e tc .
’

u sed a s ad
v e r b i a l p o s tp o siti o n s 58 II ) th e s a m e , ,
c o n s r uc t ti o n
h a s a pp a r e n tly b ee n pr e s e r v e d w h e n the v ,
are u se d as

r e u l ar a dj e c ti v e s
g .

W h en th e y c a me n ea r to J er u s a le m . M a tth . 1 .

i
L o o k a t the r isin g o f th e m o o n ; th e frie n d i s
?

n ea r

to th ee , fa r fr o m m e Sh Ka mbh II , 7
“
. . . .

I a

Th e yes o p p o si te th e yes th e w h o l e da y an d
’
“

e are e

1 1) Th e re a l ti ~
ve a d e c j tives $6? j eh 6 , j eh a r é ,

su c h as ,
l ik e as ,
fit to ,
s a n do ,
li k e as , j e

tir o ,
as mu c h as ,
an d j e do ,
as lar g e as ,
are a lw a y s
t
c o n s r u c ed t w i th th e si mp le Fo r ma ti ve of th e n o un , th a t
dep e n ds u
p o n th em .

M aj n d , th e so n M a hmud i s the n
of , no t su c h as

to c o me , 1 e is . . not likely to c o me Maj . . 7 19 .

 I .
THE A N A L TIC A L PA RT Y . 451

T e e th s like J a si n u m fl o Wer s th e B o u n tiful h a s g iv en

W h i c h i s b le s s e d in a ll w a ys , like tho u ,
o w is e o ne .

82 5 .

In tha t (ther e i s) eve n tho u tho u ; (th er e i s) n o o the r ,

a s m u c h a s t h e t wi n kl in g
‘

s o un d ( o f a n ey e ) fo r a r s

m o me n t .Sh J a m Ka l V 1 9
. . .
,
.

f é’ 4” “9 “
37 “
G
r
)
v
7 6

Th en n o mo t e a s la r g e a s a ,
ses a mum s ee d , ca me
in to thy b o dy 0 fr i en d ? A j aib v
,
-
. 21 .

12) W h en a n oun is su bo r din a t e d b y m ea n s of th e

G en itive to th e I n fini ti ve of a n eu e r t ti ve v er b
or ac

th e c a se - s i g n of th e G en itive m a y b e o p tiona lly d r o

pp e d .

Th e vil lag e r o c c u pi e d hims elf he (th e) re m o vin g o f

th a t littl e g r a in . Sin dhi R ea d B o o k .
, p, 56 .

Th e Mu g ha ls ,
h a v1 n g ta k en (their ) s wo r d s ca m e fo r
th e killin g of th e Shah ,
i . e .
“
in o r de r to kill -

him
’
. L ife
o f A bd -
ul -
L a ti f , p . 15 .

A ft er th e s e ei n g of this fl
a f u en c e sh e o ffe r e d u
p
d u tiful th a n ks . Sin dhi Rea d B o o k .
, p . 55 .
452 I . T HE A
“

N A L YT ICA L PA RT .

Till th e p a ss in g awa y of h e a ve n an d ear th not one

j ot o f th e la w s h a ll in an y w a y p a ss ,
o ff . M a tth . 5 , 18 .

68 .

V . Th e D a ti v e .

Th e D ative d e n o te s th e m o r e di s ta n t o b ec j t ,
in
.

r e fe r e n c e to w hi c h th e s u b ec j t is ac ti n g . Thi s is a r ea dl y
in di c a t e d by th e p o s tp o si tio n e! kh e 16 , by
s ,

m ea n s of w hi c h th e D a tive c a se is m a de u
p and w hi c h

o ri in a lly ni fie s : t f, fo r th e ke f,
“

o n sa o
g s1
g a c c o un o

! is
’
in r e f e r e nc e to In o th e o tp o siti o n
p r se p s
:

S e
a l w a ys p u t a f er t th e Fo r m a ti ve of a n ou n ,
b u t in poet r y
it m a y
‘

it m a y pr e c e de th e n o un ,
or b e d r o p p ed al

t o g e th e r .

W h e n a G e n iti v e ,
d ep e n din g on ,
a n o un in th e D a
.

tive fo ll ow s t h e s a me
,
imm edia t e ly , th e p o s tp o siti o n

1s p ut a f er t th e G eniti ve c a se -
s1
g n .

C o me n ea r , d e a r fr ie n d , do ,
not g 1v e
p a i n to th e
di s tre s s e d Sh A b ir i X
’

. .
,
4 .

I 3

Then Ma s t e Naz e ca me a n d s a id thu s to th e e e l g an t.

j
A aib , v . 90 .

1 ) In p o e tr y th e p o stp o s itio n s
o
f ka n e , GJS ka n e a nd f g are
I
a re u s ed in th e s a me s en se as
n I
 I . T HE A NA LYTICA L PA RT .

Th ey s en t m en fo r fo o d , w a t er ( an d ) g r as s . Sh .

Ked I , 5 . .

O h er o ! th o u di e s t fo r th e sa k e of vic t o r y ,
fo r g e t
then th e a p p r eh en si o n s o f th e h e a r t ! -
Sh . Ked VI , 9 . .

Th e
I

D a ti ve
" ,

4) e x r e s se s
p th e i de a of m o tio n to
a p l a c e “

H av i n g dr ive n I me to Kec, wh er e P un h fi
“

on ca

hi mse lf (is) . Sh A bir i V

.
,
1

O fa ir L a dy , a f ert de a th th o u w ilt co me to P un h fi .

Sh M a zt
. . IV , 5 _
.

Th e w o r k of a m e ss en g er i
( . e . tr a velli n g ) do e s not

a t a ll b r in g to K ec . Sh . A b ir i I V , 1 0 :

5) T h e D a tiv e is u sed to e xp r e ss t 1 m e , wh e n ,
on ly
an in defin ite
.

sp a c e of tim e is s
p o ken o f, w h e r ea s th e

t s ito n or mp loy e d if th e ti me ,
“

o ” in 1s e
p o s p O f? h
a s »
, , ,

d ur i n g w hic h an y th i n
g i s do n e , i s to b e no te d .

,
£ 0

Q a 1§ar e sa ys : a rri ve tha t ver y ni

g ht in Kelat . Sh .

Sar I V , 3
. .

d
L

G o to thy
( ) fr ie nd
'
e

at d r k
a y -b e a ,
in l
c ea r ay. Sh .

Su h . Ob dt . 11 .
 II . T HE A NA L YTICA L PA RT .

I mme dia t ely !

at
‘
tha t time an o rd er was g i v e n to
th e c h a mb e r l a i n s . A j aib, v . 15 .

69 .

VI . Th e A c c u sa tive .

Th e A c c u sa t iv e
Sin dhi it i s e ith e r h a s tw o fo r ms in ,

ide n tic a l w ith th e N o m i n a t i v e o r w ith th e D a t i v e ,

i e th e i de a o f th e A c c u sa tive m a y be e xp r e sse d a ls o
. .

b y m e a n s o f th e p o s tp o sitio n

tive i s c o mm o n ly e xpr e ss e d b y th e
1) Th e A c c u sa

fo r m o f th e N o min a ti ve w h e n e ver th e v e r b g o v er n s o n ly ,

an A c c u s a t i v e a n d n o t a t th e sa m e tim e a D a tiv e
,
.

W h en h e s h a ll k e ep h is o wn h o r se s b o a ts
, ,
so l di er s
an d m a ke h is o wn j u dg em en t s an d tho u g hts . A mu l .

M an p . . 1 39 .

’ o a ,

If I s h a ll ma r r y ,
I s ha ll ma r r y this v er y fa ir y H u
s 1n e . I bid p . . 141 .

2 ) B u t w h e n th e su b ec j t of th e t
s en e n c e is an ani

mt a e no un (in th e N o min a tiv e) th e o bj e c t (A c c u sa tiv e )

mu st b e m a r k e d o u t b y me a n s o f th e p o s tp o siti o n

to a vo id a p o s s i b l e m i s t a ke If th e su bj e c t b e a n im at e ,
.

an d th e o b ec j t in a n im a te , th e o bj e c t (A c c u sa ti ve) g e n e
ra lly re m a in s in th e -
u n in fl e c te d fo r m i
(. e. w i th o u t
th e P o s t p o s i ti o n ) th er e b e n o da n g er o f m 1s a ppr e
,
if
h e n si o n . If b o th s u bj ec t a n d o bj e c t imp ly in a n im a t e
, ,

thin g s , th e o bj ec t m a y lik e w is e r ema in u n in fl e c te d . .

45 6 I . T HE A NAL YTICA L PA RT .

Sh ah Sahi b h a vin g ta ken tha t ver y , fa qi r w ith hi m ,

‘

c a me . L ife of A bd -
ul L a ti f
-l
40 .

Th e fa th er of th e Sh ah co n ti n u e d s ee kin g the Shah

S ahib . Ibid p . . 44 .

W h en Ma yda m H ashim hea

rd tha t ,
th e Shah S ahib
ca use s to m a ke m u s ic in th e mo s q u e . I b id p . . 35 .

i
0 1 O 3 3
i
”
f ’
o o
’

ver this wo r d
If e th e kin g o f th e mi c e w ill h ea r .

Sin dhi R e a d B o o k p .
,
. 62 .

If tha t (tr e a su r e) so m e ma n fin ds , h e ke ep s i t co n e

c e a le d . M a tth . 13 , 14 .

3 0 ;

Th e b
( l a c k) m a r k s f
(ro m b l o w s) ca us e p a in s ; th e
bo n e s l
a so are a c hin g o n acco un t of th e m y) s w e eth ea r t .

Sh . A b ir i , Ch o t . 2 .

3) W hen th e o b ec j t (A c c u s ) ti v e v e r b i s
of an ac

fo r any r ea s o n to b e r e n d e r e d m o r e p r o mi n e n t th e po st ,

p o si ti o n 1s u se d fo r thi s p u rp o se T hi s i s e sp e cia lly

.

th e c a se ,
w h en livin g b ein g s w ho s e
th e o b ec j t i mp li e s ,

me n tio n h a s be en ma de a lr ea dy o r w h en tw o o r m o r e ,

p e r so n s o r th i n s
g are in any way c o mp a r e d or s et

a g a in s t each o th e r B u t muc h s c o p e i s l eft in thi s .

 I . T HE A (
NA L YTICA L PA RT .

” ‘
If
m
F

“ f
r» \
c

at e g w
A . n . 0 0

w °
t e u£
-
f
e
w o
ot
f s ,

Then it w a s aba ndo n e d b y th e c a ra va n as re

g ards

h er , w hi l e b ein g a s ee p l ,
i . e . sh e was a b an do n e d b y th e
c ar a va n w h il e b ein g a s e ep l . Sh Koh . . I, 8 .

Hav in g ta k e n hi s bu n dle h e s ar t te
d h im o ff . Sin dhi
R ea d B o o k.
, p . 53 .

5) W h en g ,
a ver b
t i v e b o th o ver n s a do u b l e A c c u sa ,

o bj ec t s r e m a in in th e u n i n fl e c te d s ta t e if they i mp ly ,

thin g s ; b u t if th e fir s t o bj e c t b e a p er so n o r a livin g
b ein g i n g e n e r a l it is r en der e d m o r e d efin it e ) by th e
1
,

a c c e s sio n o f th e p o s tp o s i ti o n w h er e a s th e s e c o n d

o bj e c t , b e it thing r e main s in th e u n i n
a p e r so n or ,

fl e c te d s t a te o f the S in g u l a r th o u g h it r e fer to a Plu r a l .

I f th e s tr e s s i s o n th e s e c o n d o bj e c t (c o mp a r e 94
'

I
,

i t m a y b e p la c e d fir s t .

ha ll g i ve (my) fle sh to th e w ild b e a sts

I s ,
h a vi n g
m a de a t o m s (my) life Sh A b ir i I X E pil . .
,

Tha t one w a s i n th e h a b it o f c a u s in g th e g u e s t s to
eat b r ea d , i h e w a s in th e ha bit o f e n t er ta i n in th
. e .
g e

g u es s t . L ife of A bd -
ul -
L a ti f , p . 40 .

M a ke th e w ea k dn e p a s s th e H ar h c , sa ys L a ti f .

Sh .
~
D esi I V , 4 .

I w ill m a ke yo u fishe r s M a tth

~

of m en . . 4 , 19 .

1 ) B u t b o th o b e c ts ma y a lso ma in in th e u n m fle cted s ta te,

j re

th o u g h implyin g p e r so n s ; se e 3 .
 I . THE A NA L YTI C A L PA RT . 459

6) W hen tive ver b s u b o r din a te s a t th e s a m e

an ac
‘
time a n ea r a n d a mo r e di sta n t o bj ec t (i e a n A c c u . .

sa ti ve a n d a D a tive ) th e A c c u sa ti v e (in th e u n in fl e c te d
,

s t a t e ) g en e r a lly f o l l o w s th e D a ti v e e xc e p t a p a r ti c u l a r ,

s t r ess b e l a i d o n th e A c c u s a ti v e i n w hi c h ca s e i t p r e ,

c e d e s th e D a ti v e .

The a c co m p li s h e d o n e c a u ses d a ily n ic e b l a n di s hm e n ts

M aj
'

to b e m a de to Q ai s . . 223 .

Th e ha n d s th e littl e da ug ht er s h a ll w a sh us . L i fe
of A bd -
u l L a ti f
-
, p . 48 .

B ut one(g ) th o r a in
u do e s t n o t g i v e t o a n o th e r wi th thy

ha n d h a vin g thr o w n in a n o b sta c le o b r o th er ! M é n g h c 1 1

“

.
, ,

70 .

V II . Th e L o ca ti ve .

T h e L o c a ti v e , as no te d l
a rea d y, can on ly be ex

p ressed Sin g ul a r o f m a s c u lin e n o u n s t e r min a tin g

in \
th e
in a ll o th er n o u n s a n d thr o u g h o u t th e P lu r a l
° ’
in u ;

th e L o c a tive m u s t b e c ir c u m s c r ib ed by th e p o s tp o sitio n s
( ’
and in In p o e tr y the s e t p o s it i o n s
W .
p o s ar e

co mm o n ly dr o p p e d and on ly th e Fo rm a ti ve of a n oun

is u se d to e xp r e s s th e i dea of th e Lo c a ti v e , in th e P lur a l
th e co n tr ac ted fo r m of th e Fo r m a ti ve (en din g 11
1 e or

a) mu s t in this c a se a lw a y s be e mp l o y e d . B ut a sol in

p r o se th e tp o siti o n s W
p o s an d
eg
_ b ” o - are fr e qu e n tly

l eft o ut i dio m a tic a lly e sp e c i a lly a ft e r ,

n o un s imp lyi n g
time
'

W h en a su b s a n t tive in th e L o c a tive is a cco mp a n ied

46 0 I . T HE A NA L YTICA L PA RT ;

by j tive
a d ec e n din in
" th e adj e c tive mu st
an
g ,
u be
likew ise p u t i n th e «
L o c a tiv e ; b u t a dj e c tive s o f o the r
t er min a ti o n s , pro n o u n s or n u m er a s l a r e o n ly p u t in th e

Fo r ma tive .

l) T h e L o c ative e xp r es s e s in Sin dhi n ot on ly th e

p l ac e m
,
w hi c h an ac ti o n i s g o in g on ,
b ut l
a so di
re c t i o n and m ot i o n to a p l a c e . Th e L o c a t iv e i s
o 3

v er b s
I

th er efo r e a f er t of m o t1 o n , h
.

u se d
L95 5
su c as : va
fI
to g me e tc
I v

nan u ,
o ,
a c an u ,
to co

No cro ws w er e si ttin g
tr e e ; e v en l n g tide h a s on a

s et in ; s h e s e iz e s th e O p p o r tu n
:
ity
,

Sh e s t e pp e d in h a vin g t a k en th e j a r in to th e h a n d
, ,

h a vin g h ea r d th e c a ll (to pr a yer) o f th e even in g .

Sh Su h . I , 14 .

I n th e ca ldr o n s the limb s b o il , w h er e not a

g r a in

do es d e s c en d i n th e e ddi e s . Sh . Ka l I I , 2 7
.

In d e ep , v er y g r ea t lo ve are h ar es an d j ac ka ls .

Ma y not an y o ne ,
0 fr i en d ! tr u s t in a B alu c hi
p ro mis e ! Sh . D é s i , Ch 6 t . 7 .

P
£ 3 0 3

f
3

‘
i I-S N -3 ° K
) éi (g s
-3
ti
l

I g o to th e fo r e st ; I ha ve s een th e fo o ts t e p of

P u n h fi Sh Hu s V , 4
. . .
 I . T HE A NA L Y TICA L PA —
RT .

Gr a n t m e tha t fa vo u r th a t I m a y m e e t w hilst ,
»
,

livin g (lit . in th e s ta t e o f b e in g a live) my s w eeth e ar t .

Sh A b ir i I
.
,
1 .

W hils t we l i ve '
no one s ha ll ta ke e v en th e n ame

t ak e do w n th e lo a d ; d ep a r t tha t tho u ma y s t
Do not ,

m e et w ith (thy) o bj e c t w hil s t th e s u n i s (y et) r e d ‘

Sh ,
d
. .

‘
4) Th e L o c a ti v e d es c r ib e s th e a ttr ibu t es or q u a l i ti e s ,

i n whi c h the sub ec j t i s , to say so ,

i mm er se d In the
E n g lis h i di o m su c h a L o c a ti v e mu s t be tr a n sla te d by
° ’ “ ’
th e p o s tp o s iti o n of or w ith

Of l
s e n de r w a i st , o f s ra i t g h t n o se ,
with l a m p b la c k
-

their e ye s (a r e) fille d . Sh . Sam I , 3 5 . .

In th e a do r n m en t . o f th e h ea d (a n d) b o dy h e i s a

h er o of .

g r ea t b o l dn e s s . A aib ,
v

v. 1 5 6 .

o
r
W i th g r eat u dde r th ey ca me , ha vin g b eh in d th eir
yo u n g o n es . Sh . S ar I V , 1 4
. .

H a st th o u s een a n y w h er e o n e b y n a m e Sh ah A bd
ul L a ti f , o f s u c h m ar k s a n d s i n s my ? L ife o f A bd
g s o n
-
,

ul -
L a ti f , p ; 9 .
 I . T HE A NA L Y T I C A L PA RT . 46 3

A n o rp h an ,
of to r n cl o th e s ]

,
to lo o k u
p o n l ik e a
‘
b a si l lea f . M aj . 30 3 .

O f de e r -
e ye s ,
o f ear s - of a w il d g o o se ,
of a Kcv il s ’

s p ee c h . I bid . 52 .

Of a n ec k (an d) b re a s t like '

a i
p g eo n ,
a mi abl e .

I bi d . 60 .

5 ) T h e L o c a ti l in c o m p u tati o n s th e ve 1s u s ed a so ,

sum o r r ic e t w h i h m th i i s c o mp u t e d b e in g
p a c s o e n
g , ,

u t in th e L o c a ti ve f l
p (c a s o 6 6 .
,

,
l /
t L L M
at
:
w a
ig a
£9 3
3
LS ? U
: J
} . 3
r
d )
P 5
2> W 5

Thy s tep 1 do not b a la n c e w ith ten billi o n s , i f th o u

bec o m e co mfo r t e d . Sh . S6 r . II , 4 .

Tha t he t ar ,
w hi c h i s n o t a t a ll o b a i n e d t fo r a p r ic e ,
th o u h ast as ke d . Sh . S6 r . II , 1 5 .

V II I . Th e A b l a t i v e .

T h e idea of th e A b la ti ve is e xp r e s s e d ei th er b y th e

A b l a ti v e c a se ( cf . 1 6 , 5) or b y p o s t p o s i ti o n s , as
w é
Lf ,

f
-

g LAY fr o m , Z
L w ég
L w fr o m in , Lf, LéaE fr o m
-
ve , u , u U
u
p o n e tc .

1 ) T h e A b l a ti ve den o t e s in th e fir s t i n sta n ce se
p ara ti o n ,
r e mo va l ,
dis ta n ce fr o m a pl a c e thin g ;
or

it i s th er efo r e co mm o n ly u s ed with s u ch verb s p o st ,

p o s i t i o n s and ad v er b s ,
as imp ly a dista n c e o r s ep ara ti o n

fr o m a ny thin g (p l a c e time ,
 64 I; T HE A NA L YT I CA L P A RT .

Thi s o ne ca m e ,
“

h a v in g m a de a
j o u rn e y fr o m a

fo r eig n c o un r t y . S . S6 r I , 5 . .

I
D 0 0

W hen I fl e d fr o m B h a mbh é r u th en , all p a i n s b ec a m e

d e lig ht s ;
H a vin g de sc e n ded fr o m ~th e m ou n ta inp a s s I b e c a me -

l n my o w n
p e r s o n P u n h a Sh ; A b i r i V ,
.

I w ill sc o o p o ut of (my) s h o u lder s s o methin g ,

0

bar d , an d g 1v e it th ee w i th th e b o dy Sh S6 r II
. . .
,
22 .

B e fo r e “

de a th , 0 livin g !
Sa su i , 0 fa ir L a dy ! di e w hilst
, T u r n n o t a side fr o m th a t c o mp a n y b y w hi ch th e ,

s ou l h a s b e e n l o s t o n th e r o a d Sh Ma ze IV 6 . . .
,
.

2 ) T h e A b la ti ve is th er efor e u se d in co mp ar is o n s ,
th e o b ec j t ,
with w hi c h a n o un is co mp a r ed ,
b ein g
p ut in th e A b la tiv e , t t to s a e th e di sta n c e or diffe r e n c e
of one n o un fro m a n o th e r (c f . 2 1)

fr ien d,
“

If th o u desir e s t to m eet thy th en t

e s ee m
virtu e mo r e tha n vi c e s ; l
(i t e r a lly : ,
e st e em vir tu e b e fo r e
vi c e s .
) Sh . J a m Ka l V III , 2 2
. . .

«
1) é
. .fi th e sa me as L XI ,
th e l atte r h a vi n g b een ,
a ft e r a
p oe

tic a l lic en s e , a s pir ate d , fo r th e s a ke of th e rh y me .

 66 I
‘
. T HE A NA L YTICA L PA RT .

Go w ith th e g o ld ,
to th e b a n ker , b
( )
ut d o not . at

a ll ta ke d o w n th e lo a d ! Sh . S u r ag . I V, 9 .

5) W ith n eu t e r v er b s th e A b l a ti ve “

e s p ec i a
( llywith
‘
u é )
th e p o s t p o s i ti o n “

Lf d e n o t e s th e a
g t T h
en e s a me .

'

i s th e c a se wi th p a s s i ve ver b s ,
if th e a e n t b e a n in a n i
g
ma te n oun .

Ma s t e r ,
I ha v e do n e w r o n g ,
fo r g iv e m e t h a t !
“
‘
L i fe
o f A bd -
ul -
L a ti f , p .

I s hall b ec o m e a c an d e l in th e ni
g ht ,
b ei n g bu rn t
by th a t d e li g ht . Sh Kh a mbh . . I , E p il . 3 .

B y t h e b e a u ty
”
of h i
( ) s fa c e I w a s m a de m m
a d in ( y)
m in d . Sh . Su h . IX ,
8 .

Ch a p t e r V .

P r o n o un s .

I . P er s o n a l p ro no u n s .

g . 72 .

1) T h e p e r so n a l p r o n o un s are g en er a lly not e ir

r essed t e r min a t i o n s o f
b e in g im p li e d i n th e i n fl exi o n a l
p ,

th e v e rb
"
Th ey a r e th er efo r e o n ly u s ed eith er fo r th e
.

s a k e o f p e r s pi cu ity o r fo r th e s a k e o f e m ph a si s ) o r c o n
1

tr as t I n p o etr y a p er so n a l p r o n o u n 1 s o ften o mitte d

.
,

‘
1) C o mmo n ly w ith th e em
p h a ti c i I
() or hi ,
 I
. T HE A NA LYTI C A L P A RT . 467

w h er e w e ho u ld e xp ec t o n e a n d mu s t th en b e s u pp lie d
s ,

fr o m th e c o n t ext .

O n th e w ho le th e p e r so n a l p ro n o u n s pr e c e de th e
ver b to w hic h th ey b elo n g bu t they ma y a lso fo llo w
, ,

i t es pec ia lly in p o etry

,
.

I am a onel on th e Ha b , I ha ve no fr iend nor

b r o th er . Sh . Suh . II , E pil . 2 .

a , I

Y e m a r r i e d w o me n l r etu rn !
a so I s h a ll no t
w itho u t m
( y) h u s b a n d . Sh A bir i IV
.
,
9 .

Go a g a in y e a ll , who ha ve hu sba n d s ! I bi d IV , .

0 3

E ven m e kil l my o wn p a i ns .

2) T h e G en iti v es 5; M 5 thy a nd ; my , ,

a r e po sse s s i ve a dj ec t iv e s i n th e N o m in a tive a n d i n fl e c te d

a c co r din ly I e tr y th e c as e — i f q tly
g n p o . s
g n
5; 1s r e u e n

d r o pp ed , b u t th en th e fo r m s v » a nd 3 mu st b e em
7 5
l y d I n st ea d o f th e e ss i v e j ti v e s
a d ec th e p r on o
p o e .
po ss

min a l su ffixe s a tta c h e d to no u n s v

( e r b s a n d p o s tp o s i t i o n s )

or to (of . 40 , 2 ) m a y a sol be u se d ,
and in t
c e r a in

77
c a s es
5; M 7
s ee .

T h e G en itive of th e p e r so n a l p r o n o u n o f th e I a n d
P
'

I I p er s . S in g . and lu r (La t mei , tu i e tc ) i s e xp res s e d

. . .

, O )

b y th e Fo rma tive e tc w hi c h i s
£5
5
W 7
<5 ?
.
,

l
a so u se d b efo re su c h p os tpo siti o ns ,
as r e qu i re 3
as ; ,
Cf.

5 8 , 11
_
.
468 I . T HE A N A L Y T I CA L PA RT .

’ 0 7

3L w f
4 _ 3
} @ s?)
5 Q G
'W
M
» 5
; u u 4> '
U
.

My h e a r t i s fixe d th er e ,
h er e is ( ly)
on ear th and

flesh ; Sh U m M ar V I , 1 6 . . . .

I t i s m y fr i e n d
’
s tu r n to c o me t o my ho u s e . Sh .

Ka m b h I 9 . .

Thy co mp an io n s , th y fr ie n d s h a ve b ee n c a rr i e d d o w n
th e r i ve r b y th e w a v e s . Sh Su r ag
. .
. VI , 6 -
.

W h o e v e r l o v e s So n or d a u g ht er m o r e tha n m e ,
is
no t wo r thy o f me . M a tth . 10 , 3 7 .

C o me ,
w al k a fter m e, i . e . fo llo w m e . I bi d .

nd 5;
) 0 3 0 ,

3)
5 ;
0 9 . x»
. a
0 6
- 45 ar e a so l u sed su b s ta n
ti -
vely ,
e s p e c ia lly i n th e Plur a l ,
in th e s e n se o fz my, th y
p p
e o e l or fr i en ds .

L49 5» L: W JO JL M
3 L? ! U)
” J a w !

I h a ve a v er y g r ea t l o n g in g ; w o ul d that my (fri en d s)
h ad r et u r n e d ! Sh . S am I I , 1 7 . .

4) Th e A cc us a tiv e of th e p l p r o n o u n s mu s t
e r s o na

a lw a ys b e m a r k e d b y th e p o s tp o s i t i o n
£54
5 w h i c h i n ,
0

p o e t y h o w e ve r
r 1s fr e qu e n tly dr o pp e d . B u t if in a se n

t e n c e a D a t iv e an d A c c u sa ti v e o f a p e r s o n a l p r o n o u n
(or p ro n o un o f th e III p e r s ) . s h o u l d o c c u r t h e D a t i v e ,

t a ke s th e p o s tp o s itio n a s w e ll a s th e A c c u s a tiv e ;
470 I . THE A NA LY TI C A L PA RT .

-
73 .

II . D emo n str a ti ve p ro n o uns .

1) Ther e is no p e r s o n a l pr o n o u n o f th e III p er s .

S i
( g n u l ar an d P lu r a l) in Sin dhi its pla c e b eing g e n er a lly
,

s u pp li e d b y th e d em o n s tr a ti v e
,
i th
sa at , h e, sh e ; b u t if
a di s tin c ti o n b e t w e en a n ea r e r a n d a m o r e di st a n t j
o b ec t

i s to b e ma de , th e d emo nstr a tiv e pr o n o u n 9 th i s is

6
"

r e fe r r e d to th e h a n d a n d 7 5> to th e m o r e
o b ec j t n e ar at ,

d i s ta n t o n e W he n th e s u bj e ct (o r o bj ec t) o f th e s e n
.

t en c e 1mm edia tely p r e c e din g i s to b e t a ken u p a g a in

b y a p r o n o u n th e de mo n s t r a ti ve p r o n o u n 5 ) i s u s e d
2
M
, .

W h en th e g r o a n of h er dyin g c a me h er e ar
“

u po n .

Si n dhi R e a d B p 6 4 . . .

Tho u a rt a m an , sh e a w o ma n . A m u lu Man ,

h is min d
e ’
Tha t o n e h a s in t
( h e w o r d) ni
g h t , th es e
o n es thi n k this M aj . . 34 .

1)
6
53
1 is a ls o us e d idio ma tic a lly in th e fo llo w in g wa y:

O th e r w i se thi s i s th e kin g do m , th is th o u , i . e . I wi ll h a v e nothin g

do w ith th e kin g do m n or w ith th e e A mu lu Man 141
‘
to . .
p . .

2) Th e de mo ns tr a tiv e pr o n o u n w h en j o ine d to a p er s o n al
e ’
r o n o u n , s ig n ifies t h e r e fo r e ; a s
p

O U ma r of th e Sumir o cl a n ,
th e r e fo r e ho w s h a ll I p ut on s ilk ?

Sh Um Ma r ni VII , 6
. . .
 I . THE A NA LY TICA L PA RT .
47 1

T h e D ev h a s g iv en th e e a n e ckla c e o f n in e l a kh s ;
tha t a ls o I s n a t c h e d a w a y a n d to o k to h a n ds A m u lu .

M an p . . 147 .

3
~G
5 w ar
th e se b u ffa l o es h a ve
A ll c o me o ut of it w er e
b o r n ) ; t a k e th e m a s thy o wn . S in d hi Rea d B . .
p . 61 .

2 ) T h e de m o n str a tiv e p ro n ou n th i s v e r y ,
r e fe r s

e mpha ti c a ll y ei th er to an o b ecj t n ea r at ha n d ,
or j u st
m e n ti o n e d o r i mm e di a e t ly fo llo w i n g ,
an d
5s3 i th a t ve r y
to a mo r e re mo te or a fo r e m e n ti o n e d one . this
here ,
and tha t th er e ,
a re o nl y u sed in a lo c al
se n s e .

fi "
B Us
a ié M fi L g }, s
L a
w ? Q ]fl ail
j .

?
If e ver thi s v er y (j u s t m en ti o n e d) w o r d th e kin g of

th e mi c e s h a ll h ea r . Sin dhi R e a d B .p . . 63 .

Th a t ve r y one th e n is my t
s i s er . A mu lu M an .

p . 1 49 .

3) In th e A c c u sa tiv e th e de mo n str a ti ve pr o n o u n s
co mm o n ly t a ke th e p o s t p o s i t i o n
5
i f th e y r e fe r t o

p e r so n s (or a ni m a t e b ein g s g en er a lly) w hi ch “

ar e to b e
r en d e r e d mo re r o m in en t ; b ut i f th e b no t
s r e ss
p re e

la i d on th e d e m o n s tr a ti ve ,
th e u n i n fl e c te d fo r m of it i s
u sed . I f th e d e m o n s tr a tiv e s r e fer to thin g s or if th e y
p r e c e de ad ecj tively an o
/
th er no un i n th e u ni n fl e c te d fo r m,
th e y r e m a i n u n in fl e c te d th e A c c u s a tiv e , if th e p o s t
in
p o s i ti o n 5 be n o t r e qu ir e d fo r r e a s o n s s t a t e d at 69, 3
6 3
.
47 2 I . T HE A N A L Y T I C AL PA RT .

54 s fiéf
r
sr é
f
as
s g
K
- “
?
Sh e , h a v m g s ee n th es e ,
lo c ke d - th e d o o r . A mu lu.
Man p . . 149 .

9 9 ) -
9
e e 'es
f o fi e ’
re firu

0 9 9 »

W he n o
y u fi n d i t , c o me an d
g i v e m e i n t e ll
‘

i g en c e .

M a tth . 2, 8 .

The n I h a ll th a t (a n d) th e n s en d to y o u l ve
’

s s ee , a s a

g i rl . A m u lu M an .
‘
p . 1 50 .

Th es e tre e s y o u w ill no t o b a int ; th o se tre es ther e

( )
a r e m a n y .

II I . Th e re l a ti v e an d co rre la tiv e p r o n o u n .

1 ) Th e l t ve p r o no u n ) in Sin dh1 i s
re a i w h o w hi c h
“
, ,

and th e c o rr e lativ e th a t w hi c h u su a lly ta ke s u p th e ,

l ti v e
re a . B e side s th e r ela tiv e th e in de fin it e p r o n o u n s
w h o s o e v er a ts o e ve r m a y E
S S
w h a l so c o
,
A }

r es
p o nd to .
“

l ti ve T h e p la c e o f
th e fo ll o w in g co rre a

th e r e l a tiv e p r o no u n m a y a l s o b e t a k en u p b y a r el a tive
a d ver b In s te a d o f th e c o r r el a ti ve
. a d em o n s tr a ti v e

may b e u s ed if th e s tre s s b e l a id u p o n it ,

T h e s en t e n c e h e a d e d b y th e r e la ti v e p r o n o u n ma y
ei th e r p r e c e d e or fo ll o w th a t c o mm e n c e d b y th e c or r e
l a ti v e a c c o r din
g t o th e emp h a sis l a id on e ith er

1 ) Th e r el a tiv e w h e n fo ll o w e d by a p e r s o n al
p r o n o un in the
s ame s e n ten c e ,
s ig nifie s
°
as
’
L
( at . quip p e q ui
)
3 0 )

W de ! Maj 756
'

t o my s ta te , as I a m ba d an d u s el e s s . .
47 4 I . T HE A NA L YTICA L PA RT :

2 ) Th e l tive pr o n o u n (an d a s th e c a se may b e

re a
, ,

th e c o rr ela tive ) u su a ll y p r e c e de s th e s u b s ta n tiv e to w hi c h ,

i t r e fer s b u t th e r e la ti v e ma y a l s o fo ll o w if th e su b
, ,

s ta n tiv e h a s o n e o r m o r e a tt r i b u t e s T h e s ubj e ct o f a . .

s e n t e n c e i s fr e qu en tly fir s t e x r es s e d b
p y a d e mo n s tr a ti v e

o n d th e n t a k e n u b th el t i v d
p r o n un ,
a
p y e r a e a n c o r re

la tiv e to r en d er it m o r e pr o mine n t
, .

s e w er
s w a if

W h ic h th at)
”

cat a cat ea s t h er o wn yo un g o n e,

w ill th a t e v er g i v e u
p a mo u se ? Sin dhi R ea d B . .
p 5 3
. .

0 / I A O I ‘

Giv e u
p tha t tr a ffic ,
i n w h i ch th er e is no j e w el .

Sh Su rag
. . I V, 8 .

o ’
f
f b
w ),
e s
e
a fi s.
e
s e -
, w ’
5” 5
2 5 S a a }?

T h e fa qi r , w h o w a s p o w e r fu l (
i n m a g i c ) to h im i n
-
.

fo rma tio n w a s b r o u g ht A m u lu M an p 1 4 7
A

. . . .

2 0 )

f
,
A
w w é g
w
n n

a o w
A

y e e ee us y
w

A ma d , t thief fo r eig n e r wh o r e a ds t
s u di e s
( )
”

s ran g e ,
a , ,

Sha ke s l a u g hi n g h a n ds w ith thy da u g ht er M aj 2 4 0 , 2 4 1 . . .

Tho s e w h o w er e g r e a t m e n (a n d)
,
w a r r io r s , w en t
d e s titu t e o u t o f th e w o r l d M en g ho 4 . .

4) T he l ti v e
re a l ti ve and c o rre a p r o n o u n . ma y in th e
s a m e s e n t e n c e b e s u bj ec t a n d o bj e c t ,
so th a t th e t
se n e n c e

i s d o u b ly c o r r e la tive the o bj e c t if , ,
~
a p r o n o un o f th e I II

p e rso n ,
b e i n
g l i k e w i se e xp r es s e d b y th e re a l ti ve and co r

r el a ti ve :
 I THE A NA LY TICA L PA RT
~

. . 475

Fo r w h o m th ey ar e l o n g in g ,
w ith th e m j o in the m .

Maj . 2 03 .

Th a t kin dn e s s th ey b e s t o w ; w hi c h i s b e s t o w e d
“

on

them Sh Su r ag I V 4
. . .
,
.

5) I n th e fir s t m e mb e r of a c o rr e al tiv e t
s e n en c e
(o r,

as i t m a y b e , in th e sec o n d ) is o c c a s io n a lly u s ed

i n s t e a d o f t h e s im p l e l ti ve 5A w hi c h
re a , is th en ta ken
u
p a g a in by a fo llo w mg c o r r el a tiv e .

Tho se fr ie n ds ,
wh o are w a n ted , ha v e g o ne on a

j o u r n ey Sh S a m
. .
“

. I , 24 .

OA lm ig hty , w ill th o s e e v er co me , of who m th e

dis c o u r se i s ? Maj 4 5 7 . .

6) W ith th e c o rre a l tive ad ver b s th e c o rr e a l tiv e

p r o n o u ns and a d ec j ti v e s ma y b e j o in e d i n th e sa me
s en ten c e .

W h e n th o s e w h o s a id : h e i s a l o n e (G o d) h e h a s
, ,

no
p a r t n er ,

R e s p e c t M u h a mm ad th e in t er c ess o r o ut o f lo ve
, ,

w ith th eir h e a r t s ,

Th e n (n o n e) o u t o f th em w a s e n ta n g l e d i n a p la c e ,

w h er e th er e i s n o l a n din g Sh Ka l I 3 . . . .
476 I . T HE A NA LY TIC A L PA RT .

W h er e
‘

so man y
ho ur s are w r itt en in fa t e ,
Th er e so ma n y h a ve c o m e to p a s s
.

. Sh Ma st . . V, 9 .

7 ) Th e l ti ve j tives i(c f
'

co rre a a d ec a n d a d ver b s . 3 8,
w h en ,

p l a c e d a fte r ea c h o th er ,
imp ly an i n d e fi n i t e
s en s e . Th e sa m e i s th e c as e, if a re al tive be j o in e d w ith
an in t er r og a tive .

Th e c at , h a vi n g e a t e n s o m e (a n u mb er ) of th e mi ce

w i th d e li g ht ,
w en t o fl Sin dhi R ea d B p
. . . . 64 .

Th e p r in c e ss , h a vin g e n ti c e d h im s o m eh o w , h a vin g
ai n ed ( h i s) h ea r t , dr e w h i m o ut ( i t th sec r e t
”

g e
g o e . .

fro m h im) A mu la M an p 1 47
. . . .

IV . T h e i n t e r r o g at i v e p r o n o uns .

1)
SJ w h o ? is app li e d to p er s o n s an d LG? and . sb
j f
w h a t ? to thin g s o nl y ; th e se thr e e pr o n o u n s ar e u s e d a b
s o l u tely an d no t j o in e d a dj ec tively to a n o ther n o un
i n t er r o g a ti ve
' '

f’ 3
in w h 1 ch 0 a se th e a d e c tiv e s
j fi fl ’

ki n d ? e mp l o y e d
,
.

w hic h ? and of w ha t ar e to b e .

ls o cc a s o n al i ly j o i ne d a d e c ti ve ly
j to a no u n in p o e tr y , as

y ? )

Whi c h h e r o
‘
h a ll we s en d to th e co mb at of th e s n a ke ? S tory
’

s ,

o f th e s n ake v . 59 .
 I . TH E A N A L Y T IC A L PA RT .

.o o /

N o thin g l
e se w ill b e o f u se to th ee ,
e xce p t wh a t th o u
ha s t so wn thy se lf . M en g ho 1 0 .

is and
J 2) th e n a dd e d to a
-
no w
p e r s o n a l p r o n o u n

r e s se d o r o nl y im li e d i n th e i n fl e xi o n a l term m a tio n
( p
e x p
o f th e v er b ) i n a n i n t er r o g a tiv e o r n eg a tive s en te n c e ,

fo r th e s a ke o f e mp ha sis , w ith n ea r ly th e s a me s en s e
as
s ;

l 1

W ilt tho u ,
ha vi n g fo r sa ken
m
( ) g
e o a t a ll to th e
m o u n t ain s ? O l o ver ,
I di d n o t thi n k thu s . Sh D esi.
,

II I , E p il .

3) W h en i s rep ea te d i n th e n ex t s en en ce , t it
si ni fie s : one — an o th er
g .

One sa ys : a d em o n h a s fa ll e n in t o hi
( )s b o d y ; an o th e r
sa ys : hi s t
u n de r s a n di n g is u p se t . M aj . 40 .

Th e l
r e f e xi ve p r o n o un .

1) Th e re flexive p r o n o un S i
( g n . an d

alw a y s r e fer s to th e su bj ec t o f th e s ent en c e (expr e s s ed

or o n ly u n d e r s to o d) ; s o m e w ha t in tr i c a t e i s th e u se o f
O

its G e n i tiv e , th e flexi ve p r o n o min a l a dj ec ti ve 5 M

-
.o f

r e ;
?

‘o wn
’
W h en th e su bj ec t o f th e s en t en c e i s a p r o n o u n
.

o f th e I a n d II p e r so n ( e xp r e ss e d o r o n ly im p li e d i n th e

verb) its a ppli c a tio n i s c lea r en o u g h ; b u t w h en th e

,

s u bj e c t i s o f th e II I p e r so n ( o r any n o u n ) th e q u e s ti o n ,

h th h i v h i h t
° ’ “ ’
“

a ri se s w e,
e r t e p o ss e s s e p r o n o u n s s e r e c
,
.

re f e r to th e c h i e f s u bj e c t o f t h e s e n t e n c e ( L a t su u s ) o r t o .
,
 I . T HE A NA L Y TICA L PA RT . 47 9

so me o th er s ub e c j t (L a t ej u s . in th e fir s t c a se th e
re flexiv e p r o n o u n mu s t be e mp l o y e d , i n th e l a tt er a

d e m o n s tr a tive .

H a v in g ri s e n an d
( ) g r ee ed t ( )
a n d h a v in g m e t w i th
g r ea t r e sp e c t (an d) p o lit en e s s th ey s a t a m o n g st them se lv e s .

Life of A bd -
ul -
L a ti f, p . 36 .

O p u r e fr ie n d , s h o w thy fa c e ! Sh . S6 r . I , 10 .

0
I 0 ,

fi s t; e s
!
r

Ha vin g co m e w i th hi s (
o wn ) s er va n t s to th e s ervi c e

of Sh ah S ahi b , h e w a s p r ese n t ; L ife o f A b d u l L a ti f, p 3 1

- -
. .

Tha t w e a lthy one

,
m a r v e lli n
g at h is (
t h e o ther s ) ’

r ec o n i s in h e a sk e d h im S in dhi R ea d B 61
g g r, . . .
p . .

2 ) In a ddr e ssin
g a p e r s o n th e re fl exi ve p ro n o m in a l

j t iv e
a d ec
5? 9 6
- 13 i s now an d th en u s ed (l i k e th e H in
”

dus tan i K u ! e tc ) ,
i n stea d of th e p e c u lia r p r o n o un , th a t
qu ir e d 7 il/5 ;
O

s ti
I ,

w o ul d be i
“

re ,
as : 95 n o 4 ” M ,
6 6

m a s t er , thi s y o ur p r o p er ty w hi c h u n der c er ta in
is
,
c ir

c u m s ta n c e s c o u l d a l so b e tr a n sl a t e d : ma s t er this i s o ur
,

p p
r o e r ty w h
, e n th e s p a ke r i n c l u de s h im se l f a s : ,

S en d fo r th s o me mi c e o f o ur c o u n r t y an d l an d Sto r y .

of th e mic e an d t he cat ,
v . 35 .
4 80 I . T HE A NA L Y TICA L PA RT .

3 ) Th e re fle xive p r o n o min a l a d ec j tive 5; may

a sol refe r to th e j t (n o u n
o b ec w ith p o s tp .
,
or Dat . an d

A cc .
) i mm e di at e ly fo llo w in g .

’ 0 /

$9 4

I _
m e to ma k e qu a r r el :th e s o n w ith h i s fa th er ,
am co

th e d a u g ht er w ith h er m o th e r M a tth 1 0 , 3 5 . . .

4) W h en th e su b e c j t of a t
s e n en c e is a no un w ith
a p o ss e s si ve p r o no un ,
th e p e c u lia r p o ss e s s i ve p ro n o un

if
( su c h o ccur w ith a n o un ) m u s t b e us ed an d not

/0 O

d g i ve qu it e
I ,

P M
1

b ec a u s e th e l of » wo
, w us e
e . u

a diffe r en t s e n s e Simila r ly w hen th e s u bj e c t o f a s e n

.

t en c e i s a p er s o n a l p ro n o u n a n d w h en in th e n ext s e n )

ten c e j o in e d to th e p r e c edin g b y a c o nj u n c tive p a r ti c le

, ,

a n o u n w i th a p o ss e s si v e p r o n o u n o c c u r s th e p e c u li a r ,

r o n o u n m u s t b e u se d fo r th e r e a so n s s t a t e d a b o ve
p .

’ 0 9

I f
( ) th er e w o ul d b e in my kin gdo m so me h er o of

mi n e . Sto r y o f Sha m s adu w i t) ,

.

6 3
5K “

I am a ma n u n de r au th o r ity a nd un der my h a n ds
are so ldier s . M a tth 8 , 9 . .

5 ) Th e j t
su b e c t o w h i c h r e fe r s , mu s t o c
, 59
at “

c a si o n a ll y be a th e r e d fr o m th e c o n t e xt ; b u t w h en thu s
g
u sed w ith o u t a clea r su j
b ec t , to whic h it ma y b e r e
fer r e d , it g en er al ly i mp li e s th e I p er s o n i
( g
S n u la r or

Plu ra l) .
 I . T HE A
‘
NA LYTIC A L PA RT .

To a sc e nt th e i mp a li n g take tos ,
s ee
th e ( nu p ti a l )
bed , thi s i s th e b u sin e s s o f th e l o v e r s S h } Ka l II , 8
“
“

.
. .

, J

'

It is by no
_
me a n s p ro p er to p u t th a t in t o th e h o u s e .

Sin dhi R e a d . B .
p . 65 .

2) Th e I n fin itiv e i s a dde d as an e xp e l tive o b ec j t to

th e ver b s 0 49 to g i ve le a ve , U
n a ; to l et g o or a ll o w,

(3 4 G
?
3 to
I
d e si r e , an d
p a r tly a so l to i
re f ; to be ab e l .

B u t w hen th e ve rb ,
w hi c h su b o rd in a e s t an In fini tive ,
re qu ir e s an o bj e c t (A ),
c cu si t p u t s th e s a me i n th e A o

ou s a t iv e ,
a c c o r din
g to t h e s ig n ific atio n o f th e fin i te v er b .

I 7

Tea r s t le t m e w r ite ( l i t g i v e n o w r itin g ) ;

’
do n .

d r o pp in g th e y fa ll u o n th e
p p e n Sh U m M ar II ,
9. . . . .

Th e Mu g h a l s di d not us e th e Sh ah Sahib to c eme

li
( t .
g a ve h im no co min g ) . L ife of A b d u l L ati f p 1 5
- -
. .

9
”
9 f I

x
w a se w as fe
n 0

- r
» a
o ; s a .
f
The y do not a llo w a m a l e b ir d to sit do w n .
A m u l u

Man p . . 14 1 .

M a n y p r o ph et s a n d p i o us
peo p e l h ad wi hed
s
"
to see

this ve r y (sig ht) Ma tth . . 13 , 17 .

j
I n fin itive m a y a l s
3) T h e o b e t u r n e d in t o a n a d
c tiv e b y th e a c c es s i o n f h G n i ti v e c a s e s i g n
j e o t e e -

I n thi s c a s e th e I n fin itiv e i ts e l f i s s tr i c tly tr e a t e d a s a

_
 I . T HE A N A L Y TI C A L PA RT . 483

su bs a n t t iv e ,
a s r eg a r d s its g o ve r n ment ,
an d
5 ; is n ea r ly
u se d i n th e sa me s e n se a s
5g ; or of .
g . 6 7,

B ut h e w a s not of th e ea tin g o f th e cro co dil e s ,

1 e
. . h e w as not d e s tin e d to be e a t e n b y th e c r o c o di e s l .

Sto r y of R ae Di aé u p .
_
1 .

Thi s w o r d is mer j k e o e an d impo s si b le .

C h a p t e r VII .

T h e G e r u n d i v e .

1) T h e Sin dhi der iv e s fr o m th e I n fin it i v e o f ac ti v e

v er b s '

a r e u la r
g G er u n di v e or p a r tic ip l e _fu tu r e p a ss i ve
( cf . 8, 12 ,
b; w hi c h a
g r ee s w ith its su bj e c t
i n g end e r a n d n u m b er , e xc e p t th e c o n s t r u c tio n b e r en

d e r e d im p er s o n a l b y th e u s e o f th e p o stp o sitio n J
S

cf . 94, 5 . Th eg a en t i s p u t in th e D a tive l
( i ke in

L a tin ) or e xp r e s s e d b y a p ro n o m i n a l s u ffix .

I z

If b y th e e so m e c o mp a i n l t i s t o b e m a de , co me a nd

m a ke i t . A m u lu M an .
p . 1 50 .

W ha t ev er th o u ha s t to g e t fr o m m e th at is al mS
”

i
( . e .
g i v e n i n a lm s ) M a tth ; 1 5 , 5 . . .

a ,

N o w , w ha te v er tho u ha st to sa y , s a y . A m u lu Man p 1 4 3 . . .
48 4 I . T HE A NA L YTI CA L PA RT .

2 ) B u t w h en th e c o n s ru c t tio n i s r e n der ed imp er s o n a l

b y th e u se o f or w he n a D a ti v e o c c u r s i n a se n

te n c e ,
th e a
g en t mu st b e e xp r e s s e d by th e I n s tr u m e n ta l ,
to a vo i d th e d o u b le u se of
S ay
1

‘
Tho u sho ulds t h a v e s ei z e d t hi s ho r s e .
“

\
W ha t i s to b e g ot by m e as re
g a r ds thee e .

th e e) , g 1v e t h a t to m e . M a tth . 18 , 2 8 .

C h apter VIII
‘

T h e P a r ti c i p le s .

I . The p a rt ic ip le p r e s en t .

1 ) Th e p a r t ic ip le p r e s e n t a
g r ee s as a re
g u arl ad

j e c t1v e w i th th e s u b e c t o f th e j fin i t e ve rb (e xpr e s se d or

i m p l i e d) .

I s it u se d , w hen an ac ti o n i s to b e d es cr ib e
d as

l a s ti n g or co n ti n u i n g ,
fo r w hi c h p u r p o se i t m a y b e
r ep e a te d .

H a vin g m a d e th e to u r of th e w h o l e ci ty th ey ca me,
w a n d e r i ng ,
w a n d er in g to th e la n e s o f th e kin g . A m u lu
M an : p 14 0
”

. .

Up o n th em (i e o n th eir h e a ds) a e (la r g e) b a ske ts a n d

. .
'

(s m a ll) b a s k e t s ; g r o a n i n g th e y c o m e Sh U m M ar V I 1 2 . . . .
,
.
 se 1 T HE A
. NA LYTICA L PA R Tf —

Th e w ife an d c h il dr e n of a
g mb l
a e r,
( lth o u h) b e i n
g
a
g
in th e ho u s e ,
do not c o nsi d er a s in th e h o u se Sin dhi .

R ea d B . .
p . 52 .

In s e ein
g th e fri e n d a ll th
( e i r ) p a i n s are re mo v ed .

Tu r n b a c k th e m e l ; p a s s th e
‘
th o u ca ni
g ht ,
w hil s t
Sh Mum Ran a
j

I am w e e p in g . . .
.

I , E p il .

II . T h e p a r t i c i pl e p a s t .

1) T h e p a st p a r ti c ip l e of n eu t e r v er b s a g r ee s w ith
i ts su bj e c t i n g e n de r , n u m b e r an d c a se ; h e fo r m in
t
(
a lu
’

is u sed , wh en the p a r ti c i p l e p a s se s
»
m o r e in to an ad

T
e c ti v e h st r ti ci l e o f a c t i v e an d sa l v er b s
j e p a p a p cau

i
( p m ly i n
g a l w a ys a p a s s i v e s en s e) a
g rees likew ise w ith
i ts s u b ec j t in g en d e r ,
nu mber an d _
c a se ,
e xc e p t th e c o n

t uc ti o n b e r en der e d
s r im pe r s o n a l by th e “
u s e o f th e p o s t

p o s i t i on
s g
i (
c f .

2 ) T h e p a s t p a r ti c i p le o f ac ti v e (a n d p a r tly l
a so of

n eu t e r ) ver b s w ith a p a s si e v si
g _
n ific a ti o n ,
is u sed a sol
s ub st a n ti v e ly ,
cf . 62 ,
2 ,
a nd ma y th er efo r e be -
co n

t
s r u c ed t w ith a p o s tp o s iti o n .

Th e -

Qg
a i h a vin g d o n e t h e w o r d (2 w hat wa s sa id )
of th e sc o u s t ,
b e ca m e a tyr a n t . Maj 2 9 6 . .
 I . T HE A N A L Y TIC A L PA RT . 4 87

A ft e r b ein g br o k en it b e c a m e b e yo n d ( 2 m o r e) a

th o u sa n d b illi o n s . Sh Sur ag. . I V, 1 7

‘

3) Th e p a s t p a r tic ip l e o f n e u ter a n d ac ti v e v e r b s
is fr e qu e n tly u se d in th e L o c a ti v e Sin g u l a r (cf . 80,
if th e ,
su b ec j t th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e d o n o t diff e r fr o m
of

v
“

tha t of th e fin it e e r b , i t i s n o t e xp r e s se d , b u t if i t d o

d iffer , it i s a dde d i n th e Fo r m a ti ve . B u t th e j t
su b e c

o f th e p a s t p a r ti c i p l e m a y a l s o r e fer to a mo r e di sta n t
o bj e c t , o r it m a y n o t b e e xp r e s s e d a t a ll , i n w h i c h c a s e

th e L o ca tiv e i s u se d a b s o lu t e ly Th e i m p er s o n a l c o n .

Str u c ti o n of th e p a s t p a r ti c i p l e by m e a n s o f th e p o s t

p o s i tio n i s a l s o r e t a in e d , tho u g h th e p a r ti c ip le b e
p u t in th e L o c a ti v e .

Th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e in th e L o c a t ive i s u s e d s u b
s ta n t i v e l y , b u t n o u n s , d e p en din th r eu p o n , a r e i di o
g e

m a ti c a lly o n ly p u t in th e F o r ma ti ve , a n d n o t s u b o r
d in a te d b y th e i n fl e c te d G e n i tiv e c a s e si-
g n ? "
as

By iA z r ai l h a v i n g c o m e S a s u i w a s a w a k e n e d w hi l s t
,

l
s e e pin
g ,
i e in
. . th e s ta t e o f b ein g a s l e ep Sh A b i r i V III 5 . .
,
.

O Go d , ma y tho s e c o me ,
by “
w ho se co mi n g (my)
heart b ec o me s g l ad Sh D. esi . III ,

Wh i l s t I _ t
s oo d u pr i
g ht th,
ey w e n t to th e la n din g
p l a c e s of th e h ar b o u r . Sh S a m I I 2
. . .
,

W hils t th e p hy s i c i a n s w ere sea ed t l

(i t . in th e t t
s a e

o f th e p h y s i c ia n s b ein g t )
s e a ed ,
th e fr i en d e n er in g t ca me
to m
( y) d o o r . Sh . J a m Ka l II , 1 0
. . .
48 8 I . T HE A NA L YTICA L PA RT .

Th o s e ,
who do not u n d e rs a n d t m uc h ,
a f er t one

l e tt er h a s b e en to u c h ed . Sh . Ja mK .
-

al . V5 29 .

S in c e I h a ve th e D eth i s , m a n y d a y s h a v e p a ss e d
' '

s e en

to m e li
( t I n th e
. b ein g s e en th e D o thi s) G eld e n A l .

p h a b e t X X VHI ,
2 .

O z

Sittin g n ear wh o m th e p a in b e c o m e s in ten se f Sh .

J am . Ka l V II I , 2 5
. .

u se “ ; L
s éf -

W hi c h b e i n g ea en t c ou
g h in
g a ri s e s ,
v o m i t in g c o m es

on . G o l den A lp h a b . XV II I ,
10 .

I II . Th e p a s t c o n j un c ti ve p a r ticiples .

T h e p a st c o nj u n c ti ve p a r ti c ip l es (c f 4 7 ) v e r y g r e a tly .

fa c il ita t e th e c o nj u n c ti o n o f th e diffe r e n t m e mb e r s o f a
?
co mp o u n d t
s e n en c e an d are the r e fo r e v e r y t vely
e x e n si

in u se . Th e y are tr a ns la t e d a c c o r d in g to th e t en s e o f
th e fin i t e ve r b .

1 ) Th e p a s t c o n un c j
tive p a r ti c ip l e s c o mm o n ly r e fe r
to th e su b e c j t of th e fin i t e v e r b a n d in a p a s s i v e c o n
,

t ti o n to th e a en t (I n s tr u m e
n t a l ; b u t w h e n to th e
s ru c , g )
p a s t j
co n un c ti v e p a r t i c ip l e o f Ei
r e3 - an a ttri b u te is a dd e d ,

it m u st re ma i n in the N o min a ti v e th o u g h
,
th e j t
su b e c

(g
a en t) r e fe rr e d to b e i n th e I n s tr u m en ta l .

H a vin g thr o w n (th em ) in t o th e j a r , h a vm g s e c u r e d

(th e m) t a k e c a re
(
o f th e m) L ife o f A b d u l L a ti f , p 1 1
-
.
-
. .
 90 I . THE A NA L Y TI C A L PA R T .

H a v in g co ll e c t e d th e re mna n t of th e g r a in ,
it i s
o od fo r me to y it to th er l Sin dhi
g ( ) c ar r an o p a ce .

Rea d . B .
p . 56 .

H a v in g so ld hi m an d h i s w ife
N
an d h is c h i l dr e n and

w h ate v er h e h a s , th e d e b t s h a ll b e p a id l
sci
( . b y yo u ) .

M a tth . 18 24 .

W ha t h a ll b e do n e to th em h av 1n g
s ,
m a de th em
h ea r th e w h o l e m a tt e r ? Sh J a m Kal V ‘

. . .
,
29 .

Th e p a s t c o nj p a r ti c ip l e s a r e a l s o n o w a n d th en
‘

u s ed in th e s e n s e o f th e L a tin A b l a ti ve a b s o lu t e , wh e n
th e j t o f th e
s ub ec fini t e ver b
di ff e r s fr o m th a t o f th e
a s t c o n j p a r ti c ipl e B u t c o n s tr u c tio n s o f thi s kin d a r e
p . .

ra th e r e xc e p tio n s

A ft er a ll t h a d di e d in thi s v e ry m a n n e r , tw o
ca s

wh o l e t o w n w er e l eft a li v e Sin dhi Re a d

i

ca s t in th e . .

Bo o k p . 63 .

5) So m e p as t con j .
p a r ti c ip l e s ar e u s ed quite ad

v er b i a lly , a s
5 t ; a
g a in
’
li
( t h a v in g
”
a
(2
.
,
.

Ls

t
r e urn ed o r c au sed to t
r e urn ); w ith th e p o stp o s iti o n

X fr o m
LQ l
( i t ta kin g fr o m) ; 4 L; i n t e n tio n a lly
U
. .

li
( t . h a vin g kn o w n ,
u n d er s o o t d) , or or
6
.t )
; Ls
. . L;
a

it an d 9 b ein g a llit er a ti o n s
0
.

L5
 I . T HE AN A L Y TI CA L PA RT . 49 1

hi s m o th er
‘

Fr i en d , d o no t
g o to a fo r ei g n c o u n tr y ,

s a id a g a in to hi m . M aj . 83 .

Fr o m th a t h o u r h er da u g ht er w as m ad e w h o l e .

Ma tth . 15 , 2 8 .

Ch a p t er IX .

Th e
f

t en s es o f th e v er b .

I . Th e Pr e s en t .

Sin dhi
1) T h e h a s t wo fo rm s fo r th e p r e s en t ten s e ,
o n e i d en ti c a l w i th th e P o t e n ti al , to w hi c h th e infl exi o n al
in c r em e n t a g
j
,
e tc . is a dd e d , th e Pr es en t in de-

fi n i t e , an d th e o th e r b e in g co m p o u n d e d w i th th e p r e se n t
p a r t i c ip l e an d th e a u xi li a r y v e r b u L
L A
Q I e t c .
,
th e P r es en t
d e fi n i t e .

T h e p r es e n t t en s e o f th e p a ssi v e vo ic e i s fo rm e d in
th e s a m e w a y a s th a t o f th e a c ti v e vo i ce ,
b u t i ts u se

is v er y t
r es r ic ed t ,
n eu er t v er b s b ein g su b s ti t u t e d w h er e ve r
p o s si b el .

Th er e is l
a so a si mp le an d c o mp o u n d P o t en ti a l ,

as w ell o f th e ac t iv e as of th e p a s si ve v 0 1c e ,
to exp r e s s

th e i d e a of th e p r e s en t ten s e (c f .

2) Th e fi r s t fo r m of th e P r e s e n t t en s e , th e
Pr e s en t i n d e fi n i t e , e xp r e s s e s o ur c o mm o n P r e s en t ,

1. c . an ac tio n b eg u n an d s till co n tin u in g in th e p r e s e n t .

T h e in c r em e n t --3 ma y o p t i o n a lly fo ll o w o r p r e c e de
56
49 2 I . T HE A NA L YTICA L PA RT .

th e v er b ) 1
, I
b u t w h en th e ver b co mm e n c e s a t
s en en c e ,
it
is
p u t a f er t it (p o e r t y e xc ep e d t ) . In poetr y 7 8
- 3 is o f en
t
se
p ar a e d t fr o m th e ve rb by so me o th er w o r ds , ei th e r

p r e c e di n
g or fo llow i n g it .

W h en ti v e ver b t o the
° ’ ‘

th e ne
g a ad .. a
,
not ,
a c c e de s

verb ,
t ly p r e c e de s 7 3 3 a n d b o th th e v er b )
i m m e di a e 7
2

bu t in an in t er r o g a tiv e s en te n c e o r w h e n a p a r ti c u l a r ,

s t r e s s b e l a i d o n th e ve r b th ey m a y a s w e ll fo llo w it
’

.
,

I n p o etr y i s ver y fr e qu e n tly o mi tt e d a n d th e

‘

P r ese n t in de fin ite the n c o in c ide s w ith th e P ot en tia l so ,

th a t o n ly th e c o n text c a n de c ide w h e ther th e Pr e s en t ,

i n de fin it e o r P o t en tia l i s in t e nde d I n p r o s e a ls o 3
7 6
. -

i s dr o p p e d , w h e n th e in t e r r o g a ti v e p r o n o un Léz . w ha t ?

an d th e ad verb 0
;
L when , p r e c e d e th e ver b .

‘
In s t e a d of th e in cr em en t - -3
36 th e p a s t p ar tic ip l e
,

5 f
(r o m to fa ll) i s a sol u sed , b u t w i th this dif
5 9

fe r e n c e ,
tha t a m o re en duri n
g a c ti o n
“

is th er e b y
imp li e d .

R ememb er in g (h er ) g u a r di a n s sh e g i v es a t h o us a n d
‘
b lo w s . Sto r y of th e c at and r
h ic e v . 11 .

5 xi XJL/ L:> u g a La ii ” K
£55
30 e le o
i »
-

c
P
n
Ls

T h e ki n g , th e L or d of th e kin g do m ,
e xe c u e s t h is
o wn o r de r s A j aib v 5 . . .

He a r i n g th e y do no t hea r nor do th ey u n de r st a n d .

M a tth

1) W h e n an i n terr o g a tiv e p r o n o u n or a dv er b , as e tc .
,

o c cu r s in a s en ten c e ,
it g en er a lly a ttr a c ts
fiesn .

2 ) B u t wh en in a s en ten c e . 5 n e ith e r nor ,

o c curs ,
th e

a dv e r b , J is p ut b e fo r e th a t no un ,
o n w h ich th e s tr e s s i s la id .
 I . THE A NA L YTICA L PA RT .

T a ke th o u now r es t; we se e i
( . e . s ha ll s ee ) . A mul a
M an p 14 9
. . .

5 ) Th e s eco n d fo r m of th e P r e sen t ,
th e Pr e s e nt
d e f i n i t e , de n o t e s l a s t i n g or a h a b i t ua l ac ti o n . Th e
a u xilia r y i s o c c a si o na lly d r o d e s p ec ia ll y t
“

pp ;
e in s en en c es

o f g e n er a l I m p o r t .

mT i l/
l

M
o a . a
G

W h o e v er i s w a l in g k a c c o r din g to hi s w ill , tha t is

my b r o th er an d s i s er t a nd m o th er . M a tth . 40 .

W hy are th e p e o pl e g 1v1 n g _
me r e pr o a c hes ? Sh
M a ze . V , 14 .

s. 84 .

II . T h e I m p e r fe c t .

Th e Imp e r fec t d e n o t es a p a s t ac tio n , w hic h i s in

c o m p le te I n r e fe r e n c e to so me o th er p a s ti o n
t ac . It
imp li e s th er e fo r e d u r a ti o n, h bit fr e q u e n t
'

a or o c

C H T I GH C C
’
.

5 9>
3 M , (5
5
>

w ho . mLa 0 9
5 m
1
0 ‘

W hen e ve r th e Sh ah Sahib was g o in g to tha t ver y

villa g e ,
th e M g ha ls
u w er e qu a r r ellin g w i th h im . L ife of

A bd -
u l-L a t p
i f . 15 .
 I . T HE A NA L YTI CA L PA RT . 49 5

III . T h e A o r i s t .

I
. Th e Si mp l e A o r i st .

Th e A t imp li es in defini tely tha t a n a c tio n t o o k

o r is
”

p l a c e i n
p a s t t i me I t i s th e r e fo r e c o mm o n ly us e d i n
.

n a r r a tio n s w h e r e p a s t e v en t s a r e r e p o r te d ir r e sp e c tiv e ly
,

o f th eir du r a tio n W e m a y th er efo r e tr a n sla t e th e Sin dhi

.

A o r i s t e ith er b y th e I mp er fe c t o r P er fe c t
‘ '

Th e A o r i st o f n eu t er v er b s h a s a n a c tiv e m e a ni n g ;
.

so me n eu t e r v erb s th o u g h (im p lying a p a s si ve sen s e)

m ay a l s o b e c o n s tru c t e d w i th th e a g e n t in th e I n
s tr u m e n t al .

-
tiv e ver b s a r e c o n s tr u c te d p a s s i v e l y in th e
A c

A o r i s t (P e r fe c t a n d P lu p e r fe c t) th e a g en t (su bj e ct) b e in g
“

p u t i n th e I n s t r u m en t a l a n d th e p a s t p a r ti c ip l e a r e ei n
g g
w ith th e s u bj e c t ( p r o p e r ly th e o bj e c t
) i n g en d e r n u m b e r ,

a n d case o r b ein c o n s tr u c t e d im p er s o n a lly

g
b y th e u s e o f th e p o stp o si tio n f (c f 9 4 I t i s
Lsfi ,
.

un d er s to o d tha t th e A o r i s t (P erfe c t a n d P lu p er fe c t) o f
,

th e p a ssi ve v o i c e i s al s o u se d p e r so n a lly a g r ee i n g w i th ,

its s u bj e c t (exp r e s se d o r imp li e d in th e in fl exio n a l ter

m i n a tio n s) in g en de r an d nu mb e r .

I was as ee
p l ,
tho s e w en t eff they,
dr o v e awa y th e
yo u n g c am e s l Sh Hu s V I , E p i l
’

. . . .

P er h ap s I ha ve b e en for g o tten b y th e d e a r M ar us .

Sh . U m Mar . . V, 13 .

Th e b ar d sa n
g th e; fir s t n ig ht at th e s i de of th e
c as tl e: Sh ; S6 r . II , 1
 49 6 I . THE A NA LYTICA L PAR T .

W h o, h a vi n g ,
re ma in e d th e nI
g h t in th e d e se r t
l o o ke d fo r th e m o u n ta in s Sh Kh ah er i
"

o ut . . I, 3 .

Tho s e , wh o w er e m a de ta w n y by “
th e Kak ( v
ri e r ) ,

th e r e dn e s s do e s not l ea v e Sh M um Ran o
"
'

. . .

2) T h e co m o un d or h a bitua l A o ri st
p .

Th e co mp o un d A eris t With th e in de c lin ab le in c rem en t

den o t es in th e fir s t in s ta n c e , th at an ac ti o n w as .

do n e re
pt ly i n pa st ti me o r
e a e d len g th o f time ; fo r any

it is th e 1 e fo r e c hi efly u se d w h en an o c cu p a t i o n ha b it
, ,

o r m a n n e r i s to b e d e s c r i b e d I n th e s e c o n d i n s ta n c e .

it i mp li es th a t a n a c ti o n h a d been c o m m en c e d i n pa s t
,
. .

tim e a n d w as s till g o in g o n a t th e tim e mentio ne d ,

a n d i n thi s r e s p e c t it n e a r ly c o in c i des w i th th e I m
r fe c t w i th th e o n ly differ e n c e th t e n e ra lly a s im l e
p e ,
a g p ,

A o r i s t c o r r e s p o n d s to i t
T h e i nc r em e n t i s u su a lly p u t be fo r e th e v e r b ,

bu t is m ay a ls o fo llo w it It
N

ma y be l
a s o se p a a e d r t fr o m
th e v er b by so m e i n t e r v e n i g w o r ds , i n th e sa me w ay

as In s t ea d of n (th
“ e L o c a tiv e of 1
5 3 w i th x

hm
“

h a tIC i i n s t ea d of i
p ),
ei i s a so l u sed w hi c h
p I ,
i }
,

mo r e t
s r ic tly p o i n s o ut t Co mm en c em e n t an d co n tin u a tio n .

Wh
~
er e th e nig ht us ed to b e fa ll h im , the r e h e u se d

to l p
s ee . L i fe of A bd -
ull
L a ti f , p . 21 .

On a c co u n t o f h e r fo o d
‘

sh e u se d to m a ke la khs o f
j u mp s . Sto r y of th e c at an d mi c e v . 13 .
 "

49 8 I . THE A NA LYTICA L PA RT .

i .

lans ! m mL 53 0
23
n
(g
.
6
.

Do not b r in g th e me l s , I h a v e b e en to r
"

n ea r ca

men te d b y th e ca m el s . Sh . D esi I , 14 .

2 ) Th e P erfec t is o cc a s io n a l ly u s ed to re pr es en t an

ac tio n as do n e al r e a dy w h e r e a s i t i s ,
i n t e n de d or e x:

p e c te d ,
th a t it w i ll b e do n e fo r thw i th .

T h e fa ir y saw ,
tha t h e is h
( a s b e en ) now do n e fo r .

IV . Th e P l u p e r f e c t .

1 ) Th e Plu p er fe ct den o tes r emo te p a st a c tio n w hic h ,

has t a k en p l a c e p r e vi o u s to s o m e o th e r
pa s t e v e n t m e n

ti o n e d or u n d er s o ot d . B u t in this c o n n exi o n i ts u se is
no t t
s r ic t (a s in L a tin ) th e A o r i s t c o mm o n ly ,
b ein g e m
p l o y e d , w h er e w e w o u l d e xp ec t a P lu p e r fe c t .

In so me
to w n the r e h a d f a lle n in a de a r th o f g ra ss ;
T h o se p e o p le dr o ve o ff th eir c a ttl e a n d w en t a w a y
at
( w i th) s o m e O pp o r tu ni ty St o r y o f th e c a t .

an d mi c e , v . 5 . 6 .

A s th e fa ir y h a d to l d ,
so sh e thr e w tha t ver y n o se

ri n in to th e j ar o f th e s l a ve -
g i rl A mu lu M an p 1 5 0
g . . . .
 I . T HE A NAL YTICA L PA R T .
49 9

Ha d yo u s een (
w h e n y o u w e r e ther e) s o me o n e a t th e
s i de o f h
( )
e r s w ee th ea r t ,
o D ethi s ? Sh Hu s VI Epil 2
. .
, . .

2 ) Th e Plu p er fe c t is fr e qu en tly u se d in S in dhi , w h er e

We w o u l d u se an Im p er fec t or P er fec t W hen a n
. ac tio n
is t fr o m th e p o in t o f th e sp ea ker a s c o m
r e p r e s en e d , ,

p l e tel y p a st s o m e ti m e h e n c e s o th a t i ts r e su lt s W e r
, e

a lr ea dy c lear at th e time m en ti o n e d or w h en it i s ,

im p li e d th a t s1n c e a n a c ti o n h a s t a ken pl a c e s o me th in g
, ,

e l s e h a s h a pp e n e d that c o u l d b e s a i d a b o u t it th e P lu
, ,

er fe c t I s u s e d a n d no t th e A o r i s t n o r th e P er fe c t T he
p .

Sin dh i i dio m is mu c h mo r e a c c u r a te in disc e r n in g th e

di fl er e n t s h a des o f m ea n in g th an th e En g lish a n d th e , ,

c o rr e c t u se o f this t en s e r e qu ir e s th er efo r e a c a r e fu l

O n e da y Sh ah J a m al sa t w ith th e Sh ah S ahi b , a n d
a sol m a n y o th er fa qi r s w er e s ittin g (i e h a d sea t e d them . .

se l ve s b efo r e) . L ife l
o f A bd u L a ti f , p
- -
. 5 .

u rxi / / é -g
i
vt g c Q L; y
l

fl J: )) b
s
” c
,
A
Ga0 (

Ma x
dum S ahi b r e c ei ve d th e in te lli g e n ce ,
th a t Mi a
N ur Mu h a mma d h a d g o n e (bu t w a s n o lo n g er there) to
h a v e a n i n t er vi ew w ith th e Sh ah Sahib L ife o f A b d .

ul -
L a ti f, p .
~
29 .
5 00 I . T HE AN A L Y TI CA L PA RT .

V T h e F u tu r e P a st
'

. an d Fu t u r e .
~

1 ) Th e Sin dhi h a s tw o fo r m s fo r th e F u t u r e
"
th e
s imple t e F u t u r e a n d th e F u t u r e d e f i n i t e
or In d e fi ni .

T h e fir st fo r m c o rr e s p on ds to o u r c o mmo n Futur e
an d d en o t es a fu tu r e a c ti o n in g en er a l th e l a t te r fo rm ,

i m p li e s tha t th e fu tu r e a c tio n Wi ll las t o r en dur e fo r

,

s o me ti me .

I h a ll g r a z e th eir camels h a vi n g s eiz e d th e b ri dle

“

s ,
3

of th e c a m el s Sh Hu s IX E pil
’

. . . .
,
'

3 o

A t th a t very time a n hu n dr ed,

fa i r i e s w ill b e da n c in
g
n ea r th e D ev Su fed . A m ul u M an .
p . 1 44 .

2 ) Th e s im l er in d efin i t e Fu tu r e is u se d l
a so to
i
p e
“
.

d en o te p o s s i b i l i t y , i n c lin a t i o n or d o ub t ,

0 kin g ,
I wi ll s p ea k o ne w o r d to th ee . A mu l u

O b o y , w i l t t h o u g iv e us a ra m? .
L ife of A b d ii l
-

L a ti f, p 1 7 .

fo r th e I m
«

~
3 ) Th e Fu tu r e ind efin ite i s l u s ed
“

a so

p er a t i v e , w h en tly g i v en b u t w h en
a n o r der is t
n o t s r ic ,

it is e xp e c t e d tha t it w ill b e d o n e sp o n ta n eo u s ly ; it m
,
ay

th er efo r e a ltern a t e w ith th e Imp er a ti ve .

50 2 I . T HE A NA LYTICA L PA RT .

II . The P o ten tia l .

Th e Poten tia l t t l y th e o l d P r e s en t
is , a s s a e d a r ea d ,

a n d e x r e s se s th e r e fo r e o n ly
p p r e s e n t t i m e ; b u t b y m e a n s

o f th e pr esent a n d t a r tic ip l e a n d th e P o t en ti a l o f
p a s p
th e y v er b
a uxili a r a P o t en ti a l o f th e Pr e se n t de
fin i t e a n d P e r fe c t may b e fo r m e d ; th e se co mpo un d fo rm s
h o w ever a r e of v er y r a r e o c c urr en c e .

1 ) Th e P o t e n tia l ,
i n i ts wid e s t s e ns e ,
d en o t e s i n
d e fi n i t e n e s s , p o ss i b i l i t y, un cer tain ty or do ub t .

ma
,
a ~ o

K
,

o ur -
sta
e
n 5» a
n
c
u te» .
a
s:

Th en th in k ,
I , I ea t to g e th er wi th the e b r ea d A mul u .

Man p . . 14 6 .

C o mp a n i o n s ,
how s ha ll I act w i th to w a r ds) them ?
Sh A bir i
. V I II ,
E pi l .

W ilt tho u no t p u ll me ou t
_
\ thi s w o od ? A mu lu
M an p . . 148 .

) 0 ’

He deli ver ed hi m ,
1n to th e
h an d o f th e to rmen to r s ,

as lo n g as he s h a ll not r e a y a ll
p w h a t ,
is du e u n t o m e .

Ma tth . 18 , 34 .

,
2) T h e Po ten tia l s er ves a lso to exp r es s a u sua l or

h a bitu al a c tio n .

, a

Dr in kin g th e w a t er it m a k e s i t
( , i . e . th e r iver)
 I . T HE A NA L Y TI CA L P A RT . 50 3

b a r e g r o u n d , i t dr i e s up th e w h o le w o r l d . N an g a j 6

Q u i s s o ,
v 4 0 . .

A kin g do m I do not co mp a r e w i th (my) n e ed e l ,

0

co mp a n i o n s ! Sh U m Mar
. . . VI ; 18 .

Tha t h all g o w ith me w h o

one s ,
do es not ma ke
co n sider ) h er li fe s w e e t S h A b ir i . . VI , 2 .

3) T h e P o ten tia l i s fr e qu en tly u se d in th e s en s e of

an O p t a t i v e or p o li t e I m p e r a t i v e , e sp e ma lly fo r th e
I . a n d I II
p er s o n
. S in
g u l a r a n d P l ur a l

8
4 °
1 “555° u§9 L5° 6 8 '
w
0 fri en d , ma y th e lo v er s o b ain t th
( e i r ) s w ee the a r ts
as
g u i de s ! M aj 8 1 7 . .

é fi u fi
e rf wb e ef
e s
e a u
j
f fi e éi
‘
May th e r e b e b le s sin g to a ll ! tha t o ur b u sin e s s ( an d )
a ffair h as su c c ee de d . Sto r y of th e c at a n d mic e v . 52 .

O G o d , ma y s t th o u b r in g c a melm en , wh o t a ke o ff
m e ssa g e s of lo ve . Sh U m M ar 11 9
. . .
,
.

Q ui c kly , w ith s p e ed ,
th ey sh all b rin g thi s in fo r
m a tio n an d in te llig en c e . Sto r y o f th e c a t a n d mi c e v 3 8 . .

4) Th e P o t e n ti a l is u se d wi th th e I n t er j e c tio n s a ba,

3 L
L w o u ld th a t , w ith th e c o nJu n c tio n s . 2 not (p r o bi

1) W ith th e P o ten tia l ma y a ls o be u se d , if th e inj un c tio n b

mo r e s tri c t .
50 4 I . T HE A NA LY TI CA L P A RT .

b itiv e) , u lfcfv; ma y i t be , tha t le s t ;

'

not
"
‘ ’

G) € P? ,

th a t L tha t tha t in o r de r tha t ;

33
so
LO A -
9
, , , , 6

th e ad ver bs p o s s i b ly , M K? ) p h
era p s e tc .
, i f th e
t
s en e n c e b e in de finit e .

O p h y si c a n , d o n o t g i v e a p o w d er ! 0 G o d , ma y I not

b ec o me w el l ! Sh J a m Ka l . . .

W o u ld to G o d , tha t th o u o b e g g a r , w o u l ds t no t

m
,

co e an y mo re . Sh S6 r
. . II ,

Cu t o ff, th a t th o u m a yst be a pp r o ve d l e s t l o s s
, b efa ll
th ee . Sh Kal . . I I , 17

Thu s ,
0 ca me l , lift up th
( y p a ce) ,
tha t I ma y
Sh .

Kh a mb . II , 1 5»

Ma ke som e s u c h Ju mp , tha t y e fa ll upo n tha t

g ar m en t . A mu l u M an p 1 5 0 . . .

“
a ,

Ha vin g g i ven (thy) so u l to th e o mn ip o t en t ,

tho u
ma ys t p o ssibly b e pu t in t o th e tra c k o f (thy) frien d Sh . .

S u rag . I II , Epil .
50 6 I . THE A NA LYTICA L PA RT .

2) tw o Imp er a tive s ar e j o in e d t o g e ther b y

th e j
co n un c tio n or th e fir s t I mp er a tive i s hy
p o th e ti c a l .

R e tu r n if yo u me an to g o ,
then t
r e urn ! M aj 4 3 9. .
 II . THE S YNTHE TICA L PA R T . 50 7

II . THE SY NTHETIGAL PA RT .

C O N STRU C TI O N o r T HE SE N TE N CE A N D CO N
S E N T E N CE S
’

J UN CTI O N O F .

SECTION III .

THE SIMPLE SENTENCE .

Ch apter XI .

S u bj e c t an d Pr e di c a te .

In e ver y ther e mu s t b e a s u b j e c t a n d
se n e n c e t
r e d i c a t e ; s u b j e c t i s c a ll e d th a t p er s o n o r thi n
a p g ,

o f w hi c h s o m e th in g i s sa i d a n d p r e d i c a t e th a t w hi c h
i s sa i d a b o u t it .

1) Th e su b j e c t m a y b e e xp r e s se d e ith er b y a s u b
sta n tiv e or a d j e c t i v e o r p r o n o un or n u me r al It .

is not e xp r e s s e d ,
if it b e a
p e r so n a l p r o n o un an d its
pr e di c a e t a ver b ,
e xc ep t a t
s r ess be la id u
p o n it , as

W U
LZ S I se e , but
w g 56
a s --3
“3
37 I see (not
y o u ) .

Th e su b ec j t mu s t a lw a y s b e in th e N o m in a t iv e .

2 ) Th e P r e d i c a t e m a y b e expr e sse d either by a “

v e r b o r a d j e c t i v e (p a r ti ciple) o r s u b s t a n t i v e o r
, , ,

$
?
n u m e r a l w i th th e a u xi li a r y v er b s 5 to b e a n d sh e
”

to b e c o m e , to b e .

T h e p r e di c a te my a be j o in ed to th e j t
s u b ec in a

thr eefo ld ma n n er :
a ) by w a y o f a s s s e r t i o n , as :
i l w
6 6 "
I fi le th e
g r ee p s .
50 8 II THE S Y NTHE TICA L PA RT
. .

19) b y w ay of in ter r o g a ti o n ,
as :
; 5 W ho
is co me ?

c ) by w ay of co mma n d ( ord es i re) , as :

v ; g o th
( o u ) .

'

2 3) T h e su b ec j t an d p r e d i c a e ,
t ”
if th ey b e s u b sta n

tiv e s or p ro n o un s ma y b e n ea r er defin ed by an a t tr i
b u te . Th e a ttr ib u te is c o mmo n ly an a dj e c tive , b ut it
m ay l a so be a su b s a n t t i ve 111 th e G e n iti v e w
( i th or

w ith o u t an j tive p r o n ou n
a d ec ,
on w hic h an o th er
n o un i n th e G e n itive ma y dep en d a g a in ,
as
1

a g r ea t
'

man ca me
537 uj
é L2 5 >5
s c
)
thi s is r ea t man 34 3 5 0 5
a
g ,
97
“ 3
5 3
as ?

th e L o r d of th e kin g do m di e d 53
, S hae $0 ;

th e so n of th e L o r d O f th e
"

kin g do m di e d .

3 z
’

0 /

A ll th e p e 0 pl e o f th e e ”

kin g do m (o f ) M a g hrib will

g o to di e N an g a j o Qi s s o ,
s
’
f
v .

4) j t a n d p r e dic a te if the y
Th e s ub e c ,
b e pr o p er
,

n a m e s su b s t a n t i v e s o r p r o n o u n s
,
m a y a l so b e ,
.
n ea r er d e

fin e d b y a n ou n in a p p o si ti o n ,
as :

Q “
?
th e c o un r t y (o f) Chin a i s fa r o ff;

‘
thi s th e ci ty (of) Kar acl
’

is .
5 10 II ; T HE S YNTHE TICA L PA RT .

So me c a t w a s t endin g h er yo u n g o n es w ith s o m
,

r e a t l o v e a n d) v
‘
g ( p l e a su r e St o r y of th e c a t a n d m i c e. .

C h a p t er XIII .

E n l ar g e men t ,
o f th e s e n te n c e by a n ea r an d re m o te v

1) Th e v er b ,
w hi c h r e fer s to th e j
s u b ec t as ;
its
p r e dic a e t ,
h as a do u bl e fo r m ; it i s th er o f th e a c t i v e
ei
"

‘
voic e ,
if th e su b e c j t be ac ti v e ,
or o f th e p a s s i v e v o i c e ,

if th e su b ec j t b e p a ssive .

Th e a c t i v e v o ic e o f t r eb l e s i g n i fi a ver b has a

c a tion ; i t i s eith e r n e u t e r (in tr a n si tiv e) o r a c t i v e ,

n s itive) v ‘
(t r a o r c au s a l
,
T h e e r b i s c a ll e d . n eu ter if ,

th e a c tio n b e restri c t e d to t h e su bj ec t as ; , .

I
he g o es ; ac tive ,
i f th e v erb n e c es s ar i ly re qu i r e s a ( n ea r )

h im ; an d c au sa l ,
if i t re qu i re s o ne o r two A c c u sa tives .

2) N e u t er v er b s co mm o n ly su b o r din a e t on ly a

r e mo te o bj e c t Or D a ti v e as :
”; it
,
95 7 7 c

do es no t p l e a s e me ; bu t so me n eu ter v er bs may a so l
s u b o r di n a e t a n ea r ob j ec t (A c cu s ) ,
as

H e we n t tha t w ay . A j aib v . 44 .

3) A c t i v e v e rb s su b o r din a t e a n ea r o bj ec t (A c c u s ),
)

and , as th e Ca s e ma y b e ,
(
a r em o t e o n e ( D a tive) , a s :

J
‘

2 35 ! g h im b r e a d A c tive ve r bs ma y
?
1v e
gs 3
.

5
 II T HE S
. YNTHE TICA L PA RT . 511

a sol s u b o r din a e ttive o n e imp lyin g th e

a d o u b le A c c u sa ,

n e ar o bj e c t a n d th e o th er i ts a ttr ib u t e I n thi s c a s e .

th e fir s t o bj e c t is g en er a lly defin e d by th e p o s tp o siti o n

m
6
. b
ny ea n s o f w h i c h th e c o n s tr u c ti o n i s r en d e r e d

imp er s o n a l and th e c o n c o rd betw een th e j t

o b ec an d

i ts a ttr ib u te dis s o l v e d ,
th a t th e a ttr ib u t e r ema in s so

i n th e u n in fie c ted fo r m o f th e Sin g u l ar tho u g h th e ,

o bj ec t to w hi c h it r efers m a y b e a P lu r al
,
B u t b o th ,
.

m a y a l s o r em a in in th e u n infie c ted st a t e (Sin g u la r o r

P lur a l) So me ve rb s g o vern a do u b le A c cu s ative o n e
.
,

of a p e r s o n ,
an d o ne of a thin g ,
as to a sk so me
b o dy a thin g tho u g h it m a y a so l be c o n s ru c e d t t w i th

th e p o s tp o s itio n to as k fr o m a p e r s o n ,
or w i th

M a ke the l ep er s c lean . M a tth .

w f w M A Ju b K La fi w b

lo n gA s ,
as I li v e , I
-

s ha ll not m a ke any o th er (my)

hu sb a n d Sh . . U m Mar . . V II ,
6 .

K e ep th e fa st s
.
of Ra ma z an , g i v e ,
thy
( ) w ea lth as

a lms . G o l d e n A lp h a b e t 4 , 7 .

4) Ca u sal s ,
d er ive d fr o m n eu t e r verb s ,
s u b o r di

na e t a n ea r ,
an d as th e c a sem a y b e , a r emo t e o bj e c t
6 9, an d c a u sa s , l d er i ve d fr o m a c t i v e v er b s, m a y
s u b o r din a e t tw o n ear j t (a
o b ec s do u b l e A ti v e )
c c u sa ,
. th e
firs t g 3
e ner a lly b ein g d efin e d by th e p o s tp o si ti o n
s
‘
ef ’

and th e s e c o n d r em a i n in g in th e u n in fiec te d s a e t t 69,

Ha vi n g m a d e dr in k th e tr a veller s a b o w l try i
()t .

Sh . J a m Ka l IV, 7 . . .
51 2 II . T HE S YNTHETI CA L PA RT .

5) Re g u la r p a ssi v e v er b s c an o nl y b e derive d fr o m
a c tive orl v er b s ; fo r t h e pa s sive fo r m , wh i c h
c a u sa
“ ’

n e u te r ve r b s o c c a si o n a lly a ss u m e do es no t e s s e nti ally

'
»
,

a lt e r th eir s i g n ific a t io n .

I n a p a ss i v e s e n t e n c e th e n ea r o bj ec t (A c cu s ) is
ma de th e s u bj e c t a n d th e su bj ec t o f th e a c tive s e n
,

t en c e i s tu r n e d in to th e th e r em o t e
o bj e c t (D a tiv e) ke ep l n g i ts p la c e , a s u su a l Bu t with
th e p a s sive P r e s e n t I m p e r f e c t a n d Fu t u r e th e I h
,

s tr u m e n ta l i s n o t u se d x
th e a g en t b ei n g e p r es s e d b
, y , [ ]

m ean s o f th e p o s tp o siti o n v téfi i f it c an n o t be po s sib ly

a v o ide d .

O f th e p a ssiv e vo ic e on ly
th e p a s t t en s es (p as t p a r
tic ipl e p a s s1 v e) a r e In c o mm o n u se , th e o th e r t en s es
b ei n g e xp r e ss e d , w h er e v er p o ssi b e ,
l hy a n e u er t verb .

T h e p a s t p a r tic ip l e (p ass ive) a g re e s ei ther wi th i ts

‘

s u bj e c t i n g e
‘
nde r , n u b er a n d c a s e m '

93, or th e
t
c o n s ru c tio n m a y b e r en der ed imp er so n al th e p a st p a r ,

ti c ip l e c o n t a i n i n g at the s a m e tim e su bj e c t a n d p r e
d i c a te in w hic h c a s e th e (p r o p er ) s u bj e c t o f th e p a s sive
,

s e n t en c e m u s t b e sub o r dinat ed a s a r emo t e o b j e c t

b y m ea n s o f th e po stp o si ti o n f a s r e g a r ds i n re
G e , ,

fe r en c e to
’
.

imp er so ti o n m u s t a lw a y s t a k e
”

T hi s n a l t
c o n s r uc ,
”

p l a ce In t h e p a ss iv e w h e n a n a c ti v e v er b g o
,
v e rn s a
'

d o u b l e A c c u s at ive o n e imp lyi n g th e n e a r o bj e c t a n d

,

th e o th er i ts a t tr ib u te T h e n e a r o bj e c t mu s t in thi s
.

c a s e b e su bordi n a t e d by th e p o s tp osi ti o n w h e re a s

th e o th er o b ec j t ,
as th e pr edica te , re m a in s in th e un

in fl e c ted fo r m o f th e Sin g u lar r efer rin

g to th e ( n e u er t )

1) In a l o n g er s e nt en c e w h en th e a g ent i s s ep a r a te d by a s er ies
,

s a ke
of w o r ds fr o m th e v erb ,
th e ag en t is fr e q
u en t ly re
p e ate d fo r th e

ag en t
,
to the v erb,
5 14 II THE SYN THE TI C A L PA RT
. .

1) T h e ver b m ay b e defin ed by o n e o r m o r e
’

n ea r e r

w h ic h a in an o th er c a s e ma d d i
c ases ,
on a
g y e p e n ,
v z : .

th e In s tr u m ent a l (
a g en t th e A c c u sa tive (o f tim e
th e A b l a t i ve an d th e L o c a ti ve ,
an d by n o u n s w i th p o s t

p o s i ti o n s g en era ll y .

At so me time o ne
_
ma n sa t on th e b an k of th e
v er Sin dhi Re a din g
I

ri wi th _ h is w ea lth (of b u ffa lo e s) .

Bo o k p . 59 .

// 0

6
” I I I
?
-3 L
.

1 s
“
“

5 e ) . a
“
?
“
3 ? “

Tha t o n e b eg a n to g o to sc ho o l one yea r la ter tha n

f
(r o m) h i s e l d e r b r o the r . I bi d p . . 50 .

2 ) Th e verb m ay b e n e a r er d efin e d b y a d verb s g e

n er a lly , es
p e c i a lly by ad v er b s of t im e p l a c e ,
an d

man n er, an d by p t p o si t i o n s w ith p r o n o u n s

~
o s .

Gi ve me now so me ad vi s e . A m u lu M an .
p . 147 .

Thu s th ey ta lke d a mo n g s t ea c h o ther fo u r g o o dl y

mo n th s M aj 2 3 5
. . .

This a sol i s w ith m e . A mu lu M an .

p . 147 .
 II . T HE SNY T HETI CA L PA RT . 5 15

C h apter XV .

O mi s s i o n o f th e v er b as p r e di c a te .

t
,

1) Th e a u xi li a r y v e r b e c .
,
fo r min g th e p r e

d i c a te wi th o r w ith o u t a n a dj e c ti ve e tc . is lly
o c c a sio n a

o mi tt e d , es p e c i a ll y in p o etr y a n d in s h o r t p r o v er b i a l

t
s en en c e s .

éi’
é
P- Lu w dtf ur
o lm U m d n
fi kf
‘
‘ B

L et m e h ear th a t ma tt er ,
w hic h ~
i
()s i n thy h e a r t .

M aj 4 5 . .

w
3
}? at
” - !
v ae 5 75 5
f
v

Th er e (is) a d e ep w ell th er e ; no b o tt o m of th a t is
fo u n d . N an g a j o Qi ss o ,
v . 38 .

W h er e (is) th e c o war d lyca t? w h er e

;
i
()s th e c o war d ly
c at ? S in dhi R ea d B . .
p .
«

62 .

2 ) In t en c e s whi c h c o n ain a n t im p r e c a t i o
'

s en , n or

c ur Se , th e v er b as p r e dic a e t is g en er a lly o mi tted : In

,

Po ten tia l
f o o

su c h like s en en c e s t th e of to fa ll , s ho u ld
be s u pp li e d , w hic h o c ca si o n a lly i s m e t w ith .

z 3

M a y the tyar d (fa ll ) in to th e w ell , th e com

“

c o ur

p an i o ns in t o .
th e fo r est th e si st er s
,
-
in l a w i n t o di s ea s e !
- -

Sh . Su h . IX ,
E p il . 1 .

M
( a y fa ll) in t o th e w ell th o se d a ys of life , w hi c h
ar e ap ar t fr o m th e fri en d ! Sh D esi . V II , E pil .

K k2
 6 II . THE S YNTHE TI CA L PA RT .

SECTION IV .

THE C OMP OUND S EN TEN CE .

Tw o or mo r e t
sen en ce s ma y b e so j o in e d to g e th er ,

th a t a c o mpo un d t
s e n en c e a r i se s . This i s do n e ei th er
by w a y of c o o r di n a t i o n or s ub o r di n a t i o n .

C h a p t e r X VI .

1 . C o o r di n a ti o n o f s e n te n c e s .

g . 97 .

I ) Tw o o r mo r e t
s en e n c e s ma y b e so j o in e d th a t ,

ea c h one re ma in s i n dep en dan t of th e o th er This is

.

do n e w ith o u t or by th e p c o u la tive ,
a dve r s a ti ve ,

di sj u n c tive an d c o n c l u si v e p a r ti c l e s
(c f .5 9 ) a n d

by th e n eg a tive a dver b . a n ei th er nor .

Th e l o v er was j o in e d ; t o h e r b y p a in ,
th e s w ee th ear t
was no t j o in e d to h er b y p l e asur e b y di n t
.
of ) . Sh .

A b ir i V II , 1 3 .

Fa s te n th e h o r se s b elo w an d
g o y e u
p . A mu l u
M an p .» . 14 9 .

E ith er th ey them a c r o ss s a ys L a ti f or they

b r in g , ,

m a ke a c ry fr o m th a t ver y sp o t Sh Su h VIII 2 . . .
,
.

w
'

ir c a n; ra
i ta
é v é w ;
L f
s
? ; é’ e i -
f . s

I kn o w it , b u t th e Sh ah S ahib h a s fo r bi dde n m
( )
e

to t ell it . Li fe —
o f A b d u L a ti f , p
l -
. 44 .
5 18 II . T HE S YNTHETIC A L -

PA RT .

B ut this di s c o u r se fell i n t o th e ear of M ir Ha sa n

(an d ) H u s a in . N an g a j 6 Qi s sc v . 75 .

2 ) W hen ther e tw o mo re s u b ec sj t in
“

are or a s en

t en c e ,
d en o tin g an i m a t e b ei n g s , th e v er b or a d ec j ti v e
i ‘
5

(
w i th th e a u xili a r y verb s g ym an d
é g )
s n as p re di c a te

i s p u t in th e P lu r a l ; if th e su b e c s j t ha ve th e sa me
g e n d e r ,
th e p r e di c a t e »
a
g r e es w i th th em ,
b e i n g p u t i n

th e P lu r a l ,
b u t if th ey be of va r io u s g e nd e r , t h e m a s

cu lin e h a s th e p r e c e d e n c e .

W h en tw o j or t mo r e
h i n
g (
s o r i d e a s)
su b e c s t im p ly ,

th e p re di c a t e i s eith er p u t i n th e S i n g u l a r a r e e in
g g ,

c omm o n ly wi th th e l a s t s u b e c t o r in h e P lu r a l I f
j t ,
.

the y b e o f v a r i o u s g e n d e r ; th e P lu ra l o f th e m a s
c u l i n e o r f em i n i n e i s em p l o y e d a c c o r di n g a s on e o r ,

th e o th er su bj e c t i s c o n si d er e d m o r e i mpo r t a n t .

T h e s a m e r u l e h o l ds g o o d w h en a n a t t r i b u t e ,

(a dj e c t i v e e tc ) i s r e fe r r i n
g . t o n o u n s o f d i ffe r e n t g e n de r ,
.

A m a le an d fem a l e w aw r e a te d b y h im . S in dhi
R ea d B o o k.
, p . 15 .

Thy m o th er an d thy b r o th er s s a n d o u si de
t t . M a tth
12 ,
47

M b w fi M O
C9 9
4
6 g
e g g a

fish L ife of
?

In this p o n d th er e w ill be w a er t an d .

A bd -
ul -
L a ti f p 2 7 ,
.

B u t fo r an able arm y th er e is no del a y ( nor ) p a u se .

N an g a
'

j o Q u 1sso , v . 1 54 .
 II . THE S YNT HE TICA L PA RT . 519

W hen I saw fr o m a fa r th e p l a c e s , ho u se s ,
ce lls .

A j aib , v . 72 .

By m (i e v
A

th e lig ht eni n g s dr e s s e s o f ra . . l
c o u ds ) h a e

b e en m a d e ; r e e ds an d h e r b s ha v e b e co me g r e en ; oh !
Sh . S ar . Iv , E pil .

3 0 ,

By ye s (a n d) fa ce ha ve
w ho m e b een tu r n e d t o w a r d s
th e b u ffa l o k eep e r -
Sh Su h V 9 . . .
,
.

6
° ; T J L; l, i L5 a ttic}? ar es »

m w o rl d
-

T h e fa r s an d fe rr i e s of th e (
p p
e o e l ) a re

u
p
on tha t w a te r . N an g a j 6 v . 36 .

3) W h en tw o or mo r e su b ec s j t of differ en t p er s o n s
o c cur in a se n ten c e ,
th e fir s t p e r s o n p r e c e d e s th e se c o n d

(or thir d) ,
and th e sec o n d th e th ird , th e v er b b e in g
p u t in th e P lu r a l .

We and th e P ha r is e es keep ma n y fa s ts . Ma tth 9 , 14 . .

C h ap te r XVIII .

II . S u b o r d i n a ti o n o f s e n ten c e s .

Tw o
”

or mo r e t
se n e n c e s ma y b e so j o in e d to g eth e r ,

th a t one is no t i n d e p e n de n t o f th e o ther ,
b u t is On ly
ma k in g up
_ fo r th e defic ien c y of th e o th er . A t
se n e n c e

thu s d e p e n din g on an o th er ,
is ca ll e d a su bo r di n a t e
5 20 II . THE S YN THETICA L PAR T ;

s en t en c e a n d th e o th er tha t i s c o m pl e ted th er eb y i s
, , ,

c a ll e d th e m a i n s en t en c e
’

A s u b o r din a t e s e n ten c e fm a y h a v e a n o the r s en te n c e

“

c o or din a t e d e ith e r w i th o r w i th o u t c o nj u n c tiv e

o r i t m a y a g a in s u b o r din a t e a n o th e r se n t e n c e .

A s u b o r din a t e se nt e n c e m a y be lin k e d to th e ma in
‘

s en t e nc e ei th er b y s u b j u n c t i v e p a r ti c l e s o r by r e ,

l a t i v e p r o n o u n s a n d a d v e r b s o r by 1 n t e r r o g a t i v e
p r o n o u n s an d ad v er b s .

I) S u b o r di n a ti o n o f a nt e n c e se by sub j u n ct i v e
p a r t i c les .

s . 1 00 .

P a r ti c l e s b y w hi ch is su b o r din a e d
”

,
a s e n en c e t t to
th e m a in s en t en c e ar e th e c o n c essi ve ,
th e c o n se

cu t i v e , th e c au sa l ,
th e f i n a l an d th e c o n d i t i on a l ,
cf . 59 .

W th thr ee fir s t p a r ti c l e s h e I n di c a t i v e
a ) i th e t
is us e d , i f th e a ss er ti o n b e p o si tive , a n d th e P o t e n t i a l,
if th e a s se r ti o n b e mo r e va g u e o r un c er a i n t ; wi th fi n a l
p a r ti c l e s th e P o t en tia l i s a lw a ys u sed .

Tho u g h th ey b e ki lle d b y th e kn ife th ey ,

do not

at a ll d i vu l g e an y thi n g Sh Ka l II 8 . . .
,
.

9 0 f f? A D A g
.
’

p
0
3
A u "
a
i z

0 3 )

It thr ew th e h ea d of dej e c ti o n so mu c h on th e

g ro un d , tha t its b r a in w as c o n fu se d . Sin dhi Rea din g

Bo o k p . 58 .

O Go d ta ke a w a y ,
th e co ver s tha t ,
we may kn o w
th e truth Maj 2 05 . . .
 II T HE S
. YNTHETICA L PA RT .

If th o u c o n s r uct t us her e a mo s qu e ,
then w e s ha ll
le t th e e da ily m a k e th e i
p g l r im a
g e o f th e K a za b a o f
Go d . L ife of A bd -
u l- L a i f
t , p . 4 .

3) If th e co n dit io n a nd th a t , w hi ch i s c o n di tio n ed
th er eb y t a k en tive
'

,
be as c er tain an d p o si ,
th e I n
d i c a t i v e is u s ed i n b o th m e mb er s o f th e Se n t e n c e
“

If th o u cas t est us o ut, a llo w us to g o in to th e her d

o f s win e . Ma tth . 8, 31 .

If th o u sh a lt div ulg e it , th o u w ilt b ec o m e a l e p er .

L ife of A bd -
ul- L a ti f , p . 44 .

4) If th e c o n di ti o n as well as t h a t , w hi c h is co n

di ti o n e d ther eb y ,
is r e pr e s e n ed t as su c h ,
th a t c o ul d

ha v e h app ene d un der c er ta 1n c l r c u msta n c e s b u t w hic h ,

h a s n o t h a pp en e d b ec a u se th e c on ditio n w a s n o t ful
“

fille d th e I mp er fe c t
,
A o r is t o r Pl up er fec t i s u sed,

i n th e s u b o r din a t e a n d th e A o r is t in th e m a in sen
, ,

t en c e or ,
u n d e r c er t a i n
,
c ir c u m s t a n c e s th e P lu p erfe c t ,

(f
c . 87 ,

If h e h a d not k ep t on d rin kin g li qu o r ,

h e w o u ld
not ha v e “

die d .
 H THE S YN THE TI CA L PA R T
. . 52 3

I h a v e w r itten a le tt er to th e e ; b u t if I w er e a b ir d
I w o u l d lik ely h a v e c o m e b efo r e th e l e tt er h a vi n g ,

flo w n qui c kly .

If th e p en w o ul d b e a w a r e o f th e h e ar t it w o ul d ,

w e ep b l o o d o u t o f a ffe c ti o n Sh B ar v6 Sin dhi . .

,

Ch et . 6 .

th o se (c r ie s) h a d b e en h e ar d b y (my)
If sw e e th ea r t
w o ul d lik e ly n o t h a v e g o n e o ff Sh Hu s II
I
he . . .
,
2 .

5 M M >

If th e m a s t er Of th e h o u se h ad kn o w n (th a t) , th e
thi ef wi ll c o m e a t a c er ta 1n w a tch ( of th e ni
g ht) ,
he
w o u l d lik e ly h a v e r e m a in e d O n h i s g u ar d . M a tth . 2 4, 4 3 .

th o s e (w o r k s)
If h a d b een d o n e at S o do m ,
it w o u l d
h a ve li k ely r em a in e d un til th is day . M a tth .

In st e a d of th e A o r i st or P lu p er fe c t th e P o t en
t i a l (o f th e P r e s en t) m a y b e u s e d (bu t v e r y r a r ely)
i n b o th m e mb er s O f a c o n di ti o n a l s en t e n c e fo llo w ed b y ,

th e p a r ti c l e b u t mo r e co mm o n ly LE
: is a dde d to a

p as t ten s e ,
fo r th e sa ke O f e mp h as1 s .

If sh e h ad not
g o ne , sh e w o ul d n ot h a ve t
o b a in e d

h fr i en d
( )
er .
524 II . T HE S Y NTH TI A L P A E C RT .

as ? T
as ? u
m éw as
? v
hf ! M ‘
n s ?
Lé fi al fi é
fi
s
o o
j s v 5

If y o u h a d e v er un de r s t o o d this w o r d , yo u w o u ld
n o t h a v e c o n d em n e d th e uil tl e ss M a tth I 2 , 7
g . . .

5) I f th e h a ve b e en ful fil l ed in
c o n di tio n mu st
t fu tu r e t i m e F u t u r u m e xa c tu m f th t hi ch
p a s ( ) b e o r e a w , ,

i s c o n di tio n e d th er eb y s h a ll h a p p en th e A o r i st is
, ,

u s e d in th e s u b o r din a t e a n d th e Fu tu r e in th e m a in
,

s en t en c e .

If e ve r h o u l d ha ve die d b efo r e
Max
dum S ahi b s

Shah S ahib th en Sh ah S ahib w ill c o m e a n d b e p r e s en t

,

w ith th e bi er o f Ma ydum S ahib L ife O f A b d u l L a ti f .

- -
,

p . 37 .

0 0 /
If o ne h a ll h a ve c o m e a n d r ec o g n ise d
s h e r , I wi ll

g i v e h e r to hi m Sin dhi R e a d B p 5 9
. . . . .

6 ) Th e c o n di ti o n a l p a r ti c l e is O ft en o mitte d in

th e s u b o r din a t e s en t e n c e ,
an d
T
i a; on th e o ther ha n d
is u se d wi th o u t a m a in t
s e n en c e ,
it b e i n g p a s s e d o ver
th a t f me s qui t e th e of th e
in s i l en c e ,
so
; ae

I
a s su s en s e

in terj e c ti o n a l p a r tic l e a ba w o u ld th a t !

O my fr i e n d , i
()f I d i e of thy w o un d I m
( a y)

o b a int ho n o u r . Sh . J a m Ka l I , 6
. .
.
52 6 II . T HE S YNTHETICAL PA RT .

Wh en th er e ar e so me r ee d s o f th e s ho r e , p u ll th em
‘

o ut an d bin d to g eth er a raf t . Sh . Hu s VIII , 3

. .

3) Su b o r di n a ti o n o f a s en t en c e by an in terr o -
r

g a tiv e p r o n o un o r ti c l e
p ar .

s . 10 2 .

Th e depen da n t s en en c e t is g en er a ll y in t r o d u c e d

b y th e p ar ti c l es . a
, 5g ,
an d 5 ,
tha t , w hi c h are not

tr an sl a t ed .

H o w do I kn o w ,
h o w th e l
c a c ul a ti o n of th e A mi r
h a s b e en ma de ? Sh . U m M ar I I . .

G iv e m e an a n s w er ab o u t th e ma rri a g e , h o w th o u
ha s t a rr a n g ed it ? A mu lu M an p . . 14 2 .

Ta ke th o u g ht o f yo u r life (sa y in g ) wha t Sh a ll

no ,
we

ea t , w h a t s h a ll w e dr in k ? n o r o f y o u r b o dy w h a t ,
we

sh all p ut on ? M atth 6 , . 24 .
 II . THE S YNTHE TICA L PA R T . 527

C h a p t e r X IX .

A b b r e v i a ti o n o f s u b o r di n a t e s e n te n c e s .

g . 10 3 .

A s u b o r di n a e t t
s en e n c e m ay b e ab br e vi a t ed
1) b y u s in g p i c i
th e p r e s e n t
t p l e ( c f an d as t p a r .

80 e i th er a dj e c ti v e ly
,
o r i n th e L o c a tiv e Sin ,

l w h i h i m r e co M o n T h t i i l l i
g u a r c ,
s o e p a r c p e s u
pp e s .

th e p l a c e o f a r el a tiv e o r c o nj u n c t i o n a l s u b o r di n a t e
s e n t en c e in t o w hi c h i t m a y b e di ss o lve d
, w h en n e ,

c es sa r y , as

/K
i ,
s
" tS ta) , m !
UJ N
'
, (g o u ; e
y ) 6 9 4
3)

Pa ss th e ni
g ht w e ep i n g ,
di s t i ll in g g l a s s e s of li qu o r ;
i . e . w hi l s t w eep in g ,
or as o n e w h o w e ep s e tc ; Sh J a m
. .

Ka l IV , 2 5

‘
. .

6
1
33 te f
-
, g
i t é mw vfi
g v —
S O
ai
m," as i

Ha vi n g b een s e iz e d a ft e r or w hen or as sh e

was s e iz e d by a vi o l en t p a in , sh e fell do w n n e ar s o me

ba nk . Sto r y o f th e c a t a n d mi c e , v 29 . .

2) By u s1n g th e p a s t co n j u n c ti v e p ar t i c ipl e s .

3 0 )

Th e y y o ff (my ) Sw eeth ea r t P u n h fi sp ea ki ng
’

c a rr ,

B a lu c hi 1 , . e . w hil s t th e y S p ea k B a lu c hi Sh D esi I I 1 3 . .
,
.
528 II . T HE SNY THETICA L PA RT .

C h a p t e r XX .

O n th e i n d i r e c t o r a ti o n .

104 .

W h en th e w o r ds or tho u g hts of a p e r s o n
g i v
ar e
e n

w ith th e v er y sa me ex r e s si o n s
p ,
as u s e d o r i in a lly
g ,
t h e

o ra ti o n 1s c a ll ed a d i r e c t o n e ; b u t w h en th ey a r e
o n ly r ep r e s en t e d a c c o r din t o th i l t t
g e r
g e n e r a c o n e n s

o r purpo r t th e o r a tio n i s c a ll e d a n i n d i r e c t o n e
,
In .

Sin dhi th e i n d i r e c t o r a tio n i s n e ver m a de u s e o f b u t ,

th e w o r d s o r th o u g ht s o f a p e r s o n a r e a lw a y s r ep r e
se n t e d i n th e d i r e c t o r a tio n a n d g en er a lly in tr o du c e d

b y th e p a r tic le , a.

H e w a s t hin kin g me w a y h a vin g ke d O ff

c
'
: in so sn e a

I w ill g e t a w a y ; i e
’
. . th a t h e w o uld s n ea k O ff e tc . Life
o f A b d u l L a ti f , p
-
20-
. .

W hen h e sees : I a m ttin g

si n ea r B hi t a . Ib id .

p . 21 .

th o u like s t : I w ill m ee t (my) fr ien d

If to m e e t
thy fr ien d th l t h m im i c kin n d O f th e
( ) en ear n ,
e g s o u

th ieve s Sh J a m Kal II 8
. . . .
,
.
 5 30 A PP END IX I .

L un ar m o n th s o f th e A r abian s .

9 5 1 ,

1) . 3 m u h a rr a mu
r1

0 5 ,
I]l a h a r a mu
(7

s s a fa ru 29 d a ys
)
. .

, 4 ' /0
f

£ 35!
G s;
a r a bi zu la v va lu 30 d
74
‘‘
5 3!
; r a bi zu ESan i
-
A)
6 3 C
o I

r a bb u la x
lru
) 6 3)
. .

/O fl

£ 35! j u mada -
la v v u la
”

3 0 d ays .

S g t m 6 5
-
K; ju mada , s t an i
2 9 da ys .

ang sta; j m ada lax

ir u
g
u -

W133 ; Sa za b an u . 2 9 d a ys .

3 0 da y s .

tig a
t Sa v v alu . 2 9 d a ys .

5 M ! (5 5 Si l qa za da h -
.

3 0 da y s .

> Bi qa za da h
5
6

Th e H i n d u s rec ko n by l
so ar ye a r s ,
an d lu n i
so la r m o n th s . Th ey fo ll o w ei th er th e V i k r a m a d i t y a

(h a
s i
g ) aera ,
ca ll e d sa m b a tu (S a n s k FIRE
. y ear
) ,
 A PP ENDIX I . 53 1

da tin g y e a r 5 7 a Ch r a n d c o mm en c in g w ith
fr o m th e . .
,

th e m o n th Of k a t i or tha t o f S h a l i v a h a n a Ca ll e d
, ,

S a k u (S a n s k d a tin g fr o m th e y ea r 7 8 p Ch r
. . .
,

a n d c o m m e n c in w ith th e m o n th o f C etr u
g .

Th e H in du yea r i s di vid e d i n to 1 2 e qu a l p o r ti o n s ,
w hi c h n e a r ly c o r r e sp o n d to o u r s o l a r m o n th s E a ch .

m o n th i s divi de d a
g a in b
(y H i n dus as w ell as Mu h am
m a da n s) i n to tw o p a r t s (éfi or
é:
. . l s
u n a r fo r tn i g ht) ,

th e fir st fr o m n ew to fu ll m o on (6 4 ; s u di ) ,
an d th e
sec o n d fr o m ful l to n ew mo o n b a di ) . T h e d at e s
-
o f

the s e tw o di vi s i o n s (n l“u n ar da t e) , fifte e n ea c h ,

ar e

r ec ko n e d s ep a r a tely .

S o l a r m o n th s of th e H i n d fi s .

cetr u ,
fr o m th e mi d dl e of Ma r c h to th e mi ddl e

Of A pr i l .

_é S Lfa g v es ak h u , fr o m th e m i ddl e of A p r il to th e middl e

“

,
of May .

e t a .
j eth u ,
fr o m th e m i ddl e of M a y to th e mi d dle
8

'
Of J un e .

; Lgf l
Of
akh ar u ,

J u ly .
fr o m th e mi ddl e Of J u n e to th e m iddle

v
sa an a . fr o m th e mi ddl e Of J u ly to the mid dl e
of A t
35
u us
” s r an u g .

6 ,

fr o m th e mi ddle of A u
g us t to th e mi ddl e
of S ep te m b e r .

7
3 ] a su ,
fro m th e ml ddl e Of S e p t e mb e r to th e mid dl e

o f O c t o be r .
53 2 A PP ENDIX I .

6
r ? ka ti ,
fr o m th e m l ddl e of O c t o b er to th e mi ddle

of N o v em b e r .

fr o m th e m i ddl e Of N o ve mb e r to th e
mi ddle o f D e c e m be r .

m a n g h ir u ,

4 359 p Oh u
,
,
fr o m th e mi ddle of D e c emb er to th e
mi ddl e of J a n u ary .

m ag hu fr o m th e ml ddle of J a n u a ry to th e
“

m i ddl e of Feb r u a r y .

Lg; h
-

P gii n i fr o m th e mi ddl e of Fe b r u a r y to th e
9
m iddl e of Ma r c h
h
p g
.

: a un u

T h e H in dus mm e n c e th e da y a t mi dni g ht , a s
co

w e do ,
b u t th e M u h a mm a d a n s a t th e p r e vi o u s e v e ni n g .

In th e m o u th o f a M u h a mm a da n th er e fo r e th e ni g ht
of a c er a i n t da y a lw a y s si
g ni fie s th e ni
g ht of th e p r e

v io u s da y , as : e
a; G e .

6 4 Fr i da y ni
g ht Thur s da y
\
n ig ht ,
a c c o r di n g to o ur w ay of r ec ko n in g . Th er e is
so m e diffe r en c e b etw ee n th e Hin du an d Mu s a lm an na me s
of th e da y s of th e w e e k ,
as j
su b o in e d .

Days o f th e w e ek .

H i n du . M u s a l m an .

ar ta r u
EX T aca r u , Su n da y
1
) .

10 “ sa ma r u
s fi ma ru 7 7 Mo n da y .

9 3

6) w
. su ma ru ,

o ~

S 57
I f

1 ) Or : a di tav ar u ,
ig-2 2 aita v ar u ,
)
l7 3 l
)
arta varu .
534 A PP ENDIX II .

A P P E N D I X II .

S I N D H I A RA B I C
A LPHA BE TS .
A PP ENDIX II
. 535
 MISPR I N T S A ND E MENDA TION S .

l . 3 3 bh u e: b h ue .
p . 39 , l . 11 g m :
Ha m .
p . 4 6,

35 . 35am p 5 1 ,
I 1 6
.

5) 5af .
°

:
b it f -
p 5 1 ,
.

$ J LiJ
5 0 3
5 .
p . 52 , l . 15 I S
Q .
p . 59 ,
l . 26

G uj u r ati : Gu j a r ati .
p . 60 , l . 27 5 : e .
p . 62 , I . 4 Gu

j a r ath i : G uj a r ati .
p 6 6 ,
. l . 25 p . 28

S te-35“
; Laav .
p . 66, l . 28 ai s
.
p . 67 , l . 14

Léf kh an dh i r o jf é tL--f kh n di r O l
” an a é .
p . 67 , . 14

fi ckb héf kh an dh e : i
g g! kh an d e p 6 8 ,
, . l . 9 alfi : atu .

p . 68 , l . 2 4 p a tr u :
p u tr u .
p . 69 , l . 9 5
5 3 5
31 :

p . 69 ,
1 20. kac h i r O .
p . 69 ,
l . 29 Ja rs a n d

i
a a a p 7 2 , 1 3 h ari tkd h an OkO p 72,
,a a e « ti
. . : . .

l . 3 han e : h an e .
p 7 2 .
,
l . 1 2 anikO : an ikO .
p . 24
cOr an ikO : cOr an ikO .
p . 78 , l . 1 1 m en a g ed z m a n a g e d -
.

p . 82 ,
l . 7 p 8 2 .
,
l . 26 Sho r tene d fr o m th e
San s k G E r ea d : S a n s k H .

(
.
,
s ho r t en e d fr o m B ig p . . 8 8,
l 14 B a huvr i hi : B a hu vr i hi
. .
p ; 88 , r e c o n iz ab l e
g
r e c o g n i sa b l
e p 2 1 A ft e r 3 55 a dd : fem p 9 2,
"
. . . .

‘
l . 4
5 3 3
1 :
g m“ .
p . 92 \
, l . 25 a f er : t Sa n s k 113511
-
.

add : ma s c .
( l a so in Sin dhi ) .
p . 94,
237 O3 3 4

p . 99 ,
l . 24 ni z ni .
p . 10 6 , l . 24 tObO : to bO .

p . 106 , l . 25
5 37
L54 tOb a : L 3
t Oba .
p . 113 , l . 6 Wh e
We 12 0 , l 8 put Co mm a a f er t l t l 12 8,
‘

.
p . . a p a a a .
p .

'

3
1 22 .
j y
e u z j y
e fi .
p . 1 40 , l . 18
0
1 11 . p . 1 44 ,

l 20 ii { f “ 1 44 , l 21 fiz f 3 ga f
.

v ey e
: i -
Lo
s
)
t
p . .
a :
5}
. .

p . 157 , l . 1 5 h i kir o : hi kir O .

p . 1 57 , l . 1 6 h ekl r o z he

kir o .
p . 1 59 ,
l . 4 da h a : da h a .
p . 164 , l . 14

cOda h a
LS f i5
l = “
p . 169 , l . 23 sa ha : sa a t .
p . 170 ,

cOda h a .
p . 17 0 , l . 8 p a n dr a h a : p a n dr a h a .
p . 17 1 , l . 20
 MISP RINTS A N D EMENDA TI ONS . 539

z 5 f ,

s w e a th e a r ts : sw e e th e a r t s p . . l . 2 0 m fik h a: mii kh a .

p . 20 1 , no e : t R is al s : B i s alO .
p . 2 08 , l . 1 5 w h it : w ith .

p . 2 15 , l . 5
S
KJLK» p . 2 16 , l . 2 8 th e y s elf :

thyself p 2 30 , l 5 1
28 p 2 34 , l 8 Ri n O
?
A
“9 7 03 7
. . . . .

R an O 2 3 6 l 4 e: i 2 3 7 l 20 3 2 39 ,
.
p ,
. . .
p.
,
. 2 9
5 .
p .

l: 7
I

( L9 : u .. L9 p 2 4 1 ,
. l . 4 j On h e :
j Onh e .
p 2 4.5 ,

m
i

ga i l l i
W z
m fa .
p 2 4 8 ,
. . 13 (a
i
f :
v p 2 5 5 ,
.

l . 19 p a r h ain u : p a r h ain u p 2 5 8 ,
l 1 6 a a z all p 2 6 1 , . . . . .

‘
l 8 cu a n u : cu a n u 2 6 4 l 1 6 k h ah a n n : kh an h a n u
p
- -
. . . .
,
.

p . 2 2 67 ,
9 p a r h l
j u z
p a r l
h -
ij u
.
p 2 7 4 ,
l 2 1 s u s a n u : -
. . .

tu s a n u p 2 7 7 ,
l 2 . 0 ku h a n u : u b.a n u
p 2 8 3 ,
l 3 2 . k . . .

u n a z un a 2 8 6 b d h a O b d h a —
O 2 8 7
p u y : u y p
-
. .
,
. .
,

1 1 th e II a n d I : th e I a n d II
.
p 2 8 7 ,
a : ani . . m .

p . 289 ,
I 2 8 ia. : ia .
p 2 9 4 .

, p . 2 9 9,
‘
l . 16
a
s .
p . 30 1 , l . 21 p . 3 10 ,

l . 19 W m:
M .
p . 311 , l . 7 U a fai aas z S
W W .

j f
u w
,

p 3 1 1 . l . 8 é ra
a
sz .
p . 320 , l . 20
we’ b s»

p . 32 3 , l . 9 ch a d i n dO : -
cha d i n d 6 -
.
p . 3 2 5,

l . 2 Th e o b ec j t b e in g fem . : b e in g m a sc Th e O bj e c t
b ein g m a sc . : fe m .
p 3 3 6 ,
. l . 6
6
q aw z p . 34 1 ,
‘
l 12
j o ta f :
j e ty-3S p 3 42 l 18 W : m p 348 ,
g u
. e t .
,
. . .

1 . co r p e : c o r p se .
p . 36 1, 3
W5 9 .
p . 3 6 8,
?

l . 18 ch a difi -
se : cha difi -
se .
p . 37 2 , l . 5 ch a di a—s u z
cb a di a s fi .
p . 384 , l . 2 OcitOly : OcitO p 3 8 4 ,
l 2 fo r . . .

th e s ec o n d u n e x ec e d
p t r ea d : u n e x e c t e dly
p p 38 4 ,
l 5 . . .

‘
o dir O : Odir O .
p . 3 84 , no te 2 , fifg fl :
FF
E“
I

ua/a a
1 12 Lo c
fi

p . 389 , . . : A bl .
p . 395 , l 20 v .
v
a

,
. ,
,
 M ISP RINTS A ND EMEN DA TIONS .

p . 39 5 , no te ,
1 1 5
. o : e of .
p . 39 6 , l 19 . dh at : é h é t .

i f
, i j
me :
g ,

p . 40 2 , l . 2 me .
p . 40 5 ,
vy
i ng;

p . 411 Th e la s t tw o -

qu o ta tio n s a re mi s p l a c e d th er e an d

to be 1 n s e r te d on p . 4 17 ,
a f er t 1 . 16 .
p . 4 14 , l . 15
‘
Mi a Mié
u é
’ “ ’

w -
e
» L L l e >
1
0 4 16 , 1 6 th e
. : the e
o

p . 4 18 , l . 8 fo r m : fr o m .
p . 420 , l
p . 42 3 , l . 6 a sol ! : a as l ! p . 432 , l . 13
or n o t?

P r i n te d by F . B ro ck h au s ,
L ei p zig .